Kpop Black Oc - Tumblr Posts

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 54- Rekindle

Chapter Summary: Jungkook finds the perfect way to ask Jennie for forgiveness as each member of BTS help out. Jen starts getting jealous for a change. JenKook finally get the members back for taking photos of them while sleeping on the plane by a Nerf War with Jungkook dressed as Captain America.

Words: 11,000+

Genre: Absolute CHEESE AND FLUFF with all members with MAJOR Jungkook fluff! :)

Author's Note:  CHEESE. Absolute CHEESE. This is a straight-up CHEESE fluff fest with 3 gallons of randomness I added. I switched some things up and added some stuff for this one! I LOVE this chapter soooo much! We got wrestling, we got Jennie slowly showing feelings, we got TONS of cute fluff! This was so random but one of my favsss. I always thought of this one as one of my best chapters. It's so cute and I love rereading it. I hope you feel the same as you read. Enjoy and have a wonderful day! :)

---------

It took Jennie five minutes to walk to the destination. Walking to the court, she noticed Yoongi dribbling and practicing shooting hoops.

“Check!” She heard his deep voice and immediately caught the ball he threw at her. “First one to get 10 points wins. If you win, you get the next note. If you lose, well, we’ll just have to go a couple of rounds until you finally beat me.” 

Jennie stood there baffled. “What? Are you kidding me? I’m not even in my gear!”

“I don’t care, Smartie. Let’s go.” He got in position with an amused grin.

Looks like Yoongi wasn’t going to take no for an answer.

“Fine. You asked for it.” She checked the ball and he threw it back. 

As she began to travel while dribbling, she watched how he moved, going on a defensive route.

“I wonder what the kid has in store for you, today. Gotta beat me to find out.” He tried to grab the ball while she dribbled but she spun around and jumped to make a shot. 

The rapper watched, impressed as the ball made it through the basket.

A small smirk came across his face as he said, “Looks like you really want that note. Win for the kid. I know he’ll be happy to see you. And I know you’ll be happy to see him, too.”

“Thanks for the motivation.” She managed to defend her side and block his shot.

“You improved, smartie. But I wonder how the kid would react if he found out you kept losing to me and couldn’t beat me to go on to the next destination.” He taunted to rile her up more.

His taunting provoked her as she became more competitive, stealing the ball and jumping up high to shoot. They watched as the ball soared through the air and went through the basket.

Yoongi started to become genuinely astonished at how her skills had progressed. “All right, I let you get that point.”

“I dunno ‘bout that, Suga.” She teased.

As the game went on, the two tirelessly aimed to get shot after shot, determined to win. Yoongi had the ball, and turned around, making Jen trip on her feet and fall on her behind. She watched with disappointment as he made the shot.

“Gosh darn it!” She fussed.

“You’re getting slow on your footwork. Don’t be sloppy. You all right?” He helped her up. 

“Yeah, I just want to win.”

“You and the kid are the same.” He shook his head with a low chuckle.

“Where is Jungkook? Do you know?” She asked as she stayed on him while he dribbled.

“Now, why in the world would I tell you?”

“Because you love me and I’m one of your great friends?”

“I never said that.” He bluntly responded.

Taken aback, she stood there, deadpanning while he took advantage and easily got another shot. “Well, damn, Yoongi! That was foul!”

He began to laugh wholeheartedly. “I hope you know that I was just fuckin’ with you. I just wanted to get another shot. And you fell for it.” 

He began dancing around goofily which caused her to laugh out loud.

“Stop! This is supposed to be serious! I want to win!” She playfully pushed him away. 

She got a giggle in response as she got a glimpse of his gummy smile.

“Hey. Of course, I love you, smartie. You’re family,” He shrugged as he saw another smile come across her face. “Now less talking, more winning for me.” He tossed her the ball.

“You wish. Today, you’ll be the one taking the L for a change.”

“I love your persistence.”

As they continued to play, they were tied and were going for the last point. Both with nine points, they just needed to get one more shot. Yoongi felt confident that he could catch her with his strong offense and make an easy shot. Jennie, on the other hand, felt like if she could stay on her defense, she could win this match and catch him off guard. One thing is for sure, they both needed to keep an eye on the ball. 

Jennie made sure to never let the ball out of her sight as she hurriedly followed Yoongi who dribbled across the court. The Daegu rapper had tried to confuse her by jumping up to shoot but she noticed that the ball didn’t leave his hands and turned back around.

“Game over.” He finally shot the ball.

Defeat was evident in her eyes as Miss Bangtan watched the ball fly in the air. But thankfully for her, the ball hit the backboard instead and bounced down into her arms.

“Tough luck!” She called out, dribbling quickly to the other side of the court.

Yoongi muttered out a curse in surprise and ran after her, trying everything he could to stop her, but it was too late as she jumped as high as she could and shot the ball with all her strength. The ball went straight into the basket, giving Jennie the W for this basketball game.

She sighed out of relief and curtsied in front of him while he let out a laugh. 

“I believe you have something for me.” She happily requested. Her smile got so big as she watched him accept his defeat.

“Congratulations, smartie. Here.” He took Jungkook’s note out of his basketball shorts pocket and handed it to her.

“Thank you. Good game, Yoongi.” She bumped fists with him and took a seat on the bench with him to rest up.

Yoongi took out a bottle of water and a small towel for Jen from his gym bag before taking out his own. After wiping the sweat from her face, she took a big gulp of water, to quench her thirst after the workout she just dealt with. Yoongi always pushed her to her limit when it came to basketball.

Opening the note, she began to read

All right!! You did it! I had a feeling you’d finally beat Hyung! It must feel good to finally beat him. I know how hard you try when you two play against each other.

More reasons why I cherish you:

You keep me on my feet when it comes to pranking and gaming. (I still need to get you back!)

You always know what’s bothering me even if I say that I’m not bothered. Being the Golden Maknae and lead vocalist can be hard. But you always encourage me and hold me down.

You accept people at their worst. (You never judge anyone when they’re down)

Your thoughtfulness. (I watched you saving whatever money we receive from Big Hit to help your sisters’ college tuition. The smile on your face, when you kept putting money in the jar, made it clear to me that you enjoy doing things like that. You have a good heart.)

His words made her smile again. He really must’ve been watching her. She thought she kept herself hidden as she saved money for her sisters. She noticed two words that needed to be unscrambled.

Kbie raitl

“Bike Trail.” She confirmed as he texted her the address. “Let me guess, Taehyung is there?”

“You would think,” he said and opened the camera app. "Let's take a picture,"

The two happily smile for the camera while Yoongi tweets with the caption, ‘Wow. She FINALLY beat me one on one in basketball. Brings back Rookie King vibes. Good game, smartie. #SUGA’

“Thanks, Yoongi.” She kissed his cheek and stood up.

“Yeah, yeah.” He struggled to stop smiling at her affection.

Heading over to the bike trail, passing pedestrians who were jogging and riding their bikes, she saw Namjoon waiting for her, with two bikes against the railing he was leaning against.

Her eyes lit up as she approached him with a big smile. “Oh wow, I thought it’d be Tae.”

“Nah, he really wanted bubble tea,” Namjoon responded with a chuckle and embraced her.

“I’m happy to see you, Namjoon. So, what’s the task?” She pulled away.

“No task. I just want you to free your mind and unwind. Let’s just ride some bikes together. It’s a nice day.”

“Really? I like that. Okay.”

“We are so busy that we never take time to notice the scenery in front of us. How beautiful the day is. So, let’s enjoy the day and clear our minds from the idol life.”

“I love that idea.” She took one of the bikes.

“Wait. Safety first.” He placed a helmet over her head and secured it for her. “Is it secure enough?”

“Yep.”

“You sure?”

“Yes.”

“Good. Ladies first," he smiled and got on his bike.

Getting on her bike, she rode along the trail while he followed from behind. As they rode around, following the trail, they felt the warm breeze around them as they admired the landscape. From the clear, blue skies, to the random pedestrians they would pass. It was a nice, humid, summer day.

Namjoon was right. They really don’t take the time to see the beauty around them and how peaceful things can be.

After biking, they sat on a bench to rest, taking off their helmets. “How are those rap lessons with Yoongi?” He asked as they relaxed and watched the sky.

“They’re getting better and better. I’m really happy with my progress,” she answered confidently.

“Good. Yoongi is truly happy about you getting better at rapping. He speaks highly of you when he’s with me and J-Hope.”

“Aw, really?”

“Don’t tell him I said that. He’ll kill me. You know how he is.”

“I’ll keep it to myself. I still can’t get over your mixtape. You worked so hard on it.”

Namjoon smiled at her praise. It made him feel good that she enjoyed it.

“Do You is my favorite. I listen to the song when I’m working out. It’s on my workout playlist. It gets me so hyped. I’m patiently waiting for the next mixtape you do.” She added.

“I'm glad you’re so supportive of me.”

“Of course, this was a big accomplishment for you! I love watching the members branch out and do their own thing while still being together in the group. I hope to see the other members do their own thing soon.”

“Anything that you have in mind? Solo stuff?”

“I would like to when my vocals get better. I do have a lot of stuff on my computer that I work on from time to time. It'll happen when it happens. Hey, can you rap for me? A little bit of Do You?”

Namjoon shyly laughed and covered his face. “Really? Now?”

She nodded and started patting her thighs to mimic the beat of Do You, waiting for him to rap a verse. “Haters gon’ hate and players gon’ play!”

“Mufuckas keep mufuckin’ all day!” He rapped with her. “Follow my shit, my friend and I’ll pay. Naega neo daesin chim baeteojulge twe. Do you, do you, do you, do you, do the fuck you want, do you, do you, do you, do you.”

The two shared a laugh as she leaned her head against his shoulder.

“Here.” He took Jungkook’s next note out of his pocket and handed it to her as she pulled away from his shoulder.

Taking the note, she looked at the folded paper before turning back to her leader. “Hey, Joon?”

“Yes?”

“Thank you. You are always so kind and make me feel at peace.”

“Always.”

Opening the note, another smile came across her face as she read what Jungkook had written.

I hope you enjoyed your time riding bikes with Hyung! It's a wonderful day, isn't it? 

Reasons why I cherish you:

You tolerate my memes and actually send me memes back

Seeing you happy on succeeding in the smallest things makes me happy

I didn’t want to say anything but, remember you talking to that Shin guy, who disrespected you? I saw everything and had a talk with him, too.

“You did?” She murmured in surprise as she kept reading. She was curious about what he said to Shin since she thought she handled the situation quite well.

I still hope to this day that he isn’t bothering you and I hope you know that I’ll always protect you. All of Bangtan.

‘YMG’ was the scrambled word

“Gym.” She confirmed.

Namjoon stood up and stretched. “Let’s go together. I’ll take you there. I want to get a front row seat for this.”

“Whatchu mean?”

“You’ll see.”

His big smile was all that she needed to see, to figure out that something big was going to happen.

As soon as NamJen headed over to the gym, they noticed that no one else was in there. It seemed like someone rented the place for a little while so they wouldn’t be disturbed. As they kept walking, they saw a wrestling ring, while Jin, Jimin, Hobi, Taehyung and Yoongi were talking among themselves, sitting on chairs near the ring.

“Wait, why are all of you here?” Jennie’s question made the members turn to her.

“Finally!” Jimin rejoiced, clapping his hands together. 

He looked pleased the finally see her.

“We’ve been waiting for you!” Jin added.

“I wanted a front row seat for this. There was no way I wanted to miss this.” Yoongi remarked.

“And I’m recording!” Hobi grinned, gesturing to the video camera in his hands. “Bangtan Bomb~!”

“So...what do I have to do?” She crossed her arms.

“You, missy, are going to be wrestling today,” Namjoon revealed while Yoongi handed him a referee shirt. “And I’m going to be the ref.”

Jennie raised her eyebrows in surprise. “E-excuse me? Wrestling? This ain’t WWE!”

“It will be today!” Jimin giggled.

“Pretend that you’re Goldberg!” Taehyung called out.

“Nah. I’d rather be Jazz. She was badass in the WWE Ring and wasn’t called the baddest bitch for nothing.” She shrugged. “So...who am I going up against?”

“Gotta find out. Go change!” Jimin handed her a gym bag and gestured for her to change in the locker room. 

It looked like Diana had gathered some gym clothes for her to wrestle in.

After choosing her entrance theme, which was Sasha Banks’ Sky’s the Limit, to play along with this randomness occurring, she walked out through the curtain they put up by the door. Strutting out with swagger and sunglasses on her eyes, she decided to portray Sasha Banks, performing her trademark taunt as the members continued their loud cheers.

“This match is set for one fall! And it is for Jungkook’s next note and the K-Pop Championship! Introducing first! From America, she is our beloved, extraordinary Miss Bangtan, Jennie!" Jimin announced, holding a toy WWE Championship that was brought from a local Target. 

Jennie outstretched her arms and spun around, nodding confidently. “The BOSS is here!" she placed the sunglasses on top of her head and strutted down to the ring, flipping her hair.

“WOOOOO!” Yoongi cheered, clapping loudly, jumping up and down.

“Ahhhhhhh~, that’s my munchkin! I raised her!” Hobi shouted. 

“WE raised her!” Yoongi shouted back.

“Ennie! Ennie! Ennie!” Jimin and Taehyung chant.

They were so hyped up, it caused her to laugh as she got inside the ring. This was completely random but it was nice to do something goofy for a change. This was fun and the match didn't even begin yet.

Getting on top of the middle ropes, she outstretched her arms before patting her chest. 

“The next K-Pop champion, right here! The boss!” she shouted to the crowd.

Jumping off the ropes, she stood in a corner of the ring, patiently waiting to see who she would be wrestling.

“And introducing her opponent...!” Jimin announced.

Shawn Michaels’ theme song came on the portable speaker, which caused Jen’s interest to intensify instantly as she listened to the familiar lyrics.

I think I’m cute

I know I’m sexy

I’ve got the looks that drive the girls wild

I’ve got the moves that really move ‘em

As soon as she saw who walked out of the curtain, she dropped her jaw while the boys immediately started booing. Namjoon, standing in the middle of the ring, covered his face and shook his head, feeling second-hand embarrassment while everyone observed Jin strutting out, blowing kisses in a feather boa with a T-shirt and shorts on.

“Oh, my God...no he didn’t.” She covered her mouth.

Jin???

What the hell is going on???

“From South Korea, built with handsome shoulders and a handsome face, handsome Jin!” Jimin announced in giggles while the members continued to boo him.

“You can boo me all you want but I’m still flawless and handsome! No one can compare! I'm a sexy boy! I'm not your boy toy!” Jin blew a kiss right in front of the members before heading inside the ring and taking off the boa.

After his entrance theme song faded out, he faced off with Jennie in the middle of the ring.

“Sweetie, you are wrestling me, today! Gotta beat me to win the next note and the title.” Jin smiled.

Was this an early birthday gift?

“Oh my gosh, I get to beat up Jin!?” Jennie’s eyes widened with glee, turning to Namjoon who nodded in response. “Are you serious?! This is great! Let’s do this!”

In the background, she could hear the members cackle hysterically from her reaction. Jin was startled that she was so excited to fight him.

“H-hey!” Jin’s ears began to get red. “This isn’t supposed to be something you’re proud of! I raised you! I watched you bloom into a beautiful young woman and all you can say is how happy you are to beat me up!?”

“I mean...” She grinned sheepishly and shrugged. “I always wanted to.”

“I see how it is. Well, listen up little girl!” He poked her chest.

“Oooooohhhhhhhhhh!” The members looked on at the sudden gesture.

This was not going to end well.

“That is no way to treat the oldest member!” he went on. “But you are no match for Handsome Jin! I’m bigger than you and stronger than you! I will teach you some respect little girl! Do you know who I am!?”

“I’m sorry, what?” She brought her attention back to him which made him fume even more since she wasn’t listening to any of what he was saying.

“She just ignored me!” He sputtered. “How dare you!?”

“How dare you!?” Miss Bangtan mocked in a high voice.

“Don’t mock me!”

“Don’t mock me!” She mocked again.

“All right, all right. Enough. I want a clean fight. Either win by pinfall or submission.” Namjoon announced. “Ring the bell!”

DING DING DING

Jennie and Jin circle around each other in the ring.

“Well, well, well, short little Miss Bangtan,” Jin quipped, taunting her with their height difference. “How’s the weather down there? Don’t you wish you could be as flawless as me?”

Looks like Jin was playing the “Heel” aka the bad guy for this match and she was the “Face” aka the good guy. To add to the bad guy persona, Jin continued to trash talk while she rolled her eyes and put a hand in front of his face.

“Excuse me! I am talking to you! You dare place your hand in front of this handsome face!?” He pushed her hand away and shoved her lightly, making her take a few steps back.

“Hey!” Taehyung stood up and called him out. “How dare you touch Jennie like that? Don’t push her!”

“Yeah!” Hobi yelled as he continued to film. “Meanie!”

“Hush!” Jin turned his attention to the crowd, yelling at them for their commentary.

As soon as he turned around, she ran and jumped right on top of him, making him stumble backward. The assault knocked him over his back while she repeatedly gave him strikes to the face.

“Ahhhhhh! Watch the face! Watch the face! Get her off!” He yelled over the members’ cheering, desperately covering his face.

“All right, get off before you get disqualified,” Namjoon warned as she finally got off him.

“What was that for!?” Jin exclaimed, backing up to sit by the corner.

“Sorry.” She giggled. “We’re still friends after this, right?”

“Depends on how hard you hit me!” He stood back on his feet but was assaulted again when she attacked with a backhand chop to the chest. 

Yelling out in pain, he rubbed his chest, staring at her, baffled.

Provoked, he decided to give her a backhand chop to the chest in return, causing her to yell, “Ow!”

“You hurt me, too-ahhh!” He yelped when she slammed him back down to his back. "Why did I agree to this? I need a moment!" he groaned and rolled out of the ring, resuming his bad guy persona.

“Oh, come on!” Jennie complained.

“Boo! Get back in the ring!” Yoongi remarked with annoyance. “You suck! You suck! You suck!”

"You suck! You suck!" Jimin joined in.

“I said I need a minute! I’m going to win anyway-ahhh!” Jin yelled when Jennie grabbed a hold of his hair, pulling him back so he could crawl back into the ring. 

He tried to beg for mercy after she released him but then caught her by grabbing her leg to make her fall down. Getting behind her, the oldest member wrapped an arm around her neck, placing her in a headlock submission while the members chant for her to not tap out.

“Do you submit?!” Namjoon asked, watching closely.

“No!” She yelled as she placed her hands on the arm that was tightly squeezing her neck.

She couldn’t give up right here, there was someone special to her, waiting for her and she couldn’t let him down. She was eager to see him and refused to let Jin stand in her way.

The members start clapping to motivate her. It looks like the guys watched a few wrestling matches to understand how the crowd reacted as she slowly got to her feet with Jin. She dropped down on her rear, making her head hit his jaw as he released the hold and stumbled back.

Getting back on her feet, she tried to kick him in the stomach but he caught it and shoved her back, causing her to fall on her butt, again. The oldest member started laughing at her and turned to the members who were booing him.

“You are looking at your new champion!” He gloated, blowing kisses.

When he turned around, his eyes widened when he saw Jennie diving off the top rope, landing right on top of him as he fell on his back. Adding insult to injury, she got back on the top rope and dropped an elbow on his chest before pinning him.

Namjoon went down for the pin. “One! Two! Kick out at two!”

“AHHHHHHHHHH~! Why did I agree to this!?” Jin screamed over the guys’ laughter when he was placed in an armbar. 

She had a tight grip and he was not going anywhere as they were in the middle of the ring.

“Tap! Tap!” she yelled, using all her strength in the submission.

“Break his arm!” Yoongi yelled.

“We have a concert and a comeback soon! We need his arm!” Namjoon exclaimed.

Poor Jin was dying. If only he hadn’t lost that rock, paper, scissors game against the members, he wouldn’t be wrestling her, today. He thought this would be easy. But she really wanted that next note.

“Call the match! Call the match!” Jin yelled when he finally tapped out. “Call it! Call it!”

“Is he tapping?” Namjoon pretended not to notice.

“NAMJOON~!” he started kicking his legs, frequently tapping out. “CALL THE MATCH!”

Namjoon laughed and gestured to Jennie to release him. “All right, that’s enough. He tapped out. Winner!” He raised Jennie’s arm up in the air.

“Here is your winner! And the new K-Pop Champion! Jennie!” Jimin announced as the members cheered happily and jumped up and down, hugging each other in celebration. 

Namjoon handed her the title and she raised it up in the air, in victory.

“Ayeeeee! That is what I’m talking about! You knew how this was gonna go! The Boss always wins!” She celebrated. 

The members ran into the ring and Taehyung picked her up to sit on his shoulders while she raised the title up in the air.

“Handsome Jin! How do you feel about being defeated by Miss Bangtan?” Hobi asked behind his camera.

“Okay, I could have beaten her. I just went easy on her. She had luck on her side.” Jin tried to explain, getting back to his feet.

“Um, if I remember correctly, you don’t need luck when you’re the boss. So, no. You just couldn’t handle The Boss.” Jen quipped

“Jungkook owes me paid meals for a year after this.” He took out the note from his pocket and handed it to her. “Good job, sweetie.”

“Hahah, hope I didn’t hurt you, too much.” She got set down by Taehyung.

“Let’s...not...talk about that.” He rubbed his poor arm.

“And I got it all on film!” Hobi gleefully chimed in.

“You love seeing me like this, don’t you?” Jin tried to hit Hobi, who screamed in fear.

Before she read the note, the members wanted her to take a couple of photos to post on Twitter. First, she posed alone with the title, then she posed over a defeated Jin who pretended to look knocked out on the wrestling mat, and then a group selfie with all the members.

After taking a shower in the women’s locker room and changing into a grey sports bra, snug white hoodie, dark blue jeans, and grey Nikes, she opened up Jungkook’s note while sitting on the locker room bench.

Looks like you had fun beating up Hyung. I can't wait to watch it on film.

Reasons why I cherish you:

You come before all the girls I know in my life. (Well, except my mom, kekeke)

That made her chuckle softly. “And you come before all the guys except my dad.” She said softly.

You look at me for who I am. Not as an idol. But as a human being. As Jeon Jungkook on stage. You make me want to become a better person.

Go right outside the gym. There’s a red envelope on the bench. It’ll have the rest of what I wrote.

After the members offered to bring her new title and bag of clothes back to the hotel, she made her way outside of the gym to see the red envelope that Jimin had placed a few moments ago. 

She took a seat and opened it, exhaling sharply as she took out the friendship ring. She examined the black ring and began to space out.

She remembered the time they were in class together in SOPA. He noticed that she was wearing the black friendship ring on her right index finger.

----

“You’re...you’re wearing it.” He whispered happily to himself.

“Huh?” Looking at what he was staring at, the realization hit her. “Oh, the ring! Yeah, of course. I wear it every day, actually...ever since you told me you cherished me and our friendship, it got me thinking. I couldn’t help but wear it every day. I guess...it’s because I’m really lucky to have a

friend like you in my life.” She blurted out. 

Widening her eyes, she covered her mouth.

“Sorry, sorry, too much? I can take it off if you want.” She took her hand back and was about to take it off her right index finger but his warm hands stopped her.

“No. Don’t.” He said softly, pushing the ring back on her finger. “It-it makes me...very happy to see you wearing it. I wear my ring every day, too. Let’s continue wearing our rings every day.” He showed her his ring on his right index finger.

----

Snapping back to reality, her eyes began to sting and her chest tightened.

Come to think of it, Jungkook still wore his friendship ring despite the fight. She never saw him without it these past few days. It was still on his finger. Her heart pounded as she braced herself for what he had written next.

‘You said give it to someone else but I can’t because this ring was specifically made for you and you are the only Golden Girl I see wearing this...not Hayoon or Eunha.

Nothing can ever replace you and no one can make me as happy as you. I made a promise to cherish you. Let me keep it. You are so precious to me, I’m scared to lose you. I’m pretty darn proud to announce you as my Golden Best Friend. And I hope you are too...I can write more but there are too many reasons why I cherish you.

This is my last note. I think you know where I’m waiting for you...I hope you come. If you don’t and if you’re still mad at me...I understand.’

On the bottom of the note, he wrote turn over, and once she turned it over, she recognized that he drew cute comics of him and her together.

The first comic had her approaching him in his room, asking him about Iron Man. When their friendship kicked off.

The second was when he had given her the friendship ring.

The third was singing War of Hormone together.

The fourth was the scene of them eating lamb skewers after school 

The last one was them holding hands with the caption Golden Duo.

It all began to be too much for her as the tears started to fall. She couldn’t handle this anymore and wanted to see him immediately. 

How could she not come to see him after all of this?

She missed him.

She quickly wiped her tears and reread the last part of the note.

‘I think you know where I’m waiting for you.’ 

“Yeah...” She sniffed. “I know exactly where you are, you big bunny.” 

She stood up and placed the ring back on her right index finger

----

Seated on a big towel, with his knees to his chest and arms crossed on top of his knees, the Golden Maknae watched the sky. It was almost time for the sun to set and the salty ocean air filled his nose.

He enjoyed checking the Twitter updates, smiling to himself as the warm breeze relaxed him. He giggled once he saw the wrestling pictures.

She looked so happy.

But he was still nervous.

Was she still mad at him?

Maybe his note was too vague and she didn’t know where he was.

He glanced at the strawberry pocky box on the towel, next to him and exhaled as he softly sang Nothing Like Us.

“Lately I’ve been thinking, thinking about what we had. I know it’s hard, it was all that we knew, yeah. Have you been drinking to take all the pain away? I wish that I could give you what you deserve. Cause nothing can ever, ever replace you. Nothing can make me feel like you do. Yeah, you know there’s no one, I can relate to. I know we won’t find a love that’s so true. There’s nothing like us, there’s nothing like you and me. Together through the storm.”

Abruptly, he felt a back lean up against him as he stopped singing. He lifted up his head once he heard a delicate voice behind him,

“There’s nothing like us, there’s nothing like you and me. Together.”

He began to smile softly, feeling his anxiousness go away. “I’m glad you’re here.”

“Me too,” Jennie answered. “I missed you.”

“I missed you, too...”

“Glad to hear.”

“I’ve been asking myself how I got so lucky to have a friend like you.”

“The feeling is mutual, Jungkook.”

“When I...think about you crying and hurting, it hurts me...a lot. And I can’t undo what I said to you.”

She shook her head. “It’s...it’s fine-“

“No. No, it’s not Jennie.” He turned around and sat behind her, wrapping his arms around her in a back hug. He began tearing up and his voice got shaky. “These past few days just haven’t been the same. I’m not happy because you’re not happy. All those things I said...that’s not cherishing. Forgive me. I know I hurt you-“

“Well, I hurt you, too.” She turned to sit in front of him. “I hurt you, too. I’m wrong about what I said, too. Not everything is your fault. You didn’t deserve all those things I said, either. I wish I could’ve handled the situation better, and spoken to you more calmly. I could’ve used my words differently, and calmly heard your point of view but, my emotions just got the best of me. It was petty.”

“I miss you,” she said softly. “A lot. I miss talking with you and hanging out with you. I miss how things used to be before we fought. It was selfish of me to say that hanging out with you isn’t a big deal. You’re a huge deal to me, Jungkook. Always. I’m sorry, too. When I’m in a rut, you’re there. No matter what, you always take time out of your day to help me with anything. Even if it’s something simple. Lamb skewers are very delicious, and I want to get some more with you after school when we go back. Just...thank you. For everything. What you did today, really boosted my mood and made me realize even more how lucky I am to have you in my life. All of Bangtan. You, seven guys, are a piece of work but you’re my family and welcomed me into your lives.”

He smiled as they sat beside each other, turning back to look at the ocean. Grabbing the box of pocky, he handed it to her with the package already opened and said, “I can’t eat these without you.”

She happily took a stick and leaned her head against his shoulder. “Let’s work on making sure this doesn’t happen again.”

“Right. Let’s make sure whenever we disagree, it won’t be as bad as this one.”

Leaning forward she pressed her lips against his cheek as Jungkook felt his face warm up. 

“This was really sweet. And here.” she took out a banana milk bottle and handed it to him. “I know how much you like banana milk...so I picked up a bottle before I came here.”

He happily accepted it and helped himself to the drink. “I was actually craving one of these.”

“Golden Best Friends know best.” She nudged him as they shared a laugh, eating pocky and watching the ocean. “Today has been a long ass day. You had me all over the place. But it was so fun and worth it.”

“What was your favorite part?”

“Come on, a chance to wrestle Jin in the ring? We need to do that, again. That was so fun.”

“How’d you defeat him?”

“Ronda Rousey Armbar.”

Jungkook laughed loudly. “I cannot wait for hyung to show the film. We should watch it on the big screen when we’re back home.”

“Good idea. So you really meant all those things you said in those notes?”

“That and more.”

“What are the other reasons?”

“I’ll tell you when I’m ready.”

“Well, don’t keep a girl waiting, too long.”

“I won’t. I promise. I just need some time to get all my thoughts together.”

After they finished snacking, she stood up. "Come on! The sun is setting and I want to take some photos!"

Jungkook laughed and began filming her run down near the water as she jumped around happily. His laugh made it to the video and once he posted it, ARMY began to ask questions.

‘I was wondering where Jungkook was! That was him, right?’

‘Omg was that Jungkook in the background? They’re talking again!?’

‘That was definitely Jungkook!’

‘Finally! No more fighting.’

When Jennie took out her phone and started filming the ocean, suddenly Jungkook ran in front of the camera and she turned to film him goofily running away like a ninja from Naruto.

“ARMY, what are we going to do with him?” She asked on camera

After posting the video, she approached him. “Gosh, Kookie, you’re a mess.” 

Once she realized what she had said, she felt her face warm up. "Ah, I forgot you don’t want me to call you that.”

His ears perked up from the nickname. He missed her calling him that.

“You can call me Kookie but on one condition.” He requested.

“What?”

He grinned playfully and raised his eyebrows. “You admit that Iron Man is better than Captain America.”

“Oh, there is no way in hell.” She walked past him as he started to laugh.

“I guess you won’t be calling me Kookie anymore, then.” He shrugged.

Turning around she exclaimed, “Jungkook, you know Steve Rogers is way better than your little Tony STANK.”

“Hey! You take that back!”

“Tony Stank Ass!”

He narrowed his eyes. ”It’s STARK! Tony’s suit is the best, too! Not that stupid CAPSICLE!”

“HEY! You wish! Steve Rogers is the best. And he’s not stupid!”

“Guess no more Kookie for you.” 

“Fine! Iron man...is...better than Captain America. Happy?” She grumbled, crossing her arms.

“I got that on film, too.” He giggled.

“Hey!” She tried to grab his phone while he held it to his chest, leaning back. “Give it! Delete that!” Jumping on his back, she tried to snatch it away but to no avail.

“No way! This is staying forever! Let go or I’ll post it on Twitter.”

Jen immediately jumped off. He wasn’t bluffing either. “I swear, one of these days...”

“One of these days what?” He teased.

“I might just kick your ass, that’s what.”

“I doubt that, baby girl.” He covered his mouth.

“Ah!” She called him out, pointing at him. “I didn’t give you permission to call me that, yet.”

“Fine. What do you want?”

“Hm...” She pretended to think.

“What? You want a video of me saying Captain America is better than Iron Man?”

“Nah, I have something better. I want you to agree to wear something for me.”

“I agree. Now, what is it?”

“Yes, you’ll fit it quite nicely. There’s a local costume shop around here. Let’s go there. I’ve been wanting you to wear this certain costume for a while.”

“Pssh, all I need to do is wear a costume? Fine. Let’s go.”

------

Walking around the streets of LA, Jennie periodically looked at her phone on the map app to make sure they were going the right way. “All right. It’s down this street. Follow me.” She mentioned as they crossed the street.

Once they walked into the huge costume shop, Jungkook wandered around to check out the various costumes. 

“Do they have any Iron Man costumes?” He asked which caused Jennie to snort.

While she went to look for the section of the specific costume, Jungkook continued to browse around, thinking of Halloween costume ideas. 

Noticing Jungkook wasn’t with her after a while, Jen decided to go find him and saw him looking awkward in front of two girls in their late teens. One with brown hair and another with raven hair. They immediately took a liking to his good looks and decided to boldly approach him. 

The two looked like tourists who had no idea who BTS was. Just browsing around, and having fun for the summer.

He looked uncomfortable with the girls. And the language barrier didn’t help. 

Jennie’s jaw clenched as she watched them. The raven-haired girl placed a hand on his shoulder, getting a feel of his muscles and the brunette had a flirty smile on her face, trying to subtly show how big her chest was.

They were trying too hard and it was cringeworthy.

And it lowkey started to piss Jennie off.

No.

It high key started to piss Jennie off.

And that fake ass giggle coming from the brunette made her even more irked.

“Ugh, really?” Jennie rolled her eyes.

The way they were up in his personal space as he shyly averted his eyes with a forced smile and tried to respond in any type of English he could, made Jen exhale sharply through her nose. The two girls were too forward.

But two can play at that game.

Time to act petty.

“So, you around here?” The raven-haired girl leaned in close.

“I think he’s a little shy.” The brunette mentioned.

“That’s so cute. Has anyone ever told you that you have such a cute smile?”

‘Keep it classy, Jennie. Don’t be rowdy. Don’t make a scene. You’re representing BTS. Keep it as classy as possible.’ She thought to herself as she walked up to them, standing behind Jungkook.

Clearing her throat, she grabbed Jungkook by the arm, forcefully pulling him away from the raven-haired girl, to make him stand next to her instead. 

“Babe! There you are! I was looking for you!” She spoke in English, wrapping her arms around his arm and turned to the girls with a smile, “I see you met my boyfriend.”

Jungkook snapped his head to her in shock, looking Jungshooked.

Boyfriend?

Babe?

The girls, on the other hand, looked displeased. One because Jennie had interfered in their mission to target Jungkook and two because he was apparently taken.

“Boyfriend?” The raven-haired girl asked with disappointment.

“Yes, ma’am. Long distance relationships are tough but we’re doing just fine. He’s visiting for a while.” Jen glanced at them up and down with an intense stare which caused the brunette to take a step back.

This was really petty of Jennie but she couldn’t help it. She lowkey enjoyed it.

The raven-haired girl sighed and turned to her friend, murmuring, “It’s always the ugly girls that get the hottest guys. I just don’t get it.”

“I’m sorry, what was that?” Jen raised a brow. “You want to say it to my face instead of mumbling under your breath?”

“She said ugly girls like you always get the hottest guys,” The brunette spoke up. “Look at him and look at you. There is just no way. You’re not even good enough for him. How much did you pay him?”

Jennie shook her head at her statement, releasing Jungkook. It was sad people were like this in the world. “You know, it’s a shame to see beautiful women like you have such bitter, ugly personalities. Ever think that everything isn’t about looks? That people look deep in the personality department? You say I’m not good enough but he thinks I am. And I know I am.”

She stared them down, standing in front of Jungkook as he continued to look at them back and forth, trying to understand what they were saying in English. 

“We’re happy. I’m not leaving, he’s not leaving. I am his and he is mine. So, do me a favor and back off my man.” Jennie demanded calmly.

Both girls were shocked at her explanation and chose the wrong guy to flirt with today. Their faces got red with embarrassment and they couldn’t even say anything back.

“I’m sorry that you don’t have someone that loves you like my boyfriend but don’t take it out on me.” Miss Bangtan frowned. “I’ll be praying for you. I hope that your life gets better and you find happiness within yourselves and then find yourselves a good man. But this man right here is taken and we’re both very lucky to have each other. So please, respect our relationship and back off.”

Jungkook only got bits and pieces of what Jennie was saying in her foreign language, but he got a clear idea of what she meant by the word “boyfriend.”

Both girls quickly apologized with their egos hurt and left the store to think about their lives after Jen’s statement.

Jennie huffed and rolled her eyes while walking deep into the costume shop and Jungkook followed her. She was still feeling some type of way watching them all up on him like that.

“I hate people.” She grumbled.

Jungkook on the other hand, couldn’t help but smile at the fact that she called him her boyfriend and her man. It sounded so genuine even if she was trying to get him out of that uncomfortable situation.

He kept staring at her as he followed her around. It felt nice to see her like this. So defensive and protective.

‘Is she jealous?’ He pondered.

It sounded too good to be true since he was always the one to get jealous of guys so close to her.

“What?” She asked with annoyance when she caught him staring.

'Yeah...she's jealous. Cute...' he thought, amused.

“You okay?” He asked calmly.

“Yep.” She answered briskly.

“You sure?”

“Yep.”

“Are you mad?”

“Just a little irritation.” She grumbled.

She shouldn’t be surprised. Jungkook is a handsome guy. Heck, all those posts she sees on Tumblr of fangirls swooning over how hot he is, she had to admit that they weren’t lying. She shouldn’t be thinking of her best friend in that type of way but as they were getting older, she was starting to realize just how handsome he was and it was a little overwhelming because they’d been friends for so long.

But what stood out to her most wasn’t his looks. It was who he was as a person. How sweet he could be. His angelic vocals, his respectfulness. Even his adorable smile. She enjoyed seeing him laugh and his funny faces are one of many icings on the cake.

Seeing all these girls swooning over him, it was bound to happen.

She should be happy he’s getting the attention from women but...for some unknown reason, she felt a sense of jealousy. She had no idea where it was coming from and she couldn’t control how felt a few moments ago.

Jen noticed that some other girls around the store were occasionally glancing at him, checking him out, too. But clearly, they were looking at him like a piece of meat. But he was worth more than just someone to fool around with.

Next, she began to wonder how she’d feel if he started dating someone. Maybe a female idol or something.

Would she be sad? Happy?

The main concerns she had were, would they spend less time together because his girlfriend is his top priority? 

Will there be no more movie nights and game nights because he wants to go on dates with his girlfriend and spend the night with her instead? 

Will there be no more sleeping on beds together when going to each others’ rooms?

She didn’t want to think about that. It was something she was so used to that it became a routine and she didn't want it to stop.

“Lots of girls staring at you.” She unintentionally mentioned in a blunt tone as she walked around to search for the costume, she had in mind. 

That came out harsher than she anticipated. She didn’t mean to say it like that. 

Jungkook didn’t pay the women any mind and kept his eyes on Jennie as he followed her. “Oh really? I didn't notice.”

She turned around and lightly punched him on his hard chest. "Really? Jungkook, almost every girl in this store is staring at you. You don’t see that? Mister International Playboy?” She turned back around to browse.

“I guess because I’m just looking at you.” He whispered to himself, looking at her back. When he saw her turn around, he spoke up, “Those girls make it too easy. I like the chase and I know the chase will be worth it in the end with the girl I want.”

She looked at him and something in her heart fluttered at his intense gaze. It was like he was talking directly to her. She shook her head and let out a chuckle, getting that ridiculous thought out of her head.

“Well, whoever that girl will be, I hope she’s prepared for you and your nonsense.” 

'You are,'  he thought.

“I’m pretty sure she will be.” He spoke up and grinned.

“Ah ha! Here it is.” Jen’s mood was boosted when she found the costume. She took it off the shelf and revealed it to be Captain America’s costume from The Winter Soldier movie. “This bad boy.” She showed it off with a smirk.

Jungkook widened his eyes. “No. Absolutely no way, I could never betray Iron Man like this. Just let me say that Steve Rogers is better.”

“Oh. I guess I’ll just let the others call me baby girl then. Maybe Jimin and Tae will like to call me that.” She teased.

“I-I’ll delete the video so we’re even.”

“Nope.”

“Please!” He pleaded.

“Nah.”

Jungkook groaned and snatched the costume. He looked at it and exhaled. “...only for you.”

“Yay! Try it on. There’s a dressing room in here.”

After waiting five minutes, Jennie started laughing as she recorded him walking out with a playfully annoyed look.

“Oh yes, this is very nice, ahahaha!” She giggled. “Give ARMY a full look at the costume. Turn around, show it off.”

“I am going to kill you,” Jungkook grumbled. “You’re not getting away with this.”

“Ahahaha, I think I already did!”

After buying the costume, she made him wear it while they made their way back to the hotel. Taking out her phone, she tried not to laugh while she secretly filmed him. When he looked down at her phone he tried to take it from her as she broke out in laughter.

‘Captain Jungkook reporting for duty!’ She posted on Twitter and her post got various comments from ARMY on how funny JenKook was together and caused shippers to ship them more for how cute their friendship is.

Back at the hotel, Jennie went on her Instagram and checked out the recent comments. Some asked if she was okay and was glad that she and Jungkook were talking again. 

She decided to respond with a quick selfie of her relaxing on her hotel bed with the caption, ‘Idol life is exhausting. So please remember that we are not machines and that we have feelings too. I try my best to eat when I can. I’m doing just fine, don’t worry. Your Bangtan Girl is A-OK. I’m happy and content.’   Which pleased many fans around the world.

------

After taking a trip to Target, Jennie made her way to Jungkook's room with a large bag of Nerf guns. He quickly let her in, still in the Captain America costume.

“Okay, I have an idea.” She grinned mischievously.

“I like that look. What’s that?” He pointed to the bag.

“I went out to buy Nerf guns. I'm ready to continue the prank war," she showed them off as his eyes sparkled in delight.

"This is awesome! Why'd you wait this long to do something so cool like this?"

She looked at him with a smile and lightly quoted the Captain America movie, "I guess I was just waiting for the right partner,"

His eyes softened as he let out a laugh. "I'm honored you chose me to do this with Agent Carter,"

"I'm sure you won't let me down, Rogers. So, do you remember the guys taking photos of us sleeping on the plane? You want to get them back?"

Jungkook smirked softly. "Definitely," 

“Great! Let’s do this.”

Putting a hand Nerf gun in her pocket, she held a big one while Jungkook placed two handguns in his pockets and held a big one. 

“Who is our first target?” He asked while putting the ammo in the big gun.

“Let’s start with Tae.”

“Fine by me.”

“One more thing, Rogers," she took out Captain America’s Shield from the bag.

“Are you kidding me?” He deadpanned, glancing at the shield and then back at her.

“Come on. You gotta look the part.” She giggled

"Only for you," he replied as she placed the shield on his back. “One of these days, I’m going to make you wear one of those Iron Man costumes.”

“Ha! That’ll be the day. Are we ready to proceed?"

Getting into character, Jungkook nodded. "Yes, ma'am,"

"Good. Come on. We got a mission.”

Walking out of the room, they headed over to the room Taehyung shared with Namjoon. Knocking on the door, Jennie and Jungkook pressed their backs against the wall, out of sight, waiting for the door to open. 

Once Namjoon opened up the door, he looked to the left and didn’t see anyone.

“Charge!” Jennie shouted and ran into the room with Jungkook, firing away, causing their leader to fall on the floor. “Take care of Tae, I got him!” She jumped on top of Namjoon, to keep him from escaping

“What the hell!? What is going on!? Get off!” He started laughing.

If it was a war they wanted, then they would get one. Because ever since that wrestling match at the gym, Namjoon had been in a playful mood. He tried to steal Jen’s gun as she tried to pull it away from him.

Meanwhile, Jungkook, ran into the bathroom to see Taehyung in a towel. The Golden Maknae attacked him with the Nerf darts, causing Tae to try to run away from the assault but ended up stumbling back into the shower. Taehyung’s laughter was heard loudly as Jungkook ran out of the bathroom, grabbing Jennie to escape the room.

Namjoon got back on his feet to see Tae quickly changing so he could get in all the action. “Prepare yourself, Taehyung. They’re going to get it. That was a preemptive strike. But it will not happen again on my watch.”

Back with JenKook, they dashed to Jin and Hobi’s room, stifling their laughter. Knocking on the door, Hobi answered it and started screaming when Jennie started shooting him.

“AHHHHH!” He ran back into the room with her running after him, jumping right on top of him

“Ahhhh! What is going on!?” Jin hid under the bed to try to avoid being shot at.

“Nerf war!” Jungkook announced, dragging him out of the bed.

Loud screams, laughter and shooting sounds were heard around the room. After the assault, the troublemakers ran out of the room to go after Suga and Jimin last.

"We need to buy some Nerf guns. Let's go! They can't get away with this," Jin said, getting ready with Hobi.

With Jennie and Jungkook, they walked towards Yoongi and Jimin's room.

“This may be a little hard because Yoongi may retaliate,” Jen warned.

“I’m sure we’ll be fine.” He reassured and knocked on the door. 

Jimin answered it and was delighted to see JenKook together. It looked like the plan worked.

“Hey, guys-ahh!” He yelped when he was shot, running away to try to find some cover. “What is this?!” He laughed in confusion.

Jennie turned to the bed to see Yoongi napping, unaware of what was happening. 

“Time to prepare my funeral.” She announced and began shooting at him.

He quickly woke up, bothered, and then got hit on the forehead with one of the Nerf darts.

“Son of a b-“ He dashed off the bed.

“Oh shit!” Jennie quickly opened the door and dashed away with Jungkook.

An angry Yoongi ran after them with Jimin trailing behind. 

“Get the fuck back here!” Yoongi yelled. The Daegu rapper was running faster than usual and it made Jennie start to panic.

“Fall back! Fall back!” Jungkook yelled.

Jen tripped and fell, rolling over the floor a couple of times before quickly getting back on her feet.

“Keep running! Keep running, I’m fine! I’m fine!” She shouted before Jungkook could stop and ask.

“Hyung! Wait! I have a plan!” Jimin managed to calm Yoongi down. “Come back to the room, I got something to get them back. Don’t worry. Let’s gather the other members. They may have Nerf guns but let's go buy some too! We need to get them back."

20 minutes later with JenKook, they hid around the floor and tried to remain alert if any members would try to find them.

“You think they’re coming for us?” She asked with anticipation.

“I think so. They’re probably going to be sly about it. Keep on your toes.” He warned as they walked around the hallway, cautiously.

Jennie stopped walking and placed an arm in front of Jungkook to stop him. “Kook...” She alerted as they saw Jimin and Yoongi with huge Nerf guns.

“Jungkookie! Ennie! Thanks for that sneak attack. But now we’d like our revenge now, hehehehe.” Jimin waved.

“You have a plan?” She whispered to him.

“Yes. I do have a plan.” He announced.

“What’s that?”

“Attack.” The Golden Maknae started shooting at them. 

He made use of the Captain America Shield, kneeling with Jennie, to block their shots. The battle was intense as both teams continued the assault. Jungkook moved forward while she watched his back.

Jennie yelped when she was suddenly grabbed by Taehyung from behind as he tried to yank the gun out of her hands.

Quickly, she escaped his hold and shot him right in the chest.

“I’ve been shot!” He dramatically fell to the ground. 

The Golden Maknae turned around to see the commotion behind him, impressed by Miss Bangtan’s offense.

Turning around, Jennie saw Namjoon aiming to shoot Jungkook from behind. 

“Kook, duck!” She yelled and quickly shot Namjoon, who dramatically fell down.

“All right, time to go!” Jungkook scooped her up in his arms, bridal style. 

He started running, aiming to head to the elevator while Jen wrapped her arms around his neck, continuing to shoot at the members who tried to run after them. Jimin went down when he was shot but she couldn’t manage to hit Yoongi at all. 

Running right into the elevator, Jungkook set her down and quickly pressed the top floor button while Jen mashed the close door button.

“Hurry up! Hurry up! Hurry up!” She exclaimed as the door finally started closing.

Once it shut just in time before Yoongi could get inside, they sighed out of relief and relaxed. Jungkook took off the Captain America helmet and ruffled his hair.

“That was close.” he huffed as his chest rose and fell at a rapid rate. “You okay, Agent Carter?”

"All thanks to you. I'm fine,"

“Thanks for saving me out there.”

“Always. I got you,”

"I got you, first," he quoted Iron Man with a smile.

The elevator stopped and they noticed that it was not on the top floor yet as they saw Jin and Hobi once the doors opened. They all widened their eyes and yelled in shock. Jin and Hobi quickly tried to get inside while JenKook desperately tried to push them out the door.

Once they managed to get in, the door closed and continued its route to the top floor. Jennie jumped on Hobi’s back, putting him in a headlock as he screamed and tried to get her off. And Jungkook managed to playfully beat down Jin with no mercy.

“I raised you two! This is not how you treat the oldest member!” Jin exclaimed as he tried to block Jungkook’s hits.

When the elevator opened again, thanks to Hobi pressing one of the floors, Jin stumbled out of the elevator. Jennie, off of Hobi’s back while Jungkook went after him, got her leg grabbed by Jin as he tried to pull her out of the elevator.

Miss Bangtan started laughing and desperately tried to hold onto the elevator while Jin continued to drag her out. 

“Kook!” She yelled for help

“I got you!” Jungkook grabbed her hands and started to pull her back inside the elevator. 

Hobi started pushing the Golden Maknae out of the elevator next while Jin released Jennie as she went back in. The oldest member grabbed onto Jungkook instead. This time, Jennie tried to grab a hold of Jungkook, making sure he didn't stumble out of the elevator.

This was exhausting. They just won’t quit and leave the 97 Liners alone. All they wanted was a little revenge.

Jennie shoved Hobi out of the elevator and thankfully it closed so it could be a two on one assault against Jin. JenKook beat him down and he stayed on the floor, exhausted.

“You win! You win! I can’t do this anymore.” He gave up.

Once the elevator opened again, unfortunately, Namjoon happened to be on the floor and he quickly helped Jin while JenKook tried to wrestle him. Their guns were taken away by Hobi, so they were defenseless and had to use their hands instead.

“H-hey!” Jennie exclaimed when Jin managed to drag her out of the elevator to separate her from Jungkook. 

Namjoon continued to block Jungkook's way from going after her while Jin started dragging her away. 

“Jungkook!” She yelled but the elevator door closed with him still inside with Namjoon.

Jungkook felt a sense of annoyance. Of course, they would want to separate them. And now he had to deal with Namjoon as he tried to wrestle him. When the door opened again on the next floor, he made a run for it while the leader ran after him.

The Golden Maknae bumped into Taehyung and Jimin and he thought that he was done for but they went on to gang up on Namjoon instead.

“Find Ennie! I got this, Jungkookie. Go with Tae.” Jimin giggled, wanting Jennie and Jungkook to spend more time together.

To Jennie, she was over Jin’s shoulder while she tried to kick and squirm her way out but to no avail. She was already exhausted from running away and wrestling the members. After five minutes, she saw Jungkook nearby and he signaled her to remain quiet.

She watches as he and Taehyung snuck up on Jin. Taehyung decided to distract Jin and convince him to give Jennie to him instead. Once he set her down, he got attacked by him and Jungkook as Jin yelled about how much of a traitor Taehyung was.

Taehyung gestured for Jennie and Jungkook to hurry up and leave as they ran to the elevator and watched the doors close.

“Okay...” Jennie huffed. “This isn’t going to work. Take off the costume.”

“What?”

“This is too noticeable. As much as I love you in that costume, if we’re going to be stealthy, you can’t wear it. It’s too much exposure.” She began taking off the brown leather suspender.

Unzipping the top for him, she let him take over as he took the entire costume off, leaving him in his street clothes.

“So glad this is a reversible hoodie.” She unzipped her white hoodie and took it off her, turning it inside out so it was black. Putting it back on, she leaves it unzipped while she places her hair in a ponytail. It looked like a new outfit, already.

Jungkook averted his eyes when he caught a glimpse of her chest and his face turned pink. 

As she zipped up the hoodie, she placed the hood over her head. She turned to him and placed his hood over his head since he was wearing a light hoodie under the costume.

Once the elevator stopped back on the floor they stayed on, they walked out. 

“All right. Move now. Move fast. Put your arm around me.” She said as they kept their heads down, walking hastily. 

Walking through the hallway, their mission was to be able to escape everyone by going back to Jennie’s room. However, it seemed like that wouldn’t be happening because she could hear Namjoon and Hobi nearby.

“Crap...” She grumbled. “Stay there. I have a plan. I hope this works and they can walk the other way.” 

With Jungkook staying behind, he watched as she walked down the hallway with her phone against her ear. Her back was turned away from where Namjoon was walking.

Changing her voice, she ended up letting out a sob in English, "What!? What do you mean you're breaking up with me!?"

This caused Namjoon to quickly turn and go the other way, not wanting to be near the commotion.

“How dare you break up with me over the phone!? Excuse me!?" she went on, dramatically crying, while Jungkook tried his best not to laugh at her antics.

Once Jen managed to see Namjoon going the other way with Hobi, she dropped her act and sighed out of relief. Turning to Jungkook, she grinned. "Mission accomplished. Come on, maybe we can find Diana’s hotel room and hide out in there for the rest of the night. The members aren’t going to stop until they find us.”

“Good idea.”

They soon heard more members around the area, most likely Yoongi and Jin near the end of the hall. Hearing their voices getting closer, Jen backed Jungkook up against the nearest wall.

“I have another idea. This can go either good or bad. And I’m hoping for the good. And only if you’re comfortable with it.” She explained.

“What’s the idea?”

“Okay. Wrap your arms around me.”

“What?”

“Like Natasha Romanoff said to Steve Rogers, public displays of affection always make people uncomfortable.” She reminded, thinking about the movie. “You need to get touchy with me. So...can you act like we’re dating?” 

He blinked at her. “Act like we’re dating?”

“Yeah and maybe look at me like you would look at someone you love? Like...IU. You’re always fanboying about her, which I always think is cute. Pretend I’m IU.”

After a moment, she began to rethink her plan. Looking down, she nodded to herself. "Is that too much to ask? Okay then let's-"

She was cut off when her chin was suddenly lifted up to meet his gaze. She couldn't take her eyes off his mesmerizing stare as her stomach flipped once again. 

Jungkook made them switch places so she was now against the wall, maintaining eye contact.

There was that feeling again. Her body felt warm and her heart was starting to feel weird. Feeling his strong arms around her waist, she averted her eyes as he pulled her closer. 

"This okay?" he asked softly.

"Yeah. That’s good. Re-ally good.” she stuttered.

'She's nervous again...cute...' he thought.

“I don’t think couples are supposed to be nervous around each other.” He teased, making her stomach flip again.

How obvious was she?

“I’m not nervous,” she affirmed

“Then look at your boyfriend, honey.” He responded softly, playing the part with his confidence growing.

With those words, she couldn’t fight that broad smile on her face. Looking up, she held his stare and saw that adorable smile up close. A sense of joy came over her and she decided to wrap her arms around his neck. Standing on his toes, she leaned up close to him, pulling him down closer to her face as he pressed his forehead against hers.

“Your girlfriend is looking at you. Happy, Jungkook-ah?” She said his name affectionally, smiling sweetly.

Jungkook’s pupils dilated. “Don’t do that...” 

“Why not?” She teased. “Am I making you nervous, now?”

‘It’s because I can get used to you saying my name like that and it’s getting harder to resist kissing you.’ He thought to himself as he glanced at her lips.

Before he could say anything out loud, they heard Jin’s voice get louder. From the position they were in, it looked like they were about to kiss. They were playing the part of a couple showing affection in public well.

Jin walked around. “Let’s try this way-” He said but then began to back away once he saw them. “A-actually let’s go this way instead.” 

He turned away uncomfortably and left with Yoongi.

Even after the members left, Jennie and Jungkook stayed where they were, looking into each other's eyes. 

After a little while, she spoke up, "Kookie?"

"Yeah?"

"...I think they left,"

"...Sorry, I didn't notice," 

It seemed like they both reluctantly pulled away and Jungkook took a step back.

Suddenly, they noticed a maid near them with her cleaning equipment. And Jennie recognized the woman as Miss Joyce who she had seen before when she left Jungkook's room.

"Good evening," Miss Joyce greeted, glancing at the two. She gave Jennie a knowing look, smiling sweetly, pleased to see that they made up.

She definitely heard and saw all of that and Jen remembered the conversation she had with her about Jungkook not being her boyfriend and how they had a fight. And it looked like Miss Joyce's prediction of them making up came true.

The Golden Duo greeted her kindly in response.

'Not your boyfriend, huh? Adorable kids...' Miss Joyce chuckled to herself and walked down the hall.

Letting out a sigh, Jennie began to walk in the direction of Diana's room with him.

"Okay, to Diana's room we go," she announced. 

"Yes, ma'am," Jungkook replied with a grin.

"So, you still uncomfortable?” she asked, quoting Natasha.

He let out a chuckle, playing along, "Uncomfortable isn’t even the word to describe what I’m feeling.”

They shared a laugh and before they knew it they arrived at Diana's door. Jennie knocked a few times until she opened it, shaking her head.

"You two are going to be the death of me, do you hear? I know y'all got noise complaints from your Nerf battle. I heard a lot of yelling," Diana teased.

"Ah, we'll take the blame. It was worth it," Jennie chuckled as she walked in with Jungkook. "Can we hang here until the heat dies down?"

"By all means. I'm headed out anyway to go to the gym downstairs. Make yourselves comfortable," 

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 56- BTS GAYO Track 1 & 2

Chapter Summary: The members go through a Girl Group dance quiz and attempt to answer the correct song by listening to the lyrics

Words: 2,000+

------- Gayo Track 1- Girl Group Dance Quiz

The members stood next to each other while Rapmon announced that they would be learning about K-Pop. When he revealed the card, it said, ‘Girl Group Dance Quiz’

It would be the Vocal team which consisted of Jin, Jungkook, Jimin and Taehyung VS the Rapper team which consisted of Rapmon, Suga, J-Hope and Jennie.

The members would have to explain the given words with dance moves and there will be a penalty for those who lose the game.

“Do you know any girl group dances?” Rapmon asked

“My second job is teaching girl group dance,” J-Hope mentioned while singing and dancing to Red Velvet’s ice cream cake.

“Don’t you all know this?” V performed Girl’s Generation’s GEE dance.

“Of course, we can’t miss that,” Suga added as some of the other members danced.

“Don’t forget about my girls! Tell me, tell me!” Jennie quickly demonstrated Wonder Girls’ Tell Me choreography, with a bright smile.

“Tell me! Tell me!” Suga sang, trying to perform the dance too which caused Jennie to stop and stare at him with the other members.

‘What on earth is that?’

“Are you doing an aerobic dance?” Rapmon laughed

‘This game is vocal team vs rapper team.’

The members gathered up in their teams and wrote down their penalties before starting the girl group dance quiz. The vocal team began first. J-Hope opened up the book and revealed the first song. 

Once Jimin started trying to dance the choreography, Jin quickly went up to the camera and answered, “Something by Girl’s Day.”

V was up next to dance but the vocal line couldn’t comprehend what he was doing. 

“What was that?” Jimin laughed. “Dance, will you?”

“Even I know that point dance!” Rapmon pointed out, knowing the answer.

“What’s that!?” Jimin laughed louder, still confused.

“I’ve got it!” Jin spoke up and went to the front. “Bar Bar Bar by Crayon Pop.”

Jin was next to dance which quickly gave the vocal line an answer. 

Jungkook quickly scrambled to the front, yelling, “Beautiful by Park Boram!” for the correct answer.

When the Golden Maknae tried to demonstrate the next song, Jimin went to the front. “Full Moon by Sunmi!”

Taehyung was up again and demonstrated a bubble popping with his hands which caused Jin to go to the front to answer, “Bubble Pop by HyunA.”

While Jin tried dancing for the next song, Jungkook dramatically went back to the front again, yelling, “Mister by KARA.”

“I don’t know anything.” Jimin laughed.

“Why Jungkook of all people?” Suga complained.

“Well, he is the Golden Maknae after all,” Jen mentioned. “We shouldn’t be surprised.”

For the last song, Jin answered, “Adult Ceremony by Park Jiyoon.” and the vocal line got a score of six minutes and 45 seconds.

The rapper line settled down while J-Hope stood to begin the game. Taehyung was in the background to reveal the songs. 

As J-Hope began the dance, the rapper line continued to look confused before Suga scrambled to the front to say, “Catallena by Orange Caramel.”

Rapmon was next, gesturing a cell phone to his hand. 

Suga scrambled to the front and announced, “What’s your phone number by 4Minute.” and got hit on the head with a toy hammer. “Hot Issue by 4Minute?” he got hit again.

“Got it!” Jennie scrambled to the front. “Whatcha doin’ today by 4Minute,” she answered, getting it correct.

“Finally!” Rapmon exclaimed.

She stood up and went to the front, watching Taehyung move the paper to the next song which was, ‘Me Gustas Tu by GFriend’

“Oh gosh.” she hesitated for a moment. 

After getting over her nervousness, she began performing the choreography elegantly just like GFriend taught her.

“Ah! Me Gustas Tu by GFriend!” J-Hope shouted and went back up to dance.

“Bad Girl Good Girl by Miss A!” Suga answered.

“This is really easy,” Taehyung revealed the next song while Rapmon stood there, dumbfounded.

Jungkook let out a loud laugh, pointing at him while Rapmon tried to express crazy with his body because he couldn’t remember the entire dance.

“Crazy by Son Dam Bi.” J-Hope answered and also answered, “Abracadabra by Brown Eyed Girls.”

Rap Monster had tried to perform Tell Me by Wonder Girls along with the actual song that he was trying to dance for them to get. It took a while but then J-Hope and Jennie managed to think of an answer.

“My girls!” she shouted and scrambled to the front. “Nobody by Wonder Girls!” she answered to get the final answer. 

Unfortunately, the rapper team got eight minutes and 12 seconds.

“Woo!” Jimin yelled happily.

“Are you okay? You’re sweating.” J-Hope placed a hand on Rapmon. “The questions for the vocal team were too easy.”

“How did you not know bubble pop?” Rapmon complained.

“Look who’s talking!” Suga playfully shoved him

“Aye! Aye! Guys, we are all friends here!” Jennie tried to calm them down while laughing.

After calming down, Rap Monster opened up the penalty for the rapper team which was a finger flick on the forehead.

“If Jimin does finger flicks, you’ll be dead. He’s so strong.” J-Hope pointed out.

“We can’t endure it,” Suga added.

The Rap Line began to play Rock, Paper, scissors to see who would get the penalty. Suga managed to win first, eliminating himself from getting hit and then Jennie was second, physically relieved. Rap Monster and J-Hope were back to back and raised up their fists in the air, choosing rock. J-Hope began screaming and jumping around, scared of losing while the members laughed wholeheartedly at him.

They tried it again and this time, J-Hope lost when he chose Rock again. Suga made the dancer kneel in front of Jimin, who prepared for the finger flick. Once he flicked him in the forehead, J-Hope swore and rubbed his forehead.

--------

Gayo track 2- Answer the Right Song by Hearing

“This is BTS’ Banga Banga! Bangtan ga~!” Suga announced

“Are you drunk? Your pronunciation.” J-Hope laughed.

“He’s slurring words,” Rapmon added

“Today, we’re having Bangtan Gayo, 2nd Banga Banga.” Suga spoke. “In the first episode, Rap Monster-“

“No!” the leader cringed at the unpleasant memory

“...thanks to him, we lost. Your thoughts, please.”

“J-Hope got the penalty.” Jungkook pointed

“I’m still aching here.” J-Hope mentioned. “It’s become swollen.”

“I did it easy but you’re whining,” Jimin added

Suga revealed the theme for the episode, which was to answer the right song by hearing. It would be the vocalists against the rappers again and they will listen to five songs. The staff will play songs and the members will write the song title. The team closest to the right answer will win.

After writing down the penalties, the members began the game. Suga and Jungkook go up against each other first, sitting at their tables, ready to write in their sketchbook. After briefly hearing what was played, everyone was confused.

“What is this?” the members asked amongst themselves while Jimin mimicked the lyrics by mumbling.

After hearing it again, Suga began writing his answer down. 

“Do the lyrics have any meaning to it or are they just imitative words?” Rapmon asked.

Once Jungkook and Suga revealed their answers, the staff showed the correct answer which was, ‘I-reon-neoneun-dali-nabbenaiya.’

“What? How is that?” Taehyung laughed, while both teams got it wrong.

Next was Taehyung and J-Hope while their teams stood around them. The song played as they all listened closely and were asked to guess why the singer didn’t go and this place is where kids go after school.

“I played marbles,” Taehyung mentioned.

“I didn’t do that!” Jin laughed.

“You are old school.” Jimin pointed out

“Wait, I think I know.” Jennie leaned down to whisper in J-Hope’s ear. “What about playing video games? Like an arcade?”

“What did you say?” Rapmon asked.

“I think it may be an arcade,” she whispered to her team while J-Hope wrote down the answer. “I usually would go to the park after school but I highly doubt that would be the answer. It should be an arcade, I just have a gut feeling.”

When they revealed their answers, Taehyung had said to eat snacks. Once it was shown that the answer was to play games at the video arcade, the rap line yelled “Yay!” and high fived each other.

“Thank you, Jennie, you saved us.” Suga praised.

“You mad?” she glanced over at Jungkook who wasn’t too happy at getting the wrong answer.

“N-no!” he responded.

Next was Jimin vs Rap Monster for the third round, listening closely and they had to write the lyrics on the beep.

“Hyung, we practiced ‘a-e-i-o-u’ for pronunciation,” Jimin called out. “A-e-i-o-u.” he continued stating with Taehyung.

“Shhhhh!” Jen placed a finger to her mouth and they giggled at her.

“I think we will win.” Jimin confidently asserted

“What are you saying? I think I’ll be closer to the answer.” The leader replied and they both showed their answers. 

The crew examined their lyrics.

“Rappers 10, and vocals 8.” the crew revealed the rappers winning by two letters as the vocal line looked disappointed.

“Yeah!” Suga cheered

“Ganjang-Gongjang-Kongjangjang~!” the rap team teasingly sang while Jungkook placed his fingers on the bridge of his nose, unhappy with the results thus far.

“There are many chances for us winning,” Taehyung called out.

“I dunno ‘bout that my friend but you can try.” Jennie grinned confidently as she took a seat next to Jin for the fourth round.

The song began to play as everyone listened closely, and gathered around their teams. 

“Oh mah God,” Jimin exclaimed in English, thinking about how difficult this listening test had been.

Jennie, confused, tried to write what she could with her team giving her ideas. 

Once both teams revealed their answers, Jen saw that Jin had written, ‘Yes, yes, give me out.’

“Damn, I think I’m wrong. That sounds right.” she scolded herself, shaking her head.

“Ah, don’t sweat it.” Rap Monster placed a hand on her shoulder.

“The right one is...vocal team!” the staff announced as Jin scrambled out of his seat in excitement.

The rest of the vocal line started celebrating while Jennie pressed her lips together, displeased. 

The vocal line started to sing the song, in front of the rap line to tease them, “Yes, yes, give me out, give me out, give me out, yes, yes, give me out, give me out, give me out.” which caused Miss Bangtan to cross her arms, rolling her eyes.

“Give me out! Give me out! Give me out!” Taehyung sang in her face while giggling, causing her to playfully smack him on his head.

Suga vs Jungkook went up again for the fifth round as they listened to the lyrics. 

“Now, how much is an early morning discount on weekdays?” the staff asked for them to write down the answer.

Once they revealed their answers, the rap line celebrated their victory when their answer was the closest to 6,000 won. 

“WOO!” J-Hope shouted as his team applauded.

“Hey, what was that they were saying earlier? Oh right.” Jen called out to her teammates. She began to sing and dance with the rap line in a teasing manner for the vocal line, “Give me out, give me out, give me out, give me out.”

“If rappers win, double the penalty.” The staff explained. “If the vocals win, the penalty is another question.”

Suga and Jungkook got the bonus question as they listened closely to the lyrics, having to write down how many As were in the phrase. Both Rapmon and Jungkook answered 12 and were given a chance to change. 

“Trust your judgment and gut feeling. Don’t change it.” Jen advised while they debated. 

The right answer was 12 and they both got it correct.

In the end, the rappers won. 

“Ayeeee! Give me out! Give me out! Give me out! Aye, aye, give me out! Give me out! Give me out!” Jennie began moonwalking across the set while the members laughed at her enthusiasm. 

The rap line followed her movements to celebrate, feeling good to finally win. After the vocals read their penalty, which was to drink a coke with their mouth filled with mentos, they were in for a rude awakening when J-Hope revealed that he would also flick Jimin’s forehead with one finger, for revenge.

“I’m going to be hit?” Jimin widened his eyes.

After the vocal line played rock, paper, scissors, Jimin lost and was forced to endure both penalties as the members yelled in surprise.

“Hahahaha, this is your lucky day, Jimin.” Jennie patted him on the back while he cringed at his fate.

Jimin kneeled before J-Hope, squinting his eyes, preparing for the worst. After he was flicked on the forehead, he groaned.

“Ah....” He murmured.

Taehyung prepared the coke with mentos, popping some in as it quickly began to overflow. Jimin grabbed the bottle and began to drink as it burst into his nose and mouth.

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA~!” The members cackled at his suffering and then applauded Jimin for being a good sport.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 57- Tension Escalator

Chapter Summary: BTS have an Undercover Mission in Japan. For the tension escalator, Jen watches with nervousness and assumes Jungkook won't do anything drastic but is instantly proved wrong.

Words: 5,000+

Genre: Cute Jungkook fluff in this one!! I added a little bit more to this chapter since it randomly popped in my head :)

---------

In Osaka, Japan, Bangtan prepared to get ready for their fan meet. Backstage, Jen sat by the vanity, on her phone.

“Jennie-ah.”

“Yes?” she turned to one of the female stylists, who had smiled at her.

“It’s time to do your makeup.” she prepared everything at a table while Jen got situated in her seat. “I’ve read some of the magazines you recommended to me. Like Essence.”

“For real?” Jennie asked with excitement. “Wow, thank you so much.”

Jennie had gotten closer to the staff, especially the stylists for Big Hit. For a while now, she had been trying to educate the stylists on black beauty, so they could learn more about how to handle her hair and make up for her black skin. 

She praised the staff for asking her where to go to study more about how to make her look her very best without trying to lighten up her skin. She appreciated them going to lengths to learn for her. Her makeup improved every time.

“Of course, I want you to look your very best. Let’s go with a natural look, today.” the stylist began to apply her makeup. After she was done, she let Jennie take a look. “Did I do all right?”

“Definitely, I look amazing!” Miss Bangtan checked out her face. “This is perfect.”

“Great! Now let’s do the hair. And I won’t forget heat protector this time.” she reassured, beginning to do her hair.

Jen was grateful that she didn’t forget the heat protector. The last time was not pretty, and she was glad that her hair was still alive afterward. The look on the stylist’s face when Jen asked if she put heat protector in her hair was priceless. Fear was evident on her face, while Jennie closed her eyes and exhaled, mentally preparing for damaged hair. It amazed the stylist that Jennie still had some trust left to do her hair today.

“My hair is getting longer, I need to get it trimmed.” Jen noticed the length was to her mid back. “One day, I want to cut my hair short. Maybe for a future comeback. What do you think, ARMY?” she turned to the camera that was filming her getting prepared for the show.

“How are you doing?” she was asked by the person behind the camera.

“I’m sleepy. I’m taking a nap after I’m done getting ready.”

After the cameraman went to film another member, the stylist finished straightening her hair and placed some bobby pins to keep it on the side.

‘Who’s going to carry out the mission today?’

Throughout the days in Japan, the members received missions to carry out. Jungkook’s mission was to get Jimin to say thank you while Jennie napped on the couch. Jin, whose mission was to comfort all the members, placed a blanket on her and ran a hand over her head.

“Sweet dreams, sweetie.” the oldest smiled softly, clearing her off the list of members he needed to comfort. 

Jennie was oblivious to it all, sleeping peacefully. As she slept, Jimin, Taehyung, and Jungkook were filming a V-Live for ARMY, walking around the dressing room to mess with the members.

“Let’s find Ennie,” Taehyung suggested while they walked around to search for her.

“Jennie? Oh, Jennie? Where oh where is our Miss Bangtan? Where oh where could she be~?” Jimin sang out.

“Is she in this dressing room?” Jungkook pondered.

“I found her. Aw, but she’s asleep.” Taehyung frowned.

“Spray her with the can of cold spray.” Jimin requested mischievously.

“Ah...I don’t want to do that to her.” Jungkook responded.

“Aw, why not?” Jimin asked with a pout.

“I would but she looks too cute. I don’t want to disturb her.” Jungkook answered before shyly chuckling to himself that he said that on camera in front of ARMY. 

He tried to flip the script by asking ARMY if she looked cute while sleeping.

Jimin and Taehyung grinned at each other off camera and they decided to leave her alone to rest. They also mentioned on Live that she had stayed up all night to practice her Japanese for the event.

After Jungkook had finished his V-Live in an empty room, he went back to the dressing room while periodically glancing at Jennie, making sure she was all right as she slept.

“Jungkook-ah is staring at Jennie-ah, again.” the staff giggled amongst themselves.

It was getting pretty obvious behind the scenes that the Golden Maknae had been smitten by K-Pop’s smartie and Nike loving American idol. Jimin even spilled the beans about it to them.

The staff thought it was cute and could see them dating. The majority of the staff were surprised that Jennie wasn’t even aware that Jungkook liked her. But they hoped that he’d confess soon.

During one of the fan meets, Rap Monster’s mission was to make one of the members say as expected from the leader in Japanese. So while he said his speech on stage, he had hoped that at least someone would say it. But it looked slim to none as he continued talking, trying to do everything he could for this difficult mission.

“Everyone, although we’ve been to various places, we will always love you,” he spoke with a smile as he paused, trying to see if someone would say it. “We will always believe in each other and always practice together and think of ARMYs. All of us are always working hard and doing our best.”

“Indeed. Our leader always has great things to say. But honestly, Rap Monster is a great leader so this is expected of him.” Jennie randomly spoke up in Japanese, which caused Rap Monster to smile big when he realized that his mission was a success all thanks to her.

Just before the next fan meet, backstage Jennie received a card for her undercover mission.

“Oh boy,” she responded and read the card.

‘Get each member with a whoopee cushion’

“Oh my gosh, are you kidding me?” she sighed at the mission. 

This may be a bit difficult as she tried to ponder some places where she could hide the whoopee cushions. She chose to place whoopee cushions under the couches when none of the members were looking and then pondered on where else to put them. She then set up some more under blankets and jackets on chairs. As the members continued to get ready for the next show, she heard one of the whoopee cushions go off and she heard Hobi yell in shock.

She smiled and fist pumped when the camera filmed her. One down, six more to go. Things seemed to be going well when she managed to get Jin, Taehyung, and Jimin. But her world came crashing down when Rap Monster removed his jacket from the seat and noticed the whoopie cushion.

He let out a soft chuckle and pointed it out. “What is this?”

“Nooooooo!” she yelled silently, throwing her head back in disappointment. “I was doing so good.”

‘Mission failed!’

When outside the room, she was asked if she had a mission for herself. “Yeah, I do. As you know I am obsessed with Nike, so I hope that one day the company can notice me and let me endorse them one day. Only a girl can dream.” She beamed. “An endorsement for Nike. Gosh, that would be great.”

Just before the event started, Jennie began walking with J-Hope as he started chanting, “ O-sa-car.”

After saying Osaka. She decided to join in, dancing with him on camera.

“O-sa-car. O-sa-car. O-sa-car, broom broom broom.” They chanted before giggling with one another.

Yoongi, Jin, and Jungkook were behind them, shaking their heads. 

“This is so embarrassing.” Yoongi sighed.

“I think Jen had too many smarties and is dealing with a slight sugar rush,” Jungkook mentioned to the camera. “She’s very weird, isn’t she?”

For the show, Jen wore a yellow blazer and BTS opened up the fan meet with a few songs for the fans. Speaking and singing in Japanese was harder than she thought but after all those countless nights of practicing her Japanese, she made it work.

After they performed, a video popped up on the screen catching the members' attention.

“BTS welcome. The fact that you can hear my voice means that you are ready for battle. I’m KJ, the boss who will give you the missions.”

“Konnichiwa!” The members began to greet repeatedly

“That is too light! You’re saying your greetings too lightly. You can’t just keep saying Konnichiwa. You should do a greeting that can break the world. A proper one.”

“2, 3, Bangtan, hello we are BTS” The members bowed to loud cheers. 

Jennie checked out the crowd. So many people showed up for the fan meet. It was astonishing. After greeting the audience, KJ wanted everyone to introduce themselves individually.

“Nice to meet you, everyone. I am Raku Monster. Because a Japanese word I’m into right now is raku raku, I changed my name starting today. Please support Raku Monster. The ones in the back and second floor, are you looking forward to the rest of the show?” he raised his mic up in the air to loud cheers.

“Hello, I’m Jin. Ichi ni, kochi ni, Seokjinie!” he grinned.

“Hello, I’m the genius Suga!” he began blowing kisses

“Hello, I’m a brave man who doesn’t get affected by scary things. I’m J-Hope.” he posed dramatically

“Konnichiwa, I am the one who loves smarties and Nike. I’m Jennie! You can also call me Queen Smartie.” she waved cutely to loud cheers and screams. 

The Japanese fans always thought she looked adorable when she spoke their language. Overall, Jennie was proud of her efforts in speaking the language and hoped ARMY noticed her huge improvement. The last time she was in Japan, she was unprepared and had to depend on a translator the entire time, unable to hide her confused facial expressions.

“Hello, I’m Jimin who the members love the most.”

“Huh?!” J-Hope spoke up

“...and I’m a genius,” Jimin added with a big grin while the rest of the members didn’t buy it. “It’s true, I’m a genius.”

“That’s impossible,” Rapmon spoke.

“Impossible? No, no, no.”

“Hello. I’m Kim Taehyung. You can call me V, too. I love vehicles. I also like to drive cars. Thank you.”

“Hello everyone! Everyone, I’m the one you’ve all been waiting for, Jungkook. Yeah!”

“This time BTS will be given different missions and your success based ARMY’s reaction, is that clear?” KJ asked. “Everyone, let’s move on to the first mission. This first one is this...”

---------

‘BTS ID’

“This mission will test whether or not you are a real BTS member. I’ll be asking you questions that will determine if you are a real member or not so answer accordingly, okay? The mission will be cleared once we’ve determined that everyone really is a member, okay? Okay, here’s the first one. First Rap Monster. Raku Monster. It seems that you are the tallest out of all the members.”

The crowd started cheering when Jimin and Suga tried to compare their height to him.

“He hides my smarties in the tallest cabinets so I won’t eat them all,” Jen said sadly, earning laughs in response.

“Show us that Raku Monster is the tallest member. What does it mean that Raku Monster is the tallest.” KJ requested.

The members kneeled dramatically except for Suga, who stood because he claimed that he was short anyway and didn’t have to do it.

“So, Suga doesn’t have to crouch down to be small 'cause he’s already short, right Suga?” KJ asked.

“Yes, that’s right,” Suga responded

“Let’s move on to the next one. Next is Jin. The one who keeps staying hungry no matter how much you’ve eaten is that right? Why are you so hungry?”

“My pet Jangu is inside my stomach. My pet puppy.” Jin began panting like a dog, causing Jennie to stare at him curiously. “Jangu, Jangu!” he added in a high voice.

“What...?” Jennie looked around confused

“What was that?” Jungkook wondered.

“What are you saying?” KJ asked.

“I don’t understand,” Rapmon added. “Who is Jangu?”

“We don’t know what he’s saying either,” Jimin spoke. “What is a Jangu?”

“First off, why did you eat your cute dog?” KJ asked. “Were you hungry?”

“Sorry,” Jin responded to make KJ laugh.

“That’s scary,” Jungkook added

“You wildlin,” Jen responded.

“That’s dangerous,” V spoke

“Suga, the one who calls himself a genius, right?” KJ asked

“Yes, there’s no doubt about it. I’m the genius Suga.” He blew more kisses.

“What are you a genius of?”

“I’m a genius at being cute.” He responded and did Aegyo to loud screams

“Oh-mai-gah.” J-Hope responded.

“Since you’re a genius, you can act cute, right away when someone tells you, right?” KJ asked. “Ready, go.”

Suga walked around the stage doing aegyo and KJ was impressed.

“Next is J-Hope. The one who acts strong on the outside but is actually a scardey cat. Right?”

“Yes, that’s me,” J-Hope responded in a low voice

“What are you scared of?”

“Heights and horror movies are scary. Also, bugs. I hate bugs.”

“What do the other members think? Is he a little bit of a scaredy-cat?”

“He’s simply a scaredy cat,” Rapmon responded.

“Remember when we scared him with that lobster?” Jimin started giggling with Taehyung

“Oh my God...that day...” Jennie groaned. 

The day where she was suddenly flashed by Hobi when he was running all over the dorm, naked, to get away from them.

“You hate bugs, too? What kind of bug do you hate the most?” KJ asked

“Cockroaches,” Hobi answered.

“Can you do a reaction? Let’s say there’s a cockroach right under you.”

Suga began to make a funny sound effect, pointing to the floor and J-Hope let out a loud scream, tiptoeing around to get away before doing his brave pose.

“Next is Jennie. The one who likes smarties and Nike, correct?”

“Hai,” she responded with a smile

“And you call yourself the Smartie Queen, correct?”

“Hai.”

“Why do you call yourself the Smartie Queen?”

“Because smarties are delicious and good for the soul.” she proudly responded.

“Members, how do you cope with her obsession with smarties?”

“I lost count of how many times we order the candy online and they’re gone within a few weeks. I’m surprised that she never gets tired of it.” Rap Monster exclaimed.

“I try to hide them from her,” Jin added.

“We try to put them on the highest shelves but she ends up climbing and finding them.” Taehyung giggled.

"They're exaggerating," Jen responded.

“You also said that you love Nike,” KJ mentioned.

“Hai. I would love to do an endorsement for them.”

“Can you show us modeling for Nike? You’re wearing the shoes.”

“Gladly.” she briefly modeled around the stage, showing off her sneakers to loud cheers.

“Impressive. I hope Nike hires you one day.”

“Aw, thank you, I hope so too.”

“Jimin. Let’s go to Jimin. Among BTS, you are the scariest member?”

“Yes.” He responded. “Everyone, the second floor. Isn’t that right? I’m scarier than J-Hope. I’m strong, I’m really strong.”

“Jimin, show us your strongness.”

“Lies,” Jungkook spoke up which caused Jennie to snicker.

After their banter, KJ moved to V. “V, this one is great. V is the one that owns 3 vehicles, right?”

“Yes. I’m not bragging but that’s me.” V smiled.

“Do you like driving?”

“Of course.”

“Do you drive by yourself?”

“Together with ARMYs!” he answered with loud cheers from the audience.

“There are probably 5,000 ARMYs here though. Can they get in?”

“It’s impossible.” he chuckled.

“By the way, what kind of cars do you have?”

“Porsche. Ferrari. Lamborghini.”

“Lamborghini, wow, everything is a luxury car.”

“Around that much.”

“Really?”

“Sorry, they’re just mini-cars.”

“You only own three of those?”

“Yes.” Tae grinned while ARMY cheered for him.

“That’s cute but they’re just mini-cars so isn’t it okay to own more?”

“It’s expensive.”

“Minicars are expensive, too? Around how much are they?”

Taehyung pondered for a moment. “Ten dollars.”

“That’s too cute,” KJ responded while some of the members smiled. “Do you have any cars that you want to ride in the future? I mean a real car.”

“I want a monster car.”

“I’ll make sure to take you to a monster truck show, one day,” Jennie spoke up, causing Taehyung to grin with excitement.

“What’s a monster car?” KJ asked.

“Monster car? Right here.” J-Hope placed his hand on Rapmon’s shoulder while he was drinking water. 

Rapmon walked right up to V and kneeled, pretending to drive with V in front of him.

“Jungkook.” KJ went to him. “Is Jungkook the one who pranks people the most?”

“Yes, that’s me.” The Golden Maknae responded.

“What kind of pranks do you do?”

“For example, Jin, good morning.” Jungkook placed his hand up which made Jin flinch.

“Oh! Good morning.” Jin high fived him

“Rapmon, good morning.” the Golden Maknae high fived him. “Jimin. Jimin?” he started walking around, pretending that he can’t find him

“Where is jimin?” the members played around, trying to find him while Jimin continued to be amused, trying to deal with another prank aimed at him.

“How sad,” KJ responded.

“They always do Jimin dirty,” Jen added.

“J-Hope, where is Jimin?” Jungkook asked.

“Where?” J-Hope continued to look around

“Jimin didn’t come,” Rapmon added

“Where is Jimin?” Suga asked

“I’m right here!” Jimin said in Jungkook’s face as he continued to pretend he didn’t see him.

“Oh, you’re right here.” Jungkook patted him on the shoulder and started laughing

“Wait a minute, he’s not as short as you guys think. You can see him just fine. Isn’t Miss Bangtan the shortest?”

“We tease her too,” Jungkook responded.

“They’re very cruel when it comes to my smarties,” Jen spoke, shaking her head. “I still feel some type of way when they put my smarties on the highest of shelves. It’s not funny.”

“Do you have any other pranks, Jungkook?” KJ asked.

“Yes,” he responded

“Whom do you prank?”

“Everyone. Jin?”

“Yes?” he responded

“Nevermind. Rapmon?”

“Yes?”

“Never mind. V?”

“What?”

“Nevermind. This kind of prank.”

“I just don’t know any more about him,” Jennie said

“Yeah, what was that?” Jimin asked

“Sorry.” Jungkook chuckled and started feeling embarrassed. “Let’s go to the next part.”

“Okay, lastly I have a question for ARMY,” KJ spoke. “After I say, ‘ready, go,’ scream the name of your favorite member as loud as you can. Ready, go!” 

ARMY screamed their names loud and proud, bringing smiles to the members’ faces.

“Boss, can you see this?” V asked

“Yes, I do. Everyone is shining. Everyone is amazing. Thank you.” KJ responded.

“Ah...my heart.” V tapped his chest, feeling the love from ARMY.

“Are you okay?” Jin approached him but ended up hitting his teeth with his mic. 

He instantly held his mouth, as the members laughed.

“Jeez, you good?” Jennie approached him, placing a hand on his shoulder, trying to examine his mouth.

“Are you okay?” J-Hope laughed

After their mission was cleared, they went to the next mission which was random dance play. Bangtan’s songs will start playing randomly and they would have to get the formation and choreography correct. 

The members scrambled all over the place, dancing while their songs were played faster and slower than usual. Their songs kept switching at a rapid pace as they managed to keep up.

Soon the chorus for War of Hormone came on as Jennie scrambled to the front, singing quickly with the song sped up, “Hello! Hello! Hello! Hello! I’ll tell you what I want right now! Hello! Hello! Hello! Hello! I ain’t giving it to you right now!”

The ending of Tomorrow came on as the members did their finishing pose, earning a mission cleared.

---------

When BTS changed outfits, they performed For You. Jennie had worn a white hoodie that was bigger than usual and zipped the hoodie halfway while exposing her right shoulder.

KJ praised them for their performance. “Let’s go on to the next mission. BTS Tension Escalator. This mission is really simple. Each of you will do a performance with a given subject. But since this is called Tension Escalator, the person who goes next will have to perform with more tension. In other words, the tension needs to keep rising until the last person, understand? Okay.”

“I’ll do it first.” Suga raised his hand.

“Let’s change positions,” J-Hope added.

“Let’s do it by age,” Jin suggested. “Starting from the oldest.”

“NANI!?” Jennie shouted in horror, earning loud laughs from the crowd as she looked around nervously. “C-can’t the youngest go first?”

“Nope! Oldest!” Jin responded.

“Say what now?”

“Jennie will go last.” Jimin pointed

“No, no, the youngest should go first.” Jungkook protested.

“No, no, let’s start from the oldest,” Jin demanded.

Jennie exhaled and reluctantly stood at the end of the line, next to Jungkook. 

Why? 

Why did they have to do this? 

She didn’t really want to. How was she supposed to make things tense for someone? She was definitely worried about this mission.

Jin, starting off, stood next to Suga and pushed his arm out in front of him, looking like he had him against a wall, referring to the kabedon move.

“Um, what?” Jen looked around while ARMY continued screaming. 

‘Oh my God, help me.’ She thought to herself, feeling uneasy.

“Okay, okay, okay.” Suga turned to Rapmon.

“You have to surpass the tension. You can’t just mimic the move.” KJ responded.

Suga decided to do the kabedon to Rapmon, but stronger while ARMY continued to scream.

“Okay, you kind of surpassed it,” KJ mentioned while Rapmon nodded and turned to J-Hope. “Okay, Raku Monster’s turn.”

Rapmon placed a hand on J-Hope’s shoulders before getting close to his face. He wrapped his arms around his shoulder while J-Hope smiled and placed a hand over his heart.

Jennie gritted her teeth, watching with anxiousness while the fans’ screams got even louder. 

Meanwhile, she noticed Jungkook walking away from the line with his arms crossed. Looks like he was just as nervous as she was.

“Now that you’ve come this far, is it possible to surpass it even more?” KJ pondered. “Can you do it?”

J-Hope got close to Jimin’s face and wrapped his arms around him, dipping him like he was going for a kiss.

“The tension went up,” Rapmon responded.

What in the world was she going to do as she continued to watch the members get up close and personal? 

Jungkook was freaking out on the inside because he would have to do something to Jennie, and he had no idea what. And if he could pull it off was another story.

Jimin placed his mic down and shadow boxed for a few moments, preparing to make Tae tense. He shoved Tae back and placed his forehead against his, backing him up while Taehyung continued to grin and laugh.

As Jennie proceeded to watch, she cringed, getting panicky.

“The next one has to be stronger, V,” Suga spoke.

Taehyung got back in line and turned to Jungkook. He tried to pull himself together and started walking up to him but he laughed and backed up. He tried again, composing himself first, and grabbed Jungkook by the back of his head and placed it on his forehead as ARMY hollered.

“Now onto Miss Bangtan,” Rapmon called out. 

The fans were screaming when Jungkook slowly turned around to Jennie.

“Man and woman. Let’s see how much they raise the tension. Do something different. Do not do the same thing you did.” KJ requested.

“It’s all you Jungkookie. Make her nervous!” Jimin patted him on the shoulder while Jennie laughed nervously.

‘Y'all tryna get me killed up in here.’ she thought to herself.

How many girls were in this building, right now?

This was not going to end well. At least that was what she thought. But the Japanese fans of BTS had taken a liking to Jennie since debut, so maybe things weren’t going to be so bad. Her overthinking got the best of her in situations like this.

Jimin and Tae huddled with Jungkook as they began to whisper to themselves while glancing back at Jennie, which made her even more uneasy.

“Look at her like you look at her when she’s not looking,” Taehyung suggested.

“Hyung, I can’t,” Jungkook whispered back.

“I’ll tell her you like her if you don’t!” Jimin grinned evilly.

“I don’t appreciate the blackmail.” Jungkook huffed.

“Hehehe, man up, Kookie! This will be your future one day! I know it will. Now, look at her like you always do and make her nervous! She can’t resist your charm.” Jimin giggled.

Before going over to Jennie, Jungkook decided to unbutton his shirt a little to make ARMY scream even louder.

‘He’s just teasing the fans. Don’t freak out.’ Jen tried to keep herself composed.

The Golden Maknae’s heart began racing as he slowly started walking up to her. He could do this. This should go just fine. 

Jennie, however, had averted her eyes and looked down.

‘Oh God, he’s coming over, he’s coming over. Stay calm. Breathe, it’s just Jungkook.’ she thought in panic.

She noticed his shoes in front of hers and felt his presence as he looked down at her. Her body began to feel flushed as she mentally prepared for what he was going to do to her.

“The height difference is really cute,” Jimin commented with a giggle.

There was a cute height difference, fans were mentioning how cute it looked for him to look down at her and that she looked a little smaller in comparison to the rest of the members.

As The Golden Maknae kept his eyes on her, he began to drown everything else out. 

It was just him and her in the room. 

Jungkook delicately brushed some of her straightened hair from her face with his fingertips, not paying the loud screaming at the sudden action any mind.

'You are so beautiful...' he thought to himself as he watched her nervously chuckle at his actions.

Jimin and Taehyung glanced at each other with satisfied looks and began whispering to one another.

"It doesn't even look like he's trying to play the game anymore," Taehyung pointed out.

"I think he even forgot he's on stage in front of ARMY," Jimin giggled. "This is too cute,"

Noticing Jennie still not looking up at him, Jungkook decided to gently lift up her chin. He pressed his forehead against hers to gaze at her intently.

'Shit...' Jennie thought as she managed to maintain eye contact, feeling her stomach flutter.

The members began yelling along with ARMY, going wild over what was happening.

The butterflies in Jen's stomach intensified as she felt her face heat up from his actions. For some reason, his gaze was so mesmerizing that she couldn’t look away. And it was like he was telling her, "Just focus on me...no one else matters."

The Golden Maknae removed his forehead from hers and initiated a staring contest, as a bright smile came across his face. Their faces were so close, it honestly looked like he was going to kiss her.

Reality came back to him as he realized where he was, hearing the loud screams and cheers from the audience. Then, he lightly blew in her face to make her blink and he backed away, giggling.

“I win,” he mentioned while she covered her face, trying to pull herself together. 

The members in the background continued to laugh and praise Jungkook for heightening the tension to the max. 

“All right, Jennie do something for ARMY. It is up to you to complete the mission.” KJ responded as she pulled herself together

“I don’t even know what to do now,” she exclaimed and started thinking. “Ah. I know. ARMY has been asking me to show them for a while. They’ve been wanting to see my developing abs.” 

She took off her hoodie and lifted up her shirt a little to reveal them, causing even louder screams. The members stared freaking out and laughing too as she showed her developing muscles. Her hard work was paying off.

“Did we clear the mission?” Suga asked.

“That was pretty strong,” Rapmon commented.

“Ah, very good, Jennie really escalated that. You all did awesome. You cleared the mission.” KJ responded. “Good job, you have now cleared all the missions. This time we tested BTS’ bond and your bond with ARMY. We concluded that your bond is strong indeed. Therefore, until the next mission appears, farewell.”

After the banter and the boss revealed his face, Rapmon wanted the members to individually tell ARMY what they wanted to do in the future.

“Lately I watched anime and there was a bullet train.” Rapmon tried to speak in Japanese but decided to speak in Korean instead because it was too hard for him. “To ride a bullet train, a bullet train cannot run without a route. Similarly, I thought that we also can’t continue without ARMY. So please be our route and let’s go together.” He said and began to feel embarrassed.

“I said this before but since so many people came to cheer us on, we want to do our best to respond to your support,” Jin spoke. “From now on instead of supporting an individual member, please support the growth of everyone in BTS, too.”

“A singer uses music to express themselves, right?” Suga asked. “From now on we promise to release amazing music and stages. Let’s keep going until we reach Domes. Thank you, that was the genius Suga.”

“Thank you for cheering us on and fiercely supporting us this year.” J-Hope grinned. “Let’s be together for 10, 100 more years. I’ll do my best too.”

“Me.” Jimin raised his hand and smiled brightly. “I am a man with big aspirations. And I’m a genius so...what I do...what I want to do, I will surely want to do, I mean I will surely do. Ah, Japanese is hard. I will surely do what I want to do. So, all ARMY’s fans...I mean all ARMY fans...is that right?” he turned to Rapmon.

“All ARMY.” Rapmon corrected him while he laughed.

“For all ARMY’s sake, for my sake, for BTS’ sake, BTS and I will study.”

“Study? Okay, do your best.” Rapmon responded.

“I’ll do my best. That was Jimin, the man who has big aspirations.”

“How was today?” V asked. “Did you like it? We’ll be together from now on, right? Because we are always together. ARMY and we are one. Let’s keep going together, okay? With ARMY beside me, thank you.”

“Thank you so much to everyone for always coming,” Jungkook added. “From now on I want to grow and do my best so that I can talk to you in Japanese during our events. Thank you for your hard work.”

“My Japanese has improved, right?” Jennie spoke while ARMY yelled yes in response. “I hope to continue learning Japanese so I can communicate with you even better. Please continue to support all eight of us. Thank you for always being so supportive of us. And thank you for your dedication and love for BTS. I’m looking forward to seeing you again, very soon.”

After performing their final songs, the members bowed and thanked everyone for coming to the show.

-------

Backstage, the members gathered around to reveal their missions and to find out who failed and passed. When Jen read her mission card to the members, they immediately realized why they kept hearing farting sounds backstage.

“Ah, I thought it was Jungkook that did this. I didn’t think I’d be you.” Jin pointed out.

“And now I have to drink bitter tea. How fun,” she responded with a sigh.

Rap Monster read his card, “During the event, you have to make the members say as expected from the leader in Japanese. I said everything I could and I thought no one would do it, but thankfully, I can always count on Jennie. So thank you, now I don’t have to drink the tea.”

“Wow. I helped you with your mission but you made me fail mine. Thanks for being a great leader, Rapmon.” she shook her head as he laughed.

Those who failed, which were Jimin, Hobi, and Jennie, had to drink bitter tea so they picked up their cups.

“Let’s say cheers and drink it.” Jimin offered. “For our eternal friendship, cheers!” he lightly bumped his cup with theirs and took a sip, twisting his face.

Jennie decided to get it over with by downing the bitter tea in one gulp. She slammed the cup down and complained, “Ugh, gross but it’s over now. Never again.”

“She drank that quickly. Wow.” Jin looked on, amazed.

“I wish I could do that.” Jimin laughed and reluctantly continued to take sips. 

Meanwhile, J-Hope had twisted up his face as the members continued to laugh at their suffering.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 58- Fan Sign

Chapter Summary: BTS attend a fansign and Jennie deals with more discrimination as OT7 supporters skip and ignore her during the fan sign. Jennie meets and hangs with Sam Okyere

Words: 5,000+

Genre: Some angst due to mean words from anti fans towards Jennie but ends in fluff!! 

Author's Note: Not sure if they are still active on Tumblr but years ago the outfits were made by Darling-Illustrated! So credit to them! Thank you again for your creativity :) @darlings-illustrated

------

Jennie sat near the end of the table, in between Rapmon and J-Hope for another BTS fan sign. The American had a love/hate relationship with fan signs because there were bad seeds that didn’t like her and only wanted to support the boys. Over the years she has tried hard to make a name for herself. She did not want to be some forgotten member of the group. She seemed to have done well, making an impact as an African American in Seoul but it was inevitable that people just did not like her.

Most of the time, she did not like attending these fan signs and wished that there could be a way that she didn’t have to go. There were usually some OT7 supporters that tended to ignore her and skip her at fan signs, making her feel some type of way.

It sucked and it hurt.

It is 2015. 

Why are you still bitter that a young woman is with a group of guys? Professionally performing?

She didn’t do anything wrong but there were a bunch of antis that just did not like her because she was a girl in BTS.

What can you do?

It was the same reasons.

It’s a dumb idea, why would anyone want this?

This should not happen, it isn’t realistic.

No way in the world they would put a black person in K-Pop. 

Jennie had a hard time putting on a poker face as it clearly looked like she didn’t want to be there and was mentally preparing herself for those who were going to skip her during the fan sign. Most fansites of hers would film her reactions and express concern that she looked somewhat troubled when fan signs are supposed to be a happy time.

The members would notice and give her reassuring smiles, hand squeezes and place a hand on her shoulder for support along with encouraging words, which helped her out.

While signing autographs, there were written questions for her as she wrote down answers on sticky notes.

‘On ALLKpop, there was a poll for who is the best looking foreigner in K-Pop. You weren’t on the list. How do you feel about that?’

Mentally preparing for social media to give their opinions on her answer, she wrote, “Honestly, I’m not even surprised but in reality, who cares about a poll about who is the best looking? As long as you know that you’re beautiful, that should be all that matters. No need for a poll to prove that. I wish they’d stop that, tbh.” 

Some would probably say that she’s saying this out of spite because she wasn’t on the list, while others would agree and support her answer.

‘What male K-Pop groups have you been listening to lately?’

“I really like GOT7, they’re really cool and make some great music. Also, Monsta X and Seventeen. Ever since I came to South Korea, the members have been getting me into good movies, shows, and music.”

BTS had some unique fans and from time to time fans would like to ask Jennie this question, “Can I touch your hair?” and she would always respond with the same answer with a smile, “No, you cannot, hon.”

Jen liked to see male supporters of Bangtan come to the fan signs. Mainly groups have a bunch of female fans and it was a nice change to see guys pop up at fan signs. And those who were not from Korea. She loved the diversity.

“Jennie! Are you looking for any guys, yet?” one guy had asked her, intertwining his fingers with hers.

“Waiting for one to sweep me off my feet. Perhaps, it’s you?” she teased, making him feel shy.

“I-I hope so! Can we have a staring contest?”

She leaned up close to his face, staring closely into his eyes. As they stared each other down for a few seconds, Jennie ended up blinking and the guy happily celebrated.

When another male fan approached her, she sweetly asked questions like if he had eaten today and how he was doing.

“I heard you like to work out with Jungkook. Let’s arm wrestle to check out your strength.” he proposed

“All righty, you’re on!” she put her arm out, clasped his hand and they began. 

Slowly, she brought his arm down and gave herself a pat on the back.

“Ahhh, you’re stronger than I thought. Jungkook will be proud.”

“I hope so too, I’ll be sure to let him know.”

As the fan sign went on, Miss Bangtan continued to write down answers to questions on sticky notes.

‘Who do you think is improving the most in BTS?’

“Jin.” she wrote. “He deserves more recognition. His vocals, his dancing. I’m very proud of him.” 

‘Jennie, how did it feel to be a trainee for a short amount of time? Did you feel ready?’

“It was surreal for them to announce me as Miss Bangtan. I did feel ready because they gave me a chance and believed in me to be here. I won’t take it for granted. I will work hard, so keep being a great supporter and give BTS lots of love, mkay?”

When the next fan shifted over to her, Jennie smiled and greeted her. But, the fan rolled her eyes and went to Hobi instead.

‘And here comes the BS...’ she thought with annoyance as her doubts came back. 

Jen had heard Hobi ask why the fan skipped her and the fan bluntly replied that she just didn’t like her at all.

“Well, clearly you aren’t a true BTS fan if you don’t support all the members.” Jen bluntly pointed out, causing the girl to get annoyed and toss the album she was getting signed at the table, storming off. 

“Wow, really?” she frowned while the rest of the members looked irritated at the fan’s disrespect. 

Everyone around them wasn’t too pleased with the behavior either.

“Sorry, munchkin.” Hobi smiled sadly, giving her hand a gentle squeeze

“It’s fine.” she shrugged.

When given another written question that asked, ‘What do you have that is better than the members?’

Jennie wrote, ‘A big booty. Lol.’

‘Ennie-ah! When are you dying your hair?’ was the next written question as she chuckled at the next common question she was asked ever since debut. 

She wrote, ‘Good things happen to those who wait. I’ll dye my hair when you least expect it. Soon. I know everyone is anticipating it. It’ll be a color that’ll suit me. Please be excited!’

‘What’s your pre-concert ritual?’

“I used to do cartwheels but now I make sure to eat smarties and do jumping jacks to get the blood flowing. It calms my nerves. I also try to warm up my voice and pray before going on stage.” she wrote on the sticky note.

“I know you get flustered with things like this but I think you’re so cute when you attempt to do it. Can you show me some aegyo?” the next fan requested.

“Ah...” Jennie cringed. “Do I have to?”

“Yes, you do.” the fan giggled

“Okay. Fine.” she made a cute face which made the fan laugh.

When given another written question which was, ‘Would you date a fan?’

Jennie wrote, ‘Love is unpredictable. So yes, if someone catches my eye.’

‘Out of all the members, who would you date?’

‘Jin. He always takes good care of me and cares a lot. His cooking is great, who wouldn’t want to date him? Hahaha, we getting some serious SeokJen today, huh? Hope this feeds the shippers. I know what y’all are up to on Tumblr. Y’all crazy, lol.’

“Jennie, are you dating, right now?” another ARMY asked. When Jen shook her head, they added, “If you liked someone, how would you confess?”

“Hm...I think I’d be in denial first, thinking my mind is just acting silly. But I do want to be straightforward with the guy. I’m not quite sure how yet. Next time I’m asked, I’ll think of a better answer.”

“Who would you marry in BTS?”

“You,” Jen answered with a sweet smile, causing the girl to feel flushed.

The question, ‘Is it true you’re an advocate for Taehyung-ah being in Cypher PT4?’ was written on another sticky note

‘I’m REALLY trying to convince Yoongi but he’s not having it. I’m still persistent.’ 

‘Have you thought of marriage?’

Everyone liked to ask people this type of question, but Jen honestly did not have a solid answer and wrote, ‘Uh...not really. I'm trying to enjoy being young and getting my life on the right track. I'm not thinking of marriage right now.’

‘Do the members get mad at you if you don’t call them oppa?’

‘Nah. They’re cool about it. I feel weird calling them that. Plus a little disrespectful? But they’re understanding. I don’t like saying that word.’ 

The next fan approached her as Jen smiled and started signing her autograph.

“Can I ask you a question?” The fan asked

“Yeah, go ahead.”

“Can you leave BTS?”

“What?” she looked up in confusion, after signing her autograph.

“Can you leave the group?”

“Why would I do that?”

“Because you left a group before. You can do it again. Please do it again. For everyone’s sake. The members don’t even like you. I bet they’re so happy when you’re not around.” the female anti glared at her.

Hobi turned to the anti and frowned. “Hey, that isn’t true. If you have nothing nice to say, you should leave.”

“No, I won’t leave.” she turned back to Jennie. “Truth is, no one likes you, here. You are so irrelevant in the group. It’s so stupid to have a girl in this group. Coed groups never work. It should be seven guys and that’s it. And before you even think about calling me a racist, I’m not. I have black friends. You don’t bring anything to the table. Your singing is annoying, you will never be able to join the rap line, you can’t dance half as well as Jin or Rapmon and your guitar skills will never be great. You are slowing BTS down.”

Security stepped in, to try to escort the girl away but she stood her ground. “If there was going to be a girl in the group, it should at least be an Asian girl. Not no American. You stupid Americans take over everything! Now you wanna come here and take over K-Pop? Just leave K-Pop alone and go away! You are too dark to be in K-Pop. Americans shouldn’t even be in K-Pop. Leave already! You already did once.”

Jennie exhaled slowly, trying so hard not to slap the girl. It wasn’t worth it. But lately, people have been testing her patience. 

“Exactly what did I do so wrong to you?” she looked at the Anti fan.

“You’re breathing.”

That was extremely uncalled for and not cool at all. Jennie became so upset that she was this close to grabbing the anti by her hair and dragging her across the table. But that wouldn’t be a good idea for the sake of Bangtan’s public image. She couldn’t do that to the members, no matter how much she wanted to beat the girl’s ass. 

So much for positive thinking...

The members began to get upset at how rude the girl was and started to speak up, while the security guards escorted her out.

“I agree with her.” the next fan approached Jennie.

Wow, so this was all planned out?

Jeez. The Lord was testing Jennie today because she really wanted to attack somebody.

“Joining BTS was a mistake for you. I hate how you want everything to be in English.” They went on

‘I never said anything like that.’ Jen thought with annoyance.

That was just another bad rumor to make her look bad. Antis even had #MissBangtanIsCanceled trending on Twitter a few weeks ago.

“You are so rude, you don’t even call them oppa. You think you know everything. It’s like you want to be Korean but you’ll never ever be Korean. And I hope you don’t think you’re going to be dating anyone around here because why would anyone want to date a pig like you.”

“You done...?” Miss Bangtan raised a brow, trying to keep her anger in check.

“No, I’m not done! You don’t know anything about our culture. You are hopeless. I give you until the end of the year before you decide to leave Bangtan. Because all that you are is a weak little girl that decides to leave when things don’t go her way.” the girl stood up from the table and started to yell at her while security interfered. “How dare you waltz into K-Pop? You had such a short training period and that is unfair to all those trainees that worked hard for years and still don’t have a spot in a group. So what did you do to get a spot in Bangtan? Did you have to pay Big Hit for a spot? How can Big Hit choose someone like you? They should’ve made you leave after the whole GLAM scandal in the company. You should go back to your country! Go back to Africa or whatever ditch you came from! I don’t get why anyone would have a black bastard like you in K-Pop.”

It took the strength of God for Jennie to not punch her in the face. That made her angry and it got under her skin. It was also hypocritical of the anti to say that she didn’t deserve the spot in Bangtan when other idols had shorter training periods than her and still gets embraced by fans. For instance, Yeeun from Wonder Girls and even Baekhyun. 

What was wrong with people these days? All of this for what?

What was the reason?

They had no solid reason to act this way about her. It was sad and pathetic.

“You know what? You’re making me upset. Take a chill pill.” Miss Bangtan responded. “You have no valid reason why you hate me. I bet the reason you’re doing it is because you’re following what others are doing and it shouldn’t be like that. It’s quite sad you’re acting this way. It’s also unattractive. You are so beautiful but no one is ever going to want to date someone with such a disgusting personality. I’ll be praying for you. I hope one day you can support all of Bangtan and not just seven members. Now, I highly suggest you get out of my face and have a blessed day.”

The girl didn’t have anything to say after that, stunned by her response and was kicked out of the fan sign. The members felt extremely bad about how much discrimination she was getting from those two antis.

Jen was so angry, that some tears began to fall and she quickly wiped them as the fansites continued to film.

“Jennifer.” Namjoon placed a hand on her shoulder.

“Are all Koreans, like this?” she asked and shook her head in disappointment. “Is this going to happen every time we have fan signs? ‘Cause this is very tiring and I don’t feel like catching a case on some of these bad seeds because one day I’m going to snap and beat someone’s ass. And I don’t want to do that but they really trying me, Namjoon. I’m so over this. If they think I’m going to leave because of a few bad seeds, they’re wrong. But this needs to stop, like, now. This has been happening for a couple of years now and I can’t take much more of this. I get it, you don’t like me. I don’t care, it’s reality, and not everyone is going to like someone. But do you have to be this unnecessary?” 

As she ranted, Namjoon gave her a pep talk which helped her cool down. After a while, the next fan who approached her looked sympathetic and wiped Jen’s tears from her eyes. 

“I apologize on behalf of those rude antis. They are not BTS fans if they can’t support all eight of you. Please don’t let it get to you. I don’t want to see my bias mad or upset.”

“Thank you. I appreciate it. I won’t.” Jen began to feel calm as she kept her head up high. 

As the fan sign went on, Jennie continued to be in a better mood, having some stickers on her face thanks to some fans, and even was given a Captain American themed headband to wear, which annoyed Jungkook.

“Are you ever going to do any solo work? Like, create a mixtape or a mini album?” she was asked.

“I have a bunch of songs on my laptop that I made over the years but I want to rerecord them when my vocals get better and then I’ll think about releasing them. As of right now, no plans anytime soon. I personally feel like I am not ready for that, yet. I don’t want to release half-assed music for ARMY. Maybe in a few years.”

The next fan had given her a written question and once Jen read it, she chuckled softly. 

“Wow. You guys are bold today, aren’t you?” she asked with amusement.

The question was a personal one. Extremely personal. It boldly asked if she was a virgin. 

“You don’t have to answer. I just saw this all over the internet and was curious.” The fan responded nervously.

This has also been over social media ever since she debuted. All the assumptions are that she sleeps with the members since she lives in the dorm with them. It was just too much. So, hopefully, this will shut everyone up with the rumors and accusations.

Jen wrote, ‘Yes and I’m aware of all the not safe for work comments about me on social media. Y’all thirsty af. I also have seen the various assumptions about me. The first and last time I am making it clear that I am waiting for someone special instead of hooking up. Hooking up is not my cup of tea. I want an emotional connection with someone. Not something casual. And it is sad to see people look so shocked when they hear that someone like me is a virgin. I don’t think me being a virgin is a big deal. Honestly, who cares? I wish people would stop hypersexualizing black women.’

“Can you speak English for me?” one fan who approached her asked, shyly.

“Thank you for supporting Bangtan. It’s people like you that are the reason that Bangtan is here, today. Also, have you tried smarties? They’re absolutely delicious!” she responded.

“Ahhh your voice! It’s so different from when you speak in Korean. I love you, so much!”

“Aw, thanks, I like to be loved.” Miss Bangtan grinned and shared a laugh with the fan. 

The fan had also given her smarties which made her day better.

Another question someone had written was, ’Would you ever get plastic surgery?’

'Nothing against those who get it but no, absolutely not. I don’t want to change anything about myself. I love how my body is, even with the flaws. I’m glad Big Hit loves my natural beauty, unlike one of the other K-pop companies that I auditioned for. One day I'll spill the tea. I'm glad I chose Big Hit, I’ll just keep it at that. To be blunt and honest, the beauty standards here make me sad. We should embrace our natural beauty and not feel obligated to change our looks because of what others want us to look like.’

‘Favorite brands?’ caused Jennie to smile.

‘Nike is my LIFE. It’s a must! As long as you buy me Nike stuff, I’m happy. I also like American Eagle and Forever 21. Oh, and Victoria’s Secret. I love how I look in their expensive af underwear, despite their prices being an arm and a leg. And I like how my butt looks when I wear them LOL. I dunno why but for some reason, I like how some of their red, black and yellow underwear looks on me. I look cute in them. My skin color looks great in those colors. Especially black, I love black. Oh jeez, I think I just gave you Tumblr imagine ideas. Should I be concerned? LOL. It’s cool, I don’t care what you do.’

“Hi, Jennie!” the next fan sweetly greeted her in English, with a bright smile on her face. 

The fan looked about her age and was American, which pleasantly surprised her.

“Girl! You came all the way from the USA to see me?” Jennie couldn’t stop smiling at her.

“Of course! I finally get to meet my favorite idol! You are way prettier in person. And I am so happy that I get to tell you how you made me start believing in myself. Thank you for being you 100%. You are so real and I hope you never change. I hope you continue to work hard in Bangtan and stay in K-Pop. True ARMY loves and supports all members. We love you! I hope you know that.”

The fan's words almost made her tear up as she nodded and held her hand. 

“Always.”

------

A few days after the fan sign, Sam Okyere, whom Jen had been following for a few months now, reached out to her on Instagram via comment about wanting to meet. She immediately responded that she would love to meet him and quickly DM’ed him to figure out a good date to meet. Within the next day, she made her way to a private place where they wouldn’t be disturbed by any fans

After a few minutes of waiting, she felt a hand on her shoulder and she turned to look up to see Sam smiling.

“Jennie, hello!”

“Hi! It’s so nice to finally meet you!” she embraced him. She felt so happy as she felt a rush of positive vibes when in front of him. “You have no idea how happy I am to see you. I really enjoy watching you on Korean TV.”

“Really? Wow, thank you!” he sat down with her.

“I’m glad you reached out to me. I’ve been wanting to for a while but kind of chickened out.”

“We’re here now. Don’t ever hesitate to message me.”

As they got into conversation to get to know each other, Sam brought up, “I heard about what you went through at a recent fan sign. I’m sorry to hear about that.”

“Yeah, I don’t know what I did so wrong. I thought they would be so much more mature than that. The hostility is brutal. It often angers me and I want to yell and scream but public image is everything. How do you do it? I get so angry about this stuff, it’s really frustrating. I know racial discrimination is everywhere in the world. But is there advice on overcoming it?”

“I always think it’s best to try your best to know about the culture and language. Koreans think you’re standoffish if you don’t know Korean. How did they react when you spoke in Korean?”

“Boy, they were pretty surprised, I’ll tell you that. I would get compliments on it and everything. Some even talked to me more once they heard me speak their language. Normally people would hesitate and ask me if I know Korean because most don’t know English, just their primary language.”

“You see that they tend to open up all of a sudden when you know more about their culture.”

“Mm-hm. What’s the hardest thing you faced in Korea with racial discrimination?

“When I attended college, I really didn’t know much of the language then. I didn’t have any friends so I did feel lonely and upset. There was this black music club at the school and I joined as the first black person.”

“Wow.”

“There was this guy I knew and he said that he had studied abroad in Canada and he told me that he understood how I felt here in Korea. So he wanted to treat me better. He wanted to work on assignments with me that I had struggled with and wanted to eat together.”

“That’s really good that he feels like that,” she responded. “I always feel lonely when I don’t see someone who looks like me. Someone that I can relate to. But I do have friends who accept me for who I am and never treat me differently because of the color of my skin or being a foreigner. I hope that people here can learn more about the world and other cultures.”

Sam nodded. “I understand how you feel. It is frustrating. Although I experienced racism here in Korea, people ask me why do I stay. I say that it’s the word, us. Despite the bad experiences, I had good experiences, too. I made tons of amazing friends. Whenever I’m going through a bad time, they tell me, ‘Don’t worry, you can get through this because of us.’ Around Christmas do you ever feel lonely?”

“Lowkey, yes because I’m not with my family.”

“That is also how I feel because I get reminded about my family. Foreigners in Korea, they get the most lonely during Christmas. My friend, he asked me what I would be doing for Christmas and I would tell him that I want to go back to Ghana but the airfare is too expensive so I’ll be staying in Korea. My friend offered for me to spend Christmas with him and I was planning on leaving after the meal but stayed for three days.”

“Wow.” she looked on in amazement. “That is so sweet of him. With Bangtan...” she started chuckling and began to tear up.

All those pleasant memories she spent with BTS hit her hard as she tried to blink the tears away.

“People have no idea how those boys have made my experience in Korea so...painless. Taehyung was the first person I met when I came to Korea. I was a trainee then. He took time out of his busy schedule to hang out with me, show me around places in Korea, and even got me into trying various Korean foods. He is so incredibly sweet and welcomed me with open arms. Supported me while I tried out to try to be the Bangtan Girl of BTS, too. And Christmas with Bangtan...I miss my family but they make me feel like I’m at home. We exchange gifts, fight over who puts up the decorations for the tree, we make a mess, it’s just...pure happiness.” she explained. “And I’ll always cherish that. They always tell me that I’m never alone even if I’m in another country, away from my family. That I have them and good friends who love me for who I am and won’t discourage me. It makes me feel less lonely. “

As they continued to talk, Sam brought up, “I cooked some Ghanaian food.”

“Oh snap, you have? Right now we’re gonna eat that?”

He nodded and smiled. “Let’s bring it out.”

Plates of various foods were in front of them and she smiled. “All of this looks so delicious! Wow. I never tried African food.”

“Really? You are African American?” He asked

“Yes, born in America. All I really had was American food and the soul food that my family makes. I do enjoy eating different foods from other cultures as well.”

”I’m sure you’ll enjoy all of this. Have you learned of your ancestry from black racial groups in Africa?”

“I haven’t but would love to know actually.”

“I can help you look into that.”

“That would be great.”

“Let’s dig in. This is Jollof rice and fufu. But try the soup first.” he pointed out as she took a spoon and tried it.

“I like it.” she praised and took her chopsticks to pick up some meat to dip into the soup. “What type of meat is this?”

“It’s goat meat.”

“Ooh, first time trying this.” she took a bite and nodded in approval. “I like that kick.”

“Yeah, it’s a little spicy,” he responded and ate some goat meat with her.

“And what about this? Finger food?” she pointed to another plate.

“Yes, you eat this with your hands.” He responded and she took a piece and ripped a piece off before placing it in her mouth. “You have to swallow it.”

“Not chew?” she asked, surprised.

“Nah.” He chuckled. “We don’t chew it, just swallow, right away because it’s a soup.” he demonstrated and she mimicked his movements.

“This is so delicious! Thank you for this. I’m definitely telling my mom to try to make all of this.”

Sam licked his fingers clean and she did the same. 

“My mom always tells me to not lick my fingers and to just wipe them off with a towel because it’s not polite,” Jen added. “But how can I not with this soup? It’s so good. I still act rebellious towards her and lick my fingers anyway when I eat.”

“I’m sure your mom won’t mind this time.” he laughed

Sam gestured to her to try the Jollof rice next, letting her know that it was somewhat similar to Korea’s kimchi fried rice. Jen took a bite, eating it with him while sighing in delight.

“Is there like some way you can come by Bangtan’s dorms and cook for me?” she teased and they ended up laughing. “Cause this food just reminds me of home. Like I never ate any of this but I just feel at home. It's so good!”

“I’m very happy that you do.” he beamed as he ate a small chicken leg. “With the chicken, sometimes I even chew the bones because it has flavor.”

“Oh, I have some family members that chew bones too. I never actually chewed on the bones. But I’ll try it today. My mom is a dentist so she was always up my behind on making sure my teeth were well cleaned. I’m sure eating a bone won’t crack my teeth.”

“She sounds very passionate about good teeth.”

“Trust me, she is. It can be so annoying!” she groaned.

“How are you in K-Pop? Are you held to unfortunate high standards?”

“Yes, sadly. I remember wearing a traditional Korean Hanbok and I was so nervous because I knew I would get a wave of criticism about it. And like I predicted, I did.” she shook her head. “Before I came here, I tried to make sure I was prepared and knew a lot of the language and culture. And of course, some claim I’ll be prettier with lighter skin. I will always be respectful here and respect their culture. But I refuse to live up to their beauty standards just because they don’t think darker skin is attractive. I won’t change myself for someone else.”

“I’m glad you have that mindset of not changing for anyone. Keep that. How are you in SOPA? High school in Korea hard for you?”

“You know it took a while for me to transition to their school system but overall, I’m one of those people who enjoys learning in school, so it isn’t that bad. But I still do get stared at all the time, no matter where I am. Being abroad, you learn about yourself and learn how capable you are. It’s a challenge. But I hope that my tolerance will grow as I continue to be here in Korea.”

After their meal, the two embraced, took a few selfies and she posted them on Twitter, ‘Thank you for everything!! It was so nice meeting you! I’m looking forward to hanging out with you again. #Jen’

After meeting Sam, Jen felt her loneliness and doubts decrease and she went back to the dorm with a positive attitude. She was eager to tell her family about learning more about African foods so they could enjoy it together when she was able to go back home.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 59- ISAC 2015 Chuseok Special

Chapter Summary: Jen shows off her studio and gets noticed by her celeb crush. BTS plays Smash. Volleyball becomes a new competition for the ladies at ISAC as Jen finds it to be her calling while the guys dominate in running. Jen does a V-Live

Words: 14,000+

Author's Note: Again, not sure if they are still active on Tumblr but also @darlings-illustrated created Jen’s V-Live outfit for this chapter. <3 credit to them! :)

----------

After her outing, Jen spent the rest of the day relaxing in her room, in good spirits. She was grateful for Sam Okyere and his kindness. She was looking forward to seeing him again and even assisting him with his future charity projects.

While she chilled in her room, she felt bored and didn’t feel like doing anything until an idea popped into her head.

Why not broadcast a V-Live? 

Grabbing her phone, she signed in, naming the broadcast, ‘Jammin’ With Smartie’, setting the camera in front of her as she sat on the bed. She made sure the camera showed her entire body while she sat pretzel style.

Immediately viewers began popping in at a rapid rate, surprising her. Guess they really wanted to see her. 

It made her feel good.

“Hey, hey!” she spoke in English, waving as the comments started flowing in

‘JENNIEEEEEEEEE’

‘Ennie! Miss youuuu’

‘Hope you come back to America! We miss you!’

‘Come to London!’

‘QUEEN!’

‘MOM! Finally, we get a V-Live with you!’

Jen started laughing when she read comments from ARMY calling her mom. 

“Mom? That’s new. Ahahaha.”

‘Hi Jennie!’

'Can you speak in Korean?'

"Yeah, I'll go back and forth," she replied in Korean before going back to English.

‘Jen get some rest, it’s late!’

“It’s not that late. I’ll sleep soon. I wanted to see how you all were doing.”

‘Come to Brazil! Brazil loves you!’

“I would love to come to Brazil. It will happen one day!” she guaranteed. “I want to travel more and see more ARMY around the world. Hopefully, we can have a big world tour one day. I definitely want to go to Europe. I always think about Europe when it comes to tours.”

‘Those curls are poppin!’

‘So cuteeeee’

‘I love youuuuu’

“Where are you??’

“Where am I? I’m in my room~!” she responded as she continued to read the various comments. “I was bored so decided to do this and spend some time with y’all.”

‘How are you?’

‘I hope you’re eating well!’

She checked out the number of viewers. “That’s a lot. Over 60,000 already? Sweet. I hope you guys aren’t watching this late at night. Get some shut-eye, it’s good for the soul. And don’t worry, I will be sleeping soon. Yes, I am eating. I’m eating a lot actually. I was kind of stress eating a little bit but I’m fine, now.”

‘Please take care of yourself’

‘Don’t stress!’

‘What did you do today?’

“I’m trying my best. Idol life can be hectic. What did I do today? I hung out with Sam Okyere! I had such a great time with him! He’s mad cool. We ate African food. I never tried it before since I grew up eating Soul Food in my household in America. It’s so good! I'm definitely telling my family to start making African food."

‘Excited for ISAC?’

“Hell yeah, I am. Getting to wrestle and play volleyball? I’m a bit worried about the volleyball. I haven’t played volleyball before so it’ll be interesting to see how I do. But I’ve been practicing and watching YouTube videos for advice. But the wrestling, I’m confident about that.”

‘Can you play the guitar?’

“You want me to play something for you? Sure. For a while now I have been working on a Shawn Mendes song. He’s bae, of course.” she laughed. "I admire Shawn so much. I would love to sing with him one day. Even make a song together. Ah...okay. Let's see...ah, I know. I'll play Stitches for you!" she grabbed her guitar. 

‘Yay!’

‘I love when she spoils us’

'Awwww her bright smile when she spoke about Shawn. I hope they meet!'

‘Yes!’

“I’ve been practicing the song for a while, making sure I get the notes down. I wanted to focus more on the emotion of the song to have a greater impact while singing,” she spoke as she made sure the guitar was tuned up.

As soon as she began the first notes of the song, ARMY noticed a change in her demeanor as she continued to play. They noticed how focused and happy she was when she played the guitar and it looked wholesome to watch.

“I thought that I’ve been hurt before. But no one’s ever left me quite this sore.” she sang softly, strumming along lightly.

‘Her voiceeeee &lt;;3’

‘So, can I ship her with Shawn now?’

‘Getting goosebumps already.’

“Your words cut deeper than a knife. Now I need someone to breathe me back to life.” she continued to sing while her strumming got stronger as she sang out with her voice getting a little louder.

“Got a feeling that I’m going under. But I know that I’ll make it out alive. If I quit calling you my lover. Move on~"

‘Loveeeeee’

‘Stop being my bias wrecker!’

“You watch me bleed until I can’t breathe, shaking. Falling onto my knees. And now that I’m without your kisses. I’ll be needing stitches. Tripping over myself, aching. Begging you to come help. And now that I’m without your kisses. I’ll be needing stitches.”

ARMY noticed that her breath control had improved as she produced a consistent tone while singing smoothly and warmly.

“Needle and the thread gotta get you out of my head. Needle and the thread, gonna wind up dead. Needle and the thread, gotta get you out of my head, get you out of my head. You watch me~!” She stopped strumming and held that note for a few seconds before strumming again, “Bleed until I can’t breathe! I’m shaking falling onto my knees. And now that I’m without your kisses I’ll be needing stitches. I’m tripping over myself. I’m aching begging you to come help. And now that I’m without your kisses, I’ll be needing stitches. And now that I’m without your kisses, I’ll be needing stitches. And now that I’m without your kisses, I’ll be needing stitches.”

She strummed softly for the final note and exhaled. 

“That was fun.” she chuckled lightly and set her guitar down. “How’d I do?” she checked the comments

‘Come thruuuuu sis!’

‘Yassss boo!’

‘Honestly, I’ll be the first to say that I wouldn’t mind Jennie singing me to sleep because her voice is so soothing.’

‘Shawn Mendes needs to see this ASAP!’

‘You did so well!’

‘You make us so proud!’

‘Represent Jennie!’

“Ah...thanks, everyone,” she replied and looked up when she noticed Hobi sticking his head out of her door with a bright smile. “Oh, hey Hobi! Did I wake you?”

“Yeah, I was awakened by a sweet voice. At first, I thought it was Jungkook singing like he usually does in his room but as I walked down the hall, I noticed it was coming from your room. That was you? With the guitar?”

“Uh, yes?” She smiled shyly.

“Whaaaaaa, munchkin, you’re improving.”

“You make me so happy. Thank you.” She pretended to cry, touched by his words.

After her V-Live, she went to sleep while ARMY made various videos of her cover and tried to get Shawn Mendes’ attention on Instagram and Twitter so he could watch her video. 

They knew how much it would mean the world to her if she was able to get noticed by him.

For the past few days, ARMY had tried to get his attention, asking him to watch her cover and to check out her Instagram. They would speak highly of the Bangtan Girl and how much she admired him as an artist.

After remaining persistent and dedicated for Shawn to notice Jennie, they finally reached their goal and began to tag BTS in Shawn’s recent tweet and also tagged Jennie in Shawn’s recent Instagram post.

On Instagram, Shawn reposted a 15-second video of her playing stitches with the caption, ‘Wow, she is amazing! I love this! Who is this girl with the guitar?’

ARMY was quick to flood his comment section, freaking out that he noticed Jennie.

‘Finally you noticed her!’

'AHHHHHHHHHHHH JJennie_JW HE NOTICED YOU!'

'Jennie is about to lose her shit'

'SOMEBODY TAG JENNIE! JJennie_JW'

‘OMG! JJennie_JW look at this!’

‘That’s Jennie! She’s an African American member of the Korean Pop group, BTS. Check them out, they’re great!’

‘Jennie from BTS! She is a former member of Amity! She’s amazing, I’m so happy you noticed her! Her profile is JJennie_JW’

‘I love when my favs recognize each other. This is just made my morning!’

#GirlWithTheGuitar began to trend on Twitter while Shawn’s fans began to also be intrigued by who she was because they were confused as to why ARMY kept commenting about someone named ‘Jennie’ and ‘Miss Bangtan’ on his page.

Meanwhile, with Jennie, she was in Yoongi’s studio with Taehyung. She sat on one of the chairs, spinning around on it.

“Ah, you have a small pimple on your cheek.” Taehyung pointed out and giggled.

“Stop.” She tried to cover it.

“Hehehehe, it’s cute.”

“Stop talking about it.” She groaned.

“Ah, it’s just saying hi.”

“Oh my God, stop talking to it.” She laughed with him.

“I watched your V-Live this morning!”

“Oh, you did? What did you think? Too much? Too little?”

Taehyung smiled. “I loved it! You really like Shawn Mendes, don’t you? You always gush over that guy. Someone has a crush?”

“Ahaha, nah it’s not like that. I just really admire him.”

“So a big crush.”

“No!” she exclaimed as Yoongi walked in and set his bag down.

“Get out Taehyung, we’re about to work.” He called out. 

“Hey! Don’t be so mean.” Jennie scolded the Daegu rapper while Tae frowned. “Tae, don’t make that face. Ugh, see what you do, Yoongi?”

“He’ll live.”

She rolled her eyes. “I’ll hang with you later, Tae. And don’t worry, I will find a way to get you into Cypher.”

Taehyung grinned at her statement, ignoring Yoongi’s protests. After he left, Yoongi and Jen prepared their rap lessons and after a couple of hours, they took a break.

“Smartie, you may want to take a look on Twitter,” he responded, looking up at his phone.

“Something wrong?” she asked, confused, and took out her phone. 

Their notifications were blowing up like usual but something about Shawn Mendes made her stomach drop.

What about Shawn Mendes?

Was he hurt?

Was he coming out with new music?

On BTS’ profile, she realized that one of the members had retweeted his tweet, ‘Jennie, I think your fav noticed you~~ hehehe #V’

Shawn had tweeted a screenshot of her V-Live on the app, ‘BTS_twt This was so good! Wow! Thank you for covering my song &lt;;3’

She let out a scream of excitement and immediately got up from the chair, while Yoongi began laughing at her.

“Holy shi-“ she continued to look at the various screenshots that ARMY had been tagging her in and she realized that he was following her back on Instagram. 

She dropped her phone and ran out that door excitedly as the Daegu rapper’s laughter increased in volume.

His phone buzzed and he looked down to see Namjoon texting him.

Namjoon: I assume Nie Nie realized that Shawn Mendes noticed her and started screaming, running around the building?

Yoongi: As expected

A few minutes later, Jennie ran back into his studio. 

“Got it all out of your system?” she heard the rapper ask with amusement in his voice.

She wiped the tears from her eyes, trying to pull herself together as she picked up her phone. 

“Not all of it!” She responded. “Like you have no idea how big this is! This is crazy!”

She tweeted Shawn back, ‘ShawnMendes OMFG THANK UUUU! I LOVE YOU! You have no idea how much this means to me #Jen’

On her Instagram, she began to film herself for a 15-second video, “G-guys, guys, Shawn Mendes just noticed your girl. He noticed your girl, JW! Miss Bangtan! Jennie! I am on cloud nine~! Come throuuuuuugh! Thank you so much ARMY!”

She posted the video with the caption, ‘IM CRYING! Shawn really just noticed your girl! #Blessed #ThankYouARMY’

“What a kid.” Yoongi chuckled and left to go to the bathroom.

After calming down, she scrolled on Instagram to some of her fan pages that she was happily following and came across a video of The8 from Seventeen talking about her.

He had expressed his interest in meeting her when asked which idols he would like to get closer to. He also mentioned that the other members of Seventeen think she seems like an easygoing person to hang out with, eager to see her at ISAC. 

She has kept her eye on Seventeen for a while, enjoying their music. She’s heard of The8 especially and was aware that Chinese is his first language. She wanted to learn a little more Chinese to be able to speak to him.

Sure, she did not look like anyone’s ideal type around here in Korea with their beauty standards but her personality was more than enough to make her admirable with her kindness and outgoing nature. She always appreciated when other idols spoke highly of her and mentioned that she was doing well in the industry.

Once she liked the video, fans noticed quickly, commenting that she liked the post and hoped that they would meet each other.

“Smartie.”

Jennie looked up to see Yoongi walking in with a familiar face behind him. She widened her eyes and opened her mouth once she caught who was with him.

There stood her sister, Vienna, with an awkward smile on her face. 

“Hey.” she waved.

Standing up, Jennie ran up to her, wrapping her arms around her tightly. “’Enna! What are you doing here!?”

“Rap Monster let me in the building when I reached out,” she responded, pulling away while Yoongi left to give them some privacy. “I uh, came to see you and apologize. And to thank you for what you did for my tuition.”

“The hell? You couldn’t have called?”

She really flew across the country to say Sorry?

“I wanted to see you. Damn, I’m so jetlagged,” the college student exhaled and sat down. “So this is what you go through? Plane after plane? Country after country? City after city? Just to perform? And participate in other activities? Waking up early on top of that? This is...so tiring. Being on that plane for almost a day. Ugh, my acting can’t even compare. I don’t know how you do it, JW.”

Jen let out a chuckle and sat with her. “Tell me about it. My body took months to get used to living in Korea and traveling from place to place for events. I can’t even describe how exhausted my body was when I first started in BTS.”

“I see. Well, you’re still here,” Vienna smiled softly. “Look, I-I’m sorry. For everything. For all those things I said. I was just so frustrated. But there will be plenty of opportunities for me as an actress. Broadway will be in my future real soon. I just know it,"

“Hey, it’s fine. I forgive you. I'm sorry too. I love you. Even if we butt heads at times, nothing will ever change that,”

“Even after all that hurtful stuff, I said?”

“I know you didn’t mean it. Just like I didn't mean the hurtful things I said to you. We're fine."

“I’m lucky to have a little sister like you. I’m really proud of you.”

“And I'm lucky to have a big sister like you. I'm proud of you, too,” she gave her a tight hug and they stayed like that for a while. Pulling away, she asked, “So, shouldn’t you be in class?”

“Shouldn’t you mind your business?” Vienna teased as Jennie rolled her eyes

“So, how long you staying for?”

“Wow, you want to kick me out, already?”

“Well, you really should be in class.”

“You’re joking right?” Vienna stared at her in disbelief.

Jen paused before laughing. “Yeah, I’m joking! Let’s have some fun while you’re here!”

“That’s the Jennie I know.”

“So, does Alani, mom, or dad know about this? That you’re here?”

“Um...not yet.”

“As expected.”

--------

Back at the dorm, the members agreed to have a video game night of playing Super Mario Smash Bros on the Wii U. Jennie sat on the couch with Vienna, Jimin, Taehyung, and Hobi while the rest of the members sat in chairs or on the floor. Jen and Namjoon would occasionally translate to Vienna on what was going on, and the college student was eager to watch the chaos.

Creating a Twitter video, Jen spoke in her Native tongue, “ARMY, we bout to play smash bros. BTS may not be a group anymore after this. Wish us luck because friendships will be lost.”

“Let’s do this thang!” Jimin shouted in English, causing her to laugh as she stopped the video and tweeted, ‘Friendships will be lost...no hard feelings, mkay? #Jen’

For the first match, it was Jennie vs Jimin vs Namjoon vs Jin. They went to the character select menu as the epic video game music continued to play.

“Let me guess, Rosalina & Luma?” Jungkook declared.

“Damn right,” Jen replied and selected them. “I’m at my best when I use them.”

“Ahahaha, for future reference, we may have to kick some people out of Bangtan due to frustrations in this game so let’s try to have a clean and fair fight, all right?” Jin announced.

“We’re choosing the Norfair stage.” Jimin picked.

“NO!” Jen yelled.

“YES!” Namjoon yelled back

“I hate that stage! We just started playing, can we choose a more sane and civilized stage?” Miss Bangtan pleaded

“Nope! Suffer.” Namjoon laughed evilly.

Jennie shook her head in disbelief. “This is so uncharacteristic of you. I am appalled.”

3!

2!

1!

GO!

“Wait! Wait! I wasn’t ready!” Jin yelled as his character, Luigi, began to get punched around by Jimin who giggled hysterically.

Jennie decided to go on a defensive route and stay away from all the fighting until she found an opening, watching the character’s movements.

“No defensive this time, Jen Drop.” Namjoon’s character, Sonic, went right after hers as they began fighting around.

As the game went on, Jimin started laughing when his character, Yoshi, accidentally fell off the map.

“How?!” Taehyung laughed at him with Jungkook.

“It was an accident!” Jimin exclaimed

Meanwhile, Jennie managed to kick Jin off the map to eliminate him until he could respawn again.

Jin frowned. “Why, Jennie? Why would you do this? And stop taunting me, Jimin!” The oldest member yelled over their laughter.

Before they knew it, the giant lava wave began to come up to the screen while Jennie managed to kick Namjoon out of one of the safe areas so she wouldn’t get hit. But suddenly he paused the game

“Hey! We are not doing this, you can’t do that!” she shouted.

“What are you talking about!?” Namjoon shouted back, trying to look innocent.

“Stop pausing the game!” 

“I accidentally pressed pause!”

“Stop lying!”

Namjoon unpaused the game and managed to get into the safe area with her while the lava wave came through. Unfortunately for Jin, he spawned just in time for his character to get hit again, knocking him out of the match again as everyone laughed at him.

“This is how you treat the oldest?” Jin asked.

Near the end of the round, Jennie and Namjoon were the final ones in the match, with Namjoon occasionally trying to find slick ways to cheat by messing with her controller and pausing the game constantly to distract her. The lava wave in the game came once again and he managed to make her character face its wrath, to win the match.

‘GAME! The winner is! Sonic!’

“Looks like I won!” He happily announced

“What is you talkin’ about!?” Jennie yelled. “Friggin cheater!”

Next was Yoongi vs Jungkook vs Taehyung vs Namjoon, who battled each other in the Final Destination stage. After giving her controller to Taehyung, Jen watched as Jungkook used Mario to trash his opponents.

“Can you at least go easy on me!?” Namjoon exclaimed.

“I don’t think that’s happening,” Yoongi replied.

With no surprise, the Golden Maknae won the match and proceeded to take on Hobi, Taehyung, and Jimin this time. Before Jen knew it, it was her turn to play again. She ended up groaning when she watched Jungkook select Ganondorf as his character.

“Why?” She complained. “Why would you do this? I hate playing against him, he’s so damn hard!”

“Exactly why I picked him.” The Golden Maknae smirked, still proud of his winning streak. 

He had won four games straight.

She rolled her eyes and selected the Wuhu Island. As the match began, the players continued to fight around the platforms that were moving occasionally.

“Stop trying to take me out, Kook!” She attempted to evade his attacks before he could take her off the map. “I hate you, he got me struggling over here with this character.”

Unluckily for her, her character fell into the water and sank down, getting taken out as she rolled her eyes.

Hobi, playing as Ryu from Street Fighter, begins to shout, “Hadoken! Hadoken! Hadoken! Hadoken! Hadoken! Ha-“

“Shut up!” Yoongi shouted, causing him to squeal in surprise.

As the match went on, Jungkook caught Jennie with his final smash as she angrily handed the controller to Namjoon. 

“Fuck outta here!” She snapped while Jungkook laughed hysterically.

It was down to Jungkook and Hobi. The members mainly cheered on Hobi because they wanted to see Jungkook lose.

“Did he get him?! He did!” Jimin yelled when Hobi hit Jungkook with the final smash, beating him as everyone cheered.

“You sure you don’t want to play?” Jen asked Vienna.

“Why not?” She took Jungkook’s controller after Jen told him to give it to her. ”I don’t know how to play, though.”

After Jen told her the basic moves, Vienna chose Kirby to go up against Yoongi, Hobi, and Taehyung. They battled at Hyrule Castle 64 as the main theme of The Legend of Zelda played.

“W-wait stop falling off the edge of the map. Jump up! ” Jen laughed and tried to coach her sister. 

After a few moments, she continued to get the hang of it, taking out Yoongi’s Pikachu character.

“What? That connected?” Vienna asked, bewildered.

“You knocked him out of the map but the battle isn’t over yet, keep fighting.” Jen encouraged.

“That’s some disrespect, right there,” Vienna complained when her character was taken out the map by Taehyung.

“Ah, fuck this game!” Yoongi rage quit and handed the controller to Jin instead so he could take over. He got frustrated when he kept getting beaten down by everyone.

“Really, hyung?” Jimin giggled.

“He’s just a little upset.” Namjoon teased.

When Vienna suddenly realized that she won the game, beating Taehyung, she responded in shock, “Wait, I won?!”

“Good job!” Taehyung happily said, placing his hand out for her to high five him, while the rest of the members applauded her efforts.

“Thank you! Good game!” She beamed and turned to Jennie. “That was fun! You’re in good hands here. I like their vibe, up close and personal. It’s like you’re not away from family.”

Jen returned her smile and nodded. “Thanks, Vee. I agree.”

“All right, let’s play teams now,” Jimin announced.

“I call Jungkook.” Jennie declared, high fiving the Golden Maknae.

“NO!” Namjoon and Jimin shout.

“Noooooooooo~!” Taehyung and Hobi complained

“Absolutely not.” Jin shook his head

“Hell no,” Yoongi added.

“And why not?” Jungkook asked with irritation while Jennie scowled at the members’ disapproval of her choice of partner.

“No JenKook for this because you always win together. Change it up.” Namjoon demanded which caused the 97 Liners to look displeased by their demands.

“I call Jennie!” Taehyung shouted and clung to her.

“What...?” Jungkook frowned, narrowing his eyes at the 95 Liner. “How come he gets to-“

“And I call Jungkook~!” Jimin hugged him as Jungkook let out an exasperated sigh. 

Jen shot Jungkook an apologetic smile and prepared to play.

Jennie and Taehyung battle against Jin and Namjoon, easily getting a win when Jen took out both of her opponents with Rosalina & Luma’s final smash.

“No! No!” Jin complained

“OP! That is OP! So overpowered!” Namjoon shouted.

Miss Bangtan danced in victory with Tae, ignoring their protests, “Hey! Hey! Hey!”

As an hour went by, Jimin spoke, “I want to see Jungkook and Jennie battle each other.” 

His idea made the 97 Liners' interest rise as they glanced at each other.

“I’m down, are you?” Jen asked.

“Bring it on.” The Golden Maknae responded.

Jennie chose the same character while Jungkook chose Shulk. For their first battle, they chose the Gaur Plain stage as the theme played.

3!

2!

1!

GO!

As soon as the fight began, Jennie and Jungkook clashed, trying to get as many hits as possible while avoiding falling off the map. Jungkook managed to juggle Jennie up in the air with perfectly timed strikes before blasting her off the map. A confident smirk came across his lips as he waited for her character to respawn.

Jennie kept calm, making sure to keep a cool head while fighting back. Her heart began to race faster as they continued to play, aiming to win. The members watched them game keenly, with no words spoken as they watched them back and forth.

Jungkook managed to knock her off the map to win the game as she roughly ran a hand over her face.

Frustration was clear on her face for a moment before she got calm again. They played again, picking the same stage. Jen glanced at the top of the screen to see and hear, Mechanical Rhythm, playing in the background for the stage, setting the mood for a more aggressive gameplay

“And she’s getting mad.” Jungkook teased, trying to get under her skin.

Jennie decided to ignore him and remained focused. 

All that was heard was the rapid button mashing and battle cries of their characters. Once she began to continuously strike his character off the map, the Golden Maknae began to become vigilant of the direction of the battle.

'She got this,' Vienna thought as she watched her sister focus.

"See ya!" Jen lightly said once she swiftly got behind his character and kicked him straight to the sky for a finishing blow.

"Shit!" Jungkook shouted.

‘GAME!’

“YES!” she shouted, standing up and fist pumped.

“AHHHHHHHHH!” the members yelled, jumping up and down while Vienna grinned and applauded.

The winner is, Rosalina & Luma!

The Golden Maknae was visibly disappointed by his loss, remaining silent while everyone celebrated her victory.

“Final round! Who will win?” Jin laughed

“That was just luck. I let you win.” Jungkook responded.

“We’ll see about that in the final round,” Jen replied.

For the final round, they fought furiously, both equally matched. Once they saw the smash ball spawn, they aimed to hit it. She managed to destroy the smash ball just before him and caught him in Rosalina’s final smash. She watched as Luma expanded bigger and started to repeatedly attack Jungkook’s character, boosting up his percentage rate and then he was blasted out of the map

GAME!

“WOO!” She jumped up.

“OH MAH GOD!” Jimin yelled while the rest of the members started yelling and jumping up and down with her

“She beat Jungkook!” Jin celebrated

Jungkook placed his controller down and huffed, displeased at his loss while some of the members teased him by shaking him while laughing at him. 

Jennie took a seat right next to him on the carpet with her phone in her hand. She took a victory selfie with a bright smile on her face with an annoyed Jungkook in the background. 

She tweeted, ‘#Bodied’

Standing up, Jungkook grabbed a pillow and tossed it across the room before going straight to his room while everyone continued laughing

“Ahahahahaha! Yooooooo! He tossed the pillow!” Vienna cackled. “He’s so mad.”

After another hour of gaming, everyone decided to head off to bed. Jennie let Vienna sleep in her bed while she took a visit to Jungkook’s room, wondering if he was still upset that he lost. She’d be feeling the same way since they both enjoy winning.

Who doesn’t like to win?

Shutting his door after walking inside, she saw him sulking while playing on his phone. He was still feeling bitter about the loss.

“So, we not friends, now?” she teased and took a seat on his bed. 

Instead of replying, he ignored her and placed the covers over himself.

“I hope you know that won’t get rid of me.” she grabbed his covers and got in the bed with him, facing his back. He sighed and tried to move away but she moved against him, hugging him from behind. “We still not friends?”

Ignored again.

She suddenly pressed her soft lips to his cheek, taking him by surprise. 

“How about now?” she asked but didn't get a response. 

The Golden Maknae felt his cheeks warm up but he continued to be stubborn while pondering if she’d kiss him, again. Seconds later, he felt those lips against his cheek repeatedly.

“Now?” She asked again.

Kiss.

“Now?”

Kiss.

“How about now?”

Kiss.

“Now?”

Kiss.

“Now?”

Kiss.

“What about now?”

Kiss.

“How about now?”

Kiss.

“Now?”

It was getting harder to ignore her as he was greeted by her kisses all over his face. He was losing the battle in fighting the big grin appearing on his face.

“I see that smile! Now answer, we still friends?” she spoke and he tried to ignore her again. “I’ll stay here all night if I have to. I guess I have to be the big spoon, so be it. So, we still not friends? I know you hear me.”

She laughed, snuggling up against him tightly as he started forgetting about his anger from losing the game.

Jungkook sighed and turned around, wrapping an arm around her to bring her to his chest. 

“I can’t stay mad at you...” He grumbled.

“Good. Now good night.” She snuggled against him.

“Y-you’re staying?”

“And having to deal with Vienna’s wild sleeping? I think not. Besides I like sleeping with you. You’re so warm and comfortable. Like a friggin human heater. Unless you want me to leave-“

“Stay, please,”

The next morning, Jungkook woke up with Jennie sleeping on his chest. He briefly watched her sleep and smiled. He pondered what it’d be like to wake up to this every day if they were a couple. Good morning kisses were guaranteed as well as him trying to make her stay in bed with him.

Gently moving her, he got out of bed and placed the covers on her. Stretching his arms, he headed out of the room, noticing that Jin already made breakfast because of the smell of food. Saying their good mornings, Jungkook grabbed a plate and took it back to his room, placing it on his nightstand for Jen to eat.

When he went back into the kitchen, he noticed Vienna sitting by the table, eating with Jin while trying to speak English with him.

Vienna noticed Jungkook and smiled warmly. 

“Hey. Morning.” she greeted while Jin went to make plates for the members when they woke up.

“Good morning!” Jungkook greeted while smiling shyly.

She typed something in her phone and slid it to him. He looked at it and it read, ‘Sorry for the language barrier. I don’t know Korean but found this app to help translate. I’ll cut right to the chase. There’s been a question I’ve been wanting to ask you since I met you. You like my sister, don’t you?’

He looked up, surprised, and averted his eyes, looking shy. 

That immediately gave her an answer.

She chuckled and typed something else on her phone before sliding it back to him.

‘I’m not angry. I’m happy. I love my sister and I would do anything for her. And watching you...I see that your feelings are genuine and that you deeply care for her. You’ll make a cute couple. You have my full support. :)’

He read and looked up, nodding. “Th-thank you.” He responded softly.

“You’re welcome,” she replied and went back to eating.

After breakfast, Jennie and Vienna hang out in Seoul to bond. When they were shopping at a local store, Jen had found an emoji head and tried it on. 

Vienna thought it was funny and took a photo, posting it on her Instagram with the caption, ‘My heart &lt;;3’

Not long after, Alani facetimed Vienna. “Oh gosh, I guess she saw the post.” Vienna laughed and accepted the call. 

The screen revealed Alani shaking her head while Jennie popped up next to Vienna, waving.

“Yo, I hate y’all...skipping class, Vienna? Leaving ME to present our project!?” Alani yelled. “Ima kill you when you come back! Are you kidding me!?”

“Wait you left Alani with your project?” Jen exclaimed

“Well...I mean...I did my part.” Vienna grinned sheepishly

“Yes, this girl left me to present alone!” Alani yelled angrily.

“It’s good practice for what you want to do.” Vienna shrugged. “Don’t be a snitch and tell mom or dad. I’ll be home soon.”

“I cannot believe you! I could’ve gone with you!”

Jen was surprised by her statement while Vienna laughed. “That wasn’t what I was expecting.” 

"Hey! I can be rebellious, too!" Alani exclaimed. 

------

Later that day, an African American female college student hung around Dunkin Donuts, filming a vlog for her YouTube channel. She was with two of her American friends, a guy and another girl, who sipped on their coffee, eating breakfast sandwiches.

“Hey guys, we are back with another video. It is day 3 of us being in Seoul, and we’re here eating Dunkin Donuts. Say hi!” she panned the camera to her friends and they rambled about their excitement for their upcoming semester of studying abroad.

While her friends were talking, she turned to do more people watching but froze when she noticed Jennie.

“Wait a minute is that-oh my God, guys, I think that’s Jennie from BTS.,” she said quickly with a whisper. She panned her camera to Miss Bangtan and Vienna who were waiting for their order. “What the heck is she doing here!?”

Her two friends widened their eyes and covered their mouths. 

“Holy sh-no way is that really her?” her female friend exclaimed as their hearts started racing.

“Guys, we are in the same building as Miss Bangtan, how great is this?” her guy friend responded.

“Should we say hi?” the Youtuber pondered.

“No! We should be respectful.” Her female friend disapproved.

“And miss an opportunity to say hey to our favorite K-pop idol? Hell no, I want to say hi. We’re not screaming in her face or anything.” her male friend said.

“I dunno...should we?” the Youtuber wondered.

“We should do it.”

“Won’t it be rude?”

“Yelling and screaming in excitement in her face is. But as long as we’re not too crazy, I honestly don’t see what the problem is with approaching your favorite idol.”

“Jennie looks so mad though, should we approach her?” the female friend added.

“Remember that Jen always says that she has a resting bitch face?” the Youtuber brought up.

“True...”

The Youtuber handed her friends the camera and she got out of her seat, making her way to Jennie. Butterflies were in her stomach as she inched closer to her idol. She even went over what she planned to say in her head.

When the Youtuber watched Jennie and Vienna turn around, she froze as she locked eyes with Miss Bangtan. 

“Um-I uh, annyeongh-hello-haseyo-um-i uh-hi.” She stuttered, trying to say hello.

“Hi.” Jennie let out a chuckle. “You good, girl?”

“I can’t even speak, right now. If I can’t even speak in my own language, what makes me think I can speak in Korean?” the fan sighed. “I’m sorry, I just wanted to say hi, I can’t believe you are in front of me. I’m trying to create a Vlog for YouTube and then you showed up, throwing me off guard with your beauty and I’m just embarrassing myself in front of you.”

“Awww thank you! You don’t have to be so nervous. You’re fine! I encourage fans to say hi!” Jen reassured while the girl’s two friends appeared next to her, nervously saying hi. “How are you guys? You eat this morning?”

“Yes, we did. We’re college students. Studying abroad.”

“Wow, really? When did you come to Korea?” 

“A few days before to know our surroundings until it’s time for the Fall semester to start.”

“Wow, enjoy it to the fullest. I always hear that some people want to get closer to their favorite K-Pop idols and all while being here but still take time to learn the culture and go sightseeing. Learn the history and even more of the language. It’s a beautiful place and South Korea isn’t just about K-Pop, you feel me?”

“Definitely. You inspired me to study abroad here. I was always nervous to step out of my comfort zone and go to another country. But when you did it, especially at a young age, away from family, it motivated me. This is my second time studying abroad. I went to Spain last summer. I’m glad I did it, I’m learning a lot about myself and trying new things. Now I’m a senior in college, here in Seoul.”

“Wow, that means so much to me. It’s good to get out there, you will learn a lot. I always think it’s fascinating to learn about other cultures. Especially the food, that’s always a plus. Do you know some Korean?”

“Only the basics.” the YouTuber’s female friend responded while their guy friend agreed.

“I’m at an intermediate level but I’m so nervous to be in front of you, I couldn’t show you my Korean skills or even speak in proper English.” the Youtuber responded which made Jennie laugh at the way she said her statement.

“We managed to grab seats for ISAC, too!” the male friend beamed

“No way, for real? That’s dope. Make sure you cheer on Bangtan.”

After she took photos with the three students and did a quick shoutout when being filmed for the vlog, Jennie offered them some of her munchkins and wrote encouraging messages on their notebooks with an autograph.

‘Don’t stay in your dorm during your semester. Go out, take the train and travel around South Korea!’

‘This is a great experience to learn more about yourself and another country’s culture. Enjoy every second of it and have a blast.‘

‘Cherish the people you meet along your journey here in Seoul. Learn something new while you are here.’

-----

Just before the ISAC event, Big Hit released a Bangtan Bomb called, ‘Training Smartie for ISAC 2015’

The video contained multiple clips of the members overexaggerating and eagerly yelling words of encouragement while training her.

As she lifted weights, the members would yell encouraging words such as, “Let’s go smartie!”, “Let’s go! Feel the power!”, “Believe in the power!” and she managed not to laugh at their yells as they jumped up and down.

For a bonus clip, Jennie was seated at the table with Suga and Jungkook next to her. She began eating a big plate of Lamb Skewers while Suga and Jungkook cheered her on.

“Eat!”

“You got this! You got this!”

“Chew it well!”

“You must eat well for wrestling!”

--------

On the day of the event, Bangtan arrived, already in their assigned outfits while Vienna walked with Jennie.

“I don’t know what the hell is going on. What are they saying? And why do they keep staring? It’s starting to piss me off-excuse me don’t touch my hair!” Vienna exclaimed.

Jennie cringed and pulled her away. She turned to one of the staff members and bowed slightly. 

“Please don’t touch our hair without our permission. It’s rude, all right?” she responded in Korean.

“Is that your real hair?” the staff member asked.

“Yes. It is our natural, real hair,” she responded as they looked amazed and confused.

As the two sisters walked away, Vienna mentioned, “I don’t want no one looking at me cross-eyed. It’s rude to stare.”

“I mean...you’ll get used to it. It can be annoying,"

Around 300 idols made of ten teams were participating today and it was packed with various fandoms supporting their favorite groups. Once Jennie escorted Vienna to sit with the Big Hit staff on the seats, she waited for the event to start.

She stood with Bangtan backstage, waiting for their team to be called out so they could walk out.

“Now the players are entering.” The commentators announced.

“Team Female-vengers: Kara, Rainbow, Dal shabet, EXID, Minx, GFriend.” was the second team announced.

“Ah, Hayoon~.” Jennie beamed when she saw her happily walk out with G-Friend.

“How you feeling?” Rapmon stood next to her.

“Nervous but excited too. I really hope I do well in these two games. Wrestling and volleyball? I trained as hard as I could for this. I have a great feeling about this ISAC.”

“You’ll make Bangtan proud no matter what happens. Just keep a cool head and remember what we told you.”

“Ditto.”

“Team Who’s your boss: Noel, Wonder Girls, Jeong Jinwoon, Changmin, Lee Hyun, MissA, Baek A-yeon, BTS, Bestie, GOT7.” was announced next as they walked out. 

BTS walked out with big smiles on their faces, while Jennie looked on amazed at how many people showed up this time.

On the electronic display, it showed various idols. When it showed Jennie, who wasn’t aware that she was shown at first, ARMY screamed loud and proud. Jin nudged her and pointed up at the screen. She looked up and widened her eyes, chuckling before waving.

The fact that she was on the same team as Wonder Girls was astounding and she was even on a volleyball team with two of the members. It’ll be a great experience.

After saying the oath, the event started with Women’s Ssireum. There were teams consisting of three members and they played the best out of three. The time of play is one minute and 30 seconds. Jennie was teamed up with Baek A-Yeon and Haeryung from Bestie. They were stretching together and talking strategy.

For the preliminaries, Kyoungri from Nine Muses went up against Hyerin from EXID for the first match. Jennie was standing around with Bangtan, focused as she watched them closely.

“Breathe,” Namjoon said encouragingly behind her and placed his hands on her shoulders. “Don’t be discouraged. They’re not ready for Miss Bangtan.”

“Thanks.” she smiled and they took a seat.

Jungkook sat next to her as they watched closely at the two wrestling. Hyerin had attacked by effortlessly using her feet to trip Kyoungri down in 2.06 seconds.

“You see how she goes for the legs?” Jungkook pointed out. “She aims to trip her opponents. Watch your feet if you go up against her.”

“All right,” she responded.

“Do all that you can to stay on your feet. When you see an opening go for the takedown,”

Throughout the entire round of Nine Muses and EXID, Jungkook pointed some stuff out to pay attention to, mentioning strategies on how to take on the girls. Fansites that attended ISAC, filmed the BTS members and updated their Twitter accounts on what was going on. Once they snapped a photo of JenKook watching closely, with Jungkook whispering strategy in her ear, they tweeted the photos with the caption, ‘Mentor and student. JenKook look focused!’

Fans would immediately tweet,

‘97Liners, I ship!'

'If he whispered in my ear, I would’ve DIED! How can she just sit there so calm?'

'Jungkook is such a great mentor!'

'There is no way she was that calm when you have the golden Maknae whispering in your ear’

'He was probably giving her advice on the wrestling. Y'all thirsty! It ain’t that deep!’

Matches such as Girl's Day vs AOA, Apink vs Red Velvet, Tara vs Secret, and Mamamoo vs Sistar occurred until it was time for Jen’s team to go up against G-Friend. AOA, APink, T-ara, Nine Muses and Mamamoo all advanced to the semi round and it was down to either G-Friend or Bestie/Baek A-Yeon & Jennie. Umji, Eunha, and Yerin represented G-Friend in this match.

“First we have the plucky Miss Bangtan representing BTS and is teaming up with Baek A-Yeon and Haeryung. Last year, she had a running relay and fell down.” the commentators recapped, showing her falling on the screen.

The sight of her falling, caused Jen to roll her eyes, seeming irritated at the sight. They were doing her dirty because she fell. It was over and done with. 

“They really bringing up this crap again?” she grumbled under her breath, shaking her head.

She stepped up on the platform while Yerin waited for her with a bright smile since they were great friends. The two winked at each other before giggling.

“Go, Jennie! Go, Yerin!” Hayoon, along with the other G-Friend members cheered. 

Jen exhaled and glanced at Jungkook who gave her a reassuring smile.

“You got this. Remember what I told you,” he mouthed and she responded with a curt nod and turned back to Yerin.

The two of them bowed to each other and positioned themselves while kneeling.

“JENNNIEEEEEEEEEEE~!” Jimin yelled with Taehyung, applauding.

“Munchkin! Munchkin! Munchkin!” Hobi chanted while Rapmon and Suga laughed with one another, feeling second-hand embarrassment.

“Miss Bangtan has quite the fanboys, it seems. Who will win? Jennie or Yerin?” the announcers wondered.

Once the whistle blew, Jennie immediately used her strength to lift Yerin high in the air and slammed her down on the mat. 

Jungkook slapped his hands together and stood up with a big grin on his face, fist pumping.

“Yes!” he yelled.

“AHHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” Bangtan jumped up, applauding her victory while ARMY and the rest of Bangtan supporters began screaming for her.

Yerin started laughing, covering her face while Jennie helped her up. 

“You all right, sis?” she hugged her.

“Yes, I’m fine. You’re so strong.” Yerin giggled.

“Wow! That power!” the commentators exclaimed as they went to a slow-motion replay. “The strength of Miss Bangtan should not be underestimated!”

“Winner! BTS’ Jennie!” was announced as male idols watched the performance, surprised and mesmerized. 

Some were whispering to themselves about her and smirking in approval.

“Atta girl!” Zico from Block B, shouted, cheering her on with the rest of the Block B members.

GOT7 also became her cheerleaders as Bam Bam stared at her with heart eyes, placing a hand over her heart. 

“I think I’m in love,” Bam Bam mentioned to Jackson, who cackled at him, slapping his arm.

As the fansites filmed videos and posted it on their social media, as fans commented,

‘Some of the boys look pleased’

'So who is gonna be the next idol to speak on how much they admire Jen? Cause some of them are staring hard af and I'm here for it'

‘Hahaha some of the guys look like they wanna marry her’

‘Bam Bam watching with that pleased look on his face, ahahah.’

‘Sexy, beautiful and powerful! Go gurl!

‘She FLEW HER DOWN! DAMN’

‘The girls’ faces hahaha they look so scared to face her now’

‘Look at her face in the beginning! She looked like, “Oh shit, I’m dead.’

‘I’m ready to see Jennie at Wrestlemania now.’

‘She took that so seriously ahaha.’

‘Can Jennie throw me like that too!?’

‘Force to be reckoned with! She didn’t come to play! She definitely redeemed herself from last time.’

‘How did she get so strong!? OMG Jungkook what have you been teaching her!?’

‘Flipped her like pancakes. Didn’t even last two seconds!’

‘She-she just picked her up and slammed her down in 2.0 seconds!’

‘I blinked and Yerin was on the mat. What happened!?’

‘I love how the guys are smiling so hard.’

‘That Captain America strength right there! Miss Bangtan 100%! Represent us!’

Jennie was smiling brightly at the cheers and applauds for her efforts as she bowed and waved. 

After leaving the mat, Hayoon ran up to her to hug her. “That was amazing!” she said and started giving her repeated kisses on her cheek.

After speaking with G-Friend, Jennie went back to Bangtan who had given her high fives and compliments such as, “Well done.” And “You’ve worked hard.”

“You did it!” Jungkook high fived her and pulled her to his chest for a warm hug.

“We did it.” she corrected him as she wrapped her arms around his back. The rest of the members joined in for a group hug before sitting back down to watch the rest of her team wrestle.

She cheered on Baek A-Yeon as she went up against Umji and managed to slam her down on the mat to make her team advance to the semi-round. 

“Yeah!” Jennie jumped up and ran up to Baek A-Yeon with Haeryung to celebrate their advancement.

As the last round started, Jennie sat back down with Taehyung wrapping his arms around her from behind, sitting behind her. Jimin sat in front of her, laying his back between her legs while Jungkook hugged Taehyung from behind.

They watched as Baek A-Yeon went up against Sung-a from Nine Muses and lost the match when she was slammed down. 

Jennie stood up and walked to the mat, preparing to wrestle Sojin. They bowed to each other and got in position.

As soon as the whistle blew, Sojin tried to catch her off guard by going after her legs but Jennie stood her ground and lifted her up to slam her down within five seconds.

“Sorry.” Jennie grinned and helped her up while Sojin reassured her that she was fine.

The fansites had filmed Jungkook smiling proudly and in the end, Jen’s team had won a Bronze medal for their efforts when Haeryung fell short against her opponent. After they received their bronze medals, Haeryung began to cry. 

“Wait, why are you crying?” Jennie went to console her with Baek A-Yeon.

“I let the team down. I’m sorry,” she responded, sadly.

“Hey, you did not let us down. We tried our best and we had fun. Thank you for your hard work. You’ve done well, girl. Don't even worry about it.” she reassured her, wiping her tears as the fansites filmed their conversation.

The three ladies join in for a group hug, thanking each other for a job well done for wrestling.

When the interaction was posted on Twitter, people praised Jennie's kindness and sportsmanship.

While soccer began, Jennie chilled with Bangtan, taking out her bun. Before she prepared to fix it, Taehyung grabbed her hair tie and got behind her, fixing her bun for her. She was surprised at how delicate he was to not hurt her. He placed her hair in a high bun and got in front of her to place a strand of curls on each side. Once he was done, he patted her head and smiled.

She took out her phone and checked it out. “This looks really good, Tae.”

Wandering around after catching up with some idol friends, Jennie decided to finally approach The8, greeting him in Chinese. 

“I only know a little bit of Chinese but I will try to learn more so there can be less of a language barrier between us.” her Chinese was broken but he smiled at her efforts and managed to understand her clearly.

‘Wow...handsome.” he responded in English which caused her to chuckle

“Beautiful.” she corrected.

“Sorry, sorry.” he bowed, feeling embarrassed.

“It’s all right. Can you recommend me some Chinese dishes I should try? I love Chinese food.” 

“Yes, of course!” he started naming some of his favorite dishes. 

As they spoke, Joshua approached them and greeted them.

“Hey! Great job on the wrestling.” Joshua said in English.

“Oh, thank you! I had a blast. You’re Joshua, right?”

“Yeah, it’s nice to finally meet Miss Bangtan. I’m actually from Los Angeles.”

“Ah, west coast. I’m from the east. East side is better just so you know.” she teased and they shared a laugh. “The both of you two are so cute.” she pointed at the both of them.

“You’re cute, too. The8 is really fond of you. He always talks about how kind and hardworking you are.” he gestured while The8 was looking at them back and forth, confused since they were speaking in English.

“I saw the video. It always gives me a giddy feeling when people tell me that. It makes me feel really good. Hey, can I have your Kakao Talk?”

“Yeah, of course.” he took out his phone

“I want your Kakao Talk too, The8.” she gestured to him and he took out his phone. 

After getting each other's Kakao Talk, Jennie continued to bring The8 into their conversation.

“Joshua also plays the guitar. We saw your V-Live. You were great.” The8 smiled.

“Really? Thank you! Oh gosh, I feel so embarrassed, I didn’t think some idols would watch it too.” she responded.

As she continued to wander around, she even met Yeeun from CLC, remembering that Yeeun was eager to meet her. They compared their classes for the upcoming school year and noticed that they’ll be sharing a few classes together. They will definitely have more time to hang out and get to know each other.

Throughout the event, Hayoon would cling to Jennie, hugging her from behind, while she laughed.

“Why are you affectionate, today? You must want something.” she assumed, since last time she wanted some of her smarties.

“No, I’m just happy to see you. I haven’t seen you in a while.” Hayoon replied.

While she was being hugged, Jennie would look around at the crowd and noticed fans wearing USA clothing and waving American flags to represent her. She smiled and pointed them out, feeling even more good about herself. She even spotted Vienna in the crowd and waved, blowing kisses.

“LOVE YOU!” Vienna shouted from her seat. The college student noticed some ARMY trying to get her attention. “I don’t speak Korean but it looks like you want to take a selfie, so sure.” she gestured for them to give her their phones.

Jennie and Jimin migrated to the basketball court to support Suga who was currently warming up for the basketball finals match. Jimin and Jennie were standing where the staff seats were while she took photos on her phone.

“Suga got this in the bag. He should be fine.” Jennie said.

“Yes!” Jimin praised when they watched Suga make a shot in the basket while practicing.

When the game started, Jennie and Jimin became cheerleaders for the Daegu rapper.

“MIN YOONGI~!” Jimin shouted. “Lee Changmin! Jung Jinwoon! Lee Hyun-hyungnim!”

“WOO HOOOOOOOOO! YEAH!” Jennie shouted. “YOU GOT THIS FAM! I SEE YOU BOO, I SEE YOU!”

Suga had put his head down, while his teammates started laughing at their enthusiasm for their groupmate.

Due to their heated cheers, Jimin and Jennie sat on the sidelines to watch the game. Every time Suga’s team made a shot, Jimin and Jennie would jump up from their seats and cheer.

“That’s my Suga!” Jennie shouted proudly, happily applauding. “I am a proud little sister!”

“Yoon! Gi! Yoon! Gi! Yoon! Gi! Yoon! Gi!” Jennie and Jimin chanted as the game progressed.

Yoongi’s team ended up winning and earning gold medals.

Before Jennie knew it, it was time for Volleyball as she stood backstage with the stylists, preparing her outfit. She wore a long sleeve shirt and black shorts with knee pads. When Jennie put on the shorts, she noticed they were a bit too small.

“Ah...I told you to get a bigger size. My ass is bigger than you Korean women. And I have wider hips.” she exclaimed while the stylists giggled.

“We came prepared, don’t worry.” 

They brought in a backup pair which fit much better. She checked out her outfit in the mirror and turned around to look at her behind. 

“All right, it’s covering up everything. Ah, I’m freaking out.” Jennie rambled.

When she was all dressed up, she walked to the gym, where the volleyball court was already put up. She gathered around the members as they helped prepare her.

“Ready, sweetie?” Jin smiled.

“A little nervous.”

“You’ll be just fine.” Yoongi patted her on the back

Taehyung gave her water while Jimin began massaging her shoulders to help her relax.

“I have the tape.” Namjoon brought up and grabbed one of her hands while Hobi grabbed her other hand to start taping her fingers.

“Remember, be careful, spike some balls and win.” Jungkook reminded her. “Use your golden defense skills.”

“I’ll be sure to do that and more.” she nodded.

Hobi cupped her face, pressing his lips to her forehead. He smiled softly, “You got this, Jennie! Show those ladies why Bangtan is great!”

She nodded and started to grin, high fiving each member before walking up to the court to meet with her teammates.

Representing Team Who’s The Boss, Jennie teamed with Baek A-Yeon, Hyelim & Yubin from Wonder Girls and Min and Suzy from Miss A. Their opponents were from Team the Return of The King which consisted of Hyuna & Gayoon from 4Minute, Yeeun & Seunghee from CLC, and Hayoung and Naeyun from APink.

“Here we are! This is the first time we are having a volleyball event at ISAC. Miss Bangtan will be starting to serve, representing Team Who’s the Boss.” The commentators mentioned over the roaring cheers of the audience.

Jennie exhaled sharply, as her heart raced while having the ball in her hands. 

‘I can do this...’ she gave herself words of encouragement. 

Just before she could serve, she heard loud screaming.

“JENNNNNNNNNNIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEE~! You Got this!! Goooooooo

Jennnnnnnniiiieeeeeeeee~!”

The screaming caught her by surprise and she turned around sharply to see Jimin, J-Hope, and Yoongi hollering for her. Rap Monster had facepalmed, shaking his head while Jin and Jungkook were giggling, clapping to themselves.

Her teammates began giggling at her enthusiastic group members and thought it was cute that they were cheering her on. 

Jennie had let out a loud laugh and blew some kisses at Bangtan before turning back to her opponents.

“GO JENNIE!” another scream caught her by surprise but this time it was actually from Hayoon who was standing on the sidelines with the rest of GFriend, cheering her on. 

She had shyly looked down after screaming so loudly but Jennie had appreciated her cheers.

‘Okay...let’s do this.’ she began bouncing the volleyball by slapping it with her palm as it hit the ground then back to her palm, numerous times. 

The loud sound began to intimidate her opponents as they tried to get ready.

Raising the ball in the air, she jumped up high for a powerful spike. The ball ended up hitting the ground on the other side before the opposing team could hit it and Jennie earned a point for her team. Loud screams from ARMY were heard around the arena while some watched, stunned at the spike.

“YES! That is my child! I raised her! That is my beautiful little girl!” Jin yelled happily.

“WOOOOOOO! ATTA GIRL!” Namjoon shouted. 

A proud smile came across Jungkook’s lips as he nodded in approval, applauding her efforts. 'That's my Jennie,' he thought proudly.

“Whaaaaaaa, what a powerful strike from Jennie of BTS! Wow!” the commentators went on.

She was surprised as her teammates went to hug her. “I can’t believe I got that.” she started laughing while Yubin and Hyelim smiled sweetly, patting her on the back.

The game progressed with Bangtan watching closely as they saw the concentration in her eyes. They admired her efforts because she truly had worked hard. Jen soared with her defensive skills as she effortlessly blocked the ball, which caused some of her opponents to get annoyed that they couldn’t get a point.

“Ah, Jennie, stop blocking my spikes!” Hyuna whined.

“Not sorry.” Jennie replied with a grin.

“Are you seeing this!? Are you seeing this!?” Taehyung grabbed onto Jimin and started shaking him. “She keeps blocking the ball! They’re gonna win!”

“WOOOOO! Go, Jen!” Jackson, Bam Bam and Mark became some of her hypemen throughout the match.

Jen’s forearms began to sting from the constant hitting of the ball as the game went on. Her team was well in the lead, thanks to Yubin and Suzy soaring in setting the ball for their teammates to spike, Hyelim being great at passing the ball to her teammates and Baek A-Yeon specializing in spiking with Min. Jennie had made sure to jump up and throw her hands up to block the ball whenever she could with her teammates, which helped tremendously in the game.

"Miss Bangtan's defense is dangerous," the commentators pointed out at how effortless she made blocking for her team.

Once Hayoung served the ball, Hyelim managed to hit the ball, passing it to Suzy who managed to hit the ball over the net. Yeeun dove down, hitting the ball as she connected with the floor while Gayoon passed the ball to Naeyun. Naeyun spiked the ball and Min hit the ball back. Yubin and Baek A-Yeon watched it fly near them and Baek A-Yeon managed to set the ball. 

“All yours, Jennie!” she gestured as Miss Bangtan jumped up and spiked the ball across the court.

Once they saw that the ball hit the floor before their opponents could hit it, they happily yelled in excitement.

“YES!” Jen screamed and fist pumped over the loud cheers and screams from the crowd. 

She started jumping up and down while her teammates threw themselves at her, and they all fell to the floor while hugging. When they got back on their feet, they celebrated all around the arena while Jen did aerial cartwheels around the arena in celebration.

Bangtan started laughing wholeheartedly that she still had the energy to jump and cartwheel around. They immediately ran down to the volleyball court to celebrate with her. J-Hope picked her up over his shoulders and ran around with Bangtan as they all cheered and celebrated. 

"Jennie! Jennie! Jennie!" The boys chanted.

The volleyball team received gold medals for their efforts. When the team was interviewed, Jennie thanked her teammates for working so hard to be victorious and praised them for their hard work. She had a blast with them and hopes volleyball continues to be an event in ISAC.

Meanwhile, Bam Bam had been watching her, smitten by her athleticism in the volleyball game. After some pep talk from Jackson, he finally decided to approach her, bringing a water and towel for her to wipe her sweaty face.

“Have you played volleyball, before?” he asked.

“I kid you not, this was my first actual game.”

“Wow, well you need to teach me some time because you were amazing out there.”

With the Maknae Line, Jimin was on alert when he noticed that Bam Bam was starting to flirt with her as she had covered her mouth while giggling and shyly averting her eyes. Once he nudged Taehyung and Jungkook to point out what was going on, Jungkook shot Bam Bam a sharp stare.

“All right, relax, he still has a dating ban so we should be okay,” Taehyung reassured.

“I hope so,” Jungkook grumbled.

Going backstage, Jen had Namjoon snap a photo of herself with her arms outstretched and a proud smile on her face. 

She tweets, ‘I came, I slayed, I conquered. Getting 1st place at ISAC feels so good. We winning! Yay us! #BlackGirlMagic #DidntTripThisTime #JEN’

For the final event, which was the final of Men's 400m relay, Jennie approached Jungkook from behind, placing a hand on his shoulder while smiling. “You ready?”

“I hope so. I really want to win.” he tilted his head to the side.

“You’ll do well. I’ll be waiting for you at the finish line, Golden Maknae,” she reassured him.

Those words motivated him to do well. Running and passing the finish line, to see her there, cheering him on. It brought a smile to his face.

Seventeen, B1A4, Teen Top, and BTS were the teams going up against each other. Jennie stood on the sidelines with GFriend and Yeeun.

“Let’s go Jimin!” Jennie shouted, clapping as her heart began to race. 

Once the idols started running, the arena started screaming. Jimin passed his stick to Taehyung as he dashed in his line tailing behind Sandeul from B1A4. 

“You got this Tae!” she began jumping up and down with GFriend and Yeeun.

Once Tae passed the stick to Hobi, he ran behind Jinyeong, before passing it to the last runner, which was Jungkook.

Soon as Jungkook zoomed past, everyone, he created a big gap as he aimed for the finish line. 

“Yes!” she happily yelled, continuing to watch him run. 

She started to migrate near the finish line, waiting for him to finish. ARMY began screaming as soon as Jungkook ran through the finish line. 

“The last runner from BTS is so amazing!” the commentators exclaimed while Rapmon and Jimin ran after him.

Jungkook kept running until he saw Jennie happily running towards him. He ran up to her and embraced her, rejoicing in his victory

“Ahhhh I’m so proud of you!” she wrapped her arms around his neck. 

They both felt a collision when Jimin, Rapmon, and Tae ran over, joining in the hug and they ended up tumbling onto the floor as the rest of the members joined in, laughing.

Yeeun ended up giggling with GFriend. “Ah, Jungkook and Jennie are so cute~!”

“I know! He looks so happy, too.” Eunha added with a smile.

“I haven’t told Jennie but I really ship her with Jungkook. Don’t you agree?” Hayoon asked.

“I know me too. I bet we’re not the only ones” SinB mentioned as they all agreed.

--------

A few days later, Jennie sat in her little studio at Big Hit with her camera videotaping her live for another V-Live. She sat in her chair, spinning around, while the views continued to multiply. She always had her V-Lives in English, enjoying speaking her primary language. But also tended to accommodate those who wanted to hear some Korean and Japanese. Some even asked for Chinese although she was still learning and needed work on it.

After a few moments and checked out the screen and waved. “What up, what up??” she smiled.

‘BABE!’

‘Hiiiiii’

‘ahhh I love you so much!’

‘Love u JW!’

“Welcome to the Smartie Factory!” she presented. “My own little studio, haha. Just like Suga, J-Hope, and Rapmon. This is where I create my covers and work on my music. Let me give you a tour.” she took the camera and showed off the computer. “So, this is where I have all my music on. I recently transferred my stuff from my laptop. I had this studio for a few months now and finally have the chance to show it off. Remember all the stuffed animals I received on White Day? Ahahaha, they’re all happily here to cheer me on while I work.” 

After showing everything, she set it back down on the desk while she sat and faced the camera.

“Sadly, there are no Smarties, right now, I ate them all. I’m so upset, I just had some yesterday. Sometimes I think the guys steal some of my smarties because there is just no way in the world I don’t have any left.”

‘How was ISAC?’

‘I saw videos of you at ISAC! You did great!’

‘You killed it at ISAC!’

“Yes, ISAC was sooooo fun! Mad fun! I had a great time, a better time than last year. At least I didn’t fall! I was so annoyed when they kept bringing up me falling last year. Just let it go, you know?” She continued to read the comments.

“Hahaha you say that some guys were looking at me? Who? Let me know the tea.” she spoke eagerly with amusement. “And yeah, I did meet more people! I finally got to meet some Seventeen members. They’re mad cool. The8 is very kind and cute. He accidentally called me handsome when he meant to say beautiful. I am trying to learn more Chinese so I can speak with him more and also to speak with more of our Chinese ARMY. I want to be able to communicate with you all without much of a language barrier. So please bear with me. I’ll be learning. You know, I get a kick out of my friends getting so confused when I speak English. And even Korean. It’s funny to see their reaction. I feel that way too when I’m not familiar with a language.”

‘The black community is so proud of you’

‘I love your self-determination’

“Well, I’m very proud that I’m representing the black community up here.” she beamed while reading the comments.

‘Did you see a lot of ARMY at ISAC?’

“Yeah, I did see a lot of ARMY at ISAC. I even saw some of you wear some USA merch. That was really cool of you to do that. I ran into some lucky ARMY after the show. Please don’t be so nervous to talk to me. I’m just a normal person just like you, just more known for her talents, that’s all. Like say hey, I’ll say hey back. While on Tumblr, I read that our supporters would probably die or pass out or wouldn’t be able to talk in front of their favorite idols. But I don’t want to miss an opportunity to meet my passionate supporters, so please don’t feel that way. I’m human, let’s have a brief conversation and chill.”

“Oh! For a while now, I was making some of my own music,” she added. “But lately I kind of got a little discouraged. I won’t scrap it, I’ll just leave it on my computer until I find the motivation to work on it again. My goals are to create music for myself one day and release it for you.”

‘Release it!’

‘Please release it!’

‘Don’t tease us like that’

‘Do I need to fly to Korea? Release it!’

She smiled softly. “One day I’ll release it. I want to rerecord everything though. My vocals are improving, so that’s good. I had this notebook and...” she trailed off

She remembered her young self, back in Amity, constantly writing a couple of songs in her notebook. Back when the other members were getting called out to work on their solo songs. Excited and eager she was, patiently waiting for her time to share a song that she wrote. She kept the notebook to herself and didn’t tell anyone.

When Hailey found out, she wanted to use Jen’s written songs for Amity’s next album but Jen refused because she couldn’t just give songs so personal away like that. It caused more of a rift in her relationship with the group.

But before Jen knew it, she had lost the notebook right before she left the group and hadn’t seen it ever since. But then recently, with Amity’s new album out to help promote their world tour, Jen noticed that some of those songs on their album were the songs she had written in her notebook. Crazy enough, some songs were tweaked for a more sexual tone and sadly, defeated the purpose of the written songs that she spent weeks working on because she wasn’t a professional songwriter and just wrote what came to mind.

Jennie shouldn’t have been surprised but soon as she heard those familiar words, she teared up and cried in her room. It discouraged and hurt her that they would do something that. They weren’t going to let her or Angelina live it down that they wanted to leave, huh? She couldn’t do anything about it but move on. She had spoken with Namjoon about it and vented to him. Yoongi was in the studio with them and she remembered the Daegu rapper suggesting to create a diss track. But her rap skills weren’t up to par just yet to go that way. And Amity, well, they just weren’t worth it and Namjoon agreed with her reasons.

Throughout this year, Amity would constantly poke shots at her and Angelina on social media because they’ve been winning awards like the Grammys. But Jennie and Angelina wanted quality music, not quantity.

Jen wanted to sing songs that were meaningful to her. She was glad she was here because Big Hit gave her more musical freedom, unlike SongStress Entertainment. It would be a while before she could begin writing songs again. The wound had not healed yet.

She sighed and shook the negative thoughts out of her head. “I had written a couple of songs but lost the notebook to it,” she responded. “Someone that I thought I could trust, now is singing those songs that I had written. But it’s okay. I hope to make better songs. So, bear with me.”

“Why do you stay in BTS when there’s some so-called “ARMY” that won’t support you but will support the other members?” she read a question. “Well, because I love what I do. And I refuse to let someone have that power over me to stop doing what I want to do in my life. It’s crazy, people always are there to see you fall but don’t say much when they see you do your own thing and succeed. But all these antis and haters, they can take a seat and watch me thrive. I ain’t going nowhere. Oh, so I was on Tumblr, right?” 

‘Uh oh...’

‘Oh nooooo’

‘What did you see!?’

‘Hide your fanfics!’

“You guys come up with some interesting fan blog names of me. Let’s see...um...what were they? Oh yeah, Jenniesyummythighs was one. MunchkinsBooty was another.” she laughed. “Uh, IAmJenniesBoobies was another I came across. HireJennieForNike is one I really like, they really should hire me. I’d be a great model for them. I’m so enthusiastic about their product.”

‘Lmaoooooo omg’

‘Hahahahahah’

‘LOL can you blame us?’

“So, ARMY, I have a question to ask you. I’m curious. So whenever I’m on Tumblr, I usually like to check the BTS tag, right? So, um...what is this about a Sub Jennie, I’m seeing lately? Should I be concerned?” she deadpanned, looking serious with a genuine voice.

‘DEAD’

‘OH SHIZ’

‘DELETE YOUR BLOGS’

‘SHE CALLED US OUT’

‘UM’

“Uh huh. That’s what I thought. But who said I was a sub?” she asked curiously but ended up laughing at how she asserted her question, shaking her head. “I didn’t mean it like that. I meant literally, who said I was a sub? Where did that even start? Ugh, I think I accidentally just gave you story ideas. Let me be quiet. My statement came out dirtier than I intended.”

‘OMG which one are you?’

“Ah, I should keep it PG. I’m not about that life.”

‘Do you read them?’

“No, I don’t read your fanfics. That seems like taboo territory for me. I don’t want to feel some type of way around anyone you write me with but you do you guys. I like the mood boards that you make and also the fan art. I came across this Hunger Games AU mood board and I thought it was so good. I love the Hunger Games and I enjoy mood boards so make more of those, please.”

“I saved some of my favorites on my phone. I like some of these users on Instagram and follow them. Here." she pointed out some famous K-Pop fanart pages on her phone. “I will try my best to see all your stuff. If you make the hashtag #JWFanart then I’ll always check that tag on Instagram and Tumblr. I’ll like the stuff on Instagram when I can.”

“Oh, and by the way, all of your MLTs of me that I randomly came across, seem to be all wrong," she pointed out. "I remember seeing this one statement that said who is most likely to kiss first. Y’all put me allllll the way at the bottom. I highly recommend that you reconsider that. I'm not afraid to kiss somebody,"

“Another thing, why y’all think I’ll be a crazy ass girlfriend? Like jeez, I’m mad chill, I promise you. Is it because of the I Need U music video with the cheating scene? I was just acting! And who is most likely to cheat? Why did y’all put me at the TOP of the list!? Bruh! Who do you think I am?” she called them out. "Like, no! Absolutely not, you wildin’, don’t play like that!”

She laughed again. “All right, I’m done teasing. Y'all enjoy whatever your imagination takes you,"

With Jungkook, he was in the Big Hit building, in a dance studio with Jimin and Taehyung, watching her V-Live on his phone.

“What kind of girlfriend do I think I’ll be?” he watched her read a comment in Korean. “I feel like I’ll be so cheesy, to be honest. I’d like to do some nice things for my future significant other, to show how much I appreciate them. I’m not sure what yet. I’ll cross that bridge when I get there. Gosh but the thought of dating someone, I’m like, you really want to put up with me? Me? Of all people?”

“Absolutely.” the Golden Maknae spoke, answering her statement.

“I’m so weird, are you sure?”

“That makes two of us.” he continued.

“I’ll admit, sometimes I have my fears. I try not to overthink it but some days I’m like, man I hope the person I date won’t get bored of me after a while.”

“I’d never get bored of you.” He guaranteed.

“I’m pretty sure a lot of people get those thoughts and overthink things. I feel like I'm a terrible kisser and need to get better at it. I apologize in advance to my future lover.”

“It’s okay,” he murmured under his breath with a smile.

"I guess when I do date, I'll get better at kissing. So I hope my future significant other doesn't mind me kissing them a lot,"

"I'd love that," Jungkook added

Jimin and Taehyung saw Jungkook immersed on his phone with a smitten smile on his face and they decided to see what he was up to. 

“I bet he’s watching Jennie’s V-Live.” Taehyung teased.

“I know. Look at him, trying so hard not to smile.” Jimin giggled.

Jungkook glanced up and narrowed his eyes. “Shut up!” He tried to get away from them as they tried to watch what was going on.

Back to Jennie, a comment popped up and she read, “When you start dating, you’ll improve your kissing skills. You can kiss your boyfriend whenever you want.”

Jen let out a soft laugh and nodded. “Yeah, you’re right. And for those out there, don’t change yourself for anyone. It’s their loss if they can’t appreciate you for you. There will be someone out there for you, so don’t sweat it if you don’t think you won't find someone special. Be patient. It’ll be worth it.”

‘Can you please sing for us?’

“You want me to sing? It’ll cost you. How much?” She teased and took out her phone. “I’ll put my music on shuffle and see what pops up.”

The first song to come on is a rock song. “I’m a little bit of a rock and metalhead. But let’s choose another song. You know one day I would like to create some type of alternative or rock song while playing my guitar. That would be so cool. Or maybe collab with a rock band, one day. K-Rock or not, it’ll be fun. Maybe, we’ll see what the future holds. I want to be more active with my guitar. I enjoy that style of music because the guitar just sounds so good with it.”

She pressed shuffle again and Love by Keyshia Cole came on. “Ah, this song! How come all these throwbacks are popping up on my phone, huh Spotify? Really?”

She pressed shuffle again and Pon de Replay played. “Ahhhh 2005 Rihanna. This was my song!”

She started moving her shoulders, bumping to the beat. “I love Rihanna’s evolution as an artist. I hope I can have the same type of evolution as her, music and appearance wise. I want to be an amazing artist just like her! The way she thrives in so many genres of music! Nicki Minaj too! So versatile! I hope to be just like them in music. Rock Star is one of my favorites from Rihanna! I want to be a rockstar! Black women in rock are amazing! It'll be a dream to work with them! I don't care what it is. Modeling, music, anything! I adore them!"

She pressed shuffle again as Ridin by Chamillionaire popped on. “Ooh! This song too!”

She started bouncing up and down on her seat to the beat while ARMY started laughing at her enthusiasm. “They see me rollin’, they hatin’, Patrollin’ and tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. My music’s so loud, I’m swangin’. They hopin’ that they gonna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty. Tryna catch me ridin’ dirty.”

She pressed shuffle again and Right Thurr by Chingy came on. “Oh~ another throwback! I haven’t heard this in a minute! Okay, Okay, let me get back on track and stop fooling around. Let’s find a song to sing for you.”

Unconditional by Kehlani came on.

“Ah, okay, I’ll sing this. I highly recommend her music.” she looked at the camera and laughed shyly “You guys are gonna make me nervous.” she pressed her hands against her cheeks

Back to the Golden Maknae, he couldn’t contain his smile as he watched her sing sweetly to Kehlani’s song.

“Whipped!” Taehyung teased.

“Shut up!” he yelled and smacked him on the arm as he continued to try to watch her V-Live.

With Miss Bangtan, she sang, “Sometimes I come home and I’m sweaty from the day. And my hair’s all in a messy bun cause I had to get it out my face.” She pointed to her messy bun. “And I rather lace my sneakers up cause high heels ain’t my thing.” she showed off her Nike sneakers on her feet as she wiggled her eyebrows goofily which caused some ARMY to type in various comments indicating that they were laughing and amused at her movements.

“And I don’t see a flaw in that, I never want to change. So if you love~ me like you say~! You’ll be a man, grab my hand, take me as I am~!” she got out of her seat to dance and sing around.

I wanna l-l-l-l-l-l-l-love unconditional

I wanna l-l-l-l-l-l-l-love unconditional

‘IM CRYINGGGG’

‘Protect this child’

‘Why is she so adorable!?’

‘Ahhhhh I love this girl!’

After the song, she got back to her seat to check out the comments. “Protect me? Ahahaha! I guess I have some issues, don’t I? All jokes aside, I’ve been so excited to show you how much my singing has improved that I’ve been working on a number of covers to share with you on SoundCloud, probably near the holiday season as an early Christmas gift. Okay, let’s check out what’s next on the shuffle.” she pressed the next button.

Ain’t It Fun by Paramore came on and she started jamming. “Ooh, yes!” she jumped out of her seat to grab one of the biggest teddy bears from her White Day stuffed animal stash, and began to dance with it.

‘And I thought Jungkook was the weirdest, AHAHAH’

‘This is the true personality of Miss Bangtan. LOL'

Back with Jungkook, he started laughing hysterically. This was too adorable.

Instagram Models by Charlie Puth came on next when she changed the song, sitting back down.

“Oh! This song! Make sure y’all stay away from these Instagram models! Men and women! They will get you! Stay away from these people, man! Don’t give them clout, brah! Do not! Give them! CLOUT!” she yelled and spun around in her chair.

As the Maknae Line was leaving the dance studio, they began to walk near Jen’s studio. 

“Hey, Jungkookie, you should see Jennie and join her,” Jimin suggested with a mischievous glint.

“Ah, I shouldn’t.” The Golden Maknae shook his head, taking out his earbuds.

“I think you should.” He opened up the door and quickly shoved him in.

“Hyung!” he whispered in a hiss while the door closed silently.

Jennie, unaware that Jungkook was in her studio, continued Lil Wayne’s rap. 

“Uh, she just wanted to be popular. Uh, she just want ten thousand followers.” she pulled up her Instagram page, showing it on the screen. Setting her phone down, she shook her head and gestured with her hands, “Lord, she posted, she posted, she posted. They like it, they like it, repost it. She party promoting, she hosting. She posing, legs open, provoking. It got my head smoking. I tried to act like I don’t notice. Emotions, emotions, emotions, Lord!” 

She dramatically fell out of her seat as ARMY typed in LOL and laughing emojis while the chorus came back on

‘I am cryinggggg XD’

‘hahahahahahhaha’

‘Omg, she must be on a sugar high from those smarties.’

‘I'm high key happy that she is so comfortable with us like this. She used to be so reserved. She’s so goofy now ahaha’

Meanwhile, Jungkook silently started laughing and wondered when she’d notice him as ARMY noticed him in the background.

She got back to her seat to continue the next verse and she pretended like she was about to cry as she dramatically lip synced, “I had to leave that ho alone and get my mind right. I had to go talk to my friends, I had to find Christ.” She placed a hand over her heart and the other high up in the air, reaching the sky.

Once she saw a comment about Jungkook being in the room, she quickly turned around and widened her eyes. 

“How long have you been there!?” she exclaimed while he started cackling. She quickly paused the song while he grabbed a seat to sit next to her.

“Long enough.” he teased.

“Wow. Well, Jungkook make sure you stay away from these Instagram Models, mkay?’

“Duly noted.”

“I’m serious. They nothing but trouble.”

“I’m aware from what I just saw.”

“Hahah.” she turned to the camera. “ARMY! Look who stopped by, the Golden Maknae after he just watched me act goofy. Say hello to ARMY.”

“Hello!” he waved. “ARMY, Jennie is weird, isn’t she?”

“And you’re not?” she turned her head to meet his gaze as a big smile came across his face.

‘OMG, the way he’s looking at her! I ship it!’

‘I love their friendship so much. They are friendship goals.’

‘Aw, the way Jungkook is smiling, I want him to smile like that more often.’

“ARMY! Thank you so much for getting Shawn Mendes’ attention. I’m still stunned he noticed the cover. ARMY, you are truly one of a kind. Thank you so much for this.”

‘You are welcome!’

‘You deserve it!’

‘We ship you and Shawn!’

“You ship us? Hahaha. I do have a little crush on him. Hopefully, I’ll meet him one day and attend one of his concerts.”

“You like him?” Jungkook brought up.

“Not as much as you like IU.” she teased, causing him to smile shyly. “So when are you going to talk to IU?”

“When you are going to talk to Ailee?” he countered

“L-let’s not get into that. I’m not prepared.” She responded, making him chuckle.

‘Who would you date out of all the members of BTS’

“Who would I date? Shawn Mendes,” she answered with a grin

‘Who would you want to collaborate with?’

“Shawn Mendes.”

‘Who would you like to meet?’

“Shawn Mendes.” She answered again, causing Jungkook to poke the inside of his cheek as she continued to talk about Shawn.

‘Hahahah Jungkook looks a little jealous!’ he noticed a fan comment.

Did he really make it that obvious? 

He had hoped Jen didn’t see the comment. 

He needed to work on having a poker face and keep his jealousy in check.

“I’m gonna go. I’ll see you back at the dorm. I’m going to get something to eat first, did you want anything?” Jungkook got up from his seat.

“Lamb Skewers.”

“I’m glad our minds think alike.” he happily accepted her request and said goodbye to ARMY, exiting the room.

“As the year will be ending soon, I’m hoping that soon we can have some fan meets in America like there are in Korea and Japan. I want to be able to connect one on one with our American supporters just like we do here. So I’ll see what I can do.” She mentioned.

“I have also been writing out some more goals. I want to work more on my breath control when singing. I'm getting better at it. I’m currently working on trying to inhale a good amount of oxygen that flows out my lungs smoothly while I sing my verses to songs with ease. I've getting some vocal lessons to help with that, so I hope you look forward to my improvements as the years go by. I am striving hard to improve and reinvent myself. Especially with my live singing.”

Before she could speak again, she heard a loud yell from outside the room and watched Jimin and Taehyung run into her studio, locking the door.

She sat there, bewildered, and questioned them, “What the heck? Can’t you see I’m trying to talk to ARMY?”

She was cut off by their giggling. “We pranked Suga and Rapmon. We made it seem like we put water on their computers.” Jimin mentioned.

“Oh no, you didn’t.” she looked at them in horror.

‘Oh shitttt, Jen’s face says it all’

‘RIP Jimin and Taehyung’

“Can we please hide in here?” Taehyung asked,

“I hurt my finger, can you get me a band-aid?” Jimin asked.

“I wish I could band-aid your mouth.” Jen retorted, earning giggles from the 95 Liners. She turned to the computer when she heard hard knocking on her door. “U-um, ARMY, our time will be cut short. I need to fix the mess that these two goofballs created. Thanks for hanging out with me today. Love you, bye!” she turned off the V-Live and got up from her seat.

She smacked Jimin and Tae upside their heads, causing them to yelp.

"That's for bringing the drama to my studio!" she scolded.

“Smartie!” Yoongi yelled on the other side of the door.

“Yeah!?” She called out loudly.

“I know they’re in there! Open the door! Why is it locked!?”

“Because I was having a VLive with ARMY!”

“Bullshit, where are those two!? I'm trying to work on this damn album, and they spilled water on my fucking computer!“

Jennie rubbed her temples while Jimin and Tae panicked, and scrambled around to find hiding spots.

Yoongi was not in a pleasant mood.

“SMARTIE!” he banged on the door, causing her to flinch.

“Look what you got me into!” She whispered harshly to them.

Somehow, Namjoon managed to work on opening up her door, which caused Jennie to push the door shut with Taehyung and Jimin. Loud screams and curses were heard as the rappers tried to push the door open after they unlocked it.

“Not the door! NOT THE DOOR! My door!” she yelled when Namjoon accidentally dented her door, barging in to go after the poor 95 Liners. “Take this outside! Take this outside, right now! I just cleaned this studio up!”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 61- Tense

Chapter Summary: Still shooked by the dream Jennie begins to feel awkward around Jungkook and her unusual behavior does not go unnoticed

Words: 6,000+

Author's Note: D.E.N.I.A.L lol. Also, If you played Cards Against Humanity (highly recommend), then you know things get suggestive so if you are not about that life, just skip it. Also there is foreshadowing at the end! :)

-------

Jennie didn’t get much sleep that night, still shaken from those events that appeared in her dream. This was not good and she kept mentally kicking herself for letting her mind imagine something so inappropriate about her best friend.

Near morning, she was the first to go into the kitchen and sought to distract herself with a bowl of cereal and games on her phone.

“Morning, sweetie!” Jin’s voice was heard as she looked up with a timid smile.

“Morning.”

“You want me to make you anything?”

“Nah, I’m almost done with my cereal. But I’ll help you cook breakfast.” she got out of her seat.

Helping him fix a big meal for the members, they set up plates around the table. Before she knew it, Taehyung, Namjoon, and Hobi made their way into the kitchen to eat. Gathering her dish after eating another bowl of cereal, Jennie advanced her way to place the bowl in the sink.

“Hey, morning!” Jungkook’s cheerful voice filled the room. 

Flinching, she inadvertently dropped her bowl on the floor, causing the glass to shatter.

“Crap...” she quickly kneeled to try to carefully pick up the pieces.

“Aw, hyung! Another thing broke?” Jimin walked in, complaining.

“It wasn’t even me! It was Jennie!” Namjoon exclaimed, pointing at her.

“You all right?” Hobi asked, earning a soft “yeah” from Miss Bangtan.

“Hey, I got it.” Jungkook quickly went to help her. 

Her hand brushed against his, causing her to flinch again. She immediately stood up and cleared her throat. 

Jungkook shot her a worried look. “Hey, you all right?”

“Y-yeah, yeah. Just accidentally cut my finger,” she responded quickly. “I need to use the bathroom, I’ll be right back.” she hastily left while he cleaned up the mess with Hobi.

Walking into the hallway bathroom, she shut the door and placed her hands on the sink, exhaling slowly. She wished she didn’t feel so clumsy around him because of a dream.

‘Should I just tell him?’ she thought to herself. Shaking her head, she added, ‘No way. Keep this to the grave. It’ll take some time but I’ll get over this.’ 

At least, she hoped she did.

After washing her hands, she sat on the toilet seat. She can’t hide in here forever. She’ll have to leave sometime. She just needed some time to regroup and put on a fake smile.

“Ennie, are you all right?” Taehyung knocked on the door.

“Yeah, you can come in,” she answered.

“Let’s take care of this.” he grabbed the first aid kit from under the sink and kneeled in front of her, taking her right hand.

“I could’ve done this.”

“I was worried.”

“It’s just a little cut, Tae.”

“Still.” he placed some antibiotic ointment on the cut and placed a small band-aid on her right middle finger. “There, all better.”

She chuckled as she watched him cutely kiss her bandaged finger a few times. “Thanks, Tae.”

“Now let’s head back to the kitchen.”

“R-right. The kitchen.”

Where Jungkook was...

Strolling back into the kitchen, she locked eyes with Jungkook, who waved. “Jennie, I saved your seat. Sit next to me!” he gave her one of his cute bunny smiles.

“Thanks,” she murmured and sat next to him with the rest of the members around the table. 

Boy, she wished she could hide right now as her cheeks warmed up.

While the members were immersed in conversation, Jennie tried to distract herself by going on her phone. But it was short lived when Namjoon grabbed it and placed it on the table. She shot him a ‘What the hell’ facial expression.

“If Jin had to take my phone away, your phone would be taken too. No phones at the table. We’re both suffering,” he responded.

Jungkook had been watching her the entire time. She seemed...off today ever since she dropped her bowl. 

“Hey, are you all right? You seem jumpy today,” he murmured to her.

“O-oh, I’m fine. It’s just that time of the month.” she laughed nervously.

“I thought it doesn’t start until the following week. We’ve been keeping track, remember?” Jin called out.

‘For fuck sake! Really Jin?!’ she complained in her head, struggling not to glare at him. “It’s irregular today. Must’ve been something I ate. It’s okay.”

“Maybe it was the beef? Does that happen? Females eat something and their cycle acts up?”

“Jesus...let’s stop talking about periods, it’s too early for this.” she rubbed her temples.

For the next few days, Jennie proceeded to be on edge as the members started noticing her change in demeanor. Her voice would go up an octave and she often laughed nervously at the most basic things. There was one time when Hobi had brought a box of pocky and asked if she wanted some. She yelled a loud “No!” unexpectedly, causing him to yelp. She had apologized profusely for it. She couldn’t even look at Pocky because it made her think of Jungkook.

Following dance practice, Jungkook had decided to address her. He regarded that she wasn’t as chatty with him and spent even less time with the other members, remaining quiet. He began to feel jealous of the lack of attention, poking the inside of his cheek when he watched her avoid conversation all day.

“Hey, did I...do something wrong?” he asked, watching her place her bag over her shoulder.

Jennie took a small step back, feeling intimidated by their closeness. “Huh? What you mean?”

“Something is bothering you and it’s starting to bother me. I don’t like seeing you so troubled.” he crossed his arms. 

Concern was clear in his voice and facial features as she nervously looked at him in the eyes.

“What makes you think I’m troubled?”

“I dunno you just seem kind of...distant...I hope I didn’t do anything wrong. If I did, I’m sorry.”

Her eyes softened. He truly was a sweetheart. She was being so unfair to him and she didn’t want him to be upset like this. 

“Y-you didn’t do anything wrong. Don’t worry about it. I’m just a little tired. I’ll be fine. I uh, watched this horror movie, that’s why I’m a bit on edge.”

“What movie?”

‘Crap...’ she thought. “T-The shining. It’s an American movie. Y-you know, hereeeeee’s Johnny!” she started laughing anxiously as he raised a brow.

'Something is definitely off.' he thought but decided to let her slide.

He chuckled and shook his head. “You’re so goofy today. Maybe you should stick with action movies. I also think you ate too many smarties.”

“Yeah, smarties. That’s it.”

The next day, Jennie had tried to get her mind off things by going to a private gym, early in the morning. Wearing her Nike jacket zipped halfway, over her sports bra, she also had the sneakers and leggings on. She sat on the bench, wrapping her hands in a pair of MMA gel hand wraps.

After stretching and running on the treadmill for a warm up, she switched to the weights. Once she was done, she turned to the punching bag to take out all her frustration by punching and kicking aggressively.

“Get! Your! Act! To! Get! Her! Stop! Think! ‘ing! A! ‘bout! Him!” she muttered after every punch and kick.

“How come you decided to go to the gym without us?” Jimin whined, walking in with Jin.

Stopping her punch, she turned to them, trying to keep her nervousness in check. "I-I sorry. I wanted a head start,"

She noticed that almost two hours had passed and her entire body was perspiring and aching. Grabbing a towel, she sat on a bench and wiped her face. Jimin and Jin had begun using the weights while she watched them, occasionally speaking while in their conversation. After her little break, she went to do squats with dumbbells in her hands. 

She shouldn't still be working out for this long but anything to distract her from her mind wandering back to her best friend in her bed.

Jungkook was also located in the gym, finishing up his set of chin-ups on a bar. Looking up, he noticed Jennie, catching a glimpse of her bending down for another squat. His gaze lingered on her rear, watching closely. He didn’t know how long he was staring for but he couldn’t look away.

“Hey, Jungkook!” Jimin patted him on the back, causing the Maknae to jump. “Whatcha staring at?”

“N-nothing.” he stuttered, feeling his face get flushed.

“Staring at her again, eh?” he teased.

“N-not at all.”

Jennie turned around and widened her eyes in alarm when she saw Jungkook speaking with Jimin.

‘Time to go!’ she yelled in her head, gathering up her things hastily.

“H-hey, where are you going?” Jin called out, getting off one of the machines.

“Something came up! Gotta go! See you in the dorm!” she raced out of the gym.

“W-we just got here! I thought we were going to do Zumba!” he yelled, catching the attention of Jimin and Jungkook.

“What happened?” Jimin asked.

“She just left out of the blue...now, who is going to teach us Zumba?”

“I can!” Jungkook raised his hand.

“Jennie does it better than you, though.” Jimin dismissed him, causing the Maknae to playfully hit him

After working out, Jungkook had gone back to the dorm, to lay on his bed. He couldn’t get that image of Jennie out of his head as his mind began to wander.

--------

It was a summer afternoon in the dorm with Jennie chilling on the couch, in the living room, on her phone. He noticed that she was in her gym clothes and he was too, so he assumed they’d be working out together. Her hair was down, which he always liked. Whenever she put her hair in a bun, he always had the abrupt urge to take it out.

“Hey! There you are. Before we go, I’ve been itching to play this game. It’s called Cards Against Humanity, ever heard of it?” she beamed.

“Yeah, never played it though.” he sat next to her.

“It’s simple, I’ll show you. Seijin isn’t coming to drop us off at the gym for another hour, so you want to play to pass the time?”

“Yeah, why not.”

He watched her get up and get the box of cards from her room. Sitting back on the couch, she shuffled the cards.

“All right, this game can get sexual and inappropriate. It’s not your average kiddy game,” she informed him. “And it can be offensive. It’s been a while since I played this and I’m really bored, so do you mind? Only if you’re comfortable with it.”

Jungkook nodded. “It’s fine.”

“This game is supposed to have at least three players, but let’s just have fun and see what crazy combinations we can come up with. And be 100% real with me. It’s just us. No judging. Let’s have fun, and get our teenage minds flowing. What happens here, stays here. And be as random as possible in this game so I can have a good laugh.”

“All right, you’re on.”

“The black cards are the question cards, which is basically a statement. The white cards are what we can use to answer the statement as you can see there’s a word to fill in for it. Usually, the person with the best white card answer will win the black card.”

She placed a black card on the couch and it read ‘There’s an app for that’

Jennie placed down, ‘Feeding Rosie O’Donnell’ while Jungkook put down, ‘bitches’

“Really...?” she deadpanned.

“What?” he smiled sheepishly.

“That’s a dry answer, Kook. Don’t give me these wack answers.” she playfully scolded.

As they continued to play, their combinations got funnier as Jungkook loosened up and enjoyed himself in the game. Their answers were so random that they had to google what some words meant because they hadn’t heard of them before.

‘And the Academy award goes for...goes to...’ said the black card with two white cards that needed to be placed for the statement.

Jennie placed down ’72 virgins’ and ‘Batman’ for her answer, while Jungkook suddenly placed down, ‘Firing a rifle into the air while balls deep in a squealing hog’ and ‘sperm whales’

“What the actual hell?” she cackled. “Jungkook, what is going on with your mind today?”

“N-nothing!”

“I dunno about that.” she teased.

‘Maybe she’s born with it. Maybe it’s...’

Having terrible cards, Jennie decided to get rid of her ‘Hot Pockets’ card for her answer, while Jungkook chose ‘Sexual Tension’

“So, how does a girl be born with sexual tension?” she asked.

“I guess when she automatically gives the guy sexual tension?” he shrugged.

“Fair enough.”

‘I drink to forget...’

Jen put down ‘Horsemeat’ while Jungkook put down ‘Pulling out’, causing her to stare at him, surprised.

“Wow, Jungkook.” she shook her head as he let out a shy laugh.

‘Why am I sticky?’

Jennie chose ‘Judge Judy’ and Jungkook placed down ‘Fingering’ for the next card.

“Wow. You have a very dirty mind, Kook.” she asserted, checking out her white cards.

Jungkook had felt his face warm up at her statement. 

Well, she wasn’t wrong. 

As they continued to play, Jennie laughed again when Jungkook had put down, ‘Doing the right stuff to her nipples’

“You’ve been hanging around Namjoon too much.”

“It-its just a game! I’m trying here!” he stuttered.

“That’s what they all say. I guess that mouth of yours doesn’t just sing and rap, huh?”

‘If it’s for you, I’ll do whatever you want.’ he thought to himself.

“You wanna kiss?” she asked out of the blue.

“Yes,” he answered immediately.

Taking out a small bag of Hershey Kisses, she handed him a few in a small ziplock bag. “Jeez, you’re really eager for chocolate, aren’t you? Well, I don’t blame you. We all need a little chocolate in our lives. It’s good for the soul.”

‘Oh, this was what she meant.’ he examined the candy. “Let’s eat the chocolate later. We’re going to be going to the gym soon. Don’t want to upset our stomachs.”

“Sounds like a plan.”

While the game continued, Jungkook had randomly placed down the ‘Reverse Cowgirl’

“Huh. You appear to be familiar with that position, Kook,” she spoke in a serious tone, meeting his gaze. “Is there something you want to tell me?”

“U-uh...” he averted his eyes, hearing her giggle.

“I’m just messing! I don’t judge.”

“Y-you need to stop teasing me with the answers I choose.”

“Or what?” she taunted, raising a brow. “What are you going to do Jungkook?”

Part of him was tempted to just say screw it, toss all the cards aside and kiss her but he refrained himself.

Getting back into the game, he put down, 'Bouncing up and down.'

Jennie, out of nowhere asked, “On what exactly?"

Jungshook appeared as he shifted in his seat, unable to look at her in the eyes.

"What? Is it a bed? A trampoline?” 

“Ah, is Seijin here?” he grabbed his phone to change the subject. 

Jungkook sensed something thick in the air and felt flushed all over. As if on cue, Seijin did arrive and the 97 Liners were dropped off at a private gym where they wouldn’t be disturbed. After stretching and warming up, they stood on a series of mats to practice wrestling. Although ISAC was over and she dominated in wrestling, she still wanted him to teach her a few more moves, just in case they have it again.

With the both of them sweaty and trying to pin each other down, they got up close and personal. After their sparring, Jungkook went to go bench press, laying on his back while Jennie told him she would be on one of the machines.

Placing the bar back, he took a break, resting on his back. Promptly, Jungkook felt pressure on his lap. Widening his eyes, he realized it was Jennie straddling him.

“W-wh-at are you do-ing?!” he stuttered.

“I’m aware of what’s going on here,” she responded, placing her hands on his chest, and getting comfortable. “I’ve seen you staring.”

He was so tongue-tied that he couldn’t speak anymore as he stared at the enticing view. Whatever she was starting, he hoped that she’d finish because his self-control was slim to none the longer she sat on his lap.

“I-I’m sorry, I shou-”

“Why are you apologizing?”

“A-aren’t you angry?”

“Who said I was mad?” her hands slowly moved up his shirt to take it off. “The only thing I’m wondering about is why you haven’t taken the initiative yet.”

He watched her unzip her jacket and place it on the floor.

“So, I guess I have to be the one to make the first move,” she added. 

Feeling her move against his lap, his breathing quickened.

“I’ll admit, this is a nice view,” she remarked, watching his face scrunch up in pleasure. She grabbed his hands and placed them on her hips. “But it’ll be nicer if you’d relax and tell me what you want me to do.”

-------

And he did and Jungkook woke up, on his bed, drenched in sweat. He regarded a tightness in his pants, quickly making his way to the shower, to take care of himself and clean himself up.

The next day, Jennie managed to avoid the weird dreams of Jungkook, distracting herself with other things to keep herself occupied. 

Unfortunately for her, Jungkook began to notice her distance and spoke to Namjoon about it.

“Jennie is acting strange. I dunno what is going on. She’s not herself and I feel like I did something wrong. Could you...maybe talk to her, Hyung?”

Namjoon had fulfilled his request when he found Jennie in her studio.

“Hey...what’s up?” she asked, taking off her headphones.

Namjoon even noticed she wasn't acting like herself, especially with the way she greeted him.

“Jennifer, I want to talk with you,” he spoke in a serious tone, closing her door and grabbing a seat next to her. 

From the tone of his voice, she knew that she was in trouble with something. 

“What did I do, now?”

“Jungkook approached me today.”

‘Oh God...’ she cringed at his name as all the thoughts came back. ‘I thought I was doing so well.’

“He says you seem on edge about something,” Namjoon added. “We all see it. You've been acting strange. I want to know what is going on. Are you all right?”

She hesitated. “Why is everyone so worried about me? I’m fine, all right?”

Namjoon frowned. “You know you can always tell us what’s wrong. No matter what it is. We’ll work through it together.”

“I know and I will if there’s a big problem. I promise,” she responded truthfully.

Jennie decided to keep it to herself because she wanted to speak with Amber, Hyuna, and Hayoon about it first when she went to meet them. Get a girl’s perspective before taking that risk to tell Namjoon if she feels like she really should.

“Llama~!” Jennie jumped right on Amber’s back, holding onto her like a koala while Amber laughed loudly. 

She met up with her outside of her place. After getting off her back, Amber picked her up and spun her around.

“Smartie~!” she copied the way she greeted her and set her down. “We are gonna have so much fun today. I missed you so much.”

“I missed you too. So, where to first?”

“I want ice cream. Oh, I’m also filming for my YouTube channel, so I want you to be in it.” 

“Okay, fine by me!”

Once Amber started rolling the camera, they walked around. “Ahhhh it’s such a nice day~! Everyone! Guess what!? My best pal, Jennie is here~!” Amber grabbed her and wrapped an arm around her shoulder.

“Ayeeee! What up!?” Jennie waved.

She always loved speaking with Amber because they could speak English freely and she felt like she could express herself better when speaking in her native language.

“We all know Jennie from BTS, isn’t she amazing?”

“Isn’t Amber amazing?”

“Awwwww.”

“We’re going to get ice cream.”

“Yeah, because we’re very sweet people.” Amber removed her arm from her.

“My body is sore.”

“What did you do prior?”

“I went to the gym.”

“I need to go to the gym more. I’m out of shape.”

“We’re both out of shape. Let’s plan to go sometime together.”

“Sounds like a plan. Ah, have I told you guys that I really love my friends?” Amber asked on camera. “They are my family.”

“I’m your family?” Jennie asked in an emotional voice

“Yes, you are my family, I love you.”

“I love you too~!”

Arriving at a local ice cream shop, they ordered a big banana split with some fruit on top to share. Jennie carried it over to the booth they sat in.

“Oh yeah....get-in-my-belly~!” Jennie stared at the ice cream with love while Amber giggled, filming her. Eating a big spoonful, Miss Bangtan moaned in delight, savoring the taste. Raising her arms, she looked up at the ceiling. “Hallelujah!”

Amber mocked her moan and yelled, “Hallelujah!” which caused the duo to giggle wholeheartedly.

“We’re weird, we know,” Amber said to the camera, setting it down.

“So how’s the upcoming album?” Jen asked with a smile as they shared the ice cream.

“4 Walls is getting together. I love it. It’s going to be great. We have this song called Papi, I want to send you the instrumental so you can practice it to help your DJ skills.”

“Oh snap, that kind of song, huh? Okay, I’ll do that, thanks.”

“How’s Bangtan’s album going?”

“Slowly but surely we’re getting things down. We’ve been recording and stuff. I think this is going to be my favorite comeback by far. Our title song is called Run. I’m not sure what our music video is going to be about yet, it’s too early to tell but the song is really good.”

“Awesome, can’t wait to hear it. Any goals for this comeback?”

“I hope we get to have some wins for the song. And maybe some awards for it. That would be great. Either way, I’m proud of our work so far for it.”

“I’m rooting for you.”

“I should’ve had some rocky road with this. There are no nuts in this ice cream.” Jen pondered about ordering the ice cream flavor.

“Oh, I have some nuts.”

“Where?”

“Deez nuts.” Amber started giggling while Jennie deadpanned, shaking her head.

Grabbing the plate of ice cream, Jennie started eating it by herself while Amber tried to pull it back to the middle of the table. 

“I am so over you,” Jennie called out

“I thought you loved me!”

“Not at the moment!”

“Guys, she doesn’t love me anymore.”

“We’re getting a divorce.”

Amber pouted to the camera. “We will find a way to work this out.”

After finishing the ice cream, there was one piece of strawberry left on the plate and they aimed to grab it with their spoons. They grabbed onto each other’s arms while trying everything they could to take it.

“Hey! Hey! Mine! Mine!” Amber exclaimed.

“Come on, let me have this one, it’s a strawberry.”

“No way, I saw it first.”

They ended up giggling, moving around as they tried to grab the fruit. In the end, Amber leaned down and grabbed it with her mouth

“Weak!” Jen complained while laughing, setting her spoon down.

“Better luck next time!”

After they left, they rented bikes to ride around the bike trail. Amber was standing next to her, continuing to film as they prepared.

“Hamster and Llama ready for biking!” Amber dramatically announced.

“Yeah! That’s how we do!”

“Wow, look at the beautiful view.”

“Me?” Jennie placed a hand over her heart, touched by her words.

“No, the sky.” Amber deadpanned. 

Miss Bangtan dropped her jaw and Amber couldn’t help but snicker at her reaction.

After their banter, Amber set her camera down. “Let’s go, rawrrr~!” she made a funny sound effect as they began to ride around.

“Woo hoo~! When Captain America throws his mighty shield, all those who chose to oppose his shield must yield~!” Jen yelled out, over Amber’s laughter.

Once they went back to her place, Hyuna and Hayoon arrived to spend some time together. The four girls shared stories of what had been going on with their idol lives and Jennie shared the funny stories of Bangtan’s current prank war.

“I plan to numb their toothpaste this time,” Jennie announced.

“That’s evil! I love it! If you can, film their reactions!” Amber laughed.

“I will! I will!” Jennie turned to Hyuna. “Girl! Your comeback! What the hell?”

Hyuna giggled and covered her face. “I’m happy you love it. Roll Deep is so fun. We still need to figure out a date so I can teach you ways to improve your charisma on stage.”

“I’ll keep you posted.”

“Are you ready to go back to school?” Hayoon asked Jennie.

“Honestly, I am a little bit. I kind of like school. The main thing I’m looking forward to is my guitar class.”

“Me too. I found out that Jungkook is in my math class, this semester. Hopefully, the class won’t be too hard.”

Hearing Jungkook’s name caused Jen’s stomach to drop again. As the girls talked, Jennie became tense again.

“Hey, are you all right? You seem distracted.” Amber nudged her.

“Uh...a little. A lot on my mind.” Jen murmured

“Share! What’s going on?” Hyuna asked.

“I hope it’s nothing bad,” Hayoon responded.

“Have you guys ever had...weird dreams about someone close to you?” Jen asked.

“I’m pretty sure we all have weird dreams,” Amber reassured her. “But what’s the deal? Who’d you dream about?”

“I had a dream about Jungkook...”

“About...?” Hyuna gestured for her to continue speaking.

“We were...making out...on my bed and it was very physical,”

“O-oh...oh! Oh dear.” Hayoon widened her eyes, while Hyuna and Amber were just as surprised.

“We did some...sinful shit man...” Jen went on. “I feel so dirty. I don’t even wanna know what would’ve happened if I didn’t wake up when I did.”

“This escalated quickly,” Hyuna murmured.

“Yeah, this was not what I thought about when you said weird dream,” Hayoon added.

“Wow...that is awesome!” Amber called out, applauding.

“Awesome!?” Jennie stared at her with fear. “That’s not awesome! I am freaking the frick out!” she grabbed a hold of Amber and shook her rapidly while she giggled in response.

“Are there more details to this? I want to know exactly how this came about.” Hayoon spoke.

“Yoon, what the hell!? You’re encouraging this!?” Jennie yelled.

“I mean...maybe it’s a sign. Right, Amber?”

“Yep.” Amber smiled.

“Ah...I-I don't think so. I don’t know what to do.” Jen exclaimed, shaking her head. “I should not be having those dreams. It just came out of nowhere and I don’t know why. I’ve tried my best to avoid him-“

“D-don’t avoid him!” Hayoon scolded. “That is unfair to him.”

“What else am I gonna do?! I can’t face this guy! Every time I see this guy’s face or hear his name, I think back to when he was smooching up on me. That is not an image I should have of my best friend, man! Ugh! What is wrong with me? Dirty! This is so dirty!” she covered her face

Hyuna and Amber started laughing at her comment.

“What is so funny!?” Jen called out.

“The way you said smooching up on me.” Hyuna giggled.

“Ugh! He would never do that, that is so not like him.” Jen mentioned.

"You sure about that? You sure about that?" Hayoon asked.

“I mean, you never know what Jungkook is capable of,” Amber claimed. “People shouldn’t underestimate him. He is called the Golden Maknae for a reason.”

“I agree,” Hyuna replied. “I’m sure when he’s good, ready, and comfortable with someone, he’ll be golden in that department of activity, too.”

“There was always this saying that I hear...” Hayoon remarked. “What was it? Oh, yeah, it’s always the quiet ones-“

“PLEASE for the love of smarties! Stop! You’re giving me weird thoughts!” Jennie covered her ears.

“I think you should speak to him about it,” Hyuna suggested.

Miss Bangtan shook her head vigorously. “No. Absolutely not. Hell no.”

“Jennie...do you think you like him?” Hayoon wondered.

Miss Bangtan hesitated. 

No...? 

Right?

Jennie averted her eyes for a moment, thinking about the question. "N-no...why would I?"

Hayoon and Amber glanced at each other with knowing looks before giving Hyuna the same look.

“Say, Jennie do you think the dream meant something?” Hyuna inquired.

Jennie hesitated again. “I-It meant nothing. It was probably just some silly dream. I just wish I could stop thinking about it.”

“I’m gonna say it. I think you are in denial.” Amber announced.

“Wh-what!? No! N-no way! I’m not! I am not in denial! Nothing is going on between us! Okay!?” Jen’s sudden yell caused the three girls to glance at each other, surprised.

“Whoa. Relax.” Amber put her hands up in defense.

“I am relaxed!” she argued.

“Your voice doesn’t sound relaxed.” she giggled, trying to calm her down. “We get it. Nothing is going on yet-“

“Oh my gosh, c-can we just drop it? We’re friends. Always will be. Maybe I just went to bed before my food was digested and a weird dream came up. I don’t like him, okay? We’re friends. Best pals. I gotta pee.” she stood up and went to the bathroom.

“D.E.N.I.A.L.” Amber murmured, taking a sip of her water.

“Yeah...looks like she’s in the denial stage. Sooner or later she’ll realize and accept these feelings.” Hyuna guaranteed. “What do you think we should do?”

“We should plan accordingly.”

“Jennie and Jungkook...it’s going to happen. We just need to remain patient.” Hayoon said. “I know it’ll be worth it in the end but let’s also make sure we don’t force it and let nature take its course. It’s happening but at a very slow pace. It will progress. They will be together soon. So, let’s tread lightly on the matter. She's in denial now...but sooner or later something big is going to happen that will make her see that these feelings are real.”

“Duly noted.”

--------

After the week went by, Jennie proceeded to feel more like herself as she decided to dedicate herself to her work, getting her mind off things. After working on some covers, she jammed in the studio, practicing the guitar notes for Charice’s Before It Explodes, humming the song.

A series of hard knocks on her door made her place her guitar down. 

“Who?” she called out.

“It’s your golden best friend,” Jungkook murmured against the door.

Her stomach dropped at the sound of his voice. Of course, it was him.

She couldn’t avoid him forever. It wasn’t right. But she just couldn’t face him. She felt so ashamed and awkward.

But she knew she had to confront him sometime. Might as well do it now.

Clearing her throat, striving to act as normal as possible, she responded, preparing for the worst, “You can come in.”

Jungkook had stormed into her studio, upset. He noticed that she didn’t even say her trademark, ‘Enter my realm’ comment, which made him angry because something was definitely up.

“What is it-” she was cut off when a sharp breath escaped her lips once Jungkook vigorously grabbed the back of her chair and turned her around to face him. 

He slammed his hands on the armrests, making her flinch and widen her eyes.

“J-Jesus, Kook, what is your problem?” she stuttered, feeling her heart rate quicken.

“My problem?” he scoffed, shaking his head. He grabbed another chair and sat in front of her with a frown. “My problem is you and I’m not leaving this room until you tell me exactly what is going on,”

Averting her eyes, she murmured, “Nothing is going on-“

“Don’t lie to me.” he firmly cut her off. There was a brief pause as she couldn’t bring herself to speak. “Look at me.”

‘Don’t say that please.’ she thought to herself, thinking back to the dream. After a while, she reluctantly met his gaze. “L-look, nothing is going on-”

“You’re avoiding me.” he cut her off again.

“I’m not avoiding you.”

“Please don’t lie to me,” he said softly with a hint of sadness.

“Let’s just drop it. I have some work to do.” she spun around in her chair to face her desk but he turned her back around.

“What did I do so wrong? Tell me. Did I miss something? Was there a special anniversary for us regarding our friendship? Your birthday didn’t pass yet so that’s out of the question. Is something going on back at home? Are your sisters all right? Is your family okay? Did someone try to hurt you? Did another guy try to say something inappropriate? Did I say some-“

“Stop, stop, you didn’t...you didn’t do anything wrong.”

“Then what happened? Just tell me!”

She exhaled loudly. She might as well just say it. 

“Look...I uh...ugh, this is going to be so random but have you...ever had weird dreams about a friend?”

“What do you mean?” he raised a brow.

“I have this friend...she uh....dreamed about making out with someone close to her.”

Jungkook nodded, figuring it out. “So, you dreamed of making out with a friend.”

She widened her eyes and shook her head frequently. “I-I didn’t say it was me!”

“It was you,” he responded calmly.

“No, it was not!”

“I know you. I can tell when you lie to me. I see it in your eyes.”

Jennie felt her embarrassment intensify as she couldn’t say that he was wrong. 

“You need to stop paying so much attention to me,” she complained.

A smile came across Jungkook’s lips briefly. “Can’t help it. So, this is what this is all about? A dream about a friend? Is that it?”

“Well...do you...think it’s weird to have that type of dream? I mean, have you...dreamed of someone like that? The dream was pretty intense. Out of character,”

Jungkook, averting his eyes, shyly looked down as his anger went away. 

‘If only you knew...but you would probably think I’m creepy for thinking of you that way.’ he thought to himself.

His mind drifted back to that dream he had. When he first had a crush on her, once in a blue moon he would dream about what it would be like to date her. Going on arcade dates, picnics, the whole thing. As he got older, falling in love with her, the dreams turned to kissing and more kissing. And then things went way further.

He thought about her in many ways, including the intimacy. A lot of fantasies came to mind. Back at Yamen TV, when Jimin called him the golden perv, he knew exactly who Jungkook was thinking about when he watched those videos that Namjoon would download. Like Jimin had said, he couldn’t help himself. The way his body reacted when he thought of her that way. Jungkook freaked out big time when Jimin caught him months ago. He felt guilty about it but Jimin had reassured him that things were fine and that there was nothing to be ashamed of.

Jungkook wasn’t ready for that type of activity and neither was Jennie he was sure about. However, he always hoped to be her first, doing everything he could to make her feel cherished once he grew more confident in himself.

“Well?”

His thoughts were interrupted by her voice.

Getting his thoughts together, he chuckled awkwardly. He should be honest with her. 

“It’s...not as weird as you think.”

“Have you...”

“Y-yes, I have.” he could feel his face warm up as he rubbed the back of his neck.

“Really?” she asked, surprised. “Wow, I’m not the only one?”

She watched him nod in response. It made her feel much better but she still felt a little weird for dreaming of him in that way.

“Do you think your dream meant something to you?” he asked her.

“You know...my mind is saying that it didn’t. But something else is screaming that it did. I think what frightens me most is I get this lowkey feeling that it did mean something, no matter how much I don’t think it should.”

“Who did you dream about?” he asked curiously. 

His question made her hesitate. She just couldn’t tell him. 

“I...don’t want to answer that, Kook. I’m just...confused, right now. My mind is all over the place.”

Jungkook decided not to pry her about it. He wouldn’t be able to tell her that he dreamed of her anyway. Jealousy crept up on him again as he thought about Kevin and Bam Bam being the person she might’ve dreamt about. He hoped she wasn’t catching feelings for either of them. While he was in his thoughts, he noticed that she was rambling.

“...and that dream was too fast-paced.” she met his gaze. “Ah, I dunno why I’m thinking about it but with making out with someone or whatever, I’d want to take things slow. I’m not used to this kind of stuff. I’m not even ready for any of that type of intimacy. But when I am ready, I just hope it’s special.”

“I’m sure you and your guy will learn a lot about each other together once you begin dating,” he responded. “He’ll be patient with you and I know that you will be with him, too. Don’t worry about it too much. You’ll be fine.”

“Thanks, Kook. I’ll trust your words. I just hope that whoever I end up with...he’ll wait for me until I’m ready.”

“He will,”

A chuckle escaped her lips. “You’re so confident with your answer, Kook.”

“Nine times out of ten, he probably will want the same thing you want. He’s probably not ready for that either and wants to go slow, too.”

“You think so?”

“I know so. He’ll wait for you.”

She smiled softly and nodded. “And what about you, International Playboy, you seem to be interested in anyone these days?”

She regarded his body language change and noticed his face getting pink. 

She widened her eyes and playfully hit his arm. “You do! Tell me!”

“Ah, I will when I’m ready. Not today.”

“Do I at least know her?”

“Yeah...”

“Is she pretty?”

“Pretty isn’t even the word to describe her.”

“Does she have your heart like IU does?”

He smiled softly. “She has my heart more than IU.”

“Wow, this is serious then. Nothing comes in between you and IU. I have to wait to know who she is? Why not just tell me? What’s the problem?”

“I just...think about your reaction when I end up telling you.”

“Why?”

“Because when I tell you, it’ll change our friendship forever.”

She looked at him earnestly. “Kook, I’ll be happy either way for you. Nothing is going to change. What can you possibly say to me that would change our friendship forever? You’re fine, don’t stress over it, too much.”

As much as he wanted to tell her right then and there, he didn’t think it was the right time and he thought about rejection. He feared it. There would be times when he felt like he wasn’t good enough to be her boyfriend or ruin a great friendship because of his growing feelings for her. He didn’t want to lose her. He cherished her so much.

He had negative thoughts about her reaction. And if she did reject him, it’ll just be awkward and it’ll take a while for them to act normal again. When he was ready, he wanted her to take time to think about it and not give him an answer right after he told her how he felt. He knew it wasn’t going to be like it was in the movies.

With Jennie, deep inside, she felt a bit...disappointed that he was becoming interested in someone. It also bothered her that she felt this way because she shouldn’t feel this way. She should be happy for him. 

Another part of her felt hopeful because she thought maybe this could help her get over that whole dream situation.

They were great friends and she appreciated that in the group. She felt as though she should not be dating anyone around here. She should stay professional and focus on BTS. Jen thought it would never work if she had dated anyone in the industry. And with these crazy “fans”, she didn’t want whoever she ended up with to deal with any drama. The way “fans” reacted to Kai & Krystal dating, Baekhyun & Taeyeon dating, Tao’s departure from EXO and various other breaking news on K-Pop sites that were claimed as ‘scandals’, it’ll only be ten times worse for her, she assumed.

She wouldn’t even call them fans because they were so ruthless with their reactions to idols dating. It made her angry because fans should be happy for their beloved idols. And when she does date, she vows to never apologize as some idols have done for dating someone.

What was there to apologize for? 

For being happy? 

Never would she bring herself to do that. Idols are human and deserve love.

Jungkook noticed her expression change into a frown while deep in thought. “Hey,” he grabbed her hand as her head swiftly turned to him, surprised.

“Huh?”

“You okay? You look angry.”

Her pondering about those negative fan reactions had gotten her worked up. “Sorry, deep in thought again.”

They sat in a comfortable silence, pondering about random things.

“I wonder when you’re ready for that stage with whoever you’re interested in if you have any idea how you want it to go...” Jen blurted out randomly, thinking out loud. She looked up and shook her head. “I was just rambling. You can just ignore me.”

After a pause, Jungkook spoke after looking up at the ceiling. “Yeah...I thought about it.”

“It’s not how it would be in the movies,” she recalled as they locked eyes.

“Yeah, nothing like the movies. Thinking about it, I just...want it to be special for the both of us. Away from the Hyungs that's for sure. A nice place alone...with a comfortable bed. I would want to plan it all out. Decorate the room nicely. I'd want it to be romantic if I could. Maintain eye contact when I’m with her. Take my time for sure, let her know how much she means to me with my actions, not just my words.” he said, thinking about it with a smile. "I hope that one day, I’ll grow more certain in myself and can show her how manly I am when we’re both ready. When we are, everyone can continue calling me a baby but she’ll know that I’m far from that when we’re together behind closed doors.”

Jen looked at him, astonished. For a second she thought he was speaking to her directly.

She lowkey wished that she could have something like that one day. She even tried to fight the little thought in her head that she wished it was her he was talking about.

They don’t seem to make guys like Jungkook anymore. He was always so sweet and respectful. She never wanted him to change. She adored everything about him.

“Do me a favor...” she spoke.

“Anything.”

“Don’t ever change. For anyone. If someone can’t accept you for who you are when you’re not portraying your stage persona, then that person doesn’t deserve you. You are great just the way you are. Your shyness included. We’re all a work in progress, sprinkled with unique traits. Your future girlfriend will appreciate you for who you are. I’ll admit, I’m lowkey jealous.” she spun around in her chair, going back to her computer.

Jungkook let out a soft chuckle, smiling as he watched her.

‘There’s no need to be jealous of yourself, Jennie...’

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 62- Protection Squad

Chapter Summary: Bam Bam gets bold on Instagram about Jennie. When an anti calls Jen a thot at the airport, the members, especially Jungkook, are quick to lose their cool. Jennie saves Jungkook from fangirls bombarding him at the airport

Words: 10,000+

Author's Note: I hope I'm not spammy with updates. This was done so I was like why not?

--------

September 1st came by quickly as today was Jungkook’s birthday. He was 19 in Korean age and the members were proud to see the Golden Maknae grow right before their eyes. The members had created a birthday V-Live for Jungkook once the clock turned 12 in honor of his birthday and presented him with a cake as he blew out the candles.

With Jennie, she, unfortunately, missed it due to traffic after a small accident occurred a few blocks down. While in the car with Seijin, she already had an Iron Man themed birthday box made specifically for him.

Starting a tradition, Jennie had decided that from now on she’ll post funny derp photos of the members on their birthdays and chose to start with Jungkook.

Posting a funny photo, she tweets, ‘Our Golden Maknae everyone! What a handsome photo ahahaha. Happy birthday, Kook! Can’t wait for those birthday punches #Jen’

She wasn’t expecting him to reply so quickly, assuming that he wouldn’t be on his phone while celebrating with the guys. She read his reply and started to laugh, ‘I am going to kill you one of these days, #JK’

With Jungkook, he had been on his phone the entire time, texting Jennie, hoping that she was safe after she told him what was going on and why she wasn’t there at the moment.

“You look like you’re waiting for someone.” Jimin teased.

“I’m not...” Jungkook lied, continuing to patiently wait for her reply.

“Don’t lie. I know you want to see Jennie. She’ll be here soon, don’t worry.”

“I-I know that!”

As time went by, the members were cooking their meat on the grill and Jimin was filming Jungkook to resume teasing him. “Jungkookie is still on his phone. Still waiting for Jennie to text back, hehehehehe!”

“Ahahahahaha.” he laughed sarcastically, eyes still on his phone.

“Yes, Tae?” they heard Jennie’s calm voice on Taehyung’s phone while they noticed him facetiming with her. 

Jungkook’s attention went away from his phone, hearing her voice, prompting a smile to come across his face.

“You sure smiled quickly,” Hobi called out with a chuckle.

“You’re missed! Where are you?” Taehyung whined on the phone.

“There was an accident and traffic backed up ‘cause people don’t know how to DRIVE!” Jen yelled on purpose out the window, making sure the drivers ahead heard her. 

The members heard Seijin laugh in the background, telling her to relax and that they were almost there.

“As long as you are safe, that is what matters. We’ll have food waiting for you.” Namjoon mentioned.

“No, we won’t. I might just eat her plate, this meat looks tastier than ever.” Jin interrupted.

“Ennie, I think Jungkookie wants to talk to you,” Jimin added with a sly smile. “He keeps staring at Tae Tae impatiently and-“

“Ahahahaha, that’s enough. Jimin.” Jungkook cut him off.

It wasn’t too long later when Jennie finally came back and ate with everyone. Afterward, Jungkook had gone into his room to see an Iron Man themed box on his bed. His interest peaked once he saw the designs of his favorite superhero. He sat on the bed and examined it.

Happy Birthday to the most golden NERRRRRRD I know! From your Golden, Captain America is better than Iron Man, Best Friend

A soft chuckle escaped him as he read the front of the card. Opening the card that was sitting on top of the box, he realized it was a written note.

Okay...I have written this note so many darn times. This might be even a little corny but I shouldn’t kill any more trees like I already have. First and foremost, happy birthday Kookie! You really grew up right before my eyes. Ugh, they grow up so fast...I am so proud of you and how much you’ve grown as a person. When we met, I already knew there was going to be something special between us. You are a big inspiration to many, especially to me. I have to thank you for guiding me because when I feel like I can’t do anything here, I look up to you because you remind me of myself.

Leaving our parents at a young age, it’s a scary thing. But we went on and did it, and here we are. You turned out quite well and if you can still keep going, then I know I can too. Your hard work for this group is always appreciated. And can we talk about your voice? How sweet it is and how many people melt because of your vocals? Actually, I kinda highkey want you to sing me to sleep tonight, please, lol. 

I’ll continue to cherish you like you cherish me. And I hope for many more blessed birthdays to come. I should stop using so many ands in these sentences, haha. One year older, but still the same bunny. I wish you nothing but happiness.

Before he had a chance to open the box, he heard a knock on his door and turned to see Jennie with a small cupcake in her hands. The cupcake had a candle lit on top as she made her way over and sat with him on the bed.

“Happy birthday.” she smiled and presented it to him.

Jungkook looked at the cupcake in awe before looking into her eyes. “The box...the cupcake...all of this is for me?”

“No, it’s for Rapmon.” she teased. “Of course, this is all for you, silly.”

The Golden Maknae felt himself tear up as he quickly wiped his tears with his sleeve which caused her to look in alarm. 

“A-are you okay? Was this too much?” she asked

“N-no, no, I love this,” he responded softly with a sniff. “This is really special. I’m overwhelmed with joy.”

“I’m glad.” she watched him stare at the cupcake. “This is where you make a wish, Kook.” 

“I’m thinking.”

He looked at the candle and then back up at her.

'I wish...for us to be together soon.' he thought with a smile.

Once he blew out the candle, Jen let out a cheer. “So, what did you wish for?”

“If I tell you, it won’t come true.”

“Touche. I didn’t have time to bake so I bought this for you. But I promise to bake for you once we have more free time.” she took out the candle from the cupcake.

“Can’t wait.”

“Sorry if the note wasn’t as great. I guess writing isn’t enough to tell my golden best friend how lucky I am to know him and that I appreciate him. All the members.”

“I loved it. Don’t apologize,” 

“Good.” 

She aimed to push the cupcake in his face but his reflexes were better than she expected as he grabbed her wrists. She started laughing nervously when he took the cupcake out of her hands and set it down on the nightstand.

“Okay, I didn’t think that one through!” she yelled as she tried to escape his strong grip.

“I had a hunch you were going to try to do that.” he tried to pin her down and tickle her. 

She managed to grab a pillow and cleanly strike him with it, but his grip wouldn’t let up. After a while of struggling, she succeeded in getting him to release her and ran out of the room, with him chasing after her.

After keeping a safe distance, she announced, “Now!” as Taehyung and Jimin attacked Jungkook by spraying cans of silly string at him, halting him. 

A chorus of laughter was heard from the three of them while Jungkook stood there, chuckling as he started taking off the strings. After laughing with them, Jungkook dropped his smile. 

“You have ten seconds.” he bluntly called out.

Hearing the threat, Jen scurried away while Tae and Jimin widened their eyes. Once the 95 Liners comprehended his words after watching Jen run, they dropped their cans and dashed away to avoid their fate.

-------

School had recently started again as Jennie and Jungkook were in the car, in their uniforms on the way to SOPA. She was lowkey happy the school year was here again because she was one step closer to graduating and her brain needed some education.

Once the van pulled up to the school, she let out a sigh as she noticed the K-Pop news sites and paparazzi taking photos of the idols that were headed to school.

“Really?” she frowned.

“Yeah, we have to go through this again,” Jungkook responded. “Don’t worry, stay close to me and we’ll try to get inside quickly.”

It was a bit tiring to hear loud cameras and flashes so early in the morning but there were bound to be various photographers to capture idols. Students ask for photos and autographs. Some even film and photograph without them knowing. It was like she had to watch her every step in school and she felt a bit smothered by it.

The week was mainly an introduction to the school year and giving students a heads up of what was to come and what they would be learning for the school year. JenKook managed to snag a few classes together. One was a dance class that focused on synchronization and partner dancing. The teacher implicated that sometimes you can pick who you want to dance with and then other times you will be paired up with the teacher’s choice.

Gym was also a class they had together, and the two couldn’t stop chuckling to themselves at how much chaos they were going to deal with since they were stubborn when it came to competition. Hayoon and CLC’s Yeeun were also a part of the class. The last class they had together was a Korean literature class, which had given Jen a little bit of a culture shock.

“Finish the book by Monday and there will be a 7 page assignment due next week on Thursday after we have a discussion.” the teacher informed.

‘Well damn, already?? We just got here! I can’t quite read Korean that well. I should talk to Namjoon about this.’ Jen thought.

One teacher was so evil that he gave the class a pop quiz on what they remembered where they left off in history which drove Jen up the wall. She still was trying to remember and learn more about the history of Korea. Jen wanted to smack herself when she went to her Algebra class because she had forgotten a lot about what happened in the previous algebra class she took. It freaked her out to see her peers get started on the work but she sat there, trying to get her memory back.

‘I changed my mind, I’m not excited to be back.’ she thought to herself as she mentally prepared for the math.

She had another dance class for more up to date dances. For the first few weeks, she would learn how to dance with various props. Her mood was boosted when she found out that they would learn how to dance with a cane first, making her think about J-Lo’s Get Right choreography. As always, there were vocal classes to help improve her singing as well as singing live. She was also gifted with working with some other peers for help on rapping. Getting aid in a class for rapping and then from Yoongi, she appreciated the double help despite it being a tiring process. As she received constructive criticism on her work and guidance on what to improve, she would let Yoongi know and would work on it whenever they had their studio rap lessons. 

If J-Hope could get help from Yoongi and Rapmon on rapping and be as good as he is now, then she can do it too. 

At least she still had her guitar class at the end of the day to boost her mood if she had a rough time in the other classes.

-----

Since BTS was traveling around for various fan meetings, Jen felt a little claustrophobic from all the bodies swarming around the group as they tried to make their way through the airport safely and together. 

She heard a male voice. She didn’t think it was directed at her, so she kept her head forward, with her sunglasses on her face.

“Oh, there she is! Finally, I caught up with you. Jennie! Can you sign this?”

She heard the English speaking voice again as she turned to see a male fan, with one of many BTS posters in his hands. She would have liked to sign, but the members needed to get to their destination quickly and had no time to waste.

“No, sorry.” She responded politely.

“Are you friggin kidding me? I waited here for hours and you can’t even give a loyal fan an autograph?” the guy snapped angrily, catching the attention of the screaming fans and members around them. “This is one of many reasons why I prefer light skins. You dark skins are so undesirable. Maybe you’d act nicer and look prettier if you were a few shades lighter. And these fans were right about you, you are an entitled thot.”

That made her stop walking.

The hell just happened? 

He switched on her real quick, and what she thought was hurtful the most was that the guy was black as well.

Just because she said no to an autograph, you want to call her that?

Meanwhile, the Golden Maknae, who understood a majority of what was said, had heard the insult loud and clear as he stopped walking as well. The guy who had said the insult had taken a step back, startled by Jungkook's lethal state.

“You wanna run that by me again?” Jungkook asked with a growl. 

Yoongi and Jimin were near Jungkook when they heard the guy call Jen the disgusting comment. They both gave him dirty looks. They were offended and irritated by the guy’s poor choice of words. Yoongi even started cursing in Korean about the guy, losing his cool.

ARMY, catching on with what was going on, was surprised at the facial expressions of the members, but was angry as well at the insults thrown at their female member.

Taking off her sunglasses, Jen looked at the guy in the eyes, feeling her body shake. “You’re a black man and you really going to put down a black woman like this? Try to put women against women due to your preference for skin color? Who raised you? Cause your mother is the same color as I, and I wonder how she would react if you told that to her face. We can be so much better than this. We should support our black queens, not bring them down, like this.” her voice was unsteady as her throat tightened. 

Before she could get a chance to speak more, Seijin and security had escorted her to the car. Once the members got in the car, Yoongi informed Namjoon and everyone else about what just happened. Jennie, on the other hand, kept bouncing her leg, with her eyes closed as tears went down her cheeks. Jimin grabbed her hand for comfort while Taehyung pulled her in for a hug, sitting next to her.

Once Jennie got settled in, in the hotel room she shared with Yoongi, she invited Namjoon into her room to talk.

“I just came from speaking to Jungkook,” he said. “How are you feeling?”

She was so fixated on the guy, that she hadn’t even noticed Jungkook coming to her aid as she deeply appreciated that, as well as the rest of the members.

“Better,” she responded.

“I’m not going to sit here and say that I understand how you feel because I don’t. I am not you. I am not your ethnicity. But what I can say is that I understand the frustration when spoken negatively about. I’ve dealt with it for years and I still will. I know it’s frustrating, but we must try our best to control our emotions in public. I thought you handled it quite well. I’m glad you didn’t curse at him. There are people just waiting for one of us to screw up. To act up and have all the media on us, giving us a bad name. I don’t want that to happen to you. I don’t want that to happen to Jungkook or anyone in this group.”

“Yes. I know.”

“Keep your head up. Continue to prove those that doubt you wrong.” he lifted up her chin and smiled. “Miss Bangtan is bulletproof, remember?”

“Hahah, yeah. Always.”

After the pep talk, she went to go see Jungkook in his hotel room. Taehyung had opened the door, and when she walked in, she saw Jin and Jimin eating together. They had asked if she was feeling better and expressed their frustration over the guy. After reassuring them that she was much better, she asked where Jungkook was.

Walking out of the room, and into the balcony, she found him. His broad back to her as the late summer breeze blew past them. The members had decided to give him some space and left him alone ever since they checked in.

“Heh...like Malcolm X said...the most disrespected person in America is the black woman. The most unprotected person in America is the black woman. The most neglected person in America is the black woman.” she quoted.

She watched him tense up more. He seemed angrier than her about what had happened. 

“It can be hard because no matter what we do, there’s always something or someone to bring us down.” she went on. “It’s a damn shame. We really do be going through the most. It's sad to say but I’m starting to get used to this.”

"Well, you shouldn't be!” Jungkook exclaimed, slamming his hands down on the railing. “It should never be like that! What he called you, you aren’t like that. You never will be. I hate how you’re being disrespected. There is nothing wrong with your color. There is nothing wrong with you at all. Maybe I should’ve punched him...” his grip tightened.

“Hey. No, you shouldn’t have.” she walked up and wrapped her arms around his waist from behind. 

Turning her head to the side, she rested her cheek on his back. Once he felt her arms around him, he calmed down and relaxed from her hug. 

“We are idols. Annoyingly, the smallest things can ruin an idol’s career. No matter how much we want to lash out, the media may do anything to twist it," she said. "After talking to Namjoon, we can’t let someone have that power over us. Punching him would’ve been a worse case scenario despite me feeling the same way, wanting to punch him and all. It’s hard but we have to pick and choose our battles and this battle is not worth the consequences, no matter what hurtful things he said to me.”

“Yeah. Hyung told me about that...”

Releasing him, she stood next to him, wrapping her arms around one of his arms, and leaning against his bicep. Jungkook’s eyes had softened when he looked down at her, listening to her talk as she looked on ahead at the view.

“As much crap as they give us dark skinned women, I won't be one to hate my natural self or change myself just because someone doesn’t like the way I look. Despite all this crap that happened today, thanks for having my back.” she looked up at him, meeting his gaze.

"Always..." he whispered.

Jungkook’s body started moving on its own as he slowly started leaning down as their faces inched closer.

“AHAHAHAHAH! HYUNG BUMPED INTO THE LAMP! AHAHAHA!” they heard Taehyung yell as a loud crash was heard.

“What the heck are they doing in there?” Jen pulled away, turning around. Headed back inside, she asked the guys, “What are y’all doin’!?”

Licking his lips, Jungkook exhaled sharply through his nose, gripping the railing. He pressed his lips together in annoyance because their moment was interrupted at the worst time possible. Letting out a deep sigh, he shook his head, looking up at the stars.

“Of course, it wouldn’t be that easy...” he murmured, thinking of ways to murder his hyungs.

But after thinking deeply, he didn’t want to kiss her while they were upset. He wanted to kiss her when they were both in a better mood than what they were feeling right now.

-----

Once Rapmon’s birthday came around, Jennie posted a goofy photo of him with the caption, ‘Happy birthday Nap Monster. We need to think of some remedies to make you stop snoring so loudly my friend. #Jen’

Yoongi had started a V-Live, talking to ARMY about preparing a cake for Rapmon, while Jimin and Jen sat on the floor, preparing the candles. With the cake in Jimin’s hands, Jennie lit a match to light the candles before blowing the match out. Getting up from the floor, they showed the cake on camera, next to Yoongi.

Once Rapmon had walked into the room with the other members, they started cheering as they sang happy birthday to him.

“What is this?” Rapmon happily asked with a bright smile on his face, showing off his dimples.

Yoongi had placed the camera to show off the rest of the members while they continued to sing, “Happy birthday dear Rapmon! Happy birthday to you!”

“I didn’t know about this at all,” Rapmon mentioned while Jin gestured for him to blow out the candles as they crowded around the cake.

“Yeah~!” the members cheered after he blew out the candles of the Doosan, a Korean baseball team bear mascot themed cake.

“It melted.” Jimin laughed, showing off one of the candles to the camera.

“Where’d you get the cake from?” Rapmon asked.

“I didn’t want anyone to buy a cake this time, so I decided to bake one for you,” Jen responded. “Jungkook and Tae helped decorate it.”

“Awe, really? This is great, thanks, everyone.”

“Come on, cut the cake!” she gestured excitedly.

“Cutting a bear...isn’t that a bit violent?” J-Hope giggled.

“It’s a cake. Cakes are meant to be cut,” Jen replied.

“Okay, stick it in his head.” Hobi placed a knife on top of the bear cake, prompting the members to laugh.

“Two years ago, I celebrated my birthday with fans because it was the first broadcast of N.O. But this year, since I’m not spending it with ARMYs, I feel really sad.” Rapmon spoke.

“It’s Rapmon’s birthday, what are all of you going to do for him?” J-hope asked.

“Birthday beating!” Jungkook yelled.

“You want to have a birthday beating?” J-hope laughed

“Just cut this first.” Suga pointed to the cake.

“Ahhhhhhhh~!” J-Hope made loud sound effects while Rapmon quickly cut the bear cake in half. “So cruel!”

“It looks like a cicada now that we’ve cut it. It looks like a ladybug.” Jimin pointed out.

“It reminds me of a milk dud,” Jen added.

“Thanks, guys. For this year’s birthday, let’s all be happier.” Rapmon mentioned.

“Jin, what are you going to do for Rapmon?” J-Hope asked.

“Fighting!” Jin punched the birthday boy on the chest

“What about V Hyung?” Jungkook asked

“I’ll buy him clothes,” V responded. “What about you Jennie-ah?”

“I have a Ryan themed box for you that I made.” she presented it to Rapmon with a sweet smile. 

“How come his looks bigger than mine?” Jungkook called out in jealousy, while the members laughed.

“Some of the Ryan themed items I bought were bigger than expected so I had to put it in a bigger box,” she responded while the members teased the Golden Maknae about his small birthday box.

“Ah...I was really looking forward to this.” Rapmon admitted with a soft laugh. “After seeing Jungkook’s and Suga’s, I was hoping you’d make one for me too.” 

After the V-Live video, Rapmon sat with Jennie to check out the box. Opening up the card first, was a written note.

You wanna know something? I hated those sunglasses you wore during our debut. I wanted to just see your face. I remember you talking about your insecurities and it always made me sad because what you described to me is nothing that I see. I could care less what these so-called fans say about you and your appearance. You’re not ugly. If anything, you are handsome. And I was so happy you finally took those sunglasses off so I could see you for who you are. 

Your passion for music is infectious and it’s rubbing off on me. Keep smiling, those dimples are adorable as usual. Oh, thanks for giving me all those photo creds on those KimDaily photos I have taken of you. I am a great photographer and everyone should know that, ahahaha. I developed a lot with your guidance. Those bike rides and walks around helped me appreciate the world around me like you said. Our deep conversations are always the best, too. 

I’ve become calmer thanks to you. Seriously, thank you for existing. You made my life so easy with your leadership here. Thank you for being a great leader and helping us members grow as a cohesive unit. I know how much you love Ryan so I brought you a bunch of things. Just...please...try not to break this Ryan box.

“I’ll be careful.” he chuckled.

“Let’s hope so,” she responded as she watched him open the box. 

Once they heard a loud tear, she regarded him halting his actions.

“Annnnnnd I broke it.” he chuckled nervously.

“You know what? I ain’t even mad.”

For the birthday dinner, the members sat around, eating. Deciding to film an Eat Jin special after he lost a rock, paper, scissors game to Jungkook, Jin had to eat all of the wasabi while some of the members started recording.

“Now, Eat Jin’s punishment is starting.” J-Hope happily announced.

“So glad that’s not me right now,” Jen responded, sitting next to Jin as she took a good look at the wasabi. 

It was a small portion but the smallest taste was deadly.

“Please start!” V said eagerly

“Dag, let the man prepare for his fate, first.” Miss Bangtan laughed. “You really like seeing him suffer huh?”

While Jimin, Taehyung and J-Hope MC for Jin preparing to eat the wasabi, Jin mentioned that they were MC-ing really well.

“Whoa, no way, are you really eating it?” Jimin asked while Jen cringed at Jin placing the wasabi on a big piece of meat. “It’s bigger than the meat.”

“It’s going, it’s going!” V anticipated once Jin picked up the meat with chopsticks.

“Oh!” They yelled once he placed it in his mouth.

“Oh my gosh, I know he suffering.” Jen pointed out.

“Oh man, holy shit!” Jungkook yelled out of nowhere.

Jin immediately started coughing and flopping his hands around due to the taste of the wasabi while the members started laughing. Once Jen had heard Jungkook speak, she busted out in laughter before coughing since she was eating. Jimin had to pat her back a couple of times as she finished coughing and continued laughing at what Jungkook had just said.

“What is he doing?” Rapmon called out, watching Jin fan himself with his mouth open.

Jin’s high laugh was heard while Jen pulled herself together and tried to help him calm down. 

“Spit it out and get hit by me twice!” Jungkook announced

“Have mercy on him, Kook!” Jen called out.

“He has to eat it, he has to,” Suga mentioned.

“A man has to eat it,” J-Hope added while Jin continued whining.

-----

After a fan meeting in Jakarta, the members were at the airport, planning to leave, and were swarmed with screaming fans. It was a scary sight to Jennie, watching all the cameras and various bodies surrounding her, yelling and screaming. All she wanted to do was get on the plane and relax. It didn’t help that she was constantly bumped around with security trying to keep the fans away.

An angry look was evident on her face as she tried to make her way through the crowd. Tonight was not the night for this. She didn’t feel like being surrounded by so many people, she just wanted peace and quiet. 

With Jungkook behind her, she turned around to notice fans grabbing him as security tried to stop them. 

“Don’t touch them!” she heard fans shout.

“UH! UH! No.” she quickly walked forward and grabbed a strong hold of him, pulling him away from the fans’ grasp, thanks to her strength. “Get in front of me.” she pushed the Golden Maknae forward and turned around.

“AYE YO!” her voice boomed loudly in the airport, gaining the attention of the fans. 

From the irritated look on her face, their excitement for BTS went down a bit. 

Every part of her wanted to cuss them out but she refrained and sternly replied, “Are you serious? Are you serious, right now? Why are you all up on him like that? Why? Would you want somebody to be grabbing and touching all up on you, all of a sudden? No. So don’t do it to him or anybody else. Respect our personal space. I know you’re excited to see us but you don’t need to be wildlin’ out like this. Just chill. Got damn.”

Getting grabbed by security, she was escorted out of the airport while the rest of the security managed to tame the crowd and keep them away from the members so they could get to their destination. 

Catching up with Jungkook, Jen grabbed onto him and made him walk faster. The Golden Maknae felt a pang of joy at how quickly she pulled him away from all those fans. He appreciated her getting him out of that situation. It frightened him a bit.

“Having their hands all over you like that, get the hell outta here with that. Who do they think you are? You’re a human being, not a doll.” he heard her grumble as she kept a strong grip on him.

He fought the urge to smile under his mask at how protective she was of him. If she was like this now, he pondered how she’d be when women get a little too close for comfort when they start dating. And vice versa.

When they start dating...

Always a thought on his mind.

Once ARMY posted tweets and videos on the incident, some criticized the way Jen spoke to the fans, thinking that she was mean in person, but the majority expressed their anger at the fans behaving towards Bangtan and appreciated Jen for protecting Jungkook, calling out the fans.

‘I know Jennie wanted to drag those girls like a bunch of rag dolls.’

‘JENKOOK is real!’

‘She a real one. We need a Jennie in our lives.’

‘I’m really happy that she calls out people on their BS.’

‘This all happened in a span of a week! First Jungkook protecting her, now Jennie protecting him? Please just date! This is too cute.’

‘People don’t know their boundaries...smh...”

‘Shout out to Jen protecting Kookie’

‘I love protective Jennie. 97 Liners for life’

‘Golden Best Friends protecting each other is a MOOD’

’97 Liners’ friendship is the best’

‘I’m so upset at these fans. Don’t mob him!’

‘Get the fuck off of him!’

‘How could they do that to Kookie!?’

‘I know Jennie wanted to lash out. Kudos to her for keeping her cool. She’s so protective of Jungkook’

‘Some Armys need to chill tf out;

‘Bless the fans that said don’t touch him’

‘Bless Jennie for grabbing him away from them’

‘Respect for Jennie! I would’ve cussed them out, but I like how she handled it maturely.’

‘They’re insane!’

‘So rude!’

‘Poor Jungkook’

‘If you’re a real army you should respect their privacy and personal space’

‘At least some of these girls in this world got some sense’

Once they made it onto the plane, Jungkook took off his mask and sat with Jennie. She grabbed his chin and turned his head to make him look at her. 

“Are you all right?” 

Still a little shocked at being grabbed, he nodded in response.

“You sure?” she asked

He nodded frequently.

“Speak, Kookie.”

“Yeah, I’m all right. Thank you for that.”

-------

When September 30th came, and Ailee’s album was released, Jen was quick to express her excitement on Twitter, fangirling over all the songs and music video.

Posting a screenshot of the album, she tweets, ‘SCREAMING! #Jen’

She then proceeded to post another series of tweets, expressing her fangirling.

‘YELLING #Jen’

‘IM HOLLERING #Jen’

‘STILL HOLLERING #Jen’

‘MY THROAT HURTS BUT STILL SCREAMING #Jen’

‘LOSING MY VOICE BUT STILL SCREAMING #Jen’

‘LOST MY VOICE. #Jen’

‘DEAD #Jen’

When GOT7’s If You Do comeback show came about on October 1st, she surprised them by visiting them backstage on M Countdown with a box of cupcakes she made.

“Hey, hey!” she walked into their dressing room, catching the members by surprise as big smiles appeared on their faces.

“Jennie!” they yelled, rushing up to hug her as she laughed over their yells of excitement.

“I can’t breathe!” she exclaimed and they released her.

“What are you doing here?” BamBam beamed.

“I wanted to congratulate you on a successful comeback. And I decided to bake a little something for you guys.”

“I am so happy right now.” JB happily took the box out of her hands. 

Eating cupcakes with them, Jen had brought up that she had been baking a lot lately and was starting to enjoy it as a new hobby.

“She baked for us, you do not understand how happy I am. I have heard so much about her baking from BTS and now here she is.” Youngjae said.

“Were my cupcakes good?” Jen asked.

“Of course they were! Was that even a question?” Yugyeom laughed.

“We missed you. We should plan to do something.” Mark suggested.

“We really need to. Maybe once we’re done promoting comebacks. We should all go out to eat or something instead of hanging around backstage all the time.” she responded.

“I tried to call you!” Jackson called out

“Boy, you call me early in the morning at like 2 am! I’m asleep!”

“Was it during a day off?”

“Yeah!”

“Go to bed later then so you can hang with me.”

“Wow,”

“I’m really happy that you came along to see us.” Junior smiled.

“Me too, I truly missed you guys.” 

“Guys, just know that Jennie likes me the most. Ain’t that right?” Jackson grinned.

“Who said that?” she raised a brow, causing everyone to burst out in laughter while Jackson held his heart.

After catching up, Jen took some photos with the members. Yugyeom put up a finger heart in the photo while Jen was in the background sticking her tongue out and winking with a peace sign. He posted the photo on his Instagram with the caption, ‘Thanks for everything hamster girl.’

BamBam had posted a happy photo of himself hugging her behind as they had derp expressions on their faces. ‘I missed her!’

Jackson had picked Jennie up over his shoulder, turning sideways so they could take a photo of themselves smiling goofily at the camera. ‘My great friend, Miss Bangtan is here. You were missed! Thanks for coming to support us. Next time answer my calls you munchkin!’

And with Mark, he posted a selfie of the two of them sitting down on the couch, putting a thumbs up. ‘I haven’t seen this special lady friend in a while. Surprising us today with a visit, made the day better.’

After they posted their photos, fans from both IGOT7 and ARMY commented on how people need a Jennie in their lives since she was so supportive of friends.

------

On an episode of 2 O’Clock Date with Park Kyung Lim Radio Show, BamBam mentioned her, which caused shippers to have a field day. When her name was mentioned during the show his eyes lit up and he tried not to smile when he heard, “You have a very close friendship with BTS’ Jennie. Which member is the closest to her?”

“BamBam,” JB called out.

“He always talks about her.” Jackson put him on blast.

“Really guys?” BamBam chuckled nervously.

“He always likes her Instagram posts.” Mark teased. “Isn’t she your ideal type since you always rave about her smile?”

BamBam planned to kill his friends after this because he could feel a blush beginning to appear on his face as they talked about her. 

“Y-yeah...she’s amazing,” BamBam responded. “Days before the comeback she facetimed me and encouraged me when I was feeling worried about the comeback.”

And then, when GOT7 received their first win on October 9th, BamBam mentioned her again backstage after the show when the members were filmed with their reactions over their first win. He thanked her for being there for GOT7 and encouraging them to never give up.

For Jimin’s birthday, Jen tweeted a goofy photo of him and said, ‘Happy birthday my beloved Jimin!! Stay sweet like you always do. Don’t take my smarties for posting this please #Jen’

In the practice room, the members recorded a V-Live just for Jimin’s birthday, discussing that they all weren’t wearing makeup and embraced their natural looks while pointing out growing beards and acne. 

The members sang happy birthday for Jimin, presenting him with a cake as a bright smile came across his face.

“It looks just like you, Jimin, exactly the same.” J-Hope pointed out at the cartoon looking cake that looked like Jimin from the dope era.

“Tell us how you feel,” Rapmon said

“Another year has passed. Thank you for your birthday wishes. Could you guys say something for me?” Jimin asked. “How do you feel on my birthday?”

“You got tons of birthday gifts, so I don't need to give you one,”

“Tell us your birthday wish. Do you want something from anyone?” J-Hope asked

“There’s one thing. I want to drop the honorifics with J-Hope.” he requested

“Yeah, go ahead.”

“Hoseok.”

“Yeah, it’s your birthday, so you can say it.”

“Hoseok.”

“You won’t get away with this.” he giggled with him.

“I want to drop honorifics with Yoongi, too,” Jimin added. “Cute Yoongi.”

“Time really has flown,” Yoongi replied.

The members teased him that he may be crying and that he was too overwhelmed with joy.

“Thank you so much,” Jimin said to the camera for ARMY and the members said goodbye. 

In the dorm, Jimin had noticed the Hulk-themed box from Jennie on his bed and opened up the note, holding back the tears as he felt loved and appreciated with the amount of attention he received from the birthday box.

Happy birthday Jimin! You are improving so much. Your growth here has truly shown. You are the most caring in Bangtan. Whenever I was sad or mad, you always were there to comfort me with your famous hugs. You are one of the most talented dancers I know and your vocals are on a whole ‘nother level. I get chills when I hear those high notes. No joke. Your high notes are totally higher than my grade in History class at the moment. I really need to get on that, lol. 

I can list a bunch of things that I love about you. Your eye smile, your tiny hands (Still baffled that my hands are bigger, ahaha), that habit of you flipping your hair, you just never fail to make me smile no matter how upset I may be. I hope you remain happy and continue being the cute koala bear that you are. And yes, JenMin is still going strong.

Jimin had gone straight to her room and jumped on top of her, on her bed as she let out a groan.

“Ow...Jimin...get off!” she complained, trying to play her game on her phone.

Ignoring her complaints, he wrapped his arms and legs around her, hugging her tightly as he repeatedly thanked her for the gift, making her smile.

----

When GOT7 was on Weekly Idol, BamBam brought up Jennie yet again because Doni had said, “What is it about a certain member’s fascination with Miss Bangtan? What’s the scoop on this?”

The members glanced at each other knowingly, with amused smirks as they turnedto BamBam once they heard her name.

“Your ideal type, right?” Coni asked.

“Yes, she’s very pretty when she smiles and I love watching her perform,” BamBam replied with a smile.

“What do you think of her dancing? I remember when BTS was here, she had a random dance of various boy group songs. GOT7’s A came on.”

“Oh yeah, I remember. She looked cute dancing to our song.”

“Yeah, I agree. I think she looked cute, too.” Jinyoung spoke up, which caused BamBam to turn and stare at him, narrowing his eyes.

The members started laughing as Jinyoung put his hands up in defense. 

“The death glare! Ahahahaha!” Jackson laughed.

Checking out her notifications, Jennie found out that BamBam wore a Captain America costume and geeked out, commenting about it on a fan page that tagged her.

‘OMG my superhero! Love!’

A fan comments, ‘Who do you think is cuter? Captain America or Captain BamBam?'

Jen replied, making the shippers happy, ‘Captain BamBam of course.’

---------

The next day, while in his Golden Closet, Jungkook was in his own little world, with his headphones in, listening to various songs that he had been getting into. A while ago he had tweeted about a hotline bling cover by Kehlani and Charlie Puth. He loved it so much that he wanted to create a cover for it. The instrumental was recreated but now he wanted someone to sing with him.

His mind had wandered to Jennie.

He really wanted to sing with her. Especially with a song like this but would she want to sing with him?

Putting the thoughts aside, he decided to take a screenshot of the Youtube video of the cover and post it on Twitter, tweeting, ‘Hey Jennie, sing with me. You up for this? #JK’

His tweet instantly got replies from ARMY all over the world.

'DUET!'

'DO IT'

‘OMG Jennie say yes!’

'YES JENKOOK'

‘Omg do it!’

‘SAY YES JENNIE!’

‘Golden Duo duet?! DO IT!’

‘We are in for a treat if she says yes’

Jungkook noticed a new tweet from their Twitter account and a smile came across his face once he read her reply, ‘Hell yeah, I’m down! I love me some Charlie and Kehlani #Jen’

Once ARMY saw the tweet they went haywire.

‘AGAHFHFHSGSHDGSHSH’

‘AHHHHHHH’

‘QUEEN AND KING!’

‘FUCK THIS IS GONNA BE GOOD’

‘IM DEAD FINALLY THEYRE COVERING A SKNG TKGETHER ‘

‘THABK YOU THABK YOU’

‘SHE SAID YES’

‘GOALS!’

‘When will your ship ever!?’

Before he knew it, Jennie had entered the Golden Closet and expressed her excitement since she is a big Kehlani fan. The two quickly went to work, sorting out who would sing what after warming up their voices. She began to admire Jungkook as she watched him sing. The way he looked so passionate, made her feel a little giddy inside.

“Late night when you need my love. I know when that hotline bling.” Jungkook sang but stopped, shaking his head. “Ah...I know I pronounced that wrong.”

His pronunciation of the words in English still needed some work and he felt discouraged. He wanted to get this right but even though they just started working on the song, he felt like he was slowing them down.

“It’s okay, just sing, I’ll help you with the pronunciation later.” he heard her respond softly, which made him feel a little better.

Jungkook remained dedicated, singing out the first verse as she listened to him and his sound.

“Reputation.” she kindly corrected him. 

He repeated the word wrong and she repeated it for him. 

“Reputation,” he said correctly.

“There you go. You got it.” 

“You sure this isn’t too much for you? Helping me with the English?”

“Trust me, as many times as I asked Namjoon how to pronounce some Korean words, I know firsthand how it feels to mispronounce words in another language. Don’t sweat it. What other word did you have trouble with pronouncing?”

As she continued to listen carefully to his singing, she helped him with any words he had problems with.

“...started wearing less and goin' out more. Glasses of champagne out on the dance floor.” He sang softly. He sighed and shook his head again, feeling his frustration build. He didn’t think he was singing the song like he wanted to. “Sorry, Jennie.”

“Relax, Kook.” she patted his arm. “Come on, let’s take a break and eat. I’m hungry.” she gestured for him to follow her into the kitchen. 

After fixing both plates of sandwiches, they sat and ate.

“I thought this would be easy but I can’t seem to sing like I want to.”

“Jungkook, it’s okay to take breaks. It’s okay to not get things right the first time. We will get this right. Let’s take our time, have fun and enjoy this cover. We got this.”

He smiled, feeling reassured. “Thanks, Jennie.”

After their break, they got back to work, singing the chorus together,

You used to call me on my cell phone. 

Late night when you need my love. 

Call me on my cell phone. 

Late night when you need my love. 

I know when that hotline bling

“Hm...sing that again, this time by yourself,” Jen called out. She listened to him sing and then sang with him again before nodding. “Yep, I know what’s wrong. All right, you’re doing great, continue that pitch, I’m going to sing lower this time.”

They sang the verse again and this time, their voices harmonized. Jungkook turned to her with a big smile appearing on his face. 

“Wow, that sounded great,” he responded, amazed.

“That’s the sound we’re looking for. Harmony on clutch.” she high fived him.

Although Jungkook hadn’t told her yet since they were so engrossed with their singing, he appreciated how patient she was with him. Finally getting things together, they sang the song in one take while recording with Jungkook pronouncing the English words with ease thanks to her help.

“Ever since I left the city, you~! You got exactly what you asked for.” she sang. “Running out of pages in your passport. Hanging with some girls I've never seen before.”

He joined in as they sang softly,

You used to call me on my cell phone

Late night when you need~ my love

Call me on my cell phone

Late night when you need my love

I know when that hotline bling

That can only mean one thing

I know when that hotline bling

That can only mean one thing

Call me on my~

They finished in harmony.

“Outstanding! Ahhhhh, we did it! You did amazing!” she lightly shook him and placed various kisses on his cheek as he laughed.

“You really think so?”

“Yeah! You are improving a lot. I am so proud of you! Where’d you get those English skills?”

He grinned sheepishly and shrugged. “I learned from the best.”

Jennie placed a hand over her heart. “Aw, thank you.”

“I meant Namjoon Hyung.” he teased

“Wow! Really? Goodbye!” she playfully shoved him and left his room as he laughed out loud.

---------

The next day, Jennie had chilled in the living room after another early rap session with Yoongi. In just a couple of hours, she planned to prepare to visit Hyuna at CUBE Entertainment.

“Jennie, did you notice something weird in all of our toothpaste this morning?” Jin asked, walking into the room.

On her phone, she suppressed her amusement because she had pranked the entire dorm by numbing their toothpaste with tooth and gum pain relief gel.

“Yeah! My entire mouth was numb! What happened?” she played along.

“I dunno but someone pranked us. Whoever it is, they got us good. I couldn’t even taste anything because my mouth was so numb. It was horrible! But the numbing is going away slowly but surely.”

“I hope we find out who it is soon. Someone better confess because I couldn’t even eat my smarties! And you know how I feel about my smarties!”

“Yes, dear, I know.” he chuckled.

Once she walked into her room, she stood there, stunned when she found photos of Jin all over her entire room. “What the hell is this!?”

“For numbing my mouth with whatever you put in the toothpaste!” Jin responded victoriously

“It wasn’t even me!”

“Sweetie, I know when you lie to me. Enjoy my photos.” he laughed.

“Aye! Clean this up! I’m not cleaning this!” she yelled, kicking some of the scattered photos from her feet.

At CUBE Entertainment, Hyuna had offered to teach Jen methods to enhance her sex appeal on stage, as well as her charisma. They decided to spend the day dancing around in one of the practice rooms.

Wearing a red cropped hoodie and skinny white pants with her hair down, Jen rested with Hyuna, discussing her Roll Deep comeback.

“Girl, who do you think you are with that comeback? You slayed my life! I loved it.”

Hyuna giggled and felt shy, covering her face. “Thank you. You know I’ve been thinking, when I have my next solo comeback, I want you a part of it. We can be sexy together.”

“I’d love to but sexy is not me, though.”

“Come on, you have a great, healthy body, great hips, and so much more.”

“Ah, I dunno...I don’t feel sexy though.” Jen shrugged, laying her back on the dance floor to look up at the ceiling. “I just don’t think I can pull it off. I try but I never felt sexy.”

“Seriously? With the way you look?” Hyuna playfully kicked her.

“I always faked it. I never in my life felt sexy.”

“I know plenty of men and women that think you are. Even if you don’t portray yourself as it. Relax and loosen up. You’re sexy, now show that you’re the girl that people like. Go Jennie!” she cheered while watching Miss Bangtan stand to her feet.

Migrating to the sound system, Hyuna connected Jen’s phone to the speaker and scrolled through her songs.

“All right, what are we doing, now?”

“I want you to dance sexy to partition.”

“What!?” Jen exclaimed, widening her eyes.

Hyuna turned on a V-Live and when ARMY started getting on, they were surprised to see her. She waved and spoke to the fans before pointing out that she was helping Jennie with her charisma and facial expressions when performing. She panned the camera to her. “Say hello Jennie!”

“Wait you’re on V-Live!?” she stumbled back and turned away.

“Mm hm~”

After getting herself together, Jen turned back around to meet her reflection in the mirror.

‘Get it together, girl. You got this.’ she encouraged herself.

Soon as the beat dropped, she began to move her body.

Boy, this all for you, just walk my way

She strutted forward, motioning her finger to come here.

High like treble, puffin' on them mids

The man ain't ever seen a booty like this

Facing her back to the camera, she moved her hips and shook her ass, as it bounced up and down, while Hyuna cheered in the background. She was so proud to see her looking more comfortable. It looked like Jen needed that extra push because as Hyuna watched her, she noticed that the stiffness went away and Miss Bangtan believed that she truly felt sexy. Hyuna knew she was hiding that sexy side deep down. It was a force to be reckoned with and she was doing quite well.

She looked at the comments rolling in,

‘Mmpf I think she’s about to be my ultimate bias. Sorry Jimin’

‘Jennie! Sthapppp that outfit, those hips’

‘Oh my gawd Jennie’

‘I can see why Bam Bam loves her so much! The way she moves her body when she dances is unreal’

‘Okay Jennie!’

‘I’m here for her dancing like this!’

‘She can dance bruh’

‘Damn girl’

‘Bro, this is fire!’

‘This is too much to take in, why did you do this!? Ahhhhh’

‘Jennie, jennie, jennie stop, I can’t take this!’

‘Wow....wow...WOW!’

‘I love this woman’

‘Got damnnnnnn’

The beat switched and her gaze turned into an enticing expression. Hyuna nodded in approval when she noticed that Jen didn’t break eye contact as she would nervously do a few practices ago.

Drop!

She snapped her fingers to the beat and started to move again.

Now my mascara runnin', red lipstick smudged

Strutting to the front, she began to dance hard as her hair bounced.

Take all of me

I just wanna be the girl you like (girl you like)

Caressing her body, she slowly moved her hips, swaying to the beat. 

She felt so comfortable that she was having so much fun dancing to this song. The way her body rolls were, caused Hyuna to stare at her in awe.

Meanwhile, ARMY proceeded to comment relentlessly on V-Live.

‘She killin’ it!’

‘I need to drink a gallon of water after this’

‘Looking like a snack today!’

‘She’s sexy as hell’

Get it girl! Okay!’

I want her so badly, she’s too fine’

‘When she started shaking dem hips, I died’

‘Yassssss’

Over there I swear I saw them cameras flash

Handprints and footprints on my glass

Handprints and good grips all on my ass

Turning around, she placed her hands on her ass before swinging her hair to the side, dancing harder.

Take all of me

I just wanna be the girl you like (girl you like)

The kinda girl you like is right here with me

Seductively running her thumb over her bottom lip, she turned her back to the camera and walked away.

“Ahhhh that was amazing!” Hyuna shouted, pausing the song. She stood up and walked over to her while Jen laughed and covered her face.

“ARMY, how’d I do?” Jen asked, checking out the frequent comments that were coming in, and started laughing at their reactions.

‘Who said Jennie couldn’t dance?!’

‘Currently pregnant by that dance’

‘QUEEN DID THAT!’

‘All right, it’s official. I want her.’

‘WHO IS THIS GIRLLLLLL!? IM DEAD’

‘Talk to me nice!’

‘I need some holy water, I should not be watching this goddess dance like this’

‘Watch all these guys slide in her DMs after this lmfaoooo’

‘I love you’

‘DECEASED’

‘Put Jennie on timeout! This was too much to handle!’

‘Yes hunny! Represent! Snatched tf outta my edges!’

‘SHOOKED’

On Instagram, Hyuna had filmed a small portion of her dancing on Jen’s Instagram, with the caption, ‘HACKED by Hyuna! Look at you go, I knew you were hiding your sexy side. You did an amazing job! Hard work is paying off. I’ll treat you to lunch the next time we hang out.’

BamBam, who had watched the entire V-Live was freaking out as he told Jackson, and once he saw the post, he had to comment. Meanwhile, Jackson had given him a pep talk about him starting to prepare to pursue the girl he was interested in.

BamBam posted a few comments on the video. First were a series of fire and heart eyed emojis and then he said, ‘DEAD!’

Once Jen got her phone back, she posted a throwback selfie that was saved in her photos, 'Part of the Smartie Archive. I miss summer and home...I’ll be back soon America.’

BamBam was quick to comment when saying, ‘DEAD again! So beautiful. Absolutely stunning.’

With fans noticing him in her comment section again, one fan had asked, ‘BamBam are you dating Jennie?? Are you hers?’

Boldly, he decided to reply, ‘I wish...only if she wants me to be.’

After a while, he deleted the comment but fans immediately began freaking out when he posted the sudden comment,

‘OMG BAMBAM’

‘HUH!?’

‘WAIT WHAT!?’

‘Ayoooooo wait a minute! What’s going on here!?’

‘Cuffing season starting early???’

‘AWWWWW’

‘GUYS! I WAS NOT PREPARED!’

‘Lol he didn’t say kill me this time like he did with Taeyeon in the comment section’

‘NOOOO he’s supposed to be mine!’

‘GOT7 better get him!’

‘I’m mad. Everyone gotta ruin my JenKook ship these days’

‘Nooooo Jennie is supposed to be with Jimin! Where are my JenMin shippers at?’

‘Noooooooo’

‘Chill!!’

‘My heart, I’m sad now, but if she makes him happy’

‘Stop, don’t do it! Leave her be, please!’

‘Jennie, BamBam really likes you! Date him!’

‘I hate this ship! I don’t want it to be real!’

‘Date him Jennie!’

‘Ahahah you really like her’

‘Shoot your shot my boi!!’

‘I’m lowkey pissed. I want her to be with Jungkook or Taehyung. I don’t want no other idols pursuing her.’

‘We ALL knew this was coming. This is no surprise’

‘What is it about Jennie and Tinashe that idols love so much? I need one of them to tell me their secret and help a sista out cause I gots to know!’

‘Personality is key. She’s a kind spirit. BamBam has excellent taste. Black girls are winning’

‘I don’t ship it but it’s kinda cute. Not as cute as JenKook tho! Any JenKook shippers?’

‘AHHHH’

‘He wants Miss Bangtan, I told you! He ain’t slick!’

‘BamBam is about to risk it all for Miss Bangtan and I am here for it!!’

‘BamBam about to score a W.’

‘But what about the dating ban??’

‘Finally an idol speaks up publicly about liking Jennie. I bet there are other idols that lowkey feel the same.’

‘The dating ban tho!? I’m sad!’

‘Now I have another ship. BamJen!’

‘I screamed!’

‘She belongs with the golden maknae!!!’

‘BTS are going to have a field day if they find out about BamBam gunning for Jennie’

‘I love when my fav is wanted by other guys. Especially idols, considering her position as a foreigner in South Korea’

‘Who said my boi can’t shoot his shot on Miss Bangtan?’

‘I ship it’

‘Go get her Bam Bam!’

-------

The next day, in the dance studio at Big Hit, Jennie worked on a dance to perform at SOPA while Taehyung, Hobi, Jin, and Jimin tagged along. She decided to participate in an extra credit assignment which was to teach one of the freshmen classes choreography on her own with a song of her choice. She had a few weeks to prepare and prepared something short and sweet. The dance was down packed and just needed some touch-ups.

Throughout her practice, the boys would dance goofily in the background, trying to distract her. After taking a break from the assignment, she asked, “Anyone want to freestyle with me?”

“Hey, actually, for a while now I’ve been curious about some dances that you do in America. Could you show me one since you’re taking a break?” Jin asked, standing up after stretching.

“Yeah! Sure! Hold on, I have just the song.” she went on her phone and scrolled through her music.

Putting on the edited version of Lean Back by Terror Squad, Fat Joe and Remy Ma, she walked back to Jin. “You know how to do the lean back?”

“Uh...no?”

“Hahaha, I’ll show you. Come on. First, let’s loosen up.” she started moving to the beat and he followed her, hesitant at first but soon got into it.

“Go Hyung!” Taehyung giggled, filming in the background. 

Jin decided to do his traffic dance to the song, which caused Jen to giggle and she encouraged him to keep dancing.

“It’s simple. Cross your arms like this and lean back side to side but do it with a rock.” she demonstrated. “Add your flavor to it. It’s coming up, follow me.”

Said, my don't dance

We just pull up our pants and do the Roc-away

Now, lean back, lean back, lean back, lean back

Jin and Jennie start leaning back while Jen looks on impressed. 

“Look at you, Jin! I see you! Let them know!” she cheered.

I said, my don't dance

We just pull up our pants and do the Roc-away

Now lean back, lean back, lean back, lean back

Jin proudly celebrated the fact that he danced correctly.

“Ennie! What about that dance called the milly rock?” Jimin asked.

“Yeah, I heard of that dance,” Hobi spoke.

“I don’t know how to do it.”

“Wait you guys don’t know how to do the milly rock? Let me show you!” Jen beamed. “The key is all about putting your own flavor into the dance. Make it your own style.” she demonstrated slowly as they followed her.

“How do you do the dance, Ennie?” Taehyung asked

“With me, I tend to go hard and be extra with it cause I get hype to this song.”

“Hard and extra, huh? Show me. I challenge you to a Milly Rock dance-off.” Hobi declared.

She turned to him with a serious expression. “...you sure?”

“Whoa, her eyes.” he held his heart and giggled. “But yes, let’s dance together.”

“All right, you asked for it,”

Once the song began she pushed her cap down to block her face as she got ready. When it came to songs like this, she turned into a whole different person.

Milly Rock

Haa

Let's get it!

As soon as that beat drops, she went hard.

I Milly Rock on any block

I Milly Rock on any block

The guys were mesmerized by both Hobi and Jen going in.

Once the verse came on, she rapped in front of him, continuing to dance. 

I Milly Rock on any block

In my Polo T and my Polo socks

On top of cars my face hot

I Milly Rock on that Gates block

They got me on their explore page

I've been Milly Rocking for four days

She put up four fingers before milly rocking again with more attitude and speed while Hobi looked on impressed and milly rocked with her.

Let’s get it!

She started milly rocking in slow motion as Hobi followed her, mirroring her movements.

“Jen milly rocks on any block! Hope milly rocks on any block! Jen Milly rocks on any block! Hope milly rocks on any block!” the guys said over the chorus, making the dancers laugh and high five each other.

“Remind me not to challenge you in that particular dance.” Hobi teased. “You did well, munchkin.”

“I want a dance battle with you!” Taehyung got in front of her.

“I got the music!” Jin went to pick a random song.

“You sure, Tae?” Jen warned.

“Yeah, let’s do this.” He responded.

The opening beats of Hello, Good Morning by Dirty Money filled the dance room.

“Okay...but fair warning...you don’t want this work,” she mentioned, walking up to him as they faced off competitively. 

Taehyung had his hands on his hips, struggling not to smile.

Hello...

Good morning...

She watched as Taehyung danced first while his charisma came into place. Tae’s dance skills were no joke and were extremely underrated. He could move. After he was done, he booped her nose, making her chuckle

Once it was her turn, she danced while rapping to the song

'Cause I been leanin on the bar

lookin cleaner than a star

All these broads won't give me my props

Twenty-five on the bag

I be stuntin on they ass and they mad cause the bitch won't stop

She adjusted her shirt and began dancing around him in a circle as he giggled. 

"You know, you know, you know we on that!" she booped his nose to get back at him.

Back at the dorm, Jennie was in her room, gathering her things to wash her hair.

“Jennie, I need to ask you something.” Namjoon suddenly walked in.

“Yo! Oh my God, knock first! What if I was undressed?” she scolded.

“Sorry! Sorry!” he apologized. “I wasn’t thinking.”

“It’s cool, what you need?”

“I was wondering if I could use your shower. Everything else is occupied.”

“I was going to wash my hair but you know what? It’s fine. Go use it. I’ll use the sink.”

“The sink...?”

“Yeah,” she responded like it was the most obvious thing in the world. 

She grabbed her things and headed to the kitchen. Namjoon’s curiosity got the better of him and he followed her, watching her take out the few dishes from the sink and place her items on the counter.

Turning around, she noticed his confused behavior and called him out, “Why are you looking at me like that?”

“You’re about to wash your hair in a sink. Why?”

“I do this back at home.”

“Really?”

“Yep.” she smiled.

“That’s...normal for you?”

“All the time. You look like you’re dealing with culture shock right now.” she teased.

“I’m intrigued. Could I watch?”

“How about I wash your hair in the sink first.”

“You serious?”

“Yeah, grab your stuff.”

Once he grabbed his shampoo and conditioner, she made him lean his head down in the sink. Running warm water on his head, she started washing his hair.

“My mom would do this to me and my sisters when we were kids,” she mentioned. “I’m so used to washing my hair in the sink, that I would sometimes prefer to do that instead of washing my hair in the shower. It just makes things go by quicker too,"

“Wow, and this is common in your culture?”

“Majority of the time, yes.”

“Fascinating.”

After she gave him a nice scalp scrub and conditioned his hair while combing it out, she rinsed his hair and dried it with a towel.

“You good, Namjoon?” she laughed at his amazed expression

“That...was exhilarating. C-can we do this again? I like this method.”

“Yes, now go shower.” she playfully pushed him away and prepared to wash her hair in the sink.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 63- RUN

Chapter Summary: BTS Film Run. Jungkook's secret is almost revealed. Jennie and Jungkook help the members when they get drunk at the dorm.

Words: 8,000+

Author's Note: Just some angst regarding Run filming because of Jen's dark storyline! So just giving a warning! Other than that, should be a fluff fest! Jungkook fluff!!

-----

To celebrate Halloween, the members had a Halloween Party for ARMY on a live stream on V-Live. Suga was dressed up as Naruto, J-Hope as Darth Vader, Jimin as Mickey Mouse, Jungkook as Konan, Jin as a Pumpkin, V as a vampire and Rap Monster as Gudetama. Jennie had chosen to be Janelle Monae during her Electric Lady era.

Jennie loved the Electric Lady era. Janelle Monae is someone that she adores a lot thanks to her uplifting lyrics and confidence for being a black woman. The empowerment and embracing of that natural black beauty. She was everything to her.

Electric Lady is also one of her favorite songs as she wore a replica of her outfit thanks to a stylist back in America. Her jacket was customized with JW carved on it and Electric Lady on the back.

After performing Dope, the members introduced themselves and welcomed ARMY to the Halloween Party with BTS. Out of all the members, she thought Jin looked the cutest with his pumpkin costume.

When it was her turn to introduce herself, she was so pleased to see such a positive reception and to see that ARMY all over the world came to the event.

The day before the party, she had gotten sick and caught a sore throat, so she was advised not to speak much during the broadcast. ARMY was very understanding and gave her well wishes. Her voice sounded deeper with her sore throat and her vocal cords were aching lightly, so she remained silent, watching the members and lip synced her verses for their songs. But throughout the broadcast, the members would tease her about her sudden deep voice, making good fun out of the situation.

She honestly felt like hell during this broadcast but she still wanted to do it with the group. She had been drinking hot tea with lemon and honey, in a cute Halloween mug throughout the broadcast to soothe her throat.

The broadcast had activities such as random dance for their songs and express your body. Later on in the broadcast, the members sat down to check out questions to BTS from around the world from ARMY. The majority of the fans that asked questions were foreigners.

”What ghost are you afraid of the most?” J-Hope read. “Please imitate it.”

“I’m afraid of J-Hope now at this moment,” Rapmon answered.

“My father is the most scary existence in the world,” Suga added. “More than a ghost.”

“Who has the biggest hand?” J-Hope read the next question. “Let’s do a tournament!”

As the members compared hands, V continued to beat everyone on having the largest hand, going through each member. Once it was up to Jimin, he got out of his seat and tried to avoid getting his hand compared to his while ARMY laughed at him.

“Jimin has tiny hands~!” Jungkook teased.

“At least my hands are bigger than Jennie’s!” Jimin explained.

“At least my pinky finger is bigger than yours.” she cleared her throat and sipped her tea as the members laughed loudly at him.

“I should hide all her smarties so she won’t have any smarties to eat for Halloween.”

After walking back to the members, Jimin took off his Mickey Mouse glove and compared his hand against V’s as they started laughing at how tiny it was compared to his.

“V is the biggest,” J-Hope announced.

“Let me see your hand against mine.” Jen placed her hand against V’s. The difference was just as great as him and Jimin. “Wow, this is absurd.”

The next question was, “What was the hardest moves? Show them.”

“Oh God, them hip thrusts in dope. I cannot. It took me forever. I was the last one to perfect it.” Jen answered. She stood up and performed it over loud screams from ARMY. “A girl be struggling with that. I feel like I look awkward.”

-----

For the Jacket Shooting of HYYH PT.2, Jennie wore a white leather jacket with various pins on them and black jeans, including the same white butterfly necklace. She had taken photos with Rap Monster with spray cans, acting rebellious and fierce.

Once Jin began taking photos on a high wall, Jennie started to hype him up, making him laugh.

“Yes, Jin! Work! Show that profile! Handsome worldwide! Beautiful! Stunning! Absolutely stunning!”

“Jennie is my biggest fan.” He happily said.

When they were filmed on the street, Jin, J-Hope, Jungkook and Jen were shot riding bikes with bright smiles on their faces.

“And...action!”

While filming for the Prologue of their next comeback, the director decided to have the members film various scenes to show more of their stories in the HYYH era and since there can only be so many scenes in a music video, they can just add the extra scenes in the upcoming DVD of memories for 2015.

For the scene, the setting turned to Jennie yelping as she got shoved to the floor by her ex-boyfriend, wearing the same white dress from I Need U.

She had just announced that she was leaving for good but it didn’t sit well with him. 

Jen and the actor had practiced this scene various times to get it right because they had him having his hands around her neck, aiming to choke her. Darker than she expected but they managed to get the scene right after a few corrections.

“Please...” she gasped out as her eyes teared up, grabbing his hands as she desperately tried to make him let go of her neck.

“I’m sorry, I can’t let you leave me.” she heard him as her vision began to fade.

This was it, she was about to become deceased as she felt herself getting weaker. 

She should’ve listened to Jin. 

She should have never gone this route. A never-ending cycle where those around her get hurt.

She suddenly remembered the knife that she had and found it on the ground near her. Risking it, she used one of her arms to reach out for the knife.

Just centimeters...

Centimeters close to the knife...

Almost there...

She was fading fast, would she be able to get it?

Feeling the knife, she quickly grabbed it and struck him with it, stunning him. Scared, she quickly pushed him off of her, scrambling away with eyeliner running from her eyes thanks to the tears.

She gasped deeply, trying to catch her breath as she touched her neck.

His body remained motionless as she found herself in a state of shock, noticing that blood was all over her and her white dress. 

Wearing white, she didn’t feel pure. She had taken someone’s life. 

With trembling hands, she grabbed her phone, sobbing at what she had done and wondering if she should call a friend or the police.

Later, on the set, the members prepared to film for the Prologue of HYYH. With Jen’s character for this era, she was the closest to Jin, linked with him. Jennie felt like her character for this era was an absolute hot mess who could not seem to get out of trouble no matter how much she wanted to help others and stubbornly didn’t want help from anyone. 

The first location was in the woods, in an abandoned pool. Jennie wore a long-sleeved brown hoodie and the same white butterfly necklace. She had an acoustic guitar on her back and stood with Jin as he recorded the boys having fun around V who was lying on the mattress.

Jungkook had turned around to point them out. “Oh, it’s Jin hyung and Jennie.” he grinned while Jennie waved at them and met up with them, embracing each other.

‘You can smile as long as we’re together’

The group would run around and play with each other as Jin filmed and joined in activities like arm wrestling with Jungkook. One moment included everyone sitting around Jennie as she strummed along on her guitar and they sang out random songs, bonding. Following, she caught Jin filming her while she adjusted her bun. Turning around, she grinned and waved, gesturing for him to come over to her. As soon as he grew close, she snatched his camera and ran as he chased after her.

As filming went on, the members were sitting while V had stepped on top of a building a few feet higher than everyone. Jennie climbed up to meet him there, patting his back and looking up at the sky with him.

At night, the members stood around a bonfire, watching what Jin had filmed on a projector. Jen had sat next to Jin who offered her and J-Hope pretzels. Jungkook decided to lay on Yoongi’s lap while he was playing with a lighter.

“We...shall we go here?” Jin asked, showing the photo to everyone. 

Everyone agreed while Jungkook blew out Yoongi’s fire.

As time went on, Jen rolled her eyes when she felt her phone vibrate yet again. She checked the time and sighed. 

“He’s going to be mad that I’m not home yet. I’ll be right back.” she excused herself and a distance away from the bonfire to answer the call.

“What....? Why now? You’re acting a bit paranoid.” she paced around, getting annoyed. “I do love you but-listen-I...you have been blowing up my phone all day, relax! It’s not even like that...really it’s not...of course, I love you. I don’t get why you need to know every single little detail on where I’m at, I said I was fine. Listen, we don’t need to hang around each other 24/7-you are unbelievable, you know what?”

“Fine...okay.” she finally said, defeated, after a long period of listening to what her significant other had to say. 

Hanging up, she wiped her tears and blew out her cheeks. Sniffing, she put her phone away and placed her hands on her hips. After pulling herself together, she turned around, bewildered when she discovered Jin watching her with worried eyes.

No words were said as her stomach dropped, realizing that he had been listening for a while. 

“...H-how long have you been standing there?” she spoke nervously.

He frowned. “Is everything all right?”

“Yeah, yeah. Just a disagreement.”

“Jennie.” he grabbed her by the wrist and he noticed that she had winced in pain. “Are you okay?”

“Y-yeah, I’m fine.” she pulled away, rubbing her wrist.

“You look in pain.”

“It’s nothing. I have to go. I’ll see you guys, tomorrow, okay?” she fake smiled and left while he looked back at her with concern.

The next morning, Jin drove to the beach, with everyone in his truck, enjoying the beach and nice weather. They all would run and jump around while Jin continued to film. When the guys were far away, Jennie took off her shoes and walked near the ocean, getting her feet wet, and watching the view with a smile. Jin had met up with her, placing his video camera down and walked with her, taking some photos together. Jumping on his back, he had given her a piggyback ride.

That was until the rest of the guys ran over and succeeded in shoving them into the water.

“You’re all dead!” she shouted, running after them with Jin.

After chasing them around, Jennie tripped and Jin grabbed her by the arm, causing her to hiss in pain.

“What’s wrong? Did I hurt you?” he exclaimed.

“N-no, no. I’m good.”

“Don’t you want to take that off? It’s really hot and you’re wearing a long-sleeved hoodie, I don’t want you to pass out.” he lifted up her sleeve but saw a bruise. “What happened?”

“I just fell, okay?” she averted her eyes and pulled the sleeve down.

“What did he do?”

“Nothing.”

“He did this to you.”

“I just fell.”

He looked at her seriously. “I really think that you should leave him.”

“It was just a grab, it was my fault anyway. We’re fine, he’s a good guy-“

“That is not your fault. I can’t stand here and let him do that to you.”

“Jin. Okay. I’ll leave him, all right? Please just don’t get involved, okay?”

“I’m sorry but I have to.”

“Please, don’t. And please don’t tell the others.”

“Why won’t you let us help you? You help us. All the time.”

“Because I don’t really need it. I got it all handled, okay? I can do this alone. He said he’ll never do it again. It was an accident. But I’ll leave, okay? Let’s just drop it.”

“I can’t drop it when you’re hurting.”

“When I’m with you guys, I’m happy and can smile as wide as I can. Being with you all, makes me forget the negativity. I’ll be all right, okay? I’ll leave him soon.” she reassured him.

Once arriving at the gas station, Rapmon put gas in the car while Jen sat in the passenger seat. Rapmon grabbed Jin’s camera and took a photo of them with Suga joining in from the backseat. Once Rapmon got back inside the truck in the back, they checked out the photo. Meanwhile, Jimin was asleep in the truck while J-Hope placed snacks in the back. Looking out the window, Jennie turned and looked sad, having a lot on her mind.

The next day, they all sat by the pier, watching the sunrise. Taking a look around, V turned his attention to the large platform and started climbing it.

“What is he doing...?” Jen murmured and stood up, going to follow him. Once she made it up, she looked down at the sea.

It was a long way down. Something that she felt like she wasn’t ready for as she turned her attention to V’s back.

“Hey, think about this,” she called out, anxiously.

All she had gotten in return was a fond smile from him after he looked down at the guys. Once he had jumped off the platform, she had reached out her hand, yelling “Wait!” as he dived into the sea, jumping into the unknown.

When it was time to film for the Run MV, Jen sat on the train tracks with Jungkook, watching Rapmon film. Jungkook had been playing with one of the dogs on the set to pass the time. 

She turned to see that big smile on his face as he tried to avoid getting licked and giggled when he ended up falling on his back with the dog showering him with love. Suddenly, their dog Tony, and the other dog he was playing with, ran up to her and Tony energetically jumped on her, giving her love as she laughed.

“It’s biting my hand.” Jungkook gestured to one of the dogs biting his hand. “Chew it up!"

“Guys, Tony has gotten bigger, huh?” Jen asked on camera,

“He still loves me the most by the way.”

“Who said that?” she asked as he stuck his tongue out at her.

After watching the dogs run away to play around, Jen stood up and prepared for their shoot, which was running...a lot.

“I’m just glad I have my comfortable Nikes on. And I’m still patiently waiting for Nike to hit a chick up for an endorsement.” she crossed her fingers.

Running was a common theme for this music video as the members ran through a tunnel, on a bridge, on the streets, and in the fields. After running throughout the day, Jennie and Jin were called out the get filmed in a dark alley. Although a majority of what everyone was shooting might not be in the music video, they can still be filmed for the future memories of 2015 DVD. 

In the music video, Jennie is shown having a rough time. Since it was night, she was filmed walking to a dark alleyway with Jin following her closely, making sure that she was safe. Surrounding herself with a group of sketchy people, joining the activities they were doing, she leaned up against the wall, with her eyes getting red. In a daze with smoke coming out of her mouth, she wanted to numb the pain that was going on with her and the drama happening back at her boyfriend’s place.

“Act more out of it.” The director called out as she followed his commands. “Cut!”

“I'm not really supposed to be out here this late doing stuff like this. I have to act like I’m hallucinating. Hopefully, I’ll do a good job. It may take a few tries.” she mentioned on camera.

“Just do what I do, ahhhhhh!” Jin yelled out jokingly, causing her to playfully punch him.

When filmed again, Jennie had mentally prepared for the crucial part of filming. Holding her head, she frequently started looking around and flinching.

“What did you give me!?” she panicked, turning to the group.

“What do you mean? Just relax.” she heard them reply.

She let out a scream and kneeled, holding her head tighter. “Make it stop, make it stop!” she screamed, beginning to cry while Jin quickly rushed in to help her, as the group ran off.

“Jennie! Jennie!” he grabbed a hold of her as she tried to push him away.

“Get away from me!”

“It’s me! It’s me! Look! It’s not real! It’s not real!” he hugged her to try to calm her down as she continued to shake and freak out. Jin quickly looked at what she had smoked and realized that it was spiked. “I got you. Everything is going to be okay.” he lifted her up bridal style and quickly left the area with her, to get her help.

“Cut!”

“Was that okay?” she asked after getting set down by Jin.

“Very good job, both of you.” The director praised.

“Ayeeee!” she high fived Jin and jumped up to bump her chest with him.

“I was a little nervous for that scene. But she can cry on the spot. It’s really impressive.” Jin praised.

Later that night, the members gathered around in the alley. 

“I think I ran for half a day and slept for the other half,” Jin said on camera.

“My feet are comfortable as heck because of these Nikes,” Jen added

“For goodness sake, someone get her that endorsement, so she can shut up.” Yoongi walked past them, making them laugh out loud.

For the scene, they were filmed acting like punks in a dark alley, acting drunk and goofy while Jin filmed them.

“Yo, why you gotta pull the lollipop out your mouth like that?” she chuckled and mimicked V’s actions. 

For the individual shots, Jen was filmed stomping around aggressively and kicking random things around.

The next morning, the members are back around Jamsu Bridge to continue getting filmed running. The day consisted of the members eating burgers and playing around.

“Dasi run, run, run,” Jen whined as she continued to get filmed running for the 100th time.

Jen and Jin were together for another scene, as requested by the director, although they weren’t sure yet if they wanted to put it in the music video. 

The scene had Jen look like she wanted to jump off the bridge. Her hands were on the railing as she looked down at the water. All Jin had to do was yell and grab her back so she could be on the ground again.

“Action!”

“Don’t!” Jin yelled, rushing over to her as he gripped her tightly. Hastily lifting her body over the railing, he placed her down as they both fell to their knees. Roughly grabbing a hold of her shoulders, he shook her repeatedly, catching her off guard. “Are you crazy!? Are you crazy!?”

The way he shook her so violently, made her tear up and start to cry, adding to the acting. “I-I’m sorry!” she wrapped her arms around him as he hugged her tightly.

“Cut!”

Wiping her tears, Jen let out a laugh as she heard Jin repeatedly apologize for shaking her so hard. 

“It’s fine, it’s fine!”

They were then requested one more scene to film as SeokJen were told to improvise that Jen was angry at him for trying to help her with the problems with her boyfriend and wanted her to yell “I hate you.”

“Action!”

Jennie angrily walked up to Jin and shoved him. “Why would you do that!?”

Jin looked shocked and his facial expression caused her to burst out in laughter while he began giggling, holding his heart. 

“Gosh, so aggressive,” he said.

“His reaction was priceless!”

Getting back in character, they tried it again as she shoved him and yelled, “Why would you do that!?”

Jin couldn’t even respond because he cracked a smile and started to laugh with her again. This was going to take a while.

“Get all your giggles out.” The director told them, amused.

“HA-HA-HA!” Jen exaggerated.

“HA-HA-HA?” Jin copied her.

“HA-HA!”

“HA-HA?”

“HA-HA!”

“HA-HA!” he nodded in approval and high fived her.

Finally getting it all out of their system, they went back to being serious, finally getting the scene right.

Storming up to Jin, she shoved him angrily, yelling, “Why would you do that!?”

“Do what!?”

“Why did you go and confront him!?”

“He needed to be talked to-“

“You’re ruining everything!” she shouted.

“I’m trying to get you out of this!” he shouted back.

“Oh my God!” she placed her hands over her head. “How many times do I have to tell you that I can take care of myself!? I got this! I’m fine!”

He shook his head sadly. “You really are going to choose him over us...?”

The way he said that so dejected made her heart ache as she hesitated for a moment, swallowing the lump in her throat. 

This wasn’t acting anymore to them. 

It took Jennie a while to speak again but the director kept filming, enjoying the scene.

Jennie exhaled to try to keep her composure, shakily responding as her throat tightened, “I love him.”

“We love you.”

Unable to fight the tears from her eyes, the tears began to fall as her chest felt heavy. She was not supposed to cry for this scene, she was supposed to look angry. Jen couldn't even say the "I hate you" line yet.

“Jin-“

“No, we love you. Our love for you is healthy. He doesn’t love you. What you’re dealing with isn’t love. Your family misses you and is worried sick about you. You ran away from home for him. Left a scholarship and great grades for him. Your life was all planned out, you had everything you dreamed of...and you threw it away for him.”

“Look-“

“We all miss you as well, you are never around us anymore. Whatever he did or said to you that is making you scared, it ends today. You want to help others but then you don’t want to accept help from us. Don’t be like that, please. When are you going to realize that you are not alone here? And you have people that love and care about you and will always be there for you? When are you going to let others guide you and help you through this?”

“Jin...”

“If I could just...take that pain away from you, I’d do it in a heartbeat. You deserve so much more. I know you’re hurting. I know you’re scared. I’m scared because if you don’t leave him, something bad might happen. He is trying to isolate you from us. I know and I refuse to let that happen. I can’t let him do this to you. Just let us help you, we can get you away from him, you’ll be safe with us-

“Enough!” she shouted at him. “I hate you!” she shoved him back as he looked back hurt.

‘Damn that facial expression...’ she thought as she looked at his heartbroken appearance. “I-I can’t hang with you guys, anymore. I’m leaving, okay?”

“No! Don’t do this.” he grabbed her. “Please-“

“Stop! I’m done! Don’t look for me. Okay? Tell the guys I said goodbye.” she quickly ran off. 

“Jennie!” he ran after her but then lost her as he sat down and looked regretful.

“Cut!”

As soon as the director said that, Jin and Jennie quickly embraced. The scene seemed to have impressed the director because he decided to keep the entire scene. He even had the camera crew continue filming them hugging the way that they were as Jin wiped her tears and kissed her forehead.

The next shooting location was the tunnel. The members were blocking the way of drivers with their car and everyone was screaming and yelling at them.

“Two, three!”

“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!”

They scream at the cars, running around chaotically.

“VIOLENCE!” Jen got on top of a car and stomped on it while Jimin threw water and other items on another car. 

After her individual shot was finished, she quickly got off and bowed. “Sorry about that.” she made sure the car didn’t have a dint or anything in it.

And yet again, the members ran back into the car while Jin drove off.

“Out of all the music videos we’ve done, this is the most exhausting,” Jen said on camera.

After filming the loud party scene, hanging around with red cups as Jin filmed, the members sat around while Jin made a pyramid with cards. As soon as he finished, V smashed the cards away, making a sad expression appear on Jin’s face.

“Yo, seriously?” Jen frowned, scolding V for his actions. 

A scene was filmed of her giving Jin another pack of cards to boost his mood and they ended up creating a bigger pyramid and taking photos together with it. The next scene was a pillow fight scene. And of course, Jennie was the first target because she felt a huge impact and feathers flying around her head and she turned around to see Yoongi was the culprit. Grabbing her pillow, they ended up hitting each other and their hair got disheveled and filled with feathers.

“It is going to take forever to get this out of my black hair. The things we do for music videos.” she chuckled softly, trying to pull pieces of feathers out of her hair.

With just a couple of scenes left, they filmed a part in the bathroom, pulling Jimin in to suffer by tossing him in the tub, and getting him soaked. The director called out Suga to go in next as the members pushed him in. After he got soaked, he sighed and looked at his wet clothes. 

“I told you not to put me in. Gosh. These are my jeans.” he complained, getting called Yunki by the members.

“So...is Ennie next?” Rapmon called out.

“Who, what, where, what? Who? Who is Ennie? Ennie ain’t here! Back away!” she tried to avoid her fate but got picked up and dropped into the tub by Taehyung, Rapmon and J-hope. “Nice...”

“Jimin is already in the tub. Now Yunki and Ennie got soaked, too.” J-Hope shot a thumbs up to the camera. “Great!”

“Is V coming in too?” Jimin called out. “Hurry! Grab him!”

“Way ahead of ya!” Jennie grabbed ahold of him with the members before he had the chance to escape and pushed him in while laughing.

Their last shot was a lipsync shot with a black background. The members were sleepy but eager to go home after this as they were filmed looking sad. The majority of everyone had gone home after filming but Jennie decided to stay with V because he had one more scene. Laying his back on the platform, he began to complain.

“Gosh, this is awful. There’s the last scene where I have to go in the water. I thought everyone would wait for me but thankfully at least Ennie is here for support.” he said on camera. “I’m really happy that she’s here. She’s the best.”

Jennie decided to stay because she wanted to support him and see him in action. He was so disappointed when the rest of the members had left but as soon as she told him that she would stay and wait for him, his mood heightened and she never saw him smile so wide. 

She watched as he had fallen back into the water without hesitation as the staff was impressed with his acting. Jennie had found Jimin and Jungkook also waiting for V as they stood with each other.

“I know he must be shivering,” Jimin spoke.

“Definitely. I feel for him,” she responded.

“His shoulders got wider.”

“He’s buffed up.” Jungkook noticed.

“He is so amazing. Look at him.” Jen admired his acting. It looked effortless to him.

As V proceeded to act in the water, the water scenes intrigued Jennie and she asked if she could film with him for fun.

“I was watching New Moon a while ago and I remember that scene when Bella had jumped and seen Edward. Can we recreate that scene for shiz and giggles? I know V wants to go home but...please?” she had asked.

“Let’s do it! Get in!” V beamed. He enjoyed these small moments with his best friend. 

Standing on the platform, she stretched. “I bet this water is cold as heck.”

She jumped in and saw V waving at her. Making sure they breathed in some air, they dive back into the water. Sinking, V had slowly turned to look at her as she slowly started sinking, looking back.

“Jennie, turn diagonally.” The director said as she turned around gracefully.

When they both came back up, she wrapped her arms around his neck, shivering with him as he held her waist. 

“When it’s cold outside~, I’ve got the month of May!” she fake cried. "Why couldn't the water be warm!?"

Once they got out, they were wrapped in blankets and heat packets. 

“I have no regrets. That was fun. Thanks to everyone, you’ve worked hard.” she grinned at the camera.

--------

In Jen’s studio, Jennie and Jungkook were sitting with each other, finishing up their final homework question. Once they were done, Jen did some finishing touches on an upcoming cover while Jungkook took her phone to hack her Instagram. 

Taking a goofy selfie, he posts with the caption, ‘Hello ARMY! #JK #Hacked’

It was normal for the members to take her phone and post ‘hacked’ photos of themselves. ARMY was waiting for Jungkook to finally do it again since it had been a while. Normally it would be Taehyung and Jimin to hack her Instagram the most. 

Jungkook scrolled through her timeline and saw that Bam Bam had posted her as his Woman Crush Wednesday. 

‘Here we go...’ he grumbled to himself.

“Whatcha looking at? Hacking again?” she called out after finishing singing.

“Bam Bam posted you as his Woman Crush Wednesday,” he responded apathetically.

“Haha, cute.”

“Do you...like him?” 

“Define like.”

“Would you date him?” he boldly asked. 

The curiosity got the better of him. He had to know.

“Well, anything can happen. If he says and does the right things that can sweep me off my feet, I’d totally fall for him. As of right now, I have no feelings. We are just great friends.”

“Good.”

“Good?” she laughed as he realized he said that out loud, looking surprised. “Oh, okay, hahah. You don’t want me to date him?”

“I just...think there is someone else out there for you.”

“Mm hm. Okay. I trust your judgment.”

Back at the dorm, while Jen stayed in her studio, Jungkook went on a rant to Jimin and Taehyung about Bam Bam. 

“Did you know that Bam Bam has been posting Jennie as his Woman Crush Wednesday? How annoying is that? She’s supposed to be mine.”

“She’s yours?” Yoongi walked into the kitchen, grabbing a drink from the fridge. “Pshhh, you haven’t even gone to first base yet.”

Jungkook’s face heated up at the sudden shade. “Hyung!”

“Hey!” Jimin yelled. “We’re working on it! Things take time! And no, we didn’t know. Ennie is the only one with an Instagram, we haven’t been hacking her page in a while.”

“Don’t panic. Things should be fine because he still has his dating ban.” Taehyung added.

“Well, that’s not stopping him from making moves on her,” Jungkook grumbled.

“Jealous?” Yoongi asked, raising a brow.

“Yeah, I am! I admit it! I’m jealous!” he snapped, causing Jimin and Taehyung to snicker at his reaction.

“Calm down, kid...”

“Wait a minute...how do you know he likes her?” Jimin called out

“Come on...” the rapper shook his head. “The kid makes it painfully obvious. It’s ridiculous.”

Back to Jennie, her phone rang and she answered Angelina’s facetime call. “Hi!”

“Jennie! My flight is already booked for Seoul, I’m finally coming to see ya!”

“FI-NAL-LY!”

“You really didn’t have to pay for the ticket, I could’ve paid though!”

“Well, get used to it because I’ll be treating you to a lot of stuff once you arrive in Seoul. Can’t wait for you to hang with me. You’ll get to see everything about my comeback as well.”

“Niiiice."

“So...are you excited to see me or are you excited to see Namjoon?”

“Namjoon!”

“Ahh!” Jen caught her.

“I meant you!” she laughed

“Uh-uh. Okay.”

“Is he excited to see me?”

“Of course he is.”

“I bet he’s cuter in person.”

“Jesus take the wheel...”

-----------

When Jennie arrived back at the dorm after a few hours, she was aware that the guys would be celebrating their success in filming the comeback with drinks but apparently, they celebrated too hard because as soon as she walked into the dorm, everyone except for Jungkook was drunk.

“Yo...what the hell?” she called out.

“Jennieeeeee! You’re baaaaaack!” Jimin stumbled up to her, wrapping his arms around her for a tight hug.

“You stink.” she gently pushed him away, not liking the smell of alcohol. “How much did you drink? I wasn’t even gone that long!”

“We were just celebrating~!” he slurred.

“Too much, I see.” she turned to Jungkook who was walking out of his room. “Jungkook! Do you see this mess?” she gestured to the drunken members

Jungkook looked shooked and it seemed like it was the first time he had come out of his room since he arrived back at the dorm, surprised to see his hyungs like this. Some were giggling, lying around, and more hyper than usual.

“Wait, what happened?” the Golden Maknae looked around.

“What do you mean what happened!? You didn’t know they were in this state?”

“I was gaming!” he exclaimed

“Wow! Wow! Help me tame this chaos.” 

She went straight to Jimin, helping him sit on the couch. It was short lived because Jimin couldn’t sit straight and laid his body across the couch, a giggling mess with Taehyung.

“My head is spinning.” Taehyung giggled.

Jen chuckled. “It’s like I’m taking care of grown babies, today. Jeez.”

“Well, at least none of them threw up,” Jungkook responded.

“Don’t jinx it,” she added, walking to the bathroom, only to find Yoongi taking a nap in the tub.

Laughing softly, she quickly snapped a photo. “This is ridiculous! Jungkook, can you come here for a sec?”

Seconds later, Jungkook walked in and laughed at the sight, which caused Yoongi to wake up and drunkenly wave with a gummy smile.

"I'm surprised he didn't get mad at us for disturbing his nap," Jungkook said.

"Must be a special occasion. All right, to bed, you go.” she got aid from Jungkook to lift him out of the tub.

“I got him,”

Suddenly, Yoongi dropped to his knees, causing the 97 Liners to look with alarm, and then watched him crawl to the toilet and hurl.

“Jesus...” Jen cringed while kneeling to rub his back.

“Handle the others. I’ll take care of him.” Jungkook said. Once Jennie had left, Jungkook cleaned Yoongi up and began to giggle when he heard him drunk rapping. “Hyung, are you rapping while drunk? What are we going to do with you?”

With Jennie, she went straight to Hobi and Taehyung who were together at a table, with their heads down and empty bottles.

“All right, time to go to bed.” she placed a hand on Tae’s back, causing him to look up.

“I chalgeenlwd hyung to ga drinkivng conteast.” He slurred.

“You challenged Hobi to a drinking contest?” she translated his gibberish. “You’re a lightweight! You both are lightweights! You can’t handle the hard stuff, why did you agree to a drinking contest when you’re a lightweight?” she scolded with a laugh.

When he responded, she couldn’t understand his gibberish anymore. 

“What? I have no idea what you just said.”

After walking him to the bathroom, she grabbed his toothbrush and prepared to brush his teeth.

“Am I cute to you?” Taehyung suddenly asked.

“Yes, you’re adorable. Now let’s brush your teeth.” she held him steady and thoroughly brushed his teeth for him. After a while, she caught him staring at her. “What?” she removed the toothbrush from his mouth.

“You really do scrunch your nose cutely like he said, hehe,” he spoke with his mouth filled with the toothpaste foam.

She managed to comprehend what he said and asked, “Who said that?” while helping him rinse out his mouth.

“Your boyfrieeeeeend.”

She looked at him in confusion. “I don’t have a boyfriend.”

“Not yeeeeet!”

“So, what you’re my fortune teller, now?” she teased and walked him to his bed.

“Kinda! You just don’t know that you’re his yet~! Hehehe but you will soon.”

“Oh really?” she played along, deciding to entertain his goofy banter that she assumed. “Go to sleep, Tae Tae, you’re drunk.”

“I’m serious~!” he whined.

“Good night, Tae Tae.” she kissed his forehead and placed a blanket over him. “Keep drinking that water.”

When she headed back to the living room, she went to Jimin while Jungkook had already taken care of Hobi and Namjoon and was now helping Jin. She was happy that he was sober and helped her because she knew she wouldn’t be able to do this all by herself. The Golden Maknae worked pretty fast to get the guys to bed and she was grateful.

“You know what I love?” Jimin slurred, clinging onto her as she helped him off the couch.

“What’s that?” she asked.

“Seeing Jungkookie so happy.”

“The feeling is mutual.”

“Yeah, he is always so happy when he is with you.”

“I’m glad that he is.”

“Don’t you think I’m adorable?”

She giggled. “Yeah, I do.”

“Don’t you think Jungkookie is handsome?”

“Hahaha, yeah, just like the rest of Bangtan.”

“Does he make you happy?”

“Yes, he does.”

“Did you know that you make him happy?”

“Oh really?” she smiled softly. “Glad to hear that.”

“I know someone that likes youuuuu~!”

“Haha, you are acting so random tonight. Well, I like to be liked.”

“Noooo it’s more than like. It’s love.”

“Love? Well, I like to be loved, too.”

“Not like this~ hehehehehe.”

“Okay, let’s get you into bed.”

“Do you want me to tell you who loves you?”

“Let me guess, you? I love you too, Chim. Now let’s get into bed.”

“Heheheh, you don’t get it. This love is really strong. Like, relationship type strong.”

“JenMin is still a thing, Jimin. You’re good.”

“No, it’s not meeeeeeee~!”

“Okay, then who?”

“He always talks about youuuuuu!”

“Whoever he is, I hope it’s positive.”

“Very! He really wants youuuuu.”

“Really, now?”

“Uh huh! He has been your secret admirer for a while now. He thinks you’re very pretty and always dreams about dating you. He alwaaaaaaaaaaays talks about wanting to kiss you and treat you so special. I hope you two dateeeeee. I’m trying to help himmmm.”

“Well, this is interesting news that someone wants me. You sure he’s legit?”

“Trust me Ennieeeeee, your secret admirer wants you more than you think. He is very legit. Like, GOLDEN Legit.”

Jungkook stared at Jimin in alarm and quickly made his way over.

“Whose mans is this that you’re talking about?” Jen asked.

“OKAY! Time for bed, hyung! I got him, Jennie.”

“Jennieeeeeeee!” she heard Taehyung call out for her, taking her attention off what Jimin had blurted out.

When she went to his room, she helped Taehyung with whatever he needed which was more water and then a bedtime story. After that, she checked on Namjoon because he was feeling nauseous and spoke about his regrets for partying too hard from a psychological perspective that made her think deeply about life. 

Exhausted from checking on all the members, she went into her room, but her night was far from over because the sight she saw in her room, caused her to scream, “What the actual-what the fuck!? Who threw up on my Nikes!? Are you kidding me!?” 

Somebody was about to get their ass kicked tonight. 

She rushed over to her ruined shoes. “No-no-no-no-no-no-no please, not the purple and white ones. My orange ones too? And the red ones!?”

Jungkook quickly rushed in, surprised by her screaming. “What happened!?”

“They threw up on my Nikes!” she shouted as he flinched at her yelling. 

As soon as he saw her beginning to tear up from anger and sadness, he frowned. Sure, they were just shoes but to her, they meant much more, as he watched her pace around and angrily vent her frustrations.

“Oh my God, man! WHY!? This is so friggin unfair!” she stormed out of the room.

Jungkook began to panic. All his hyungs were drunk and now an angry Jennie was on the loose.

“Aish...why me? Why hyungs, why?” he murmured

Jennie had periodically wiped angry tears from her eyes after cleaning up the entire dorm with Jungkook. It was late and she should’ve gone to sleep but she stayed up to check on the members despite her frustration.

“I need some Jhene Aiko to calm my ass down...” she grumbled and grabbed her phone, connecting it to a tiny portable speaker that was sitting in the living room.

“A-actually, can I pick a song?” Jungkook called out.

“Sure. Be my guest.”

“I’m sorry about your Nikes.” He smiled sadly as he went over to the speaker.

“It’s fine...”

“I know you’re still upset but I think I know a way to make you feel better.”

“What?”

“Let’s dance,”

“Dance? Seriously?”

“Yeah, why not?”

“I’m not really in the dancing mood, Kook. I just witnessed part of my Nike collection ruined by vomit. Dancing is the last thing on my mind.” she turned her back to him, straightening things up on the couch.

“This song will change your mind. It’ll make you feel better. Trust me.”

When he put on IU and HIGH4’s Not Spring, Love or Cherry Blossoms, Jennie turned around.

gireossdeon gyeounae julgod

pumi jom namneun bamsaeg koteu

“Oh...you’re foul,” she called out.

He grinned mischievously, “You know this is your favorite song by her. Something to cheer you up.”

“Oh my gosh...”

“I see a smile trying to appear on your face~.” he teased as she looked away.

Once she heard him sing, her attention was back on him as she watched him walking slowly to her, “Son jabgo georeul saram. Hana eobsneun naege. Dalkomhan bombarami neomuhae.”

He extended out his hand. “Milady?”

Breaking out into a smile, she took his hand and he spun her around. Pulling her to him, they slowly danced around to the song as she started to loosen up.

“Bom sarang beojkkoch malgo.” she sang.

“Bom sarang beojkkoch malgo.” he sang back

As they continued to dance, he ended up dipping her, making her giggle. After releasing each other, they resumed dancing and singing together around the dorm, grabbing random items to use as microphones. 

Once he hugged her from behind, she laughed and wrapped her arms around his, as her heart felt weird again. It felt full of something that she couldn’t understand. Despite the weird feeling, she felt happy in his arms.

“Feeling better?” he asked as the song ended.

“Much better. Thank you, for this.” she felt herself getting released.

“I guess we should start heading to bed.”

“I’ll sleep in a few. Let me finish the last of these dishes and I want to make sure the guys are safe while they sleep. I don't want them to throw up and choke or something. I’ll sleep soon.”

Later that night, Jungkook was still awake in his room, listening to music and playing games on his phone since he wasn’t sleepy yet.

Got me up all night, all I’m singin’ is love songs

She got me up all night, constant drinkin’ and love songs

She got me up all night, down-and-out with these love songs

J-Cole’s Power Trip played on shuffle on his music player as his mind wandered to Jennie.

“Would you believe me if I said I’m in love?” he sang softly to himself. “Baby, I want you to want me. Would you believe me if I said I’m in love? Baby, I want you.”

Well, this has got to be the longest crush ever

If I ever get to fuck it’d be the longest bust ever

Jungkook let out a chuckle at the lyrics. Ironic how it came on while he thought about her. 

It really was the longest crush ever.

Getting out of bed, he wandered around the dorm to check on the members, making sure they were fine before he went to sleep. But once he went to Jen’s room, he noticed that she wasn’t in there.

‘Don’t tell me...’ he thought and made his way to the living room, to find her asleep on the couch. 

The angle looked uncomfortable and he picked her up, bridal style.

“What time is it?” she asked tiredly.

“Time to get you in bed. I thought you were going to sleep after you checked on them?”

“I did. I still wanted to stay up to continue watching over them. Are the guys safe?”

“I checked on them, they’re fine. Go to sleep, baby girl.” he gently laid her down on her bed and put covers on her.

Half asleep, she dozed off, mumbling a “Thank you for helping me tonight.”

In the morning, remembering the Nike situation, she was still pissed at the guys. Despite being upset, she still loved them and decided to make breakfast and prepare water and aspirin for them. Once everyone was awake and ate with her, she ignored them and left to go hang with GFriend after finishing her plate.

“All right, what is wrong with her?” Yoongi asked

“Well, you guys threw up around the dorm and she and I had to clean it up,” Jungkook answered.

“Damn...”

“That’s not the worst part.”

“How can it be worse than that?”

“Someone threw up on some of her Nike sneakers.”

The members froze and glanced at each other anxiously as various reactions of curses were heard.

“Shit.”

“Fuck.”

“Crap.”

“Damn.”

“Oh, God...”

“Oh dear...”

“Jin did it!” Jimin shouted.

“I did no such thing!” Jin yelled, widening his eyes at the accusation.

“Ah, not so loud, my head!” Namjoon rubbed his temples.

“Then who did it!?” Taehyung yelled.

“HEY!” Jungkook shouted, making them flinch at the loud noise. “I don’t care who threw up on the sneakers. Each one of you should buy her a new pair and clean her shoes,”

“That seems fair,” Hobi spoke up.

“And you.” Jungkook turned to Jimin, frowning. “You almost ruined everything.”

“Me? What? How?” Jimin exclaimed

“You almost blabbed out my feelings for her!”

“Wha? Oh no, what did I say? I’m sorry!” he grinned sheepishly.

“You said quite enough...and you just had to say, Golden. You’re going to give her ideas if you keep that up.”

“I’m sorry! I’m sorry! Look Tae and I have a plan. Christmas will be coming up in a few months. Why not try a mistletoe kiss?”

“Why not let it go naturally, instead?” Namjoon spoke up. “Don’t force it.”

“Why don’t you just tell her your feelings, right now?” Yoongi asked.

“Don’t do that. Jennie is in a foul mood. Not a wise idea.” the leader advised.

“I actually think the mistletoe kiss is a cute idea.” Hobi smiled

“Wait a minute, how do you all know that Jungkookie loves our Ennie? Did you tell them?” Jimin asked Yoongi after watching them talk.

“Like I said, the kid makes it painfully obvious.” Yoongi shrugged.

“If there is a mistletoe kiss, just make sure it’s only for a few seconds. They’re still too young in my eyes.” Jin added

“No way! I want my ship to sail!” Jimin exclaimed.

“Keep it rated G in this dorm!” he demanded, causing Jimin to roll his eyes and pout.

Watching the members discuss JenKook, Jungkook cleared his throat to get their attention, “Do you all...approve?” he nervously asked.

Hobi chuckled softly. “The both of you already act like a couple anyway,"

“Might as well add the kissing and future dates.” Yoongi agreed.

“I’m just...a little sad. You two are growing up a little too fast for me. But it’s undeniable to see your love for her.” Jin smiled. “You two seem happier when together. It is adorable.”

“Let’s all just make sure that Jungkook is the one to tell her. That means no more almost blabbing out the big secret, Jimin.” Namjoon added.

“I said I was sorry!” Jimin exclaimed, burying his face in his hands.

"It's okay, Jimin," Jungkook reassured him.

“When are you going to tell her?” Yoongi turned to Jungkook.

“Honestly, wait until after these events are over. We have a lot of work with the comeback and the end of the year shows. After these busy days, tell her. We’ll make sure not to interrupt you two when you’re alone with her.” Namjoon suggested.

The members went Nike sneaker shopping for Jennie and split up into groups. Jungkook went with Namjoon, browsing around for the shoes.

“Out of all the girls, I’m happy you want her. Nothing will change when you two date.” Namjoon spoke, catching Jungkook’s attention.

“You’re not mad?”

“About what?”

“Falling for her? You don’t think it’s a distraction?”

“If anything, I see the both of you as each other’s motivation. I never saw it as a distraction. Bang PD wouldn’t think so either.”

“He knows too?”

“The whole company knows, Jungkook.” Namjoon chuckled.

“Aish...Jimin and Taehyung with their big mouths.”

“Oh, it wasn’t them. It was you.”

“But I never said anything to anyone.”

“Your actions gave it away.” he placed a hand on his shoulder. “If there was any man I’d want our Miss Bangtan to be with, it would be you. I see your maturity grow when it comes to her. When you are around her, you act more like yourself than you act with other girls. She keeps you grounded. I also love how patient she is with you. All of us, really. It’s not easy living with seven men but she manages to keep us all in check. She takes care of us. Can’t take that for granted.”

Jungkook smiled and nodded at his words. “Do you think she’ll love me back?”

“I want you to see it for yourself. Pay attention to how she acts around you. Both of you will be lucky to have each other. Jennie is a dime. When you have her, don’t let her go.”

“Trust me, I’ll never let her go.”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 64- Sweet 18

Chapter Summary: BTS attend the Melon Music Awards. Jennie turns 18. An uninvited guest visits Jennie as all hell breaks loose

Words: 10,000+

Author's Note: Fluff! And protective Yoongi and Jungkook! There is some angst in this near the end regarding diet and weight. Kindly let me know if I need to be more specific for angst warnings to make sure no one is uncomfortable! :)

----- “Oh dear, the guys are at it again, huh?” Hayoon asked, taking a seat next to Jennie with the rest of the GFriend members. 

They all decided to have breakfast together and catch up on what was going on in their lives. Jen had just informed them about the chaos that happened and she still was feeling some type of way.

“Yes! Oh my God! They threw up on my Nikes! Nikes! Of all things. I wouldn’t have cared if it was something else but my Nikes!? I was irate.” Jen exclaimed.

“And I’m sure some of those pairs are limited edition and can’t be replaced huh?” Sowon asked “Loving my fashion and all, I understand how you feel.”

“A few were limited edition. And now they’re ruined. And one pair, my mom went through hell and back to get it for me because of the high demand! The one pair was the Nike Dunk Low Pro SB Paris and they’re impossible to find now and they threw up on them! I was one out of the 200 people to get them jawns! My mom told me that I wouldn’t be getting anything else for a couple of years after she bought those expensive shoes for me. Like y’all do not understand. I love my Nike sneakers. Those were some of the rarest sneakers out there! Now it’s ruined...”

“Listening to all that makes me upset. I wouldn’t want any of my items to get ruined like that. And something so rare, too? They better do something for you.” Sowon shook her head.

“They are just like I remembered. I wonder what they’re up to right now.” SinB pondered.

“Probably recovering from their headaches. I didn’t think they’d get that drunk. Sometimes you can’t leave those boys alone by themselves.” Jen said. “I love them. But I want to kill them.”

“Let’s just stay positive. Don’t worry. I know it’s upsetting but watch you get even better pairs than that.” Yuji responded. “Remember, always move forward.”

Jen sighed and nodded. “Yeah...I guess.”

“Jennie, we heard about Bangtan’s contract with Puma! We’re so happy for you.” Eunha beamed.

“Thanks...”

“Uh oh, you don’t seem so happy about Puma.” Yerin chimed in.

“It’s because she still wants to endorse for Nike.” Umji giggled.

Jen thought back to the day she found out about Puma.

-------

Jennie had walked into Bang PD’s office, meeting the members as they all sat around. She heard about a contract for a big brand and assumed that maybe, just maybe it would finally be the opportunity she had been praying about for years. Endorsing for Nike.

The members shot worried glances at her, tensed and anxious to see her reaction to what Bang PD had to say. 

Noticing, Jen called them out, “Okay don’t stare at me and not expect me to ask what is wrong.”

“Nothing, nothing.” Hobi shrugged.

“You sure? You good?” she looked around.

“Yeah, we’re great,” Jin added.

“Uh huh. Okay,” she responded, not convinced.

“Jennie, I’m glad you can join us. I called you all in here because we have a contract for you to sign, to endorse a big brand.” Bang PD mentioned.

“Oh my God...is it-is it Nike?” she covered her mouth as she felt her eyes begin to water.

“Uh...not quite.” he responded with an apologetic smile.

“Not quite...?” Jen felt her life get sucked out of her as soon as he said that. “Okay well, who are we endorsing?” she blinked the tears away, trying not to hide her disappointment.

“Puma!” he presented the contracts.

Staring at the contract, she started laughing. “Wait, wait, wait, Puma?” she pointed at the stack of papers.

“Yes!” Bang PD happily grinned.

“Puma?”

“Yes, Puma.”

“What about Nike?”

“Here we go...” Yoongi murmured while the members shifted uncomfortably.

“Uh, I have to water my plant. I’ll see you.” Jimin quickly got up.

“Sit down,” Jen ordered in a harsh tone. Jimin shrieked and quickly went back to his seat. “So, what about Nike? What is going on with Nike? Why not Nike? Nike is like, better! Nike is like, the best brand ever. Nike is my life.”

“I’m sorry, Jennie. They have not reached out to any of us for endorsements.” Bang PD explained.

“So, we’re not endorsing Nike?”

“No, we are not endorsing Nike.”

“And we’re endorsing Puma?”

“Yes, if you sign the contract.”

“No Nike?”

“No Nike, Jennie. I’m sorry.”

'Are you-are you kidding me?' She asked herself this, wondering why Nike wouldn’t let her endorse them. Was it because she wasn’t an athlete? Should she switch her profession to tennis to get an endorsement? Volleyball? Even running? 

“You’ll love it. Puma is a great brand.”

“Oh my God, Puma? PUMA!? No Nike? After I have been trying my hardest to get noticed by this damn company, they still won’t holler at me! I don’t understand why the world is against me and Nike.” she buried her face in her hands. She sighed and signed the contract. “All right, Puma it is. Let’s do this. Thank you. Maybe Nike will see how badass I look in the Puma merch and give me a call."

Bang PD laughed, while Namjoon explained, “ She’s grateful for this, don’t worry. It’ll just take some time but she’ll love Puma.”

“As expected. I knew she was going to react like this."

---------

“My mom always tells me that good things happen to those who wait and to just leave it up to God, so I’ll continue to just wait on it,“ Jen responded. “My time will come. Maybe it’s not my time yet to endorse Nike because there is a bigger opportunity out there waiting. I’ll probably look back at this and laugh.”

The next day, in a better mood thanks to the new pairs of Nikes from the members, Jen went to school, wearing one of the pairs. They were forgiven, for now until they mess up again.

“Class, for today, we have a special guest coming in to teach you a short routine.” the dance teacher announced. “Please show her the same respect as you give me and give her your undivided attention. Please welcome, Jennie.”

Walking in with a duffle bag, Jennie waved and bowed to everyone. An overwhelming sound of gasps, fanboying and fangirling filled the room because a BTS member would be dancing with them.

“Thank you for having me.” she beamed. “Are we ready to have some fun?”

“Yes!” she heard the overwhelming response which brought a smile to her face.

“Okay, let’s stretch.”

After stretching, some eager fans in the class asked her if they could take a photo with her. 

“Let’s get this dance down first. And after that, I’ll take a photo with you. This dance needs to be your top priority, okay?”

Once she demonstrated the dance while playing My Style by The Black Eyed Peas, the students watched, astonished, and intimidated at how fluid the dance was. Seeing their facial expressions through the mirror, she turned around after finishing and smiled in reassurance.

“I know it looks complex, but we will go through this step by step, taking all the time we need. Don’t panic, you will get through this and get it right. Now let’s get started.”

The freshmen truly appreciated how patient she was with them. She was a part of Big Hit, their choreography was always powerful and outstanding. Learning from her would benefit them in the long run.

“Make sure that every move connects. Don’t rush it.” she helped one student.

“Like this?” the student did the move again.

“It looks like you’re so eager to go to the next step that you don’t finish the previous move.”

“Ugh, I’m never going to get this.”

“Hey, it’s fine. I was like this too when I first started dancing. It’s okay. Let’s not think about speed. Let’s take it slow first and then increase our speed. Take your time.”

After a few more tries, the student got it right.

Once finishing teaching everyone the dance, Jen danced with them twice and then sat out to watch them perform. Her heart was filled with joy to see her finished product look so nicely done by the students.

“Yes! Great job everyone! You have worked hard!” she applauded and as promised, took photos with them.

-------

The Melon Music Awards approached fast as the members got ready for the event. With Jennie, the stylists were taking care of her hair and makeup after adjusting her long pink dress. Looking at herself in the mirror, she was in awe at the person staring back at her.

“WOW! I dunno how you stylists do it. You always know how to make me look good.” she spun around and checked out the dress. “I love this. This is so amazing, thank you.”

They all met up with the rest of the members who already had their attire for the red carpet.

“Okay, Jennie is all set. Are we ready to depart?” one stylist called out.

Jungkook turned his head in the direction of the stylist and noticed Jen’s dress. His eyes widened with his mouth agape. Blushing, he soon adjusted himself when he heard some of the staff members giggling at his reaction.

Jen noticed that each member had something pink on them to match with her. Jungkook and Jimin had pink ties, Jin and Yoongi had pink handkerchiefs, Taehyung had a pink bowtie and Namjoon and Hobi wore pink watches.

Jin turned around after getting his jacket adjusted and widened his eyes. “Oh no. No. Why this dress?”

“We thought this was the best one for Jennie.” some stylists tried to explain to him.

“Ahhhhh! Why are you growing up so fast for me?!” he complained, placing his hands on Jen’s shoulders as she laughed. “You were just sixteen! Look at how high the slit is! It’s showing so much leg! And is that a leg chain!? This is too sexy!”

“Keep a close distance with us. Heads will be turning to stare at you in that dress.” Namjoon added with a soft laugh.

Jen spun around to show off the dress. “Come on, you have to admit I look pretty awesome in this, thanks to the stylists.”

“Yes, you look beautiful. Just, growing into a beautiful young lady right before my eyes...I can’t handle it.” Jin began to tear up. 

Taehyung and Jimin started laughing at his overdramatic whining.

“Oh, my God...calm down,” Yoongi called out. “Stop whining. She looks great. The dress suits her anyway.”

Arriving at the event in a van, while it was raining, the security guards had umbrellas up to make sure none of the idols were wet from the weather. Jen was in the van with Jimin, Taehyung, and Yoongi, behind the van that had Jin, Jungkook, Rapmon, and Hobi. As soon as the door opened, Jin walked out first, commencing the ‘Car Door Guy’ nickname, as the fans began screaming.

Jen was the last one out of the van, getting help from Jimin and Yoongi, to make sure her dress was fine. After meeting up with the rest of the members, they walked down the red carpet, waving and smiling at the fans.

Her dress caught a lot of attention from everyone, including the leg chain on her exposed leg. She had wanted to start wearing more body jewelry and thankfully the stylists allowed her to. It would be a nice trend to start. As they stood to take photos while MCs, Seo Yuri and Heo Young Ji from KARA, talked about Bangtan, the members waved while the cameras kept flashing. Rapmon then talked on behalf of the group for a quick interview. Afterward, they were guided by security to head backstage.

Many idols were dressed in various suits and dresses in different colors and lengths. They all looked stunning to Jennie as she walked by, bowing to various people.

“Jennie! You look amazing!” Hayoon rushed up to her for a hug.

“Girl! So, do you too! Nice legs. I love the white on you.”

“Really? Thank you!”

When Jen saw G-Dragon, she had to hug him and catch up on everything that had been happening. She told him that she wasn’t nervous and was pumped for tonight. He had given her some advice on ways to relax when it came to performing on stage. She was always amazed at how YG Artists seemed so chill at award shows and all casual.

When taking her seat with the rest of the members, sitting between Rapmon and Yoongi, she regarded that GFriend was sitting behind Bangtan and Big Bang was sitting in front. When G-Dragon turned around, he met Jen’s gaze and they waved at each other.

“Ooh! Okay!” Jen grinned as she saw Wonho jump out on stage with a smirk on his face. 

The camera caught her numerous times jamming to Monsta X’s performance as fans called her a huge stan of theirs.

And as soon as they began to perform Hero, she got hyped and started singing along, “What, what, what, okay man, let’s go!”

As the performance went on, a camera showed Rapmon, Jen, Yoongi, and Jin. Jen and Yoongi were already lip-syncing along, so they immediately looked at the camera, getting even more hyper together. 

Best New Artist Award was up next and GFriend was up against some other girl groups. Jennie had her fingers crossed, obviously hoping that her friends would get this award. They deserved it. Everyone watched on, anticipating the results and before they knew it, GFriend appeared on the screen.

“Yasssss!” Jennie happily clapped. 

She turned around and stood up to applaud as she saw the members looking shocked and thrilled. GFriend began walking to the stage, bowing to everyone while Jen continued to cheer. 

“That is my best friend! My best friend! Yes, Hayoon! Yes! Strut!”

Hearing her cheer, Hayoon quickly ran up to hug her, tightly. 

“I can’t believe we won!” Hayoon exclaimed.

“I am so proud of you! Now get up there, this is your moment!” she let her go and watched her catch up with the other members.

Watching their acceptance speech, Jen had begun tearing up. They worked so hard for this. She was so proud. And then watching GFriend perform, Jennie couldn’t stop smiling. There were so many fancams of her jamming out to IKON’s performance as some fans wondered what it would be like to party with Jen because she was so lively during award shows while a majority of the idols just sat there, nodding to the beat.

Backstage, the members strolled to their dressing room to get changed for their performance. On her way to the dressing room, she bumped into Monsta X. 

“Yo! Your performance was friggin lit! Like wow! I‘m blown away. Amazing job, guys! Gotta go, bye!” she quickly told them before she had to rush to the dressing room. They had thanked her and told her they hoped to see her around to formally meet. 

Jen wasn’t feeling the outfit for the performance but it is what it is. She did think it was cool they were using LED gloves. She felt like Iron Man. Before they went on stage, they did last minute rehearsals. When they performed, everything went great and Jen loved the remix version of I Need U. The dance break, especially her facial expressions, showed more emotion this time for the song.

“It’s over! It’s over! Woo!” J-Hope yelled on camera as they walked backstage. 

Their performance went well after they prepared hard for it. Now they got to get back to their seats to enjoy the rest of the show. Throughout the show, the camera would focus on various idols. When the camera focused on Jennie yet again, she looked up at the screen to see herself. She smiled softly and turned to the camera, giving it a small wave. Fans were screaming loudly as soon as she popped up on the screen, cheering for Bangtan.

Later, they won Best Dance Performance which overwhelmed the members with joy. 

“GO JENNIE!” Hayoon yelled out of nowhere before shyly sitting back down after getting surprised stares.

She was so quiet, it amused and caught everyone off-guard to see her like this as she was so supportive of Jennie. Her sudden yell startled Jennie herself, and she let out a laugh, rushing over to give Hayoon a big hug.

“I love you!” she smiled and turned back to walk on stage, meeting with the rest of the group for their acceptance speech.

Once Bangtan was backstage, they celebrated on camera for a Bangtan Bomb. 

“Look what we wooooooon!” Jen presented the award with Jimin as everyone started yelling in cheers before dancing around.

“We suffered so much and finally won the dance award. Teacher Sung Deuk worked so hard and finally, we got it!” Jimin cheered.

The show was exciting with great performances and cheers from the fandoms of each idol. Big Bang’s performance was her favorite throughout the entire show as she sang along with Taehyung. Not caring who was watching, she had to stand up and start dancing. Taehyung immediately joined her in the fun.

--------

18 years old. 

Jennie was finally 18!

Crazy how time flies.

In the morning, she woke up early, in a bright mood to record herself dancing to 50 Cent’s In Da Club.

Go, go, go, go go, go,

Go, shawty

It’s your birthday

We gon’ party like it’s yo birthday

She posted the video on Twitter with the caption, ‘WOOOO! 18! Let’s go! Love you all! Thanks for the birthday wishes!’

She was overwhelmed with joy at the support from the fans. From their birthday wishes, amazing fanart, and even Tumblr posts, she was grateful. Fans even trended #HappySmartieDay to celebrate.

‘Thank you for being such an amazing black woman in K-Pop. Although we all can be tired of some of the BS over there, thank you for representing us and staying your natural, beautiful self.’

‘So down to earth and has grown so much as a performer. I am so proud of you, happy birthday queen!’

‘Happy birthday to the baddest bitch in K-Pop! Have a blessed day Jennie! LOVE YOU!’

‘You always look so healthy. Continue to eat well!’

‘Thank you for existing, without you, my confidence wouldn’t be as high because your representation of us colored girls, makes me feel amazing’

‘You show me that it doesn’t matter how you look, you can still do anything’ 

‘You don’t understand how much I love this girl! She makes me appreciate myself and my skin color’

Taehyung tweeted an embarrassing photo of Jennie sticking her tongue out with a face mask, ‘Happy Birthday Ennie! Love youuuuu! Please don’t hurt me’

“Oh my God...” Jen muttered as she looked at the photo of herself. “I’m going to kill him.”

She replied, ‘Oh HELL no! You screenshotted me while we were on facetime!? #YouAreDead’ 

J-hope tweeted two videos of her performing the Milly Rock and her teaching BTS the dance and then them performing and laughing. ‘#JenMillyRocksOnAnyBlock she does this dance the best. I can’t keep up, kekeke. Don’t challenge Munchkin to a Milly Rock dance off’

Jin tweeted a video of her teaching him the lean back dance, ‘Thanks for helping me learn this dance. I think I do it better than you, now.’

Namjoon tweeted a photo of her posing like he would for KimDaily. ‘Happy birthday, Jennie. You do KimDaily photos pretty well. Remember this? Giving me a run for my money.’

Jungkook tweeted a short video of them performing a dance cover of Wonder Girl’s Rewind. ‘Happy birthday to my one and only golden best friend. She’s irreplaceable. Thanks for asking me to cover this with you.’

Yoongi had tweeted a photo of her asleep in his studio after a rap lesson. ‘I’m proud of you smartie. #HappySmartieDay #SmartieIsTheBest #ImAMasterofTagsNow’

Big Hit even released her dancing to Electric Lady with some of her idol friends while she was in her Janelle Monae costume. She had a blast filming for it. 

“AHHHHHHHH!”

Turning in alarm, she was attacked by silly strings in all directions as she tried to block her face. Laughter filled the room as she confirmed it was the guys.

“Happy birthday, Jennie!” she heard them shout.

She felt herself get thrown over someone’s shoulder and spun around as they began singing and dancing around. Meanwhile, Jimin had recorded the entire thing, laughing in the background, hoping to post the video later on Twitter. Jen realized she was over Namjoon’s shoulder and began laughing after he set her down.

“Thanks, guys!”

“I made your favorite blueberry pancakes. Pancake mix straight from America. Come on!” Jin dragged her out of the room.

Walking into Big Hit’s building, she received many greetings as the staff wished her a happy birthday.

Even from Bang PD and he tweeted two photos. One was the first photo they took together before debut, looking young, and then the other was a recent photo as he expressed how proud he was to have a young lady like her become Miss Bangtan in BTS. His words made her feel really good about herself and she even visited his office to thank him for everything. Thanking him for allowing her a spot in the company. She felt so loved. This company was such a big family. She had also taken the time to thank each of the staff members for everything they have done for her from her trainee days until now.

Whenever it was makeup, clothes, helping her mic, dropping her off someplace, everything she appreciated. And they were touched by her kind words.

When inside her studio, she noticed Yoongi was waiting for her, sitting at her desk with a large pink box in his hands. Turning around, he smiled softly and presented it to her.

“Happy birthday, Smartie.”

“Ahaha, you remembered.” she looked at the Hello Kitty box. “I don’t want to cry today.” she chuckled and began to read his cute birthday note as he took a page out of her book.

“Sorry, but I have a birthday rap made for you. To my annoying Nike loving Smartie,” he responded and began to rap for her.

After he finished, she pulled him in for an embrace. “Thank you for this.”

Before she knew it, the members came inside with a big cake, filled with candles while they were all recorded for a Bangtan Bomb.

“Thanks, guys. Yo, this cake looks so good. Hang on a sec, I have the perfect song.” she put on Cut It and started bumping to the beat. “Cut it, cut it, cut it, cut it, cut it! This cake looks way too good, we need to cut it! This cake looks way too good, we need to cut it!”

“You’re so corny. Cut the cake already, I want to eat a slice.” Yoongi exclaimed as the members laughed.

“Hey! She gets first dibs.” Jin called out

“Take as much time as you want,” Hobi giggled

“Can I have the strawberries on the cake?” Taehyung started reaching for one.

“ARMY got something for you.” Jungkook presented her with a big box.

“The heck is this? ARMY didn’t have to do this,” she said, looking at the box in amazement.

ARMY raised money to buy her a custom made purple electric guitar with each of the members’ names engraved on it and other encouraging messages. She hadn’t talked about wanting an electric guitar for a long time but the fact that ARMY remembered, and they did something like for her, made her cry as she wiped her tears. As if the birthday bus advertisement wasn’t enough, this took the cake.

Jen sniffed, “I don’t understand what I did to deserve such loving fans. Thank you ARMY, you’re the best.”

-------

A few days later, Namjoon and Jennie were in Namjoon’s studio, patiently waiting for Angelina to arrive. She was just a few minutes away from arriving at the Big Hit building, and Jen noticed Namjoon trying to remain calm.

“You are freaking out.” she teased.

“I-I’m not.”

“Sure. Just make sure you don’t freeze when you meet her in person.”

“Why would I freeze?”

‘He is so going to freeze.’ she thought.

Before they knew it, Jennie found Angelina at the building. “FINALLY!” Jennie shouted and jumped on top of her, making them both fall down.

“Ahh! You got heavier!” Angelina laughed. “I missed you!”

“Missed you more! I am so happy you’ll be staying for a while.” Jen got up and helped her up. “Come on, let me introduce you to the guys. Let’s go. We have a lot to talk about.” She beckoned her to follow her.

Once they made it to where the members were, Jennie decided to introduce her to Namjoon first. She had a feeling Angelina really wanted to see him, so she decided to fulfill her wishes. And like Jennie predicted, he froze. 

He stood there, stunned in his studio.

“Hi.” Angelina softly greeted. “Wow, you look cuter in person, good Lord.”

“H-hi. You look even more beautiful in person.” he stumbled over his words

Jen snorted. He was smitten and it was adorable to see him like this. Namjoon was about to go for a handshake but then decided to hug her.

‘Aw...’ Jen smiled.

Jennie had told Angelina about what was going on in Bangtan and the three of them had a long conversation about everything. Miss Bangtan began to feel mischievous and decided to tease Namjoon.

“Oh! Angelina, you got to hear Expensive Girl. It’s funny as hell. I could not stop laughing when I first heard it. He singlehandedly killed ARMY with this song."

Namjoon widened his eyes. “Nah, nah, we don’t need to listen to that. Let’s talk about something else.”

“Ignore him. I have it right on my phone.”

“Woman, don’t do it. Do not do it!” he warned while Angelina started giggling.

“What? What? Let her listen! Her mind is as dirty as yours so she’ll love the song regardless.”

“Ah...why me?” he whined as she played it loud for them all to hear. 

Namjoon was mentally preparing to make sure to tease the hell out of Jennie whenever she and Jungkook started dating because there was no way she was getting away with this. With Jen, she had to control her laughter as the song played. Namjoon felt his face warm up and glanced at Angelina who looked amused but into the song.

Once the torture was over, Angelina said, “You’re really cute, you know that? I like the song.” 

Namjoon stared at her in surprise. “Y-you do?”

“Yeah. I really do.”

“Well, I gotta go, so, I’ll see you two later. Namjoon can introduce you to the rest of the members.” Jen stood up.

“Wait you’re leaving?” Namjoon asked in alarm. 

He was so nervous, he didn’t want Jen to leave, yet. He felt like he’d say something wrong in English or something. Truth be told, Angelina was also nervous. Her best friend was leaving her alone with Namjoon and she lost count of how many times her heart raced or how flushed she felt.

“Bye!” she left the studio. 

She wanted to give them some alone time. They deserved it. Turning around, she saw Jungkook and smiled.

“Hyung froze, huh?”

“At first glance. It was hilarious.”

“Did Hyung ask her out, yet?”

“They’re working on it. I’m just happy that she’s happy. I haven’t seen her like that in a while.”

Throughout the rest of the day, Jen spent time practicing choreography with Hobi and then stayed in her studio. Angelina walked inside and sat with her.

“What?” Angelina glanced away after being stared at.

“You’re glowing,” Jen confirmed.

“What you mean?”

“You’re smiling so widely, it’s cute.”

“Hush.”

“So...”

“What? Stop staring!”

“I want the tea, sis.”

She chuckled nervously. “Well...we’re gonna have a little studio date soon.”

Jennie fist pumped. “All right! Namjoon is a sweetheart and a gentleman. I know you will have a great time. I’m just happy to see you happy. I really hope that maybe you two can date. Despite him being an idol and you being in America as a rapper, I’m sure it will all work out.”

“Really?”

“Yeah.”

“Thank you. I really like him. Are you sure you’re cool with me dating your leader?”

“Um, that’s not my decision. Do whatever you want. If that is what Namjoon wants, then I will support him. You two look so happy with each other, I highly encourage you two to date.” 

“Okay. I’ll keep you posted on how things go.”

“Good.”

“Ooh girl, I have some very exciting news to tell you.”

“What happened?”

“Guess who I will be collaborating with, pretty soon?”

“Who?

“The Weeknd!”

“Ahhhhh! What!? Holy shit, are you for real?!”

“Yes!”

“That’s huge! You’re going to blow up even more after this!”

“Ah, you really think so? This is such a dream come true, collaborating with my favorite artists. It’s such a blessing. There is just so much stuff I want to do. I hope I can do it.”

“You can and you will. I’ll be right there to support you. I’ll always have your back. No matter what.”

“This is why I love you.”

------

Finally, after a year hiatus, Jennie had her singing exhibit again. She underestimated the number of people who wanted to attend. It was much bigger and she’ll have to think about bigger venues or even other areas to have it since it was such a high demand.

But although a lot of BTS fans came, she really wanted those who simply love to sing and want to sing or learn to sing. That was her goal when she first started the event back during her Amity days. She’ll have to make a future announcement about that. Despite a large number of people, things remained under control and she stayed until she met every single person and bonded over their passion for singing.

Once the event ended, she stayed to clean up with the staff members and Sejin stayed with her until she was ready to go back to the dorm.

“Wait, please, I know it’s over but can I please see her?” a desperate male voice called out.

Jen stopped cleaning up and saw a black male, who looked exhausted.

“Hey, you can let him in,” she reassured the security.

The boy sighed out of relief and walked in. “This was not how I wanted to meet you. I’m a hot mess, right now. I had no time to prepare, I’m sweaty, I’m tired, but I’m here.”

“Why were you in such a rush? And where are my manners, hi!”

“Hi!” he laughed. “I had to stay late for a college class due to a big project. It was so frustrating. I really wanted to be here on time. I never was able to attend any of your events.”

“Hey, education comes first. Sit down, chill with me.”

“A-are you serious?”

“Yeah. Yoongi can wait a little bit.”

“Ah, that’s right, you’re still learning how to rap from him?”

“Yep, loving every session with him.”

“Oh well, I don’t want to hold you up.”

“Nah, it’s fine. Come on and Yoongi is probably working on music, anyway.”

They sat down and Jen smiled. The guy was shocked that he didn’t feel nervous around her. It was like talking to an old friend.

“Thank you. I can’t believe I’m sitting with THE Miss Bangtan. You always slay my life when you’re on stage!”

“Aw, thank you. How was your project? What was it for?”

“An art project. I believe I passed.”

“Good. I’m thrilled to hear that. What’s your major?”

“Art. I’m studying abroad for all of my college years.”

“Wow! What do you want to do with that?

“A lot of things actually. One thing I’d love to do is be a graphic designer.”

“Wow, keep doing what you’re doing. You have my full support.”

“I will. I also sing too. I’m doing both.”

“Sing for me.”

He sang a few notes of Oui by Jeremih, which blew her away. She enthusiastically complimented him on his skills.

“Really? That means so much coming from you.” he grinned. “Hey, do you want to go to college when you graduate SOPA?”

“Most definitely. I’d like to go to a college in America but I’m not sure yet since I’m here in Korea, as a member of BTS. We’ll see.”

“Do you have any idea what you want to do?”

“To be honest, I have no idea what I want my major to be or what I want to do in college. But I still have time. You said you’re an artist, can I see what you have drawn?”

“Yeah, of course!” he showed her some of his work from his portfolio in his school bag.

“Damn, this is phenomenal! Very aesthetic!”

“I also have an art show coming up.”

“You do? When? Where?”

“This Saturday evening.” he showed her the location.

“I’m free that day. I’d like to come if you don’t mind.”

“W-what? Are you for real?”

“Yeah, why not? I just love supporting anyone that’s black. Everyone wants to bring us down but we will continue to do what we can to prosper. And with what you’re doing, I don’t see a lot of black artists that often, even though I know there are a lot of talented ones out there that should get a lot of recognition. You have a gift. Heck, I might just buy something from you. Can I get your Instagram?”

“Deadass?”

“Deadass, let’s keep in touch by DMing each other. I want to see how your journey progresses.”

“Yo, you are like...pure girlfriend material. I love you so much. Your support is everything. Whoever is the man you date, will remain grounded and able because of your constant support. Don’t ever change, Jennie. Thank you for this.”

“You are very welcome.”

Afterward, they took a selfie and he posted it on his social media with the caption, ‘It was a blessing to come here late. Thank you for everything!’

Once Jen arrived back in her dorm, she was exhausted from the event and then from her rap lessons with Yoongi. All she wanted to do was sleep. Heading to her room, she saw Angelina on her bed, not looking too happy. She heard her sniffing, and she realized that she had been crying.

“Whoa, whoa, what’s wrong with you?” Jennie quickly rushed over to her as Angelina wiped her tears.

“It’s the collab...”

“What about the collab?”

“I’m not collabing with him, anymore.”

“What do you mean you’re not doing the collab with him, anymore?”

“I don’t know! Apparently, it got scrapped and there’s some dirt on me for being problematic. There are rumors that I’m not the best person to work with. It’s all bullshit.”

“Are you serious...?” Jen frowned.

“Look, I know I have a little bit of a mouth, but I’ve matured. Like damn, I love The Weeknd. I busted my butt to get that collab and now it’s gone...it’s so unfair man, I worked so hard to earn that spot...they're going to give the spot to someone else but I'm not sure who...”

Jennie pulled her in for a hug. A lot of questions were on her mind. She thought about who would want to ruin something like that for Angelina and who got the spot instead.

‘This just doesn’t make any sense...’ Jen thought to herself. 

How could they confirm their collab and then change their mind so suddenly?

-----

Saturday rolled around quickly as she attended the boy’s art show. His paintings were stunning and he even surprised her with a drawing of BTS for Big Hit to hang in one of their studios. She was glad she came and took a bunch of photos, posting them on her Twitter, asking ARMY to support his work.

Yoongi had also tagged along with her, admiring the work that the college students put out. The boy’s parents even came to Seoul to see their son, and Jennie happily introduced herself, telling them how talented their son was.

“This is for you. To support all your artistic needs and other opportunities.” Jen presented him with a gift basket. 

Along with it was an envelope that had a nice sum of cash for him to help with his future. While she and Yoongi signed the back of his artwork for him, writing some encouraging messages, some artists were fans of BTS and asked for photos.

Once Yoongi excused himself to use the bathroom, Jennie continued to look at the other artwork.

“Wow! This looks amazing. This is yours?”

She heard a familiar voice.

It couldn’t be...

Not here of all places...

Not now...

Jennie feared for the worst and slowly turned around to see Hailey talking to one of the artists, who seemed starstruck because she was an Amity fan. Jen had remembered that Amity would be having their world tour in Seoul, and it looked like they were already here. At least Hailey was. But it didn’t make any sense.

Why was she here? She had no business here whatsoever.

Jen frowned as she watched Hailey have her manager film her giving the girl a big sum of cash to help with school. The girl began to get emotional and kept thanking her for everything. Taking a selfie, Hailey immediately posted it on social media as her fans would comment on how much of a ‘generous queen’ she was and that she was an ‘amazing leader’.

Once everyone left to go to the other room for some refreshments and other activities, Hailey and Jen were left alone in the room. Jen’s eyes closed in dissatisfaction as she heard the dreaded voice of the person she wanted to avoid forever. 

This was not the time nor place for any of this.

“Quitter! Long time no see!” Hailey beamed, watching her open her eyes, looking at her unamused. “I missed you! Wow, your hair looks nice. Did you gain a little weight, too? I guess that Korean food is making you a little thick. Nice. You look wonderful. How’s BTS? I heard about your little comeback that’s coming up. Let’s see if you’ll finally get an award this time. And let us see if the song is actually good. The others...eh...not so much. I bet those first wins for I Need U were pity awards.”

Jennie clenched her jaw, continuing to look annoyed by her presence.

‘Not worth it...bite your tongue.’ she told herself.

Just why of all places did she have to come here and pull that half-assed publicity stunt during her moment with a fan?

“I get it, I get it.” Hailey chuckled, understanding her reaction. “You are so happy to see me that you’re speechless!”

Jen slowly shook her head in disappointment. “Why do you always feel the need to one-up me...? Everyone? You never let anyone have their time to shine or have their moment. You always make it about you. Always...”

“Whatever do you mean?”

“Everything I do, you try your darndest to do it extra.”

“Where are your receipts?”

“I learned Korean because I love the culture and wanted to communicate with everyone if I ever got the opportunity to come to Seoul and be a K-Pop idol. And now I’m here, blessed. But with you, you learned it out of spite to get back at me. You said it was a waste of time and that you hated it, years ago.”

“Okay, and?”

“My songs in my notebook which you took? I wrote what I was feeling. What was on my mind. And then Songstress changed it into unmeaningful lyrics for a single.”

“We made the songs better.”

“And then here at this art show. What I did with my fan was from the heart, not for attention. I don’t need the media to know when I give someone money or whatever. I just do it from the heart. You, on the other hand, do it for publicity, posting everything on social media, lying to the public about who you really are.”

“Do I now?”

“You’re fake and you’re a phony.”

“Ouch....”

“It won’t be too long before everyone knows what Songstress is doing to screw Angelina and me over to make you guys look better. They won’t let it go, huh? That we left? That we found a better home to showcase our talent with music? That we are more successful without the company? That we’re happy? Even if you guys are more popular now, Amity is not how it used to be. It’s not a group. It’s just Hailey and the backups.”

“Wow! I can just feel the animosity you have towards me and I just want to know if you’re going to do something about it. Because Angelina retaliated over the years. Got on my bad side and now she’s in the state that she’s in, losing that collab with The Weeknd and now Trinity has it.”

Jennie quickly got in her face, narrowing her eyes. She had a feeling Songstress had something to do with it. How heartbroken her best friend was when she found out she lost that collab with him is an image that will never leave her head.

“Good, good. Get angrier," Hailey provoked. "I’m just waiting for you to snap too, that’s all. Your mind is just a ticking time bomb. I’m just patiently waiting. You know, I really like it when you guys get so pressed when it comes to me. Angelina always has my name in her mouth. You, you’re better. You never talk about me like she does but the fact that when you look at me and you get so mad, even a little intimidated, just makes this entire scenario more entertaining.”

Jen scoffed and shook her head. “I knew it. I knew there was a pattern. First, her losing out on winning an award at the MTV Video Music Awards when you knew Angelina was getting higher votes than the other nominees and you knew damn well she deserved it. And now losing the song to collaborate with The Weeknd. Suddenly Trinity has it now. Did Songstress pay to decrease her votes or something for the award? What did you guys do?”

“Who knows, maybe she has a lot of enemies. Or the competition is just too much and she’s not as good as she thinks she is. Maybe Trinity was a better fit for the collab.”

“Un-believable...you and Songstress have got to be the shadiest people ever.”

“And are you planning on doing something? Do you want to end up like Angelina? I mean, after showing how problematic she is, I’m sure everyone was pretty convinced to not work with her, anymore. I’d try to stay on my good side if I were you. And hey, don’t get mad at me. It’s just business.”

“No. It’s just spiteful. You’re garbage.”

“Yeah, Angelina tells me that all the time.” she shrugged. “Oh, and before I forget...your belated birthday gift. A VIP pass to see how great we are.” Hailey presented a ticket to Amity’s upcoming concert in Seoul.

“Not interested.”

“That’s a VIP ticket, you know there are a lot of people that would kill for a VIP ticket to an Amity concert. But why am I not surprised? You were always ungrateful.”

“Do me a favor and stay away from me.”

“Wow, I came all the way here and you gonna treat your old leader like this?”

Something told Jennie that the Lord was testing her and she could only hope that she had the strength to not do anything she would regret in the future during Amity’s stay in Korea.

“I am not joking. Stay away from me. Leave Angelina alone and back off of anyone from Big Hit. I don’t care if it’s a stylist, stay away. I am not in the mood, I am in a good place and I am not letting you fuck it up.”

“Ma’am, yes ma’am! Just tell Angelina that Trinity will let her know how the collab goes! See you around, quitter.”

Once Jennie watched her walk away, she took her phone out of her pocket and ended the voice recording, saving it. Something told her to record and she was glad that she listened to her gut feeling. She was going to do whatever she could to get that collab back to Angelina and clear her name from all those lies Songstress said. She didn’t deserve any of this and Jen couldn’t stand back and watch it happen anymore.

It was time to clap back. She had enough of Amity’s foolery and it was going to end very soon.

As Hailey walked out of the room, she noticed Yoongi and called him out. 

“Well! If it isn’t boyfriend number six!”

“I thought you were leaving.” Jen met up with Yoongi, narrowing her eyes at her.

“I was but you didn’t tell me boyfriend number six was here. Suga, was it? Allow me to introduce myself. I’m Hailey.”

Yoongi ignored her. “Jennifer.”

Every time Yoongi said her full name, she knew he was dead serious.

“Yeah?” she asked, watching him turn his head to her.

“Is this the person that’s been causing you trouble over the years...?”

Hailey scoffed. “Me? First of all, she is the one that’s been causing-“

“Was I talking to you?” Yoongi bluntly interrupted.

“I don’t appreciate that attitude you’re giving me. But the music that you make for BTS is a failure, so...I can see why you’re so bitter.”

“We didn’t ask about your music. We know your music is a disappointment.”

“Excuse me-“

“You’re excused. I can literally see the shit coming out of your mouth from all these lies you’ve said. You lost a dime. Took Jennifer for granted and now you try so hard to ruin the success that she has because you know that she is better than you. She is better than you as a person and better than you as a performer. She earned everything. You were handed everything and you keep coming back, popping up where you are irrelevant to whatever is going on. This stunt won’t make your phony ass relevant.”

“Are you friggin kidding me? I was not handed everything and how dare you say to my face that this ignorant stupid bitch is better than me!?”

Jen was about to open up her mouth, bothered that she name called her but halted once Yoongi raised his hand, signaling her to stop.

“A stupid bitch? If I remember correctly, I’m looking at one, right now. And the woman standing next to me is nowhere near what you described. So if I were you, I’d choose my words wisely.”

Jen let out a chuckle at his comment. He wasn’t wrong, that’s for sure, and Hailey’s agape reaction made it even funnier.

“You really going to insult me of all people like this?”

“I’m not insulting you, I’m just describing how pathetic you are. Are you done embarrassing yourself? If so, you can get the fuck out of here. And I highly suggest you leave Jennifer alone. Don’t piss me off.” he said in a harsh tone. 

A tone that surprised Jennie. She had never seen Yoongi like this before. Hailey was so stunned, that she couldn’t even say anything as she felt intimidated by him and took a step back. 

“S-so you have little boyfriend fight your battles for you?” she turned her attention to Jennie.

“Nah, Jennifer can handle herself pretty well. I just want you to shut the fuck up. So, why are you still standing here, looking stupid? Get the fuck out of here and go back to your group. And if I see you around Jennifer again or cause her any more problems, we will have a problem. So, think wisely.” 

Flustered and angry, Hailey stormed out while they watched her leave.

"Wow...thank you," Jen said.

"Always...let's get out of here." he grabbed her hand and walked her out of the building.

--------

“I knew it was that bitch! I’m gonna fuck her up!” Angelina yelled, pacing around the studio after Jennie played the recording for everyone. 

Her sudden outburst scared a few of the members, who had no idea what she was yelling in English.

“No, Ang!” Jen exclaimed.

“What do you mean no!? You gonna let this bitch do this to me!?” she snapped. “I am going to kill her-“

“Do not let her have that power over you.” she snapped back. “I know it’s difficult, I want to hit her as much as you do but we cannot go that route. It is not worth it. I need you to listen to me because I have a plan and I want this to work. But you need to calm down for this to go well, okay? I got you, I always got you.”

She exhaled and sat back down, meanwhile, Jen had translated everything that was going on to the members and they were not too happy about the situation.

“It’s time to clap back,” Jen announced. “I want to end this once and for all.”

"Yeah, this needs to end. How much you want to bet that they turned on Layla?" Angelina asked.

“No need, I already know they did. First me, then you, now her. She got dragged into being one of her goons and now it seems like she’s opening her eyes and wants a way out just like us. Well, hopefully, that’ll end very soon.”

“She is such a manipulator, thank God you recorded her. But no really, thank you for recording her. I don’t know what I would do if you didn’t. I just might get that collab back because of you. If I do, I need to pay you back, big time.”

“Don’t. I don’t want to be repaid. I really don’t care about getting anything back from you. It’s no need. You’re my best friend, I always got your back. And besides, I’ve been trying to think of a way to end this mess and this recording will do the trick.”

“I can make a big video of the audio on my YouTube channel. But maybe she’s hiding more secrets. If there is a way that we can video record her for even more proof, that’ll be even better.”

“We’ll think about that. In the meantime, I want some frozen yogurt. Let’s hang, my treat.” 

“You really not gonna let a girl pay anything while she’s here, huh?”

“Nope.”

----

Since BTS were performing some more concerts, they stayed in a hotel in Seoul. And ironically, Amity stayed at the same hotel after finishing up their tour dates there. Since they were done, they had a few more days to stay in the country and decided to check out everything. But from Amity’s Instagram page, it seemed to just be Trinity and Hailey hanging out, with Layla nowhere to be found.

Meanwhile, Hailey, Trinity, and Layla were shopping in Seoul. Mostly just Trinity and Hailey as Layla dragged herself along, disinterested. She felt left out of everything ever since she had questioned why they were still trying to dwell on the drama with Jennie and Angelina. Layla began to question the way she’s been acting over the years and felt like things weren’t right.

She felt like a follower and as soon as she began to not do what Hailey wanted her to do, that’s when she saw a change in her friendships with her and Trinity. She began to feel exactly how Angelina and Jen felt.

She honestly felt miserable and was planning on leaving the group after the tour was over. She was over everything. The final straw was when Hailey had wanted to give the Weeknd collab to her but it was actually for Angelina. And once Layla had said no, Hailey had given it to Trinity instead.

She was over the manipulation. Hurting others for her personal gain. This was not who she was and she didn’t want to be a part of this type of lifestyle, anymore. If only she could bump into Jennie and apologize for everything. But she probably doesn’t want anything to do with her and will blow her off as soon as she sees her. Sorry, wouldn’t even be enough anyway.

“Uh, I actually don’t feel like shopping. I just want to go check out one of the museums, can you come with me?” Layla asked.

“Seriously? Absolutely not.” Trinity rolled her eyes.

“Really? I always do everything you guys want to do. For once, just take an interest in what I want to do.” she frowned.

“Shop for once, not stand and look at paintings or whatever. I don’t feel like going to no boring museum.” Hailey added.

“Wow.” Layla shook her head. “Of course, you guys don’t. But when it comes to what you want to do, you’re all energetic. You’re fake for that.”

“After all Songstress has done for you? After all, I’ve done for you, you want to call me fake?” Hailey called her out. “If it wasn’t for me, you wouldn’t be here today, so I’d watch what I say. You want to end up like Jen and Angelina? But I'm the bad guy, right? Blame me for everything if it makes you feel better,"

Layla walked past them, outside the store. All this gaslighting had to stop. She had to leave as soon as this tour was over. She couldn’t take much more of this type of treatment. Trying to guilt trip her and all.

“She is annoying as hell,” Trinity murmured.

“Well, it’s Layla, what do you expect?” Hailey turned and saw Jimin, Jin, and Taehyung walking inside the store with masks on. “Oh, what do you know? Boyfriends number seven, three and two are here.”

-----

With Layla, on her way to the museum, she made a quick stop at a coffee shop. Getting her drink and muffin, she noticed a familiar figure and decided to approach them.

“...Rap Monster...?” she timidly called out. Once he turned around, it was him. “I’m uh, I’m Layla. A member of Amity. I’m sorry for disturbing you but I uh...I really need to tell Jennie something. I know she probably wants nothing to do with me but please when you see her, just tell her that I have something to give her. Please.”

Back at the hotel, Hailey with her shopping bags made her way inside the elevator. Her plan for the rest of the day was to go to a spa, but once she saw a hooded and masked Jungkook walk in, it automatically felt like Christmas for her as she constantly kept bumping into the BTS members.

She already ruined Jin's, Jimin's, and Taehyung’s day, so why not cause more chaos before she leaves Seoul?

“Well, if it isn’t boyfriend number one...Jungkook, right? I’m Hailey. But I guess Jen already talked about me so I’m sure you know who I am.”

Jungkook was shooked and didn’t respond. How could he? He pretended to ignore her like he had headphones in his ears. He was also bothered by her presence.

“So, you’re the one in love with her, right? Maybe I should tell her for you,” she pondered, causing him to immediately turn his head, tensing up. “Wow, that certainly caught your attention. But honestly? What difference does it make? She’s going to say no. Doesn’t her family want her to date within her race? Do you honestly think she’ll date a Korean guy like you? Come on, you’re cute but that’s not the ideal type she wants.”

That, unfortunately, bothered Jungkook as he felt himself getting angry at her presence.

Hailey, however, appeared satisfied with his reaction and assumed he was feeling discouraged. She wanted to see if she could spark an argument between Jen and Jungkook if she got into his head enough. He seemed to easily become jealous so perhaps she could use that in her favor.

“I mean, you never know, she just might be dating Kevin on the low. Ever thought about that? You know all those times she goes to America, do you think she goes to see him?” she faked a concerned voice. “Man, it must hurt. Having the girl you like kissing another guy? Knowing that you were too late? They're probably sleeping with each other. That must sting to the core.”

Although he was upset, Jungkook continued to ignore her. Jen said it countless times that they were friends and he trusted her word. He knew what was going on here. Hailey was trying to get in his head by telling lies. 

She laughed, “Whatever, I really don’t care about your dumb puppy love. Although, I have to ask, why are you forcing yourself to wait for someone like her? Don’t you see all those other girls that are head over heels for you? But you choose Jennie of all people? I think you’re too loyal to someone that’s extremely oblivious to your feelings. Don’t waste your time. She’ll only hurt you in the end. Being in the friend zone is not a pleasant place to be. Date someone a little older, too. It’ll save you a lot of time and heartache. I’m sure there are a lot of other women that’ll be a better candidate than her. She is not worth it-"

Getting angry, Jungkook shot her a glare which made her stop rambling and take a step back. She was not expecting that kind of reaction as her stomach dropped.

"Enough," he spoke in a stern voice, startling her. "You do not know anything about what we have. It's in your best interest to stop talking bad about her. Especially in front of me. She is worth everything and someone like you can never compare. I am going to tell you this, one time...Stay away from her and leave her alone,"

Once the stop on his floor came, he stormed off, leaving her taken aback.

-------

Jennie could not understand how one person could cause so much chaos in one day. It began to stress her out as she went to comfort the members. She should’ve known better as her body tensed up when she found out that Hailey had bumped into Jimin, Jin, and Taehyung. Hailey even made Jimin cry when she spoke about his weight.

Of all things...and as hard as Jen tried to boost Jimin’s confidence, it was like all the positive things she said to him over the years were nowhere compared to the comments Hailey had told him, today. And what irritated her, even more, was that Hailey was still around the members when Jen and even Yoongi had told her to stay away from everyone in Big Hit.

“She fuckin’ lucky she didn’t see me, today.” Yoongi spat, pacing around angrily. “She is fucking lucky...if I were you, Jennifer, I’d beat the shit out of her, tonight. I can’t put my hands on her but you can. Just do me one fucking favor and give her one clean hit to the face.”

“Violence is not the answer,” Namjoon warned.

“Fuck that!” he snapped. “Clearly words aren’t enough, Namjoon!”

“Maybe after this video, Angelina creates, it will be,” he added. 

During his encounter with Layla, she had agreed to let him video record her spilling all sorts of tea about Hailey to add to what Jen recorded.

“Doesn’t matter, it’s not enough.” Yoongi turned to Jen. “What are you going to do? It’s your call. Years of frustration, end this shit tonight.”

Jennie exhaled while she had Jimin in her arms, holding him tightly after comforting him and stopping him from crying. It took a while to even get him to eat dinner as he questioned his weight. She hoped and prayed it wouldn’t trigger him to begin an unhealthy diet to try to lose weight. Sometimes she felt like all this drama was her fault. This was just between her and Hailey. But then Hailey wanted to get the members involved, stressing them out.

“Although we spoke to Big Hit about what is going on...just...look...just don’t hit her first. If she hits you, you have every right to defend yourself.” Namjoon asserted. “But use it as a last resort.”

“Use it as a first resort,” Yoongi growled

Moments later, Angelina had finished with the YouTube video to expose Hailey & Songstress and posted it on her channel. Now it wouldn’t be too long before the entire world finds out the shadiness. But to Jen, it wasn’t enough and Angelina had agreed.

“There you are, where you been?” Hobi called out, seeing Jungkook walk in.

The Golden Maknae was still agitated about his encounter earlier today. Jennie had noticed Jungkook looking fidgety and decided to call him out on it instead of leaving the situation alone. And for the most part, she was glad that she did, realizing that he had probably been approached by Hailey.

“What did she say?” she demanded, causing him to widen his eyes.

“How did you know?” 

“Because you’re not the only member she approached. And it’s your body language,” she responded and translated what was going on to Angelina.

Angelina scoffed and shook her head. “Of course, she did. As if the first confrontation wasn’t enough. Wasn’t Suga’s diss enough for her to not associate herself with Bangtan? She must want to be embarrassed again.”

“I’m sure she just sees Jungkook as an easy target like she did with Jimin.” Jennie sighed.

“She’s just trying to get under your skin.”

“I know...it worked,” Jennie admitted.

“What do you want to do?”

“Let’s go to her room."

“And pay her a visit? Count me in!”

Jennie turned back to Jungkook, “Did she bother you or make you uncomfortable in any way?” 

Miss Bangtan waited for his answer. Watching him slowly nod in response, she nodded a couple of times, clenching her jaw.

First coming unannounced at the art show. 

Then making Jimin cry. 

Then making Jin and Taehyung uncomfortable. 

And now making Jungkook uncomfortable. 

No more of this.

“I swear,” Angelina complained, “She’s like an annoying fly that you want to kill so badly.” 

Jennie closed her eyes and inhaled and exhaled deeply, trying to keep her emotions in check. She opened her eyes, released Jimin and went to grab her sneakers, putting them on. She then puts her hair in a high bun.

“We’ll be back,” Jen announced.

“Good. Thank you. Ruin her fucking life, tonight.” Yoongi grumbled as she started walking to the door.

Jungkook stopped her by grabbing her hand, “Are you sure about this?” he asked

"Jungkook, if someone messes with you or anyone in Bangtan, I have a problem with them," Jennie said, standing in front of him. "I specifically told her to stay away from every one of you. To not bother any of you or give anybody in Bangtan or Big Hit a hard time. But what does she do? Bother you guys and I don’t appreciate that. Clearly, she didn’t get the message so... she and I are going to have a little chat. Stay here. I'll be back," she smiled and began to walk past him with Angelina to the door. 

“Munchkin,” Hobi called out, causing her to turn around to face him.

“Yeah?”

“Right hook, left hook then right, again.”

“I’ll keep that into consideration.” she nodded and left the room with Angelina.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 76- White Day

Chapter Summary: JenKook get caught making out during a commercial filming. JenKook celebrate their first White Day together. Jennie continues to be mentored by G-Dragon as he helps her prepare for the Fire comeback

Words: 6,000+

Author's Note: SO FLUFFY with Jungkook! Enjoy the cute JenKook moments!!

------

BTS was set to film a commercial for SKT. The members were clothed in fresh looking uniforms while Jen wore a skirt with her hair styled neatly in a cute bun. As filming began, Bangtan was filmed standing in front of a teacher and then was called up to be in small groups or to take care of individual filming for their scenes.

Jungkook periodically made eye contact with Jennie until she finally noticed that it looked like he wanted something.

Raising an eyebrow, he initiated their nonverbal conversation, 'Want to sneak away from everyone for a little bit?'

She pondered about it before shaking her head. 'Tempting. But no.'

He shrugged. 'Suit yourself.'

He knew she would say yes eventually. So, he remained persistent all day during filming. She couldn't resist forever. 

In Jen's scene, she was reading a book in the hallway and then looked up to see the teacher handing her a gift. She took it, turning around, watching her walk away, and then examined the gift. Once the shot was done a few more times, the director got good footage and she was able to chill while the other members had their turns filming. Chatting with J-Hope, Suga, and V before they were about to film, she sat with them.

"Jennie, V, Suga? Should I tell you a legend that has been passed down in our school?" J-Hope asked. "This person is also known as the Great Haul King. Wanna know who it is?"

"Who?" Jen asked.

"Who is it?" Suga wondered.

J-Hope gestured for them to lean in close. "It's me. J-Hope!" he laughed loudly and clapped at a fast pace.

Jen stood up and walked away, making Suga and V cackle. 

"Wait! Wait, where you going!?" J-Hope exclaimed, making her giggle at his whining.

"Goodbye!" she waved, leaving the room. 

Having the book in her hands, she decided to walk around slowly in an empty hallway to check it out. With the cameras not on him, Jungkook thought about doing Kabedon on Jennie, making his way over to her as she curiously skimmed through the book. 

Feeling herself getting walked back, her back hit the wall with a thud as she dropped her book and looked up at Jungkook who slammed his hand over her head, leaning in close.

"You," he spoke coolly, portraying a tsundere. "Why are you shaking up my heart?"

She laughed in his face and gently pushed him off. "Nice try. But no." she took a good look at him.

He looked so handsome. And she loved how his hair was styled to show off his forehead. But she was not going to be tempted. No matter how...fine this man looked.

"Nice area to make out in but there's somewhere quieter we can go." He persisted, looking around.

"Ha-ha-goodbye~!" she slipped away again after picking up her book.

As filming went on, it was like he continued to do things to tempt her and he would look hotter and hotter each time she laid eyes on him. As she kept thinking about him, the more she wanted to be alone with him. 

He looked so good in that suit, a few minutes to make out wouldn't be that bad.

So, when she made eye contact with him, she gave him a look. 'Changed my mind. Let's go.'

Pleased to see her coming to her senses and having his way, Jungkook nodded and walked past her, away from the staff and camera equipment. Jennie waited for about a minute before she slipped away from everyone's eyes to go find him.

Walking past hallways, looking left and right she couldn't find him anywhere until she saw him waiting for her against the wall. Grabbing him by his jacket, she pulled him close as his mouth went on hers. Pressing up against him on the wall, she deepened their kiss, unbuttoning the button of his jacket. Things began to get frisky between them as their hands were all over each other. Jennie didn't even notice her bun being taken out, letting her hair down.

Ignoring the fact that she would have to explain that to the stylists, she continued to kiss him.

Shaking her head, she pulled away. "Okay, should we really be doing this while we're supposed to film a commercial?"

"Yes." he leaned back in to smooch her but then she pulled back again.

"What if we get caught?"

"We won't. Relax baby girl." he grabbed her back as his hands roamed down her body. Walking forward he now pressed her against the wall. "Been wanting to kiss you all day. Five minutes won't hurt."

She yelped while jumping suddenly when he squeezed her ass. 

"Would you behave?" she laughed. "Ever since we started dating, you've been so touchy. Especially with my ass. So, is there something you want to tell me?"

He smirked in response and pulled her back in for a kiss while she wrapped her arms around him. His lips then slowly roamed down to her neck, making her breath hitch.

"Ju-" she bit her lip from letting out a sound. 

Gosh, this was so scandalous to her but she didn't want to stop. 

He lifted her up, making her wrap her legs around him. She even felt something poke her but didn't pay it any mind, just wanting his lips on hers.

The sound of someone clearing their throat made her jump down and get away from Jungkook as they both turned to the source. It so happened to be Namjoon, looking amused while they tried to fix their hair and clothes.

He let out a laugh, "We need you guys for filming. And next time just let me know and I'll find a way to let you two have some alone time. Better for it to be me catching you than someone else," he walked away.

Jungkook smiled apologetically to Jennie, rubbing the back of his neck as he felt flustered. She sighed and slid down on the wall, kneeling. She gestured for him to go on ahead, making Jungkook run after Namjoon, catching up to him.

"H-hyung are you going to tell anyone about this?" he asked.

"About what?" Namjoon asked, shrugging. "Just be more discrete next time and any questions you have once you two get a little more serious, I'm here. And go to the bathroom to take care of that." he gestured to his arousal in his pants, flustering Jungkook even more. "It happens to the best of us. That right there will only happen more often as you two continue like this. Only a matter of time before she witnesses it, too. When you're ready for that next step let me know and we'll talk."

He patted Jungkook on the back and walked past him.

----------

For Yoongi's birthday, Jennie posted a goofy photo of him and tweeted, 'Happy birthday to my napping partner, Suga! Can't wait for our nap today! #Jen'

Yoongi replied a few hours later, 'Delete this. #Suga'

'HAHAHA! Nope! #Jen'

'I am going to destroy every single pack of smarties you have. #Suga'

'I wish you would. I will destroy you. #Jen'

'...I'm finding a new napping partner. We're not napping together anymore. #Suga'

'You breaking up with ME!? You can't replace someone as cute and cuddly as me, my dude! #Jen'

'Oh yes, I can. I choose ARMY to nap with instead. #Suga'

'KEKEKEKEEKEKEKEKE #Jimin'

'STFU Jimin! #Jen'

Later that day, she chose today to bake cakes for both him and Hobi since she didn't have the time to bake for him on his birthday. She told them the cakes were only for them and that they didn't need to share. Needless to say, the members didn't take too kindly to that and were jealous that they were eating her baking.

The next day, Jen made her way to the kitchen sink with her items to wash her hair, grumbling, "I really do not feel like messing with this, today..."

It was one of those lazy days.

All she wanted to do was watch Marvel movies with her man when he came back to the dorm and stay in bed for the rest of the day. But no, she needed to wash her hair. Part of her wanted to wait until tomorrow to do it, but the other part of her thought it would be a good idea to just get it over with now so she wouldn't have to worry about it in the morning.

Besides, she already didn't feel like washing it yesterday. She shouldn't put it off any longer. 

As she dreadfully started to begin lathering her hair, she found herself getting frustrated as she progressed. Her arms and hands were aching from that last dance practice Bangtan had and massaging herself didn't help. 

She was alone in the dorm. As far as she knew, she had no idea what the majority of the guys were doing today but she did know that the Maknae Line had gone bowling. Her mind wandered to Jungkook as she couldn't help but chuckle softly. 

He truly made her happy.

Snapping back to reality, her annoyance crept up on her again as she continued to wash her hair thoroughly. While she was complaining to herself about it, she heard the front door close.

"Who walked in?" she called out after turning off the sink.

"It's me!" a bright voice filled her ears.

Jungkook.

"Jungkook, I'm happy you're here! Oh my God, can you do me a huge favor?"

When Jungkook had walked into the dorm, he had heard her cutely complain about her hair, immediately noticing that she was in the kitchen.

Once he strolled near the kitchen, he saw that she was wearing a pair of her pajama shorts and one of his many white shirts, which made him smile. Looking at her wearing his clothes gave him a confirmation that she was his and he was looking forward to seeing her wear more of his clothes.

"What do you need?"

"I really do not feel like doing this, could you wash my hair for me? Please?" she asked with a laugh.

"It'll cost you." he teased, taking a page out of her book since she always said that to him when he asked for things.

"Don't play with me! Please?" she exclaimed.

"What do I get in return?"

"Like Homer says in The Simpsons Hit & Run, I'll pay you in backrubs."

"I do like your massages." he contemplated in a teasing manner. "But no deal."

"What?! No deal? After all, we have been through?"

A giggle escaped his lips, "I just wanted to see your reaction. Of course, I'll have one of your famous massages."

"You know what? You're a little shit sometimes."

"I love you, too." he started washing her hair.

Jennie felt a sense of relief as he took over, letting her aching arms rest.

"Babe, why are you so gentle?" she called out as she felt his hands softly scrubbing her scalp.

"I like being gentle with you."

"You can get a little rougher than that," she reassured.

"I don't wanna hurt you."

"Kookie, I am not tender headed."

"Are you sure?"

"Yes, now use them hands."

"Okay." he fulfilled her request.

"That feels so good. Keep doing that." she sighed in contentment.

After rinsing out her hair, he applied another coat of shampoo to make sure he washed it properly as he began to hum. His humming always gave her a sense of serenity.

"What are you doing, now?" she called out as he started to make random hairstyles with her sudsy hair. He didn't answer as he began giggling repeatedly. "Cut it out!" she laughed with him.

After playing around, conditioner was applied to her hair and she let it sit in for a while. Rising and turning around from the sink, she put her hair in a bun and left her hair alone.

"So, how was bowling with Jimin and Tae?" she asked, taking a good look at him. That cute bunny smile was still plastered on his face.

"You should've gone with us! They kept teasing me about you..." he crossed his arms, plotting revenge on his hyungs.

"Wow, that is so ironic. They were the ones that got us together and now they do this? They are so aggy. I'll go bowling with you next time. So, who won the game?"

"Yours truly." he confidently announced.

"Aw, really?" she responded with fake disappointment. "Darn, I was rooting for Tae this time."

"Hey! You're supposed to be rooting for your Golden Boyfriend! Not hyung!"

"Really? Who said that?" she teased. She got a kick out of him acting shooked from her constant teasing as she couldn't help but laugh. "Anything goofy happen?"

"Oh, of course! Jimin Hyung never hit the pins and kept missing them. It was hilarious."

Jennie immediately started laughing with him as she thought about the visual of Jimin whining and yelling about the game.

"He can't catch a break."

"We should have a bowling date for White Day. You think that would be fun?" he suggested.

"That would be fun! Yes, let's do that."

After a few minutes, she headed back to the sink. "All right, can you start combing it for me?" she requested as he grabbed the comb.

"Start from the bottom and work my way up, right?"

"I love how you learn quickly." she proudly replied as he got started, feeling good about himself.

After they were done, she stood away from the sink and he dried her hair with a soft towel. Once removing the towel from her head, he smiled softly and moved some strands of damp hair from her face with his fingertips.

Opening her eyes, her face began to warm up. "Stop staring..." she giggled.

"Can't help it,"

It was still taking her a while to get used to him looking at her so lovingly like this. The way he looked at her was something that would always make her feel special. 

Placing the towel on the counter, Jungkook couldn't help himself as he closed the gap between them for a gentle kiss. Cupping his face, she felt his arms wrap around her, and she walked back to the nearest counter.

A thought in the back of their minds was a prayer that none of the members were returning to the dorm anytime soon so they could continue this moment. Before Jen knew it, she found herself sitting on top of the counter after he easily lifted her.

Pulling away so they could breathe, Jungkook laughed a little with a smile. "I haven't kissed you all day, so I kinda got carried away."

"I'm not complaining. You're so affectionate when we're alone. I love that."

She did love how he was the most affectionate towards her when they were in private. She could tell that he wanted to do more with her but they were living with six other people, so alone time wasn't often for the two. She wondered if she'd be prepared for how he would act when they're alone once their relationship gets more serious. What happened during their alone time filming that commercial was just a tease.

This relationship stuff was still new to her but being with him made things so natural and pleasant. She was looking forward to how their relationship would progress as time went on.

"What's that J word that couples call each other here? I forgot the word," she asked.

"Oh, Jagi?" he pointed out.

"Yeah, that's it. I remember you called me that during filming."

"Do you like it when I call you that?"

"Yeah, I do actually."

He nodded. "Good. Me too. Maybe one day I'll get to call you yeobo."

"Yeobo? What does that word mean? Educate me." she requested. Once he told her the meaning of the word, her face felt flushed. "Oh. Oh wow. T-thinking ahead are we?" she let out a shy giggle.

A soft smirk came across the Golden Maknae's features as he watched her. "It's nice to see you being the nervous one this time instead of me when I'm around you. You're cute when you're like this."

"I feel like you do this on purpose," she said, jumping off the counter. She finished moisturizing her hair and placed it in a bun, letting it air dry for now. "So, what should I call you?"

"Oppa," he teased her, making her face feel flushed. 

"Oh my God...that word," 

That word just...one day she'll say it. It won't be today. She also knew that the members would love for her to call them that from time to time. It didn't have to be often. 

"Ah...give me some time," she said as he laughed and nodded.

"Take your time. I like it when you call me babe,"

"Me too. I'll think of other cute nicknames to call you. Do you have any other suggestions?"

"Iron Kook? Your manly boyfriend?"

"Goodbye." she started walking away.

Laughing, he wrapped his arms around her from behind, hugging her. He then placed sweet kisses on her cheek, causing her to giggle.

"Are we going to finish those Marvel movies?" he asked.

"Yes! I'll set things up in my room." She said as she got released.

---------

When White Day came around, JenKook managed to go out to have a bowling date privately and away from the public. Jungkook had planned everything out, talking to Sejin to get to OK and kept in touch with him and Jin (of course) to know their whereabouts. Jin offered to go with them to supervise them but thankfully Sejin took over and stayed a nice distance from them to let them have their alone time.

The couple wore black masks on their faces in the bowling alley and received their bowling shoes. Jungkook also wore a beanie on top of his head.

"Okay~! Wow, bowling shoe ugly." she examined the bowling shoes on her feet while sitting next to Jungkook who was tying his shoes.

"They are pretty weird looking." He laughed.

"Nikes are better."

"Still persistent with them huh?"

"Oh, absolutely."

"I'm glad you are. One day they'll have you endorse them. Don't give up on it."

"I won't. So, can you teach me some of your techniques since you keep getting strikes left and right when you bowl?" she stood up with him.

Smiling behind his mask, he nodded. "Sure. Come on. It's easy." He gently grabbed her hand and walked up to the game screen.

"To you. I don't have that luck. I get a few strikes here and there but you, is there anything you can't do?"

"Not quite sure. I am called the Golden Maknae after all."

"Don't push it." She shared a laugh with him. "I'll put Munchkin for my name."

"I'll put Jeon Cena."

She laughed at the name. Ever since ISAC, fans have been calling him that more often due to his strength. It was hilarious and suited him well.

"Can we use the jawn where it won't go in the gutter, trapping the ball so it's easier to hit the pins?"

"Nope. You're playing the real way, not using that to help. Grab a ball. We'll do a few practice shots."

Sighing, she confirmed the game and went to grab a ball.

"Okay." he went behind her while they looked at the pins. "Relax...keep a firm grip."

Jungkook liked moments like this. Her asking for his help, especially with something he loves like bowling. This was going to be a fun outing. 

When she rolled the ball down the lane, Jungkook joined her in watching the ball until it hit most of the pins down, leaving three left. A happy giggle escaped her, making him think of how adorable she sounded.

"Not bad!" he praised. "You can definitely get a spare from this. This time let's release the ball at an angle." He demonstrated from behind as she tried to copy his movements. 

Tossing the ball, she managed to get a spare as she jumped up, fist pumping while Jungkook applauded.

"There you go!" he grinned.

After a few more practice rounds, with her sometimes missing a few pins and unable to get a strike they finally play. Jungkook, of course, kept getting back to back strikes which made Jen annoyed.

"This is ridiculous. Can you stop being good?"

He chuckled at her complaining and sat back down while she stood up. Jungkook placed a hand in his pocket to touch the black velvet box, pondering about her White Day gift. Taking his hand out of his pocket, he thought of when he should give it to her. He tried to this morning but chickened out. He didn't know why he was so nervous.

Turning his attention back to her after getting out of his thoughts, Jungkook noticed that she had gotten a strike. He stood up and cheered, "You did it!"

"Yes!" she shouted, jumping up and down.

As the game went on, Jungkook won in the end and they played a second game. This time Jennie did better and was close up to Jungkook a few times, which got him shooked.

'I-is she going to beat me? I can't let that happen.' he thought as his competitive attitude rose.

Some pins he would miss, which would make Jen snicker.

Before Jungkook stood up to get a ball once Jen sat down, his phone buzzed. Taking it out of his pocket he saw that it was Jin trying to Facetime.

"Oh Lord...here we go." She said with amusement while Jungkook sighed, answering it.

"Yes, hyung?" he asked while Jen scooted closer to see the screen

"Are you safe? You're not tongue kissing are you?" Jin asked.

"Hyung, we're fine. Sejin hyung is around. You don't need to call."

"Oh yes, I do! No funny business. I am watching you kids."

"Would you stop bothering them and hang up?" Yoongi complained in the background.

"Is that Jungkook and Jennie? HI! I hope you're having a nice date!" Taehyung appeared with his face close to the screen, making JenKook laugh. 

"You said you were going to make our food! Get off the phone!" Jimin whined, grabbing the phone. "Bye! Have fun!" he ended the call.

"Goofy," she replied.

After finishing their second game with Jungkook winning by only a few points, they went to play some of the arcade games. Jen was proud to be able to kick his ass in Pac-Man and taught him some strategies to win. Then, they took some cute photos in a photo booth, taking their masks off.

One photo consisted of him being silly, smiling meme like while getting close to her face as she tried to ignore him. She couldn't help but laugh and the booth snapped the photo, making it look candid and it so happened to be her favorite.

After their date, they were dropped off back at the dorm. Jennie was about to grab her keys to open the door but Jungkook gently grabbed her hand.

"What's up?" she turned around.

"I have something for you." he smiled softly, putting his hand in his pocket.

"Oh, you do? What is it?"

Nervously, he pulled out a small black velvet box, making her part her lips. Taking it, she looked at the box and then back at him as he smiled, gesturing for her to open it. When she opened the lid, her breath was taken out of her when she saw that it was a ring. And it looked similar to Iron Man's Arc Reactor with pretty jewels around it.

"Kook..."

"I have a matching one." He showed off his black ring with an Iron Man symbol on it. "And it has your name engraved inside on mine. With your ring it has mine. Every time you see it, you can think of me."

She was so speechless at the ring, that she couldn't even say anything for a moment. She was in love with it and it looked beautiful. 

"You can be my Pepper Potts while I am your Tony Stark," she remembered him saying as a big smile came across her lips.

He nodded. "Do you like it?"

"I love it! Look at this!?" she took it out and placed it on her finger. "I love you, so much!"

Giving him a big kiss, she pulled him in for a tight hug, making him stumble. With his arms tightly around her waist, he pulled her close, delighted that she liked her gift.

"I love you, too." he pulled away as a big smile came across his lips. He grabbed her hand to take a good look at the ring and then kissed her hand and fingers.

When they walked into the dorm, they caught Jin speeding away from the door, giving it away that he was spying on them.

"Really hyung?" Jungkook laughed.

"What? What did I do?" Jin asked innocently.

When they went to her room, they decided to play video games, taking turns playing Dark Souls 2. A loud rumble of thunder was heard around the dorm as Jennie watched Jungkook game. The sudden sound made her jump slightly, while Jungkook wasn't affected by it. They managed to beat the storm and just dealt with some moderate rain when they left the bowling alley.

"Hey, the storm is getting pretty bad. You think we should turn the game off before the lights go out?" she asked.

"After this battle, I want to get through! Come on, I'm almost there and then we can save it." 

"Let's save the game now."

"After this!"

"Kook-"

"Honey, let me just finish this," he whined.

She rolled her eyes in amusement. He was so hardheaded. As she continued to watch him, he, of course, did not save the game like he said he would and went into the next boss battle. And halfway through it, the electricity went out, just like she anticipated.

"NO!" Jungkook yelled while they heard Hobi screaming in fright outside their room.

"Woooooooow. Let's save the game, I said. Before the electricity goes out, I said. And what do you do? Continue playing and you did not save the game. All that hard work, gone. Now you gotta start all the way back again. Whew, how amazing is that?" she sarcastically said, over Jungkook's loud whining.

She turned her flashlight on her phone and got off her bed, looking around. They should have some stuff to help with the lighting. 

Leaving the room, she found Namjoon and Jin wandering around the cabinets and drawers to find what to help bring light back into the dorm. They then found stashes of candles and matches to prepare for situations like this. Bringing a few candles to her room, Jen started lighting them up and placing them around. 

Jungkook looked at his surroundings, noticing that her room looked like some romantic scene from a movie.

"Ha. Never underestimate candles," she said, satisfied with her work. Taking a seat on the bed with him, she asked, "Is this enough light?"

"Yeah. It's...perfect," he replied softly. They heard a whimper and saw Tony running right to Jennie's feet. "Hey, hey, what's wrong, boy?"

Tony jumped on the bed, going right to her lap, shaking. Concerned, she began petting him softly, trying to soothe him. "It's okay, it's okay. I guess you don't like thunderstorms, huh?"

Jungkook watched her nurture him as his eyes softened to see how gentle she was with him. He then began to comfort Tony too, petting him and scratching his ears.

"Let's cuddle Tony to get his mind off the storm."

"Good idea," she replied as she picked the dog up. 

Jungkook moved back the covers and they both got under them, keeping Tony in the middle. Pulling the covers over them, Jungkook noticed Tony beginning to snuggle into him and calm down a little as they tried to take his mind off the thunder.

---------

BTS' Jennie reportedly turns down big endorsement deal with Adidas

Articles from several K-Pop news sites wrote about it while Jennie ignored another shitstorm of criticism from people. It seemed like haters love to give her crap about everything she does and it was ridiculous. She did not have the time to dwell on it. 

Some on social media were divided on her decision. One half thought it was foolish to turn it down but the other half supported it because they knew how much she truly wanted to endorse her favorite brand.

She trended all over Twitter when it was announced while she remained unbothered, eating smarties and watching TV. 

Meanwhile, on Twitter, K-Pop fans voiced their opinion:

'The only endorsement queen wants is Nike! #LetJennieEndorseNike'

'She should've taken the deal. Would have made a lot of money. Nike ain't interested. Go for the next best thing Jennie. Don't be stupid.'

'She still persistent on that Nike deal?? Jen, girl, I love you but take the deal. It's Nike's loss if they don't notice you, boo. Get that bag Adidas offered!'

'BTS isn't even that popular so why would Adidas or even NIKE for that matter be interested in her of all people? Makes no sense.'

'We stan a loyal queen! Give her Nike!'

'I can't see someone like Jennie endorse Nike. Why would they want her? She doesn't have the IT factor'

'#JennieXNike will happen one day! Don't give up Jennie!'

'What if Nike lowkey does want her and so did Adidas but Adidas went to Big Hit first to make a huge offer to see if she would take it?'

'Guys...don't panic. I feel like Nike is lowkey keeping their eyes on Jennie! Jen is being smart here by not taking that offer'

'Nike, please notice Jennie! She loves your brand so much! You won't regret your decision to sign her. She will bring in so many sales with her passion alone for your brand!'

'Even though they're not following her, I bet Nike is watching her very closely' 

'Jennie deserves to endorse Nike. Watch all these videos from predebut of BTS and even from her Amity days of her talking about wanting to endorse Nike!'

'Adidas is better than Nike! Jennie you just set yourself up for failure. Nike ain't that great. TAKE THE DEAL!'

'I don't get why you would reject that endorsement. You can't be that stupid'

'If she endorses Nike and leaves Puma, she's a traitor. Just stay in your lane with Puma and be grateful.'

'I love that Jen is staying loyal to Nike. She still wants that endorsement after all these years. Not a lot of people would do this but Jennie, we support you! #NikeXJennie'

'She could've gotten a lot of money with that deal...'

'TBH, I think she's cocky, acting high and mighty by rejecting endorsements because she wants to endorse Nike. The brand isn't interested so move on'

Those thinking that she was arrogant and cocky about it were proved wrong when Adidas issued a statement of how they respected her decision and that she had been nothing but happy and appreciative about their offer. And she was even tempted to take the deal but she went with her heart and decided not to go through with it.

She remembered what she told them, "Oh my gosh...wow! I am so honored. Truly honored that you want me of all people to endorse your brand. This is truly amazing and I'm still shooked. But after thinking long and hard about it...I can't accept this deal. There is another company that I want to endorse if I can. If I endorse another company, I wouldn't be as passionate about it as I would be for Nike. Yes, this is a big offer when you tried to negotiate with me but I...I can't accept it. Thank you for the offer but I want to politely decline."

She then thought of her conversation with Bang PD.

"Are you absolutely sure? This is the second endorsement you turned down," he said.

"Yes. I'm sorry but I really want Nike. And if I gotta keep waiting, I will. I know one day it'll come. I don't want to rush this blessing. Man, I bet you really wanted me to take that offer, right? I'm sorry I let you down."

He had told her that he was happy she was still determined. He loved how passionate she was about Nike and wanted to see things go through with her achieving that goal. Whenever it was tomorrow or in a couple of years, Big Hit would find a way to get that endorsement.

To get her mind off things, she finally got a chance to hang with G-Dragon again at YG Entertainment, catching up on life. She wore a pair of high-waisted jeans along with a crop top with long sleeves while hanging with him in the practice room. She told him about the fire comeback and he happily smiled, listening keenly to her.

"You will be very successful. No doubt about it."

"I hope so!" she beamed.

"I see a lot of potential in you. You're getting there and growing each comeback. I have been watching your fancams. I wrote some notes down on what you should work on." He took out a notebook in his bag and handed it to her.

"You didn't have to do this in your spare time."

"You told me you want me to help you. I keep my word. And you're very serious about this and you take the advice to heart to improve yourself. What I'm doing is working. I see improvement. So let's continue improving."

"Okay." She smiled and read his notes. 

The main thing he wanted her to focus on was charisma, which she agreed.

"How are you adjusting to your growing fame in BTS?

"I'm getting by. It's so crazy. I'm enjoying it while making sure to stay safe and mindful of my surroundings,"

"Good. Just remember to be careful. And to understand that not everyone is your friend in this industry. Be mindful of who is in your circle. There will be clout chasers on the rise as BTS gets popular,"

She nodded. "I understand,"

"Can you show me your choreography for fire? I want to watch you so I can see what you can improve on."

"Okay." She stood up and plugged in her phone to put on the song. 

He stood by the speaker while she stood in the middle of the dance floor. Pressing play, he watched her move.

"Stop." he turned the music off, catching her off guard. 

Already? Was she that bad?

"You're not confident. You're hesitating. Don't do that, you're better than that." He pointed out, making her nod. "What do you hope to accomplish in this comeback?"

"That I'm not an afterthought," she admitted.

"Then do that. You have the power to show them you aren't an afterthought. So, go harder and be comfortable in your dancing. During some BTS songs, I see that you let loose and people see that. So do that here too. Let that charisma ooze out. It will get people to stare at you and ask about you even if you are not the one singing or in the center. You can have that ability. You just need to own it."

Understanding his words, he restarted the song and fiercely went right into the choreography, making him nod.

"Better." He called out. Just before the chorus, he stopped the music again. "You're in the front for the chorus?"

"Yeah."

"Why not do something memorable when you move to the front."

She thought about Taehyung and how cool he looked when he tossed his lollipop down and was in front during the chorus of War of Hormone. So, what could she do that would make people want to rewind back to her part?

"I got it." She got back into place.

After a few hours of working on what to improve, they chilled together, eating while she told him about Adidas wanting her to endorse their brand.

"You declined?" he asked.

"Yeah. Call me stupid but I still want to endorse Nike. I don't even know how dispatch knew about me declining. Things just got blown out of proportion."

"Whatever you set your mind to, do it. So if you want that Nike endorsement, then go for it. I bet they're watching you right now, just waiting for the right time to ask you."

"Ha! I wish."

"I saw something that your fans posted when I was scrolling through Instagram. They caught Nike liking one of your photos of you wearing Nike gear and then the like wasn't there anymore."

"Stop lying." she looked at him as her stomach dropped. 

Quickly, she went on Twitter to type 'Nike Jennie' on the search tab and scrolled down until she found a popular tweet from a fan that said,

'Nike IS watching Jennie! They liked her photo and then unliked it! They KNOW of her! So let's be patient and not spam Nike about her.'

"Oh my gosh..." she exhaled, feeling her heart race.

Will they actually ask her to endorse their brand one day? Could it have been a test to see if she would take Adidas' deal?

"See? So just relax and don't stress about it. Your time will come. For now, focus on your music. And nice ring by the way." he pointed out the blue ring Jungkook gave her for White Day. "Very nice looking ring. It reminds me of Iron Man a bit."

"Thanks, it actually is a part of Iron Man. My boyfriend gave it to me on White Day."

G-Dragon's eyes widened. "Oh, really? Wow, who is the lucky man?"

"It's Jungkook." She shyly replied, letting out a soft chuckle while looking down. 

Mentioning his name gave her butterflies as she thought about him giving her the ring. 

G-Dragon thought about Jungkook right away, remembering seeing him and Jennie together. He knew right away something was going on and that Jungkook was crushing on her. It was nice to hear that they were together now.

"You're in good hands." G-Dragon guaranteed.

That made her heart soar. "Thank you. I'll tell him that."

"Just be careful out there with the public."

"Trust me, I will,"

"And be careful as you and Bangtan get more popular in the industry. There are going to be people trying to tear you down. Be prepared and just don't forget who you are. Don't let anyone change you. Especially your music." 

Thinking about that made Jen think of Hailey. Her music is so much more different now than back when they were all friends in Amity. Her new music didn't suit her and the autotune was not needed because she already had a wonderful voice. She also needed to fix her attitude. She had hoped the punches to her face helped with that.

"I see big things for BTS." He added. "Continue to work hard and remain humble about everything. And be wary of Mnet as time goes on."

"Oh, believe me. I remember your diss. And I wouldn't be here if it wasn't for so many people that helped me. Whenever our time is as we get more popular, I will never forget those who helped me. Including you. Thank you for everything. I'm glad I spoke up and approached you. You're an amazing mentor,"

"I'm glad too. You're very welcome. So...why not film us dancing to Bang Bang Bang and I'll post it on V-Live later on today."

"For real!?" her eyes brightened as she happily stood up. "I've been practicing! I'm gonna kill it this time. I remembered what you told me. And I improved on TOP's part."

He laughed, pleased by her reaction. "All right. Let's get to it, girl."

When Jen arrived back to the dorm, exhausted, she showered and then went to take a nap to rest her body from working all day. A few hours into her nap, she was woken up by loud yelling as the BTS members rushed into her room.

"Is this where you sneak off to!? You said you were going to the store!" Jin yelled.

"Huh?" she asked sleepily and yelled when she was dragged outta bed by Hobi and Jungkook, taking her covers with her. 

She was then dragged into the living room and placed on the couch where the rest of the members were, as they yelled various questions.

Confused, Jen finally yelled, "What the hell is going on!? Why are you yelling!?"

"G-Dragon!" the guys shouted

"What about him!?"

"Full explanation!" Namjoon showed her the photo that G-Dragon posted on Instagram and Twitter.

He even tagged her in it, saying 'You're doing well. It was good to see you. Good luck with your comeback. #GDXJW'

The photo seemed to have gone viral very quickly as VIPs and Armies enjoyed their interaction and liked how they had some sort of father/daughter relationship. VIPs also praised Jennie because it was clear to them that she was serious about learning from him. And the fact that she personally asked him to be one of the people to help her was becoming quite a praise for her.

"And this!" Jimin showed her the V-live video of them dancing to Bang Bang Bang.

"You should've taken me," Jungkook grumbled, getting jealous that she was hanging out with a member of Big Bang.

Jennie was shooked as she watched herself in the video. The way she was hyped up while lip syncing TOP's part, made G-Dragon laugh as he watched proudly. How strong she rocked back and forth during the chorus.

'I truly have improved.' she thought as she watched herself dance effortlessly with him. 

Her body just let go and she felt that stage presence just oozing out of her like he wanted. He was an amazing teacher.

"You danced with him and hung out with him for the day!?" Taehyung whined.

"I can't believe you!" Yoongi added.

"This is unacceptable. You just kicked us all to the curb! E-excuse me, are you listening, young lady!?" Jin exclaimed as he watched Jennie go back to sleep, ignoring them.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 78- Prom

Chapter Summary: BTS promotes fire and Jen becomes the next person to receive phone numbers in her sandwich. Bangtan thinks of a way for Jennie to experience her own Prom in Seoul. While on a prom weekend trip with a group of their 97 Liner friends, Jennie and Jungkook play a little game of dares which takes a spicy turn.

Words: 11,000+

Genre: Such a fluffy chapter! Promposals from the members and BIG Jungkook fluff! And smol Jungkook smut. (Not all the way. Just some smol stuff like oral. Short and sweet.)

Author's Note: I was experimenting with this and ideas just kept flowing. I hope you like it! I'll continue to do better in the smut department. A for effort! Lol, I'm biased and loved Taehyung's Promposal the best since he's my Bias in BTS hehe. I lost the photo of the dress I used for Jen's dress for prom smfh. If I ever find it I will add it in.

----------

Backstage for Mnet Countdown, Jungkook was chosen to stay back, still recovering from his flu. Already in her attire for the show, a producer came up to her to discuss her role for today.

“Jennie. We’re going to change things up a bit since Jungkook is unable to perform today. So we want you to take over his lines for Save Me and Butterfly.”

“Okay!” she replied with a nod, feeling confident about herself.

From now on, she would try her best not to get so nervous about doing stuff like this. She got this. She will do Jungkook justice for the songs. 

In front of a Bangtan bomb camera, some of the members spoke about Jennie taking over his lines for the day while Jungkook was giddy about it, teasing her.

“It is so weird when a member is missing and you have to go on without them. And the fact that they want me to take over Jungkook’s lines, it’s a big responsibility. But I believe I can do him justice.” she said on camera.

Getting something to eat with the members, Jen was given a sandwich at the cafeteria. When she sat down with them to begin eating, she noticed there were small pieces of paper in the sandwich.

"Huh?" she took the pieces of paper out and examined them. A laugh escaped her lips as she shook her head. "Bold!"

“What happened?” Namjoon asked as he took a look at the pieces of paper.

“I got a few phone numbers.” she continued to chuckle.

“What!?” Jungkook exclaimed, rushing over to look at the pieces of paper.

Who in the heck would be this bold to give out their number to his girl? Who!?

“Numbers? What numbers?” Jin shouted

“Whoa, whoa, guys, it’s okay!” she looked at them in bewilderment.

“Okay!? Someone is messing with our ship!” Taehyung complained and grabbed her sandwich.

“It’s harmless, relax,” she reassured.

“Some idols already know I’m your boyfriend. Why are these guys trying to shoot their shot?” Jungkook grumbled.

“Jungkook-ah, relax.”

“No, I won’t relax, Jagi! I want to know whose numbers these belong to.”

“Oh Lord...” she turned her attention to Taehyung and grabbed her sandwich back. Taking a bite, she spat it out immediately. “What the heck is this!?”

It tasted weird. Nothing like the usual sandwich she would get. Did they make a new sandwich or something? She opened the sandwich and it contained bread, egg potato salad, cabbage salad and...strawberry jam?

“Ew. No, I’m not eating this.” she placed it down and went into her bag to see if she had any leftover snacks.

Meanwhile, the guys rambled on about people giving Jen their number. 

Checking out her bag, she pulled out another random piece of paper that someone supposedly snuck into her bag.

“Oh. Another set of numbers.” she chuckled.

“ANOTHER ONE!?” Jin yelled in horror. “That’s five numbers in one day! The heck!?”

“This is unacceptable. I don’t want these guys getting any bright ideas.” Namjoon frowned with Jungkook complaining.

“Do I need to have a talk with them?” Yoongi asked, cracking his knuckles.

“We should start bringing her lunches instead. Make her lunch, Jin.” Hobi eagerly suggested.

“Duly noted. What do you want to eat for lunch, sweetie?” Jin asked.

“Guys, relax! It’s fine!” she exclaimed while Jimin and Tae whined about their ship.

---------

On the stage, wearing the same white shirt as the members but with black shorts, Jen exhaled shakily, looking up at the ceiling. ARMY noticed her hand shaking as the music came on. The 97 Liner slowly walks around, singing softly,

amugeotdo saenggakhaji ma

neon amu maldo kkeonaejido ma

geunyang naege useojwo

Jen listened to Tae’s soulful vocals as they all moved elegantly on stage. 

Covering her lines, she sang, “Is it true? Is it true? You, You. Neomu areumdawo duryeowo. ”

Untrue Untrue

You You You

Taking over the chorus, putting her hands together and moving side to side in sync with everyone, she went on, “Gyeote meomulleojullae. Naege yaksokhaejullae. Son daemyeon naragalkka buseojilkka. Geobna geobna geobna.”

siganeul meomchullae

i sungani jinamyeon

eobseotdeon iri doelkka neol irheulkka

geobna geobna geobna

Spinning to the middle, she looked up, singing, “Butterfly, like a Butterfly. Machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom.”

The way she sang Butterfly was so angelic as some members of the crowd were saying ‘wow’.

Meanwhile, she had made eye contact with Jimin who had smiled softly at her, nodding at her performance so far. That gave her the reassurance she needed.

Butterfly, like a butterfly

machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom

After Suga and J-Hope rap, Jin looked up and turned to the camera,

Untrue Untrue

You You You

This wasn’t as bad as she thought as she nailed the chorus again before Rapmon went on to rap passionately.

It’s all FREE for you baby

Standing with Jimin as he did his high note, Jennie revealed a pair of white butterfly wings on her back, that she had hidden with her shirt, which had amazed the crowd. She sang again with the confetti falling down as Jimin harmonized with her. For the ending pose, the boys turned their backs to the ground with their hands mimicking a butterfly while Jen faced the crowd, moving her body like a butterfly before outstretching her hand, and looking up.

For fire, the members walked onto the stage, hyped with fire all around the scene. Wearing their outfits from the MV, Suga placed his arm around Taehyung in the middle.

bultaoreune

Fire Fire Fire Fire

When I wake up in my room nan mwotdo eoptji

haega jigo nan hu biteuldaemyeo geotji

Sticking her tongue out and catching the camera panning to her, she flowed fluidly with the members after J-Hope finished his verse.

da mansinchangiro chwihaesseo chwihaesseo

Losing her balance from staggering around pretending she was drunk while Yoongi rapped, Jen caught herself.

‘Whew, that was close.’ she thought as she continued to dance.

mak yokhae gireseo gireseo

na masi gatji michinnom gatji

da eongmangjinchang, livin’ like ppi-i-

Taehyung covered Jungkook’s parts as he stood in the middle.

ni meotdaero sareo eochapi ni kkeoya

aesseuji jom mareo jyeodo gwaenchanha

Errbody say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!” Jen repeated with the crowd.

Say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!”

soneul deureo sorijilleo Burn it up

Strutting up to the front, she flicked her nose with her thumb, changing her face into a serious expression.

bultaoreune

Going hard in the dance break, making her hair whip around, she sang, “Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

Standing with Namjoon, she began moving her head side to side with him.

“Aye, live it up. Bangtan just exploded on the scene~!.”

Hey, burn it up jeonbu da taeul geot gachi

“Aye, shout it out! I’m turnt up, it’s okay, I’m keen~”

Hey, turn it up saebyeogi da gal ttaekkaji

geunyang sarado dwae urin jeomgie

geu malhaneun neon mwon sujeogillae

sujeosujeo georyeo nan saraminde

“So, what~!” she shouted with them, raising a hand up.

“Calling us extra yet you still want to hang. Bang to the tan, you wanna join this gang. Keep your eyes on me, I am still that chick!” she slapped her chest. “Don’t you stand too close, what, you think you slick? Admit we the shhh as we tear it down!”

When she said shhh, the members dramatically turned to her while she placed a finger to her lips before they followed her around as she continued to go on, “BTS is the flame they wanna water down! Bangtan is still here and we killin’ it still. We always start the fire, you just a fire drill!”

This comeback was her favorite out of everything as her happiness soared on stage with the guys. Performing this at a concert was going to be a rush.

(Fire)

geop manheun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

goeroun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

maenjumeogeul deulgo All night long

(Fire)

jingunhaneun balgeoreumeuro

As the backup dancers danced with them, Jen got hyped, shouting, 

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-“

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!” the rest of the members joined in

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

With Suga walking up next to V, he pointed to the camera. 

yongseohaejulge

---------

Once Jungkook was good as new, feeling much better, he went all out for the remaining performances. And thanks to ARMY, BTS had received their first win for fire as the confetti startled both Jen and Yoongi.

“Please give us your winning speech!” the MCs gave Rapmon the mic

“ARMY! Thank you to all the Armys who are watching this live, right now!” Rapmon said.

“ARMY is the one who gave us this award. ARMY is truly the best!” Jin said. “And to our members, please don’t get sick. We will always be with you guys so please continue to look after us!”

Taking the mic, Jungkook happily said, “Everyone, I’m really OK! I love you!”

“I love you, my family!” V waved.

For the encore of fire, the guys put the confetti all on Jennie as she tried not to laugh while singing her parts. Today was all in all perfect.

Walking backstage, she held the trophy, doing a victory dance before skipping around with Taehyung. After settling down, she waited until it was her turn to be recorded thanking ARMY for the first win.

“ARMY is truly one of a kind. You guys are always there to support us through our highs and our lows. And all because of you, we were able to win first place again. I can not thank you guys enough. Thank you guys so much! You guys are amazing and I love you so much!” she beamed.

For one music show, Jungkook was chosen to MC for Music Core. Looking over the script, he pointed out that there were a lot of aegyo and singing parts.

Jennie started cracking up at the script. “Oh gosh. This is going to be cute. And you gotta sing your Boy In Luv lines? How charming.”

“I think our 97 Liners should MC together one day,” Namjoon suggested.

“Me and Jennie?” Jungkook’s eyes lit up as a big bunny smile came across his face. “I’d love that.”

“That’d be fun actually.” she agreed.

Pulling her close, he looked down at her, smiling, “Cheer for me?”

“Of course. I love you. You’re going to do great out there.”

“I love you, too.” He gave her a sweet peck on the lips

“Aw~!” Hobi cooed with Jimin and Tae, causing the couple to turn in their direction, amused.

“I love you, too~.” Jimin teased.

“Cheer for me, Jennie? I love you.” Taehyung added.

“Of course, you’re going to do great out there.” Hobi joined in.

"Shut up!" Jennie said. 

She and Jungkook rolled their eyes, trying to ignore their teasing.

As the members got ready for the show, they looked at the TV screen to see Jungkook MCing with other idols.

“He’s doing well,” Jin praised.

Jennie smiled at her boyfriend MCing. He did look a little nervous with his trembling voice when he was singing but he was doing his best and began to get the hang of things. 

“He’s so cute.” she giggled.

“Ah, he’s so awkward, AH!” Namjoon laughed.

Once the show was over, Jungkook was in for a ton of teasing, even from Jennie as his face turned pink.

-------

The next morning, Jungkook was drawing in his room to pass the time. His ears perked up at the sound of Jennie singing along with loud music playing. Jin had asked her to clean her room since it was looking a bit messy during their comeback season. 

Grabbing his video camera, he chose to take a peek at what she was doing. The sight of her dancing and singing to Raven Symone’s Supernatural, in front of her stuffed animals on her bed, made him press record. She was really giving her stuffed animals a concert. It was adorable.

When I get this feelin'

Something's about to happen

Without any reason

It's Supernatural

Some people call it crazy

Something's there's no explaining

Just believe what you see

It's Supernatural

Watching her jump and bounce around, Jungkook had suppressed a laugh. She even grabbed a big teddy bear and started to dance around with it. Setting the teddy bear down, she seemed to be more into dancing than cleaning.

As she danced to more songs, he even filmed her dancing and singing to The Party's Just Begun by The Cheetah Girls as she was still oblivious to him watching her.

Tell Me Something I Don't Know by Selena Gomez, the Another Cinderella story version, played while she sang and danced. She finally noticed Jungkook and pulled him into her room. She made him sit on the bed as he laughed and resumed recording while she dramatically sang.

I hear it every day

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind, no

Tell me, tell me, tell me 

Something I don't know

Something I don't know

“Jennie, I don’t think this is what Jin Hyung meant when he said to clean your room.” he giggled.

“Shhh!” she replied with a grin. “He isn’t going to be back until a few more hours. Let me live!”

“Don’t jinx it~!”

After cleaning her room, Jennie and Jin sat at her desk with makeup all around as they began to have a V-Live.

“What is up Army!? Welcome to another episode of Let’s Put Makeup on Smartie featuring Handsome Jin~! Say hello to our viewers!”

“Hello, Army! I hope you have all eaten and slept well.” Jin blew a kiss.

“So far everyone has done a remarkable job making me look a mess.” she laughed nervously. “So, I really hope that this time will be different.”

“Trust me, I won’t make you look a mess. Now relax and let me handle this. Army, I got this.” he went on and put primer on her face. “I see you cleaned your room.”

“Yes, I did. Now you can stop bugging me about it.”

“I was not bugging you.”

She impersonated him, “Jennie, you need to clean your room. Your room is a mess. Why did you let your room get like this? I want it spotless when I return or no smarties. Okay, tomorrow you are cleaning your room. Sweetie, did you clean your room yet?”

“I do not sound like that!”

“Yes, you do.” she asserted as he finished putting a neat coat of foundation on her face.

Fans commented on how good of a job he was doing so far on her makeup. Way better than the other members.

“How am I looking?” she asked.

“You will see when I am done. So far so good,” he replied, neatly putting eyeliner on her.

Jin went for a more natural look in contrast to the others so far making her look like a "clown" in Jen's eyes. With the foundation matching her skin complexion, he applied it on until he thought everything was neatly placed. Then he applied a little bit of lipstick to complete the look.

"Done!" he announced.

"That's it? That was quick. Are you sure-DAMN!" she looked at herself in the mirror in awe. "Oh my God, Jin! This is-wow!"

"I know. I know." he grinned proudly.

"I can't believe he made me look this good. I love this!"

"Oh, that was to be expected, hehehe. I'm happy you like it, sweetie. ARMY, I did a great job, right?"

---------

The following morning, Jen got up at her usual time. Walking into the kitchen, the delicious aroma made her stomach growl in anticipation as she saw Jin cooking.

Jin had been planning his Promposal for her for the past few days ever since Rapmon and J-Hope discussed it with him. To say that he was nervous was an understatement. He had hoped that what he planned to do wouldn't be corny and she would say yes to him.

“Good morning!” he grinned, turning to her.

“Morning! What are you making? It smells great!”

“Your favorite. Sit down. It’s already ready for you.”

Taking a seat, she looked at the plate that was made of her favorite blueberry pancakes, eggs, and bacon. He decorated the plate of food cutely as her heart soared. While looking closely at the pancakes, her stomach dropped when she saw the words ‘Prom?’ written in syrup.

Her lips parted as she sat there in astonishment.

Was this real? Why did it say prom? What was he doing? Was he really asking her? What is going on?

Looking up, she saw him smiling at her nervously.

“A-are you asking me to prom?” her voice shakily asked as her throat tightened.

“Would you do me the honor, Jennie? Go to prom with handsome Jin?”

Overwhelmed with joy, she let out a laugh as happy tears began to flow down her cheeks. Getting out of her chair, she rushed over to hug him, tightly.

“Yes!" she accepted, feeling his arms wrap around her. She took the moment to cry as he held her. "Thank you! Thank you so much!"

Pulling away from him she wiped her tears. "I can't believe this!" she rambled on. "We’re actually going to prom? Where? When? How? What is going on?”

He laughed at her excitement. “One thing at a time, Jennie. You have six other Promposals coming your way. But I’m sure mine was the best.”

Jin will never forget how Jungkook had almost fought everyone to try to be the first person to ask her out to prom. But in the end, Jin finally won after a game of rock, paper, scissors.

Following eating breakfast with Jin, she went to hang out with Yoongi to play basketball which they planned a couple of days ago. Yoongi thought of a simpler way to ask her and something basketball related.

“Check.” he gave her the ball.

Before she could check it back, she noticed writing on it.

“Smartie, let’s have a ball at prom!” she read out loud and looked up at him anticipating her answer.

She dropped the ball and ran up to hug him, making them both fall to the ground.

“Ow, smartie!”

“Yes, yes, yes, and yes!” she gladly accepted.

A gummy smile appeared on his lips. "Good. Now, let's play ball."

Back at Big Hit, Jennie had her usual dance practice with Hobi to clean up on any dance moves. Throughout practice, he couldn't contain his excitement and worked hard to not get distracted at the thought of asking her to prom.

"You earned it. Well done, today." he handed her an orange Nike shoe box.

"What is this?! New shoes!? Nike!?" she yelled excitedly.

Opening up the box, she looked at the new pair of sneakers, and on the top, it read, ‘Munchkin, just do it and dance with me at prom!’

“Yes!” she pulled him in for a big kiss on the cheek and a hug. “Oh my gosh, this is so adorable. Thank you! I would love to go to prom with you!”

Hobi squealed, running and jumping around the studio at her answer. “YEEEEEAAAAAAHHHHHH~!”

After spending some time in her studio working on music, Jimin walked in with a small box and bag of Smarties. He chose to do something that related a lot to her.

"Smarties!?" she squealed, cheerfully accepting them.

“Check out the box.” he pointed out with an eye smile.

Opening up the small black box, she found two guitar picks that said ‘I couldn’t pick a better date... prom?’ which made her heart soar.

"Aw...Jimin..." she turned to him as he shyly looked down.

"Was it too cheesy?"

"No way, this is so thoughtful! Yes, I will go to prom with you!" she proudly accepted as she stood up from her seat.

“Yes!” he fist pumped, pulling her in for a warm hug. “I bet my Promposal was the best out of all the guys!”

Following running back and forth around the Big Hit building, Jen strolled down a hallway to see two people wearing...thug costumes and masks?

"There she is! Get her!" one shouted.

"Whoa! Hey! Get off me!" she shrieked as she got lifted over one of their shoulders.

Was she really getting kidnapped at Big Hit? What was going on?

"Oh no! It's Iron Man!" one voice dramatically announced.

"You'll never take us alive, Iron Man! We have Miss Potts! She's ours now!" the other sneered.

"Not on my watch!" a familiar voice was heard.

Jungkook??

Getting set down, she saw someone wearing an Iron Man suit, "fighting" against the thugs. As random as this was, Jennie was entertained as she watched the action unfold. It didn’t take long for Iron Man to defeat the thugs and approach her.

"Miss Potts, are you okay? Come on. Let's get you to safety."

She got carried bridal style as she held onto him. Going back to her studio, she got sat down on her couch, while Iron Man took a seat on one of her chairs.

"Are you hurt by any chance, Miss Potts?"

"No, I'm not. Thanks for saving me, Tony. How can I ever repay you?" she played along with a smile. 

Standing up, she walked over to him. Carefully she removed his helmet to reveal Jungkook's face and his messy brown hair.

“You could repay me by joining me for a marvelous night at prom. What do you say?" 

Cupping his face, she gave him a big kiss. “Mr. Stark, you got yourself a deal. I would love to." 

He smirked softly and pulled her into his lap as she cupped his face again, giving him multiple kisses on his lips.

“Nice getup.” she gestured to his costume.

He chuckled. “I knew you’d like it,”

------

Just before leaving Big Hit’s building, Jennie stopped walking once she saw a walking...hot dog?

“The heck is going on?” she laughed at the sight, walking closer, only to see it was Taehyung who was holding up a sign.

“Oh...my God.” she covered her face and laughed. Uncovering her face, she read the sign while Taehyung had a boxy grin on his face.

‘Ennie~! Before any of these other weenies try to ask, I hope that you will choose this weenie as your date for prom!’

Giggling, she embraced him and pulled away, smiling brightly. “Ennie would love to go to prom with a weenie like you, Tae. Absolutely!”

“Yay!” he jumped up and down, dancing around which made her laugh again.

As soon as she made it back to the dorm, she went to her room to see a box on her bed along with a bouquet of flowers and smarties. Opening it, it looked like a small puzzle. She went straight to work on putting the pieces together to figure out what it was.

After around 30 minutes, she put the last piece together and took a good look at the puzzle. There was a cute photo of her and Namjoon and under it were the words, 'Jennifer Walker, would you give me the extraordinary honor of allowing me to be one of your dates for prom?'

"Hell yeah," she spoke out loud.

Later that evening with Namjoon engaged in his phone, he felt a pair of soft lips on his cheek.

Looking up, he saw Jennie looking down at him with a smile

"I would love to give you the extraordinary honor of allowing you to be one of my dates for prom, Namjoon. Clever puzzle."

A chuckle escaped his lips as he felt his face warm up from her words. "Thanks, Jennie. Prom is going to be a night you will never forget. Trust us and be excited."

The preparation for prom was an exciting one for Jennie as she prepared for the event. Yoongi had taken her to get her nails and feet done, getting the color yellow. She even snuck a photo of him napping while he waited for her.

‘I’ll take you to get your nails done, he said. But let me take a nap. LOL.’ she tweeted.

Jin and Taehyung took her dress shopping. They argued constantly over which dress would be better. It got so bad, that Jen decided to call her good friend Sam Okyere for suggestions and went along with his pick instead which Jin and Taehyung loved.

Now, today was the day. Prom day. The event that Hobi and Rapmon set up with the rest of the members. They had managed to invite a ton of idol friends, renting a nice little venue for the get-together. They even thought of a theme for the prom which was a carnival theme. Jennie told the guys that the color she was wearing would be yellow, so they each wore something yellow to match her.

In her room, she checked herself out in the mirror, admiring her dress. She was actually going to prom and she couldn't control her nerves. Spinning around in the yellow dress, a giggle escaped her. She was so ready for tonight.

"I look great." she complimented, adjusting her hair which was in a bun with curls on each side.

"Munchkin, are you ready?" Hobi called out.

"Yeah, I'll be right out," she replied. 

Letting out a sharp breath, she opened her door, walking out to the living room where the guys were waiting for her. Nervously looking up at them, she awaited their reactions.

Jungkook widened his eyes at the sight of her, parting his lips. 'Wow...' he thought in admiration. He was freaking out on the inside, staring at her with heart eyes. She looked so beautiful.

Jin's eyes began to water. He loved how gorgeous she looked. She was all grown up and that dress was just stunning on her. The members stood there in disbelief as they couldn’t keep their eyes off her. As if on cue, the boys dramatically fell to the floor, shouting as they clutched their chests, carrying on about how pretty she was.

“Beautiful!”

“Oh my Gosh!”

"AHHHHHHH~!"

Jennie laughed at their shouts and squeals, making it difficult for her to control herself from cheesing hard.

“Look at you! Look at her! Look at her! This is my date!” Jimin shouted proudly.

“Our date!" Namjoon corrected.

"My Girlfriend!" Jungkook shouted.

“My Munchkin!” Hobi yelled.

“I met her first!” Taehyung reminded loudly.

“I taught her how to rap!” Yoongi yelled.

“My Daughter!” Jin declared. "Jennie, you look phenomenal!"

"Hahaha, thank you! You guys clean up nicely! Showing off those foreheads, I see."

"Let me put the corsage on you, Jagi." Jungkook swiped the corsage box out of Yoongi's hands, causing the members to argue.

"You always hog her! Give someone else a chance!" Hobi whined and grabbed the box. "I want to put it on her!"

"No, I'm the oldest so I should do it!" Jin shouted and took it off his hands.

"Who is the leader?! I am! I'm making the rules here so I should do it! Gimme!" Namjoon shouted back and snatched it out of Jin's hands.

"No! You gimme! I had this damn thing first!" Yoongi yelled and snatched it from him. 

"As the cutest member here, I should be the one to put it on her!" Jimin declared and yanked it out of his hands.

"I've known her longer than all of you and for that, I should have the honor of putting it on her!" Taehyung demanded and managed to swipe it out of Jimin's grip.

Jennie laughed wholeheartedly at their bickering, looking back and forth at their debate.

"Fellas, why not just play rock, paper, scissors to see who wins? So it can be fair," she suggested. 

In the end, Namjoon won as a loud chorus of complaints was heard. Grabbing the box, he approached her, smiling sweetly. "Nini, you look beautiful."

"Thank you! You don't look so bad yourself, Namjoon. Nice hair."

His hands were gentle as he carefully placed the cute corsage on her. Jennie admired it and went on to place a boutonniere on each of them. After getting situated, they took tons of pictures together, and Jen tweeted the photo of her with them all acting extra while laying on the ground, freaking out at her beauty, 'When your seven bros are your dates for a prom made specifically for you. Thank you for making my day. Let's PARTY!'

-----------

Walking into the venue, the place was decked out to make it look like an actual carnival. There were cotton candy, colorful decorations, popcorn, and games. It was a nice choice. And it sounded like Namjoon had borrowed some of Jennie's playlists because the music they were playing was top notch, making her feel right at home. Although the event was private, of course, the media were there to try to get a glimpse.

Watching Jennie rush over to greet Hayoon, Amber, Hyuna and others, Hobi and Namjoon high fived each other.

"Yeah, she's very happy." Hobi chuckled.

Jennie would not stay off the dance floor, dancing with everyone she could.

"JEN-NAY!" Jackson shouted.

"Jackson! Bam Bam! Guys! You're all here! Hey!"

GOT7 was blown away by her dress and stole her away from the BTS members to dance. The members hardly saw Jennie at prom since she was all over the place, hanging out with everyone. She was on the dance floor 70% of the time too as classics like the Cupid Shuffle and Michael Jackson came on. Then Jen was at the photo booth taking tons of photos.

"Ladies and gentlemen it is now time to announce Prom King and Queen!" Yoongi announced. "First, our prom King...J-Hope!"

"Woo!" Jen clapped, turning her attention to a genuinely surprised Hobi.

That sunshine smile of his was brighter than ever as he went on to accept the crown. He had his hands on his heart, bowing to everyone.

"And for our prom queen...Hayoon!"

Jin sighed as Hayoon and Hobi danced together. “I’m upset that I didn’t win. I am the most handsome guy here. And I didn't win Prom King? This is rigged." he jokingly complained, making Jennie laugh. "This is not funny!"

"Oh yes, it is."

"Would you like to dance?" he had his hand out for her. 

She accepted it immediately and he took her to the dance floor. Deja Vu by Beyonce came on as Jen got excited and did Jin’s famous traffic dance with him. Jungkook even did the worm with Bam Bam and Yugyeom. 

Feeling a gentle hand on her shoulder, Jennie turned around to see Sam Okyere, who embraced her in a hug.

"Sam! I’m so glad you’re here!”

“Thank you for having me!”

Give It Up to Me by Sean Paul and Keyshia Cole came on as she happily danced with him and got spun around occasionally. She even got Namjoon to dance, making him cut loose on the dance floor. Feeling at home, she even battled Hobi for the percolator dance. Hobi went first, moving his body fluidly to the bubbly beat of the song as everyone crowded around him. When the beat dropped, Jennie danced, moving up to him, going hard as everyone cheered her on.

As more slow songs came on, Yoongi approached her. Clearing his throat, he gave her a gummy smile, "You save me a dance, smartie?"

"Yes, I did! Come on!" she got held into his arms as they swayed around. 

He even spun her around after a while and she was caught in the arms of Taehyung.

"Ennie~!" he dipped her, making her giggle.

With Jungkook, his eyes were on her the entire night, smiling at how radiant and cheerful she looked. The prom surprise was a success and he was elated to see her smiling so much. But he wanted to dance with her. It was like every time he wanted to approach her, someone else took her away. But he had something up his sleeve so he could spend some time alone with her. 

Locking eyes with her from across the room, a soft smile appeared on his lips. He tilted his head to the side, gesturing for her to follow him out of the room. 

Finally taking a glimpse at Jungkook made Jen's heart flutter. She hadn't interacted with him like she wanted since everyone was trying to spend time with her. 

When she watched him go through a set of discreet doors, she waited a few moments before going to follow him, excusing herself from everyone. Walking through the doors, she closed them behind her to see Jungkook's back as he walked through another set of doors.

'What are you planning?' she pondered while she continued to follow him through more rooms.

Arriving in the final room, closing the doors behind her, she looked around to see that they were outside in a secluded area just for them. Various flowers decorated the space along with string lights surrounding it. Soft music was playing in the background and she saw Jungkook waiting for her with a grin.

"Milady." he bowed and extended his hand out.

Taking his warm hand, she was pulled in close, feeling him gently wrap an arm around her waist. Holding onto him, she looked up at him with a smile. Swaying around to the music, they occasionally giggled, enjoying this alone time while they could.

"So, would you say this is your favorite dance out of everyone you danced with tonight?" he asked, making her laugh.

"Top ten." she teased.

"What?" he whined, making her giggle. 

He spun her around and brought her back into his arms as she wrapped her arms around his neck.

"Kidding. This is my number one. Thank you for making this night even more magical." she placed a hand on the back of his head and kissed him.

"Anything for you," he whispered and let her rest her head on his chest as they continued to sway.

----------

To spend their prom weekend, some 97 Liners have gone to a private resort, with a beach house. To have no worries about cameras or fans following them and to just unwind with friends away from their idol life was a great thing for them.

GOT7's Yugyeom and Bam Bam, Jungkook, Seventeen's Mingyu and The8, IKON's DK, GFriend's Hayoon, Yuju and Eunha, Jennie, and Twice's Mina and Jihyo arrived safely in a private area in Hawaii.

With Jennie and Jungkook, Jungkook carried their bags, making their way into the room that he would be sharing with her. Meanwhile, the rest stayed in other rooms around the big beach house.

Jennie plopped on the bed and let out a long sigh. But her relaxation was short lived when she let out a groan due to Jungkook dramatically falling on top of her.

"A warning would've been nice." she chuckled, trying to push him off but he wouldn't budge.

"That'll defeat the purpose of doing this," he said as mischievous tendencies began to go through his head.

Jennie took a whiff of his cologne. "You smile nice. Smells like my perfume...wait. It IS my perfume! That I've been searching for, for weeks! You stole it!?"

Placing his hands on either side of her head on the bed, looking down at her, he laughed. "Are you sure? I don't recall. I bought this a few days ago."

"You!" she grabbed a pillow and smacked him in the face with it, making him fall off the bed with a thump. 

Continuously hitting him with her newly acquired weapon, Jennie resumed calling him a thief.

“Ah! Hey!" he shouted as she straddled him to continue hitting him. 

He could easily turn them over but this was entertaining as he let her have her way for a bit. She grabbed his arm and placed it between her legs for an armbar, holding it for a moment until she felt him biting her leg.

“Ow! Did you just bite me?” she released him, rubbing the bite as she stood up with him.

Since she was distracted, he quickly got behind her, wrapping his arms around her waist. 

"Oh gosh, don't suplex me~!" she shrieked as she was lifted in the air. 

Jungkook's back landed on the bed while she got thrown backward for the wrestling move. He then laid on top of her for a pin.

"1! 2! 3! Winner and still undefeated! The Golden Maknae! Jeon Jungkook!" he got off of her and raised his hands up in victory, being extra.

Loud giggling was heard as they saw Mina and Yugyeom secretly recording them to tease them about later.

"Oh no! You were recording!? Delete it!" Jennie chased after them with Jungkook.

"Run Mina! Run! I got this!" Yugyeom shouted, grabbing onto Jungkook as they wrestled around playfully.

Mina and Jennie ran around the kitchen with Eunha giggling with Hayoon as they watched them. 

After unsuccessfully getting Mina and Yugyeom to delete the video, Jennie and Jungkook went to play volleyball outside with Mingyu and Hayoon. With Jennie being the best at volleyball, she effortlessly won for her team. After that, they switched teammates as Mingyu teamed with her while Jungkook teamed with Hayoon. 

"You ready to win!?" Jennie cheered.

"Hell yeah, I'm teaming with the GOAT of volleyball. I got nothing to worry about," Mingyu grinned and highfived her. 

As they predicted, Jennie won again for her team as she celebrated with Mingyu, doing their secret handshake and jumping up to bump shoulders.

"How do you keep winning!?" Jungkook complained.

"She's the GOAT of volleyball! That's why!" Mingyu praised and laughed at his complaining.

"We'll get her next time, Jungkook," Hayoon reassured.

"Yeah, we definitely will," The Golden Maknae agreed.

"Hey, you're better at me in bowling! Let me enjoy this moment of beating you!" Jennie giggled.

Later on, everyone gathered around to eat lunch. Jennie expressed how elated she was that they were able to do this fun get together and hoped to have more 97 Liner trips down the line. She also mentioned how appreciative she was that they showed up for Prom and that she loved them all. Her sweet words made them happy as they told her how much they loved her too.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

Jennie glanced at her phone to see a text from Jungkook as they all ate and talked among themselves.

JK: Want to play a game?

She looked up as she sat across from Jungkook who smiled at her.

Jen: Lol. Sure.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

A game of dares, huh? What's the worst that could happen?

Jen: Hm....dare

JK: I dare you to chug your drink

Jen: Easy as pie!

She grabbed her full glass of iced tea and began to chug it effortlessly. When she was halfway done, she started to get the attention of some of the 97 Liners as they watched her in surprise.

"Wow, was it that good?" The8 asked with an impressed look as she laughed and set the empty glass down.

"Heck yeah, it was good! I need a refill," she grabbed the pitcher and poured another glass of tea.

JK: Lol good job.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest, my love?

JK: Darer

Jen: I dare you to do 20 push ups

JK: Your wish is my command

Getting out of his seat, he immediately started doing push ups. Some of the 97 liners started laughing at him while others looked confused.

"Really? While we're eating?" Bam Bam giggled.

"I forgot to do my daily pushups," he explained as he continued to do them until he was done and went back to his seat, feeling pumped from the workout.

Jen: Nice job, Kookie

JK: Dare, darer or darest, baby girl?

Jen: Darest

JK: I dare you to stand up and shout "It's my money and I need it now!" 

Jen: Oh Goddddd. I shouldn't have shown you those commercials lmfao

A while ago she showed him different JG Wentworth commercials on YouTube. She told him it was some of her favorite commercials that would play whenever she binged the channel that showed Maury, Jerry Springer, and Cheaters in the mornings.

Standing up, Jennie shouted, "IT'S MY MONEY! AND I NEED IT NOW!"

Her face immediately felt flushed when everyone's eyes turned to her. She covered her mouth in a fit of nervous giggles as soon as she sat down. Jungkook laughed out loud while clapping, pleased with her performance. 

"What in the world..." DK chuckled. 

"Your money? What is going on?" Mina asked, amused.

"Jennie, are you having a sugar rush? You're so silly," Hayoon giggled.

After settling down, Jennie texted Jungkook again. 

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: Lol I dare you to start barking 

"WOOF WOOF WOOF WOOF!" he said out of nowhere, causing her to cover her mouth to try to hide her laughter.

"What the heck?" Yugyeom asked as he laughed in confusion with the others.

----------

Later in the evening, Jennie changed into an orange bikini with jean shorts and a buttoned white cover up, planning to go in the hot tub later. She sat with the rest of the 97 Liners to test their friendship by playing Uno. The 12 of them sat inside the house at a big table with snacks and drinks scattered around. Jen sat in between Yuju and The8 while Jungkook sat in between Yugyeom and Jihyo. 

Jennie and Jungkook sat across each other as everyone was immersed in conversation about how fun it had been to be here so far. Starting the Uno game, Bam Bam was in charge of shuffling and distributing the cards. Like always, Uno turned into chaos quickly.

"I'm placing down two of my yellow 3s." Yuju placed them down on the table.

“That’s not how you play the game!" DK called out.

"What do you mean!? If I have multiple, I want to put them all down!"

"No!" Mingyu exclaimed.

"Yes!" Yuju stood her ground.

"Oh dear." Eunha cringed.

"That is how you play!" Bam Bam agreed with Yuju.

"No, it's not!" Mingyu yelled.

"Yes, it is!" Bam Bam yelled back

"NO!" The8 chimed in.

"I prefer to put multiple cards down," Jihyo added as a huge debate started around the table. 

Jennie casually ate her smarties, watching the action unfold. She and Jungkook were sitting out for this game since the maximum number of players was 10. Truth be told, she was waiting for the drama to happen. This was going to be an interesting game night. She didn't care how Uno was going to be played for tonight. She loved the game either way and played it many ways depending on whatever rules someone wanted to put in the game. But if she had to choose, she'd rather put multiple cards down to make the games rotate faster since it was a lot of them playing.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

She looked at her phone to see a text from Jungkook.

JK: Dare, darer and darest?

She glanced up at him and he smirked softly as she began to smile.

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt a little

She looked at him with an amused expression as he raised an eyebrow suggestively. Letting out a soft laugh, she started texting back.

Jen: Is this your way of getting a nice view of my chest?

JK: Maybe...

Jen: Dirty...lol. Fine.

Deciding to tease him a little, she took her bun out and let her hair fall. Making eye contact with her boyfriend, she slowly unbuttoned a button and then one more, showing more of her chest for him. She observed his pleased reaction as his eyes wandered down with a satisfied smile.

JK: Wow...Orange looks good on you

Jennie sent a winky face emoji and the both of them started listening to the conversation again. 

"...actually it is. You can put multiple cards down if it's the same number." Hayoon spoke.

"Nah, nah. We are not playing like that. One card only." Jungkook asserted.

"Yes, we are playing like that." Hayoon asserted back, making him widen his eyes.

"Ooooooohhhhh!" the 97 Liners got hyped at her speaking.

Jungkook playfully glared at her before turning to Jennie, "Babe, are you going to let her talk to me like this?"

Jennie glanced at Hayoon and then Jungkook, "If my best friend says that this is how we play then we are playing like that." she replied, having Hayoon's back.

"I trusted you," the Golden Maknae looked offended.

"Hehe, multiple it is!" Hayoon cheered.

"One card!" he demanded.

"Multiple!" 

"One card!" Mingyu chimed in.

"Multiple!" Yuju shouted.

"This is hilarious..." DK laughed.

A long debate occurred once again and they decided to settle it by rock, paper, scissors since it was clear that people played Uno in various ways. Finally, it was settled that they could only use one card which gained the annoyance of those who wanted it to be multiple. Yuju took back one of her yellow 3s, grumbling at how unfair this was.

As the game continued, Jennie noticed that Jungkook was still glued to her chest and she started to text him.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Dare

Jen: Keep your eyes up. Stop staring at my chest

JK: Whaaaaat? Seriously? :(

She sent laughing emojis and buttoned her shirt back while he looked disappointed.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt again and allow me to keep staring at you

Jen: Seriously?? There needs to be some rules, you can't reverse it!

JK: Too bad lol. Let me see you

Jen: Ughhhh. Fine lol.

She did what she was told as he enjoyed the view. She watched him as he stretched and her mind began to wander. She wondered if she should take the risk to try to be a little bold and playful with her boyfriend at the table. She wanted to see where this new territory would take them. 

When a new game began with Jennie and Jungkook playing this time, the 97 Liners watched as the first card placed down on the table was a blue 8. 

As Jungkook was occupied checking out his hand, she decided to have one of her feet rub against his, catching his attention. She continued to look at her cards, ignoring his look as they started to play footsie for a bit. Her foot slowly started to go up his calf which caused him to chuckle softly, locking eyes with her. He thought of it as a cute gesture with her.

With the rest distracted with the game, they didn't have to worry about the attention on them unless it was their turn. So perhaps she could go along with this bold plan of hers to test the waters. 

Jen: Dare, darer, or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: No matter what, stay in your seat for 5 minutes. I'll put a timer on.

He raised an eyebrow and shrugged.

JK: Easy. Fine by me

'We'll see about that,' she thought as she put a timer on her phone.

After a minute, she raised her foot to rub against his calf again but this time went further up until she boldly pressed against his crotch which caused him to shift in his seat. 

He gave her a warning look while she smiled innocently. As she pressed further, rubbing against him, he flinched in his seat. He immediately grabbed her foot to stop the sensation but his shorts began to feel tighter.

'Fuck...' he thought as he managed to bite back a groan.

That was the last thing he was expecting her to do for a dare like this.

JK: I highly suggest you tread lightly

Jen: Me?? Tread lightly? It doesn't feel like you want me to

JK: Jennie...

Jen: Yesssss?

JK: Tread lightly...

Jen: You sure? 'Cause I'm flattered by how you're so quick to react to me. It looks like you're about to lose, Kookie. Want to throw up the white flag?

"Your turn Jungkook," it was announced as he was distracted by her.

"R-Right. Sorry. Here," he quickly put a card down as the game progressed.

As music played in the background along with loud conversations regarding the game, a low groan escaped him when her foot pressed against him again, making his arousal grow. He managed to keep his composure as he watched her smirk and wink at him.

'Confident, huh?' he thought.

JK: Last warning. Don't start something you can't finish, Jennie...

She looked at the message and back at him as he gave her a sharp stare which she thought made him look hotter. 

Oh, she was loving this...

Jen: And what are you going to do about it, my love?

She was pushing it. Her confidence was through the roof as she assumed he was going to break and have her win this entire game. But he continued to control himself, going along with the dare. He couldn't lose. Not like this. He had to win this game.

JK: Bet.

Reading his text made her even more amused as he took a page out of her book when she'd say that from time to time. 

Jungkook chose to be a patient man, plotting revenge later. They never did anything like this before but it was exciting and he wondered how far this was going to go between them. In the meantime, he managed to wrap his hoodie around his waist to make sure to hide his arousal when he planned to excuse himself once the timer went off. He was thankful everyone was occupied with the game as it was getting intense.

After another minute, the alarm on her phone went off. And Jennie giggled to herself as she watched him quickly excuse himself, claiming forfeit for this round so he could use the bathroom. 

Jennie continued the game and after they started a new game, Jungkook came back, less tense, watching the action unfold until they were ready for a new game. She waited for him to text back for another round of the Dare game but he didn't and she decided to patiently wait.

"STOP BEING A TROLL!" DK shouted at Bam Bam for constantly putting reverse cards down.

"Jeez, how many reverse cards do you have?" Yugyeom asked.

"Don't hate the player, hate the game. Now pick up a card from the deck DK." Bam Bam giggled.

"Mingyu! Don't you put that card down! If you put that card down I will never talk to you again!" Eunha warned when he teased her with the draw four card.

Placing it down anyway, Eunha playfully punched him on the arm and was forced to pick up four cards.

"Are you kidding me!?" Hayoon shouted after two people put down draw 4 cards when she was waiting to put down a wild card to change the color.

Everyone was shocked at how out of character she got because she was usually on the quieter side. During the game, she had the least cards but now ended up having the most. 

"You sure you want to do that?" The8 asked her when she was about to put down a green card.

"No regrets. I'm trying to get rid of these cards," she replied.

"Welp." he put down a reverse card, which made her shout in frustration because that was the last green card she got rid of. He seemed pleased to see someone getting all the cards to make the odds better for him to win.

"Jungkook, I'm sorry." Jihyo put down a draw 2 card.

"Don't be. I have a draw 2 card. Sorry, man." he turned to Yugyeom after placing the card down. 

"I think we need to stop being friends, Jungkook." Yugyeom sighed, picking up four cards.

"UNO!" Bam Bam shouted, having one final card.

"UNO!" Jennie announced next before placing down a red 7. 

She maintained eye contact with Bam Bam, as the competition heated up.

"Are you cheating?" Hayoon demanded, looking at Bam Bam angrily.

"Wh-what? No! Why would I?" he sputtered.

"Don't lie to me. Throughout this whole game, you keep getting the good cards." she narrowed her eyes making her look scary.

"What is that on your lap?" Mina pointed out

"Hidden cards?!" DK called out.

"Oh, so you cheating?" Jen called out as the guys stood up and chased Bam Bam around the house.

----------

Later in the evening, Jungkook, Jennie, Hayoon, Mingyu, Jihyo, and DK hung out in the hot tub, chatting amongst themselves. Jungkook had his arm around Jennie, sitting next to her. As their time in the hot tub progressed, he removed his arm and then placed a hand on her knee.

"Final round. Dare, darer or darest?" he asked in her ear, taking her by surprise.

He still wanted to play? One last time?

"Are you serious?" she murmured to him.

"Unless you want to forfeit."

"No way. I'll play. But if I win this whole game, I want you to buy me that new video game coming out soon. The one I was telling you about,"

"Fine by me,"

"And what is your reward if you win?"

"You'll see when I win this final round,"

"Confident are you? Darest,"

"I dare you to be quiet," he said as she raised a brow.

Be quiet? That's it? That was easy. He just basically gave her the game.

She shrugged and turned her attention back to listening to the conversation their friends were having about funny moments living with their groups. She had already shared her piece with Jungkook on the moments they dealt with at the dorm so she eagerly listened, occasionally smiling at a comment here and there. 

Suddenly she felt Jungkook's hand slowly go further up on her thigh which caused her breath to hitch. She gave him a look while he looked ahead, unphased, and had an innocent smile on his face.

"You all right, Jennie?" Hayoon asked.

Feeling him lightly grip her inner thigh she jumped a little. "Ye-ah! Yeah! I'm fine! I just remembered I gotta catch up on the episodes of this American show my friend was telling me about. Another new episode should be out."

'So, you're sensitive here...' Jungkook thought, making a mental note.

After she wasn't the center of attention anymore, she felt Jungkook raise his hand up further which caused her to squirm in her seat. She refrained from having a whimper escape her lips and immediately grabbed his hand to make him stop.

'Mission ABORT!' she yelled in her head as she pondered on ways to get out of this situation. 

She was about to try to move to get out of the hot tub to avoid her fate but he immediately grabbed her and kept her securely next to him.

"Mm mm. Don't run now," she heard him say in her ear, making her shiver. 

She felt him kiss her cheek afterward. From their friends' perspective, it was like he was just giving her a sweet kiss for a little PDA which was something they were used to. But boy was she in shambles on the inside.

Once the rest thought of watching a movie, they began to get out of the hot tub. Jennie attempted to move again, hoping to leave with them but Jungkook continued to hold her securely, making her stay with him.

"Enjoy the movie. We're gonna stay here and spend some quality time together," Jungkook announced.

'Oh my God...what have I done?' she thought.

"Aw, cute! Have fun! I'm gonna leave and turn in, I'll see you guys, tomorrow!" Hayoon grinned and got out of the hot tub.

"Y-you're leaving? Already?" Jennie called out as Jungkook began to smirk to himself.

"Yeah, I'm sleepy. See you two tomorrow!" she waved and started walking away.

'No, no don't leave, sis!' Jennie begged in her head as she watched her go back inside after shutting the door.

And now she was left alone and at Jungkook's mercy.

Jungkook's mind raced with various scenarios on how this could go down. He could go the usual route and tickle her. But his mind began to wander to how she made him feel earlier. How quickly his body reacted to her and how he imagined what it would be like to make her feel good in a more sensual way. She had officially awakened a side of him that he didn't think he had. And everything she had done tonight made him want to do more.

"Alone at last..." he said proudly.

Turning to him, she attempted to try to sweet talk her way out of this. 

"Kook, listen I-"

Before she could continue, he cut her off with a heated kiss. She moaned against his mouth once his hand reached her core, rubbing against it, making her squirm. She weakly tried to move his hand away but he continued as his kisses traveled down to her neck, making her whimper.

"J-Jungkook..." she gasped, trying to keep her sounds low.

He could really get used to hearing her say his name like that.

The sensations and everything he was doing were driving her insane as she began to grind against his hand. His pace was steady as he listened to her sounds.

"Where'd the confidence go, Miss Bangtan?" he teased in her ear as she let out a soft curse. 

She couldn't even answer his question as she cried out for him. She underestimated how he would retaliate after she teased him earlier. But she didn't want him to stop what he was doing as her panting increased and she threw her head back.

Suddenly, the pleasure stopped as he let her go and pulled away.

"I win," he grinned.

Dazed, she looked at him in shock, "Wh-what!?" she exclaimed breathlessly. "I-I-hey! That wasn't fair!"

"I told you to be quiet for the dare, baby girl,"

"You didn't say anything about doing this! And why did you stop?!"

"You lost as soon as you answered Hayoon's question earlier. And as for what just happened...you shouldn't have teased me," he replied as he got out of the hot tub.

"You're leaving!? You're just gonna leave me, like this?!" 

"I said don't start something you can't finish. Good night, Jagi," he smiled and left her alone, going inside the house.

"I...this little shit..." she grumbled as she crossed her arms.

Who told him to be this bold? She was loving every bit of this side of him. It also amazed her how quickly she submitted to him. She had to fight back next time and take control.

As frustrated as she was that he didn't give her that release, she enjoyed herself and was curious to see what else they'd do.

----------

The next morning, Jennie got ready for the day while still in her pajama shorts and tank top. She gave everyone a head's up yesterday that she was going to sleep in and chill for the morning while they went out for their fun activities. She'd join them later in the afternoon. For now, she wanted to lounge around and then maybe go for a jog later.

"Oh, hey. Good morning. You didn't want to join the others to go out?" she asked as she saw Jungkook walk into their bedroom, shirtless with just a pair of grey sweatpants on.

He smiled and shook his head. "Good morning. Nah, I didn't want to leave you, so I stayed behind. I was waiting for you to wake up,"

"Aw, you didn't have to. I know how much you love hanging with the guys. I would have been all right,"

"And miss the chance of being alone with you? No way. I'll go out later,"

"So...about last night," she brought up. "Can we talk about it?"

He nodded. "Yeah. Did I go too far?"

She shook her head with a smile. "No way, I enjoyed it. I'm just upset you left me hanging. It was nice. It felt really good. Maybe I should start teasing you more often,"

He chuckled. "Maybe you should. I'm glad you liked it,"

"Did I go too far? You know, at the table,"

He shook his head. "It took me by surprise but you initiated something I've been thinking about for a while. I'm glad we're comfortable with this,"

"Me too. Oh so about the game...I lost. So, what do you want as your reward?" she asked, feeling curious since he hadn't brought it up yet.

The statement caused him to smirk. "You'll see,"

"It's nothing embarrassing is it?"

"Nah. You'll enjoy this more than me," he reassured and glanced at the bed. "Lay down,"

"Lay down?" she looked confused.

"There's something I've been wanting to do for a while now,"

"Alright," she shrugged and got on the bed, laying her body against the soft sheets. 

She laid her head against one of the satin pillows and watched as he smiled and got on top of her to capture her lips intimately and slowly. She melted into his touch as he caressed her and felt his lips travel down her body. As she felt his kisses down her stomach, she gasped.

"Wait..." she breathed out as she felt his hands pulling on her shorts. "N-not there. You don't have to do that," she fidgeted and gently pushed him off of her.

"What's wrong?" his eyes turned into concern while she sat up with him. "Did I hurt you?"

"No, no, I just...you don't have to do that, okay?" she felt herself getting nervous.

Deep down she wanted to but she began to feel a little shy. She always thought about getting head from him but she'd feel self conscious. What if she smelled? What would he think when he sees her? Does it look okay down there?

"I want to. This is what I wanted to try. Are you nervous?" he asked.

"A-a little. I never experienced it before,"

He smiled understandingly. "Me either. It's something we can try together for the first time. I told you I wanted to be your first in other ways. I want to make this experience a good one for you. Don't be nervous, okay? Just relax, Jennie. I got you," 

He gently pushed her back down and kissed her. His kisses slowly traveled down to her neck, making her tremble. 

"Seeing you in that bikini really made me want to do this," he added. "And not to mention with you teasing me and how you sounded in the hot tub...I want to hear you say my name like that again,"

For a while now he wanted to try this with her. Being able to give her pleasure by his mouth with his head in between her thighs. It was new to them both and Jungkook was eager to learn more about what she liked when getting pleasured. Eager to learn more about how her body reacted to him.

"You trust me? Can we try this?" he asked as he looked at her for consent.

His words made her feel at ease and she nodded.

"I want you to say it verbally,"

Face flushed, she spoke, "Yes. I trust you. We can try,"

Once he got confirmation, he brought her to the edge of the bed and kneeled on the floor. Removing her shorts and panties, he pushed her legs apart.

"Beautiful..." she heard him say as she felt him kiss around her inner thighs, making her squirm in anticipation.

She cried out at the sensation as his wet and warm tongue slid against her folds, making her back arch. He started slow, taking his time as he held her in place. 

Her eyes squinted shut with pleasure, and her breathing quickened as she desperately tried to grip on something. She became a mess under him, grabbing his hair while he continued to experiment and listen to her feedback.

Jungkook thought she looked beautiful like this as he watched her with lustful eyes. He studied the way her face moved and how her body tensed. She was all desperate and needy for him as he felt her shudder in pleasure and moan out his name. The way she tugged on his hair and cried out for him gave him affirmation that he was doing well and he felt a sense of pride that it was him making her feel this way.

As Jennie continued to enjoy herself, she noticed that it seemed like Jungkook was a talker, speaking sweet nothings to her as he pleased her. She found herself appreciating that and pondered how it would be when they decided to have sex since this was already getting her going.

Once she felt her release coming, she began to try to push away. Everything was feeling intense for her and she felt like she wasn't going to be able to handle what was about to happen.

Pulling her back to him, he spoke, "It's okay, I got you. Just let go,"

While he buried his head back in between her legs, a strong wave of pleasure took over as she cried out his name in bliss. Pulling away from her, he smirked at the sight of her trembling and breathing heavily.

"Good girl," he thought out loud, praising her.

Jennie felt her face flush at the new nickname and she found herself loving it as a light laugh escaped her and a tired smile came across her face for a moment. He was going to be the death of her if he kept this up. And this was only the beginning of them doing things sexually.

Jungkook watched her reaction and realized that she liked the way he praised her, keeping a mental note of it. He was going to enjoy getting better and better at this so he could see that satisfied look on her face often.

"You all right?" he asked softly. 

She couldn't speak for a moment as she continued to catch her breath, trying to calm down from her high.

"What...the hell...Jungkook?" she breathed out as he chuckled and sat on the bed.

"Did I do okay?"

"Yeah, that was amazing. I feel amazing. Wow..." she continued to catch her breath, still feeling out of it. "What has gotten into you?"

He grinned. "I couldn't help myself."

-----

In the afternoon, Jungkook went to spend time with the guys and checked out the sights while Jennie went with the girls to a local zoo after Hayoon excitedly suggested the idea.

“Wait, don’t you think we should go by the map?” Mina advised as they all watched Hayoon run off like a child with a bright giggle.

“There she goes.” Jen chuckled.

“She really likes animals, huh?” Eunha added as they went to catch up with her.

“Look at how cute it is!” Hayoon pointed at the monkeys. “And this one! And that one!”

They all walked around while Hayoon took over the entire trip, pointing out where she wanted to go. She even ran straight to the gift shop to buy a toy giraffe, which sparked Jen’s creative mind to create a giraffe themed birthday box for her once her birthday arrives.

Continuing to explore, they observed the cute pandas, birds, and snakes which creeped some of them out, and now it was onto the fish. Walking over to the touch bank, they watched the stingrays swim around. Mina hesitantly dipped her hand in the water and flinched when she felt the smoothness of the stingray, pulling her hand out.

“Oh my gosh.” she giggled in surprise while the rest of the girls followed suit.

“It’s so squishy,” Yuju said as she tried to touch one.

After the zoo, Jennie received a text from Jungkook that made her stomach flip.

JK: I'm taking you out. Let's go on a real date. :)

Jennie got ready quickly and then went to the mirror to do her makeup along with Jungkook waiting for her in their room. He watched her apply lip gloss on her lips as a soft smile came across his features.

‘With or without makeup you’re still beautiful to me always.’ he thought.

“What?” she smiled, bringing him out of his thoughts.

He grinned. “Ah, nothing. You ready?"

"Yep! I'm excited!" she grabbed his hand as he led her to where their date was.

He took her to a nice romantic picnic that had a great view of the beach. He made sure to take lots of candid photos of her while they ate. He made her laugh so hard that she snorted again which was something he hadn’t heard in a long time. It was pretty rare that it happened. Whenever she laughed so hard and snorted, she’d get embarrassed about it. But Jungkook thought it was cute over the years and made sure to tell her that. Because of this, thanks to him, Jennie started to feel more comfortable about her unpredictable snorts.

After their lunch, they walked around the beach, holding hands. He then suggested carrying her as she got on his back, checking out the view. Finding a Hammock, Jungkook lounged in it with Jen resting on top of him. He held her close as they watched the ocean, clouds, and blue sky.

A moment they'll never take for granted as they enjoyed each other's company and thought about how lucky they were to have each other.

“I wish we could stay like this forever,” she murmured, feeling one of his hands run up and down her back affectionately.

Kissing the top of her head, he guaranteed, "I know. Me too. We’ll go on more vacations. This one is just the beginning,” 

She looked up and kissed him. Pulling back, she smiled. “I can’t wait.” 

------

After their date, Jennie spent time with Hayoon, finding her around the area, bike riding. She rode bikes with her and then sat at an empty table near the beach.

“Hey, hey!” Bam Bam grinned and took a seat with them as he did some shopping.

“Bam Bam!” Hayoon beamed.

“Yo~!” Jen grinned. “Nice of you to join us.”

“I just came to see Hayoon.” he teased.

Miss Bangtan narrowed her eyes. “Oh okay. I’ll remember that when you want my baking.”

That caused his eyes to widen. “Wait, no! Please, I’m sorry!”

“Nah, you f’ed up.” she waved him away before everyone laughed in unison.

“There’s this smoothie place around that I saw earlier today. Want to grab some?” he suggested.

“I’m down.”

“Yes, let’s go,” Hayoon added.

After getting smoothies, Bam Bam whipped out his phone to film them walking around the beachside, enjoying their drinks. Jen noticed him filming and threw up the peace sign while Hayoon happily waved.

“Hi~! Blueberry smoothies are the best!” Hayoon proudly said.

Abruptly, Bam Bam dabbed and started laughing with Jennie.

“Do it with me.” he encouraged and dabbed again with Jen while Hayoon sighed, unamused.

“I need new companions.“ Hayoon walked past them, causing them to laugh harder.

“Wait! Come back!”

Sitting at a table by the beach, the three spent time sharing funny dorm stories and how their idol lives have been. Jen even posted a video of recording Bam Bam mocking her performance for fire.

“Guys, I do not dance like this,” she said in the video.

“Yes, you do! And then you move your hips like this.” he dramatically rolled his hips around in a circle, looking extra which caused Hayoon to let out a high pitched laugh.

“Stop encouraging him!” she groaned while playfully scolding her.

The trio decided to play Uno again to get back at Bam Bam for cheating. The two best friends demanded that he play fair and watched his every move. Hayoon was also in charge of distributing the cards. She did not have much luck during the first round and it was down to Bam Bam and Jen who had one final card left.

Jen had a blue zero while Bam Bam had a green five. Everything was in Hayoon’s hands as they waited for her to put down her next card. Miss Bangtan’s heart rate quickened in anticipation. She just had to win this.

Once Hayoon put down a wild card, she announced “Blue!” as the new color.

Slapping her blue card down, Bam Bam wailed in defeat.

“NO!” he shouted.

“YES! TAKE IT, BITCH!” Jennie stood up and raised her fists in the air

“I WAS ALMOST THERE! DAMN IT!”

“WOOOO!”

"I WANT A REMATCH!”

Sitting back down, Jennie took a photo of herself smiling victoriously with an annoyed Bam Bam in the background and a delighted Hayoon. She tweets it with the caption, ‘Decimated, embarrassed, schooled, BODIED! #Jen’

After playing a few more rounds, with Hayoon and Jennie beating him every time, they grabbed Bam Bam’s small speaker to dance around for fun and taught each other their group’s choreography.

“Let’s throw it back.” Jennie put on Tambourine by Eve. “Follow my movements, all right.”

She did some basic moves as they followed her. Soon after that, she went to record them to post on Twitter.

“Shake what your mama gave you! Move those hips!” she encouraged.

Hayoon did as she was told which surprised both of her friends.

“What was that!?” Bam Bam yelled, impressed.

“Damn girl! Where did that come from?” Jen grinned.

“You said to shake what my mom gave me,” Hayoon replied innocently.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 84- BTS Bon Voyage Season 1

Words: 16,000+

Genre: Big Jungkook fluff! Lots of fluffy moments with the members

Author's Note: Ah, I should say this now. I don't mean to be negative but I will not be writing about Hyuna anymore after I finish writing about Jen's collab with her. I got something to do with them for MAMA Awards 2016 but other than that, I think that'll be it. The reason is regarding what she's been up to on her IG, dating one of the guys involved in the burning sun scandal. I'm pretty much done and pretty disappointed. Also the same with writing about Seungri. The chapter with Jen meeting Big Bang with him in it will be the last of that. I haven't had any ideas or written anything else regarding Seungri from my old chapters years ago. So I just wanted to clear that up. 

OK! Let's move on to more positive matters. Please enjoy this fluffy chapter! This was SO fun to reread and edit as I remembered the fun memories of watching season 1. I can't wait to watch and write the other seasons with my OC in it! I hope you enjoy this! Let this hold you for a little bit while I focus on my other story and other things.

------

For the first episode of Bon Voyage, the members were seated together to do a live commentary for the show on V-Live. They went through their introductions and informed viewers that Jennie and V were not there with them today.

"V is filming his drama and Jennie is filming for a new show called Celebrity Womance," Jimin announced.

The members stated that today is the first broadcast of Bon Voyage and they wanted to watch it with ARMY. 

When the show began, it started with all eight members being given a booklet to reveal that their first trip was to Norway's Bergen.

"First, read the books and figure out what you'll do. But the most important thing is you have to pack. Since you're going to be visiting many countries, you won't be able to check-in luggage. So you can only take carry-on bags," they were told by the PD. "Leave behind the items that can't go abroad on the plane. It's currently 8:40. We'll give you 50 minutes. Start packing now,"

"Oh dear," Jen murmured as she watched the members scramble to pack.

"Jennie, you and V will be joining the rest of the members later due to your schedules in filming," PD told her as she nodded in response.

"How many pairs of underwear are you taking?" Jungkook asked Rapmon. "How many T-shirts are you taking? What should I wear as pants?"

"Just take the ones you wear comfortably all the time," his leader answered.

"Are we just taking one pair of shoes?

"Right. And also, avoid white shirts,"

Jungkook stared at him for a few seconds. No white shirts? That's his favorite thing to wear.

"Take shirts that are less obvious when dirty," Rapmon elucidated, putting his mind at ease.

"Grey," Jungkook answered.

"Right, take black and grey clothes."

Jennie watched as Jimin began to have a mental breakdown on what to pack.

"I really don't know what I'm supposed to take. I don't think I can finish within an hour!" Jimin laughed with a pair of pants in his hands.

"All right, breathe. I'll help you pack," Jennie spoke kindly and grabbed his bag.

She placed it on the floor and sat in front of it while he followed her movements. Taking the pants in his hands, he shoved it in the bag but looked at Jennie in surprise when she took it out.

"Wait," she said, taking everything out of the bag. "Don't just ball them in there like that. That will create less space,"

"What should I do?"

"Roll them up so you can put more things in the bag," she answered and began to roll up all of his clothing, including his underwear.

"You don't have to fold my underwear, I can do that," he laughed nervously

"As long as I lived with you guys, it's whatever. But here. You see how much space you have compared to what you did before?" she showed him his bag. 

She was right, there was a lot more space in it.

"Wow, that's a big difference. Now I can finally close it with no issues. Thanks, Ennie,"

Once it was announced that they had ten minutes left, the members began to panic further while V and Jennie stood in the kitchen.

"Why are you two going late?" the camera guy asked them.

"V is handsome so he's filming a drama!" Jimin jumped in the frame. V grabbed his wrist before he could hit him. Jimin turned to Jennie and gave her a clinging hug, causing her to laugh. "And Ennie here is filming a collab with Hyuna Noona."

"Jennie and Hyuna Noona have gotten quite close, huh? I always hear her Facetime her quite often," Jin said.

"Yes. Jennie is in her upcoming comeback. She was so excited when Hyuna Noona asked her," Jimin mentioned.

"Yeah, you should have seen her. She was jumping up on her bed. It was so cute," Jin laughed.

"Okay guys," Jen smiled, feeling her face heat up from being put on the spot. "But yeah, it's postponed. It sucks we won't be there with you guys,"

"Yes, our departure date is being postponed," V added. "But I'm a little bummed out," 

'V, Jennie, see you in Bergen'

After saying their goodbyes, and with the cameras off her, Jennie went on to meet up with Hyuna at Cube Entertainment for a dance rehearsal. Hyuna had asked her if she could be a part of her new comeback, How's This.

Once she sent her the song, Jen fell in love and was thrilled that she was asked to be a part of it. She remembered when she was first learning the choreography. It was fun and didn't even feel like they were doing choreography. And she loved how there were some free style parts in the song. The part where she had to shake her entire body smoothly moving down to the floor like she was driving a car was her favorite.

For today's meet up before they film the MV, Jen remembered that there will be some parts in their collab where they wanted to twerk and swing their hips around. So, she taught Hyuna some techniques to enhance the way she shakes her ass.

After stretching, Jennie put on Rihanna's Pour It Up.

Throw it up, throw it up (throw up)

Watch it all fall out (fall out)

"I'm not worried about the speed. I want to go slow and sensual for a moment," Jennie said, swaying side to side on the beat.

"Slow and sensual for you know who?" Hyuna giggled.

Jennie laughed, "You, Jimin, and V...always teasing me about my man,"

After joking around, Jennie proceeded to demonstrate, "All right, all eyes on us. Give em a show,"

She began to move her hips. "They can look but they damn sure can't touch. And then..."

She slowly goes down while raising her ass up and down in a light tempo. Hyuna watched her movements, studying her before following what she had done.

"Those hips of yours are your best friend...pop it...again...you're getting it...yassss," she cheered.

After practicing, they sat against the wall together, drinking water and eating lunch.

"Hey, have you twerked on Jungkook before?" Hyuna asked.

That flustered Jennie as she laughed it off, "Nah. Not yet,"

"Not yet? It looked like you have by the way you were moving."

"That's based on years of me dancing around. Regarding Jungkook, I think it'll be fun to do it one day. I think about him when I twerk now," she chuckled. "Angelina was always telling me to think about the guy you like. She was like 'Throw that ass back like he's watching you'. And then she got all dirty minded and claimed he won't keep his hands off me,"

"Hehe, she's not wrong, he'd be mesmerized. Both of you are coming of age, too. Has he been gentle?"

"Oh, that? We haven't yet. We're just going with the flow. When it happens, it'll happen,"

"He's passionate about you, you know. When you both are ready, I'm sure it'll be sweet. Talk to me if you need any advice for your first time,"

Jennie smiled at her words. "I will. You know, there is something different about you. You sound like you're in love. Is there someone I should know about? You have been looking happier than usual,"

"Did I make it obvious?" she covered her mouth.

"We are friends after all,"

"Ah...okay. I am seeing someone. I didn't know how to bring it up,"

That made Jennie squeal with joy, "Aw~! Really!? Who is he?"

"We recently started dating. He will be debuting soon. His name is E'Dawn. So far only you know. He's great. You have to meet him one day,"

"Oh yeah, definitely! Aw, someone is dating our Queen Hyuna. He really swept you off your feet, huh?"

"He really did,"

--------

On the plane to Norway, Jimin and Jungkook sat next to each other and Jimin proceeded to film. 

"Do you think V and Jennie will make it alone?" he asked.

"Jennie has the most experience with flying. V is lucky," Jungkook answered.

After arriving in Bergen and getting off the airport bus, the guys gathered their items. 

Jimin looked around the city in awe at the scenery. "Wow! So nice! The weather is beautiful too!" 

'Jimin is in love with Bergen'

The six members walked toward the water fountain to get a better view of the area and began to take pictures.

"I think I need to wear something warm. I am cold. Are you not cold? It's so cold," Jimin said and took a seat.

'10'

'9'

'8'

'7'

'6'

'5'

'4'

'3'

'2'

'1'

"Wait," he scrambled off his seat.

'Jimin realized something!'

"The bus left," he stated as he looked around frantically and ran off.

"He left his bag on the bus!" Rapmon told the others.

"The bus is gone," Jimin laughed, covering his mouth and walking around the bus stop. "I left my bag on the bus. I am in trouble now,"

"What is this? A movie?" Jin laughed under his white mask.

'How could you forget about your bag?'

Laughing off the embarrassment, Jimin went back to the members, mumbling how he forgot his bag. Yoongi laughed at the situation while J-Hope placed his hands in his pockets.

"This is crazy," J-Hope exclaimed. "You are driving me crazy! What's wrong with you? What should we do now?"

--------

Back in Korea, Jennie and V were filmed eating pizza together. Her phone buzzed and she glanced over to see that Suga was calling.

"Hey, what's up?" she answered casually.

"Smartie, you will not believe what just happened,"

She furrowed her eyebrows while V turned to her, wondering what was up.

"Let me put you on speaker," she took the phone away from her face and pressed the speaker button. She then placed the phone on the table, "What happened?"

"Jimin lost his bag on the bus," Suga laughed, dumbfounded by the situation.

"H-he lost his bag?" V exclaimed with a bewildered expression.

"What!?" She yelled. "Y'all just got there! What the fuck?"

"Jennie-ah," the staff softly scolded.

"Sorry," she quickly replied over Suga's chuckles.

"The bus was there for like ten minutes and he just noticed," the rapper explained to them. "The bus already left. He's freaking out,"

"Jesus...put him on the phone. I'll calm him down,"

"I'll put you two on speaker," Suga said and walked over to Jimin who was surrounded by the members, "It's Smartie and V,"

"Jennie! V! Jimin lost his bag," J-Hope laughed.

"This is not my day," Jimin whined.

"Jimin, first calm down because this happened to me twice," Jen said. "The bus couldn't have gotten that far. You guys are going to have to call the bus company. Now, relax. It's going to be fine. Breathe. One of you guys get the bus number and then go from there,"

"I can't believe this," Jimin shook his head.

"Jimin, it's okay," her patient and understanding voice made him feel better. "You are going to get your bag back. It happens. A lot of people lose their bags,"

While the guys had an emergency meeting on the situation, Rapmon began to make phone calls to see if he could track the bus down.

"I hope people are nice here," Suga said and laughed. "I lost things many times too. You won't find it,"

'Not helping at all'

But in the end, Jimin did manage to get his bag back as the day progressed thanks to one of the staff going with him to find it on the bus.

Settled in their place for three days in Bergen, the guys sat in the living room to figure out a room.

"Let's pick out the room. We have to decide who will sleep where," Jin announced.

"Hard to guess the result," Jungkook said.

"One room for three, two rooms for two," Rapmon informed them.

"Have one person sleep in the living room," Jin suggested.

"Wait, we forgot about V and Jennie," J-Hope brought up.

"Can Jennie and I have a room?" Jungkook asked with hope in his eyes.

The Golden Maknae also pondered how they would spend alone time together on this trip. If they were able to at all, that is.

"Absolutely not!" Jin bluntly remarked, making the members laugh. "You two are staying FAR away from rooming with each other on this trip."

"We're not going to do anything, hyung,"

"I didn't say you two were and I sure hope not! You two are coming of age, too. I am not ready for you two to be doing adult things," Jin rambled like it was a nightmare.

His complaining caused the boys to be amused. This was going to be some trip.

"Make sure to edit that out when this airs," Jimin teased, turning to the staff filming.

"Let's play Rock, Paper, Scissors," Suga suggested, thinking about the rooms.

"I am nervous! AHHHHHHHHHH!" J-Hope shouted.

"I don't want Rap Monster," Jin remarked, making everyone laugh.

His snoring wasn't the best to sleep next to. 

After playing, their rooms were settled. Rapmon & Jin, Suga & Jungkook, J-Hope, V & Jennie, while Jimin took the living room.

As the boys made dinner and secretly planned a surprise for Jungkook coming of age, Jungkook had some difficulty doing laundry and asked J-Hope for assistance. Once they were all settled in the living room for dinner, the guys sang happy coming of age day for the Golden Maknae while Rapmon walked out with a cake and two candles on top.

"I had no idea," Jungkook said with a smile and got playfully beaten up by his hyungs.

After blowing out the candles, the members cheered.

"Hey! Beat him up!" Jimin walked over to the couch and went on to give him a smack on the back.

Jungkook groaned in pain and rubbed the sore part of his back. He could never catch a break.

"You have to get perfume, a rose, and a kiss on the coming of age day. Who do you want to get it from?" Rapmon asked Jungkook.

It seemed like the Golden Maknae ignored his question, not wanting to be kissed by any of them. The person he wanted to kiss was still in Korea with V. Tomorrow couldn't get here fast enough.

"Now we all~ know who he wants to get a kiss from," Jimin teased, raising his eyebrows.

"Awwwwww~! He's blushing!" J-Hope laughed as he noticed that Jungkook lowered his head and was trying to fight his growing smile at the thought of her.

"I wonder who it could be," Jin pondered in a sarcastic tone.

"A very special person, I'm sure," Suga added.

"Jungkook is in love~!" Jimin sang.

"In love with who, I wonder," Rapmon continued to tease.

"I know! It's Jennie~!" J-Hope gleefully shouted.

"Jennie~! Jennie! Jennie! Jennie! Jennie~!" the guys chanted while clapping.

Jungkook's face had gotten flushed as they continued to tease him. 

"Guys..." the Golden Maknae murmured, laughing in embarrassment.

"Don't worry, she'll be here soon. And she can give you all the kisses you want," Rapmon smiled.

"Ah..." Jungkook covered his face.

-------

With Jennie and V, they were all packed and ready to head to the airport. Jen made sure everything was off in her room and as she walked out, V began to sing Happy coming of age day!

"No way..." she was genuinely surprised as a bright smile appeared on her lips. He danced around carefully with a red velvet cupcake in his hands that had one candle on top. "Aw, thanks V!"

After thinking of a wish, she took a deep breath and blew out the candle.

"Yay!" V cheered and handed her the cupcake.

"This is so cute," she took a bite and shared it with him.

"We all chipped in to buy you your favorite perfume and also a rose. You'll get a rose when we return from the trip, too. Now for your kiss!"

He cupped her face and gave her two big kisses on her cheeks and then her forehead as she giggled.

Gathering her bags, Jennie was asked if she was nervous about traveling.

"I'm with my best friend and soon we'll be with the rest of the guys. I'm happy and looking forward to the experience," she answered positively.

Getting in the van, the two friends were driven to the airport and were filmed being on their phones.

"Do I look okay without makeup?" V asked and brought up a peace sign for the camera filming them.

"You look fine~," she replied.

"Thanks, Ennie," he smiled at her and turned back to the camera. "The members left yesterday while Ennie and I had to stay behind due to our work schedules. But now we are finally leaving today,"

"We're excited~!"

She watched with a smile as V called his dad to let him know he was on his way to the airport.

"I'm with Jennie," he told him.

"Hello!" she greeted when V moved his camera to show her.

"Hello, Jennie. Watch over my son, please. And have fun,"

"I will, thank you,"

After he got off the phone, Jennie went on to Facetime her sisters, Vienna and Alani.

"Hey!" Vienna greeted.

"Hey! I'm filming but I wanted to say hi and let you guys know I'm on my way to the airport with V. We're going to Norway,"

'I'm filming' was just a simple way to let her sisters know not to say anything out of the ordinary like her relationship on camera. Although they weren't live it was still a precaution.

"Lucky! Take pictures, please,"

"Hello!" V waved.

"V~!" Vienna waved back.

"Hi V! Make sure Jennie doesn't get lost," Alani teased.

He giggled. "Okay, okay,"

Jen rolled her eyes, "They're annoying,"

"Will you two be all right traveling together?" the staff asked after she got off the phone.

"Absolutely. I'm here with V. I know I'm going to be all right," Jennie answered confidently.

At the airport, the two went on to get checked in for the connecting flight.

"I am grateful for Jennie being here. My English is still not that great. I am not quite sure where we are," the 95 Liner said on camera.

"You see that sign? Transfer. That's where we need to go," she pointed out.

"Tranz-fur," V spoke in English.

"Yep. Come on, we shouldn't be that far,"

"Ennie, do you want something to eat?" he asked before tripping.

"Whoa, be careful," she held onto him to help him regain his balance. Pulling away, she proceeded to walk with him, "Yeah, I should eat something,"

"Eating will give us some energy," he said and found a restaurant.

"What are you getting?"

"A breakfast sandwich,"

"I'll get one too. Do you want to try to ask them in English for it?"

"Just say, two breakfast sandwiches?"

"Yes. I'll get the same thing you get. It doesn't matter. Just tell them what kind of breakfast sandwich."

"Egg and sausage,"

"Okay," she walked up to the register with him

"What can I get you?" the cashier asked.

"Two egg and sausage...break-fast." V spoke in English as best he could.

"The sandwich?" the cashier clarified.

"Yes,"

"Two?"

"Yes,"

After V paid for their food, Jennie gave him a high five and praised him for his efforts. It made him feel good as a boxy smile appeared on his lips. She was always so supportive when he tried new things like this. After their safe flight, Jennie and V finally arrive in Bergen. With a camera, V filmed both of them walking as Jen threw up a peace sign.

"We have arrived~!" she announced.

"Wait for us, guys!"

Outside, they were given 300 Swedish Krona to get to the hotel.

"How much is this bill? Come on, tell me," V asked the staff as he tried to figure out how much the money was in won. But they wouldn't answer him.

"Let's check online. We should be able to see how much it is." Jen took out her phone.

"Good idea," V went on to check too. "Got it. I guess we don't have money for snacks. But we have to eat something though,"

Miss Bangtan watched him go to the bus and it seemed like he was trying to get on. 

"Oh wait we need to buy tickets," she told him. "The ticket booth is right here,"

"We have money," he told the driver but they would have to wait to use paper money to get a ticket.

"Bruh, this is why I would rather use my plastic instead of paper money," Jennie mumbled. "Jeesh. Okay, well we each have 150."

She walked to the bus staff member and asked, "Is it 150 for the bus fare?"

Once she was told yes and when V also translated it to the bus staff member's language, it seemed like they were going to be OK. After getting off the bus at their destination, the two looked around to see everyone dressed up for the holiday.

"They look awesome," V grinned.

"Hello~!" one lady waved at the camera.

"Hello!" Jennie and V waved.

"You look beautiful! I love your outfit. You all look very nice," Jennie complimented.

"Thank you, thank you,"

'Jennie making the locals happy with genuine compliments'

As the friends walked through the city, they were starting to get hungry.

"Ah. Friday?" V pointed out the restaurant.

"Aw man, I haven't had Fridays in a minute! Let's go," she grabbed his hand and started walking to the building.

He didn't need to be told twice. The food was calling his name.

"Is this a restaurant?" V asked.

"Yep!"

"What are you two doing here?" the camera guy asked, dumbfounded.

"Did we scare you?" V teased with a smile. "We won't use your credit card. Don't worry,"

"We got our visa cards," Jennie took out hers while V took out his card and sang a fanfare tune.

"Don't call them," he begged when they noticed the staff was trying to call and snitch on them. "Put your phone away, come on," 

"Come on, please? We really just want to eat," Jennie explained with a frown. "I'll treat you guys to food, too. Please?"

'You can't use your credit card. That's the rule'

'Not following the rule'

Finally seated at a booth, V, Jennie and the staff happily ate at Fridays. Jen helped herself to ribs and V devoured a burger and fries. As promised, the female member treated everyone by paying for their food.

"If they yell at me, they yell at me. It's whatever. But a chick gotta eat. I am not going to sit here and be hungry. Forget that. Eat to your heart's content," she shrugged on camera, prepared for a lecture.

After eating, Jennie and V found the cable station and sat down to wait for the members to arrive. 

"What's up!? We made it!" Jennie beamed once the boys got out of the cable car.

"This feels like a reunion. It's been two days!" J-Hope said. "It's awesome up there,"

"What did you two do?" Namjoon asked.

"We were waiting for you. Do you know what we were doing?" V asked.

"You gotta see his dance. It was so funny," Jen snickered while they all watched V dance around.

"Good job. Let's go," J-Hope laughed.

"Time for dinner," the staff notified them while they made their way outside.

When the cameras were off Jennie, the boys walked further ahead along with the staff. She, on the other hand, walked a bit slower, texting her family group chat to let them know she and V were safe and sound with the rest of the group.

Walking with V, Jungkook kept glancing over at Jennie as she walked ahead of them. He felt giddy and fidgety that she was finally here. Taehyung removed his arm around him and giggled when he noticed the Golden Maknae's body language.

"Go to her. They'll carefully edit out your cute moments," the 95 Liner gestured. "The boys aren't even paying much attention and are ahead of us anyway,"

Back with Jennie, she let out a light chuckle after reading her dad sending fire lyrics to the chat. It looks like she created a monster when getting him into K-Pop. Occasionally he would send her YouTube videos of songs that he had come across, too.

Putting her phone away, she proceeded to walk until she felt Jungkook wrap his arms around her from behind.

"Kookie..." she smiled to herself.

She felt him give her a quick kiss on the cheek and he then pulled away to happily walk next to her.

"I'm glad you and V made it safely. I missed you," he said with a grin, rubbing the back of his neck.

Excited to see him, she stopped walking, grabbed onto his jacket, and pulled him down slightly to kiss him on the lips. It was a quick but sweet kiss that made his heart flip. Surprised that she had kissed him so suddenly, his doe eyes widened before he let out a laugh.

"I missed you, too," she smiled up at him.

As they walked, he brushed his hand up against hers a few times before holding her hand while intertwining their fingers.

"Just for a little bit before we have to break apart for filming," he proposed as she walked closely with him.

V watched them from behind and giggled to himself. They looked cute and in their own little world. He couldn't help but sneak in a few pictures and a quick video to keep and release when they were ready to tell ARMY they were dating.

When they made it outside, JenKook broke apart and everyone discussed where they wanted to eat. Most places were packed because of the holiday and Rapmon thought it would be a good idea to split up. Seafood eaters and meat-eaters. Rapmon, Jimin, J-Hope, and Jennie went on to get meat while V, Jungkook, and Jin went to get seafood.

Following packing and departing Bergen, the group got on a boat for a tour of Norway's Sognefjord. Jennie sat with Jin and Namjoon at a table since there were five seats to a table. The rest of the members sat elsewhere, in their own little world. J-Hope began to take selfies with Suga, V, Jimin, and Jungkook at his table. Soon after, the Maknae Line took their own set of selfies and rambled about how guys don't check their selfies.

"I wonder how Jennie, Rapmon, and Jin are doing," J-Hope thought.

"I texted Jennie so we can play a game on our phones but she's not answering..." Jungkook frowned.

"She probably doesn't feel like talking to you. Leave the girl alone, jeez," Suga teased.

"Oh stop being mean," J-Hope chuckled.

"Ennie? She is probably sleeping. Don't worry," V guaranteed, easing Jungkook's worry.

'You're Correct V!'

The camera shot showed Jennie asleep with her head on Rapmon's shoulder. The leader was in the middle seat with Jin and Jennie sitting beside him. All three of them were napping as the staff briefly filmed their slumber.

'Sleeping Peacefully'

As time went by, Namjoon and Jin let her continue to rest while they went to get food. The reason is that she had stayed up longer than usual to catch up on an anime V got her into.

"Munchkin...?" J-Hope softly said, shaking her gently.

"Hm?" she murmured, slowly opening her eyes.

"It's time to eat. Come on,"

"Oh great, food," she stretched.

Following breakfast, Jennie went to check on J-Hope who was resting more often than usual. He didn't look so good.

"You all right?" she asked.

"Ah, I think I may be a little seasick. They say drowsiness is a sign. I'm not feeling good,"

"Here, drink some water. I'll see if I can buy some crackers or something. That will help. And we should go out to get some fresh air. Hopefully, you'll feel better then,"

The group went outside on the boat to check out the scenery. Jennie took many videos and photos of the beautiful vista. Her pictures were not doing the area justice. It was breathtaking.

With his camera, Jungkook turned to point it at Jennie who was enjoying the waterfall. The cool wind made her hair flow gracefully and he snapped away while she was oblivious.

"Pretty..." he approved as he looked at the shots he took of her.

After the five-hour boat ride, the members arrived in the small village of Flam. J-Hope wanted to take a group photo so Jennie went to look around for anyone nearby to ask. Both she and Jungkook spotted a woman and approached her.

"E-"

"Excuse me, can you take a picture?" Jungkook spoke in the English he remembered Jennie teaching him. 

He gestured to the lady as he pointed to himself and the rest of the members. Miss Bangtan looked at Jungkook, stunned. It had made her proud that he was sounding more confident in her language. And the lady was kind enough to snap some photos of the group.

"How did I do?" Jungkook asked Jennie in English with a grin.

"You keep surprising me. You sound great. And you said it confidently with no hesitation,"

"I wanted to impress you,"

"You do every day,"

The group was given free time to explore after eating and Taehyung had asked Jennie if she wanted to join him. She happily accepted and they went to walk outside, wondering where the others went.

"Okay, let's see where everyone went," he said as they walked together. "Ah, there."

Jennie looked over to see where he pointed out. It perplexed her that he could see Jin, Suga, and Jungkook so easily. She didn't notice at all as the trio were walking up the hill. He had better eyes than her, that's for sure.

"Jin hyung! Jungkook-ah! What are you doing up there!?" V shouted.

"Is that Taehyung?" Jin asked.

V then giggled and used one of the staff's mics to overhear what the three were saying.

"What are you doing?!" V shouted. "Stop taking so many pictures. What are you doing?"

"Let's just ignore him and go,"

"Ignore me and go!?" V laughed.

"That's not nice," Jen gasped.

"It's going to take him forever to get up here," Jin said.

"What do you mean forever!?" V shouted again.

"I think he can hear us,"

"I can hear you,"

"How can he hear what we're saying?" Jin looked bewildered.

"I can!"

"He's listening through the mic!" Suga pointed out as V laughed.

V couldn't hear them talk anymore and he realized that they turned off their mics.

"They're so mean, oh my gosh, Come on," Jennie said.

The duo explored the area, snapping pictures, and even came across some sheep.

"Aw! Look at them!" she pointed at the cute animals.

V took out some grass from the ground and started to wave it near the sheep, "You should eat this,"

But he failed to get the attention of the sheep as it looked away to resume eating.

"Whenever we split up, we all get back together except for Taehyung and Jennie. Those two are always wandering off. Jeez," Jimin complained. "Where did they go anyway?"

"I saw them earlier. I think they went to go see the sheep," the staff said.

'Of course, V and Jennie have tons of fun on their own'

The camera showed V and Jennie looking at a bike rental shop.

"Bike rental. Want to ride some bikes?" V proposed.

"Yes! Let's go!" she grabbed his hand and rushed over.

"Hi, bike rental?" V spoke in English.

"Yes," the staff nodded.

V and Jennie filled out their paperwork and picked out their helmets. He placed a pink helmet on Jennie's head and snapped it on for her.

"Is it secure?" he asked, making sure the strap wasn't too tight around her chin.

"Yep, thanks,"

With two red bikes, they rode around with ease.

"I see the guys," she told him.

"They rented bikes!" Jungkook pointed Taennie out in astonishment as he, J-Hope, and Jimin were shopping.

"How much was it?" Jimin asked.

"100 krona," V answered.

"That's pricey..." he murmured. "We need money to eat,"

"Give me a ride," Jungkook demanded V.

"Here, you can ride mine," Jennie gave him her bike.

After bike riding, Jennie and V took their bikes back and commenced to roam around again.

"Um...where'd everyone go?" she asked.

"Yeah, where is everyone? And where's my bag?" V looked around.

"Your bag?"

"Yeah, I can't find it. Maybe the cameraman has it," he hoped and went on to ask the staff.

The cameraman said he didn't have it and V ran his hands over his face, having a mental breakdown. Everything was in there including his passport and tickets.

"Okay, breathe. Relax. We'll find it," she held onto his arm.

It was starting to dawn on her how everybody was losing everything on this trip. It was exhausting. He just had his bag so what the heck is going on? It was weird. 

------------

The two sat across from each other on the train and V explained the situation to the guys.

"Should I go?" he asked.

"I think we should stay put for now," Rapmon responded.

"We need to find his bag quickly because the train is going to be departing soon and he needs his ticket and passport," Jen spoke. "We're not going to be able to move across the border,"

"He can move around Europe but he can't get on a plane to Korea," Suga added while Jennie rubbed her temples.

How troublesome...

Jungkook sighed. "Why do we keep losing things?"

Rapmon had left momentarily while the rest tried to weigh out their options. Once he returned, Jennie frowned as she saw how irritated V looked. He usually was smiling and optimistic, so this side was starting to scare her.

"I'll call the embassy," their leader said next to V by the window. "Hello? Hello. Is this the Yongsan office?"

"Aigoo..." J-Hope sighed.

While they rode the train, Rapmon informed them that they could get his passport but they would have to be there by 7pm. The issue with that is their ride doesn't end until 8pm. When the staff asked V to come with them for a moment, Rapmon and a production crew member took the opportunity to tell the rest that this was just a prank on V by the production crew.

"Are you serious!?" J-Hope exclaimed as they all laughed.

"Wooooow. They so messy for that," Jen shook her head.

"Why would you do this to him?" Suga laughed at the crew member.

Once V returned, he remained vexed as the others tried to act normal. Jen glanced at him a few times, giving him a sad smile.

"We're going to cross the border tomorrow," Rapmon said. "...and if he doesn't have a passport, they won't let him cross. If we can't go across, then we'll have to go back and buy tickets for us and all the crew again,"

"We could just leave Taehyung and one crew member behind," Jin suggested.

Jennie immediately frowned at the idea, "Absolutely not. I'm not leaving him behind. If that has to happen, I'll stay with him,"

There were two options. Stay with V or leave him behind and continue the trip. Jennie went on this trip with him and she was willing to stay behind and then come back on the trip with him if this wasn't an actual prank.

As the members discussed, V's expression got darker by the minute.

"We still have an hour, so let's wait it out," Suga tried to calm things down.

They all moved to different seats, this time with Jennie sitting next to V, in front of Jungkook.

"We're supposed to be having fun. Is this fun?" Rapmon flipped his phone in his hand, looking out the window.

"Everything has gone wrong," Jin sighed. "Fighting amongst ourselves isn't going to fix anything,"

"Let's stop talking about this for now," Suga said.

"Let's get back to shooting," Jungkook suggested.

When V was asked what he was going to do, he sunk down in his seat, "I just don't feel good,"

"Then you don't want to continue the shoot?" Jin asked.

'Oh no,' Jen glanced at V and Jin, feeling tension rising.

"Hey, Jin do you have gum? And let's not argue, okay? Come on. You're making me nervous. We're all upset here. Let's wait to film later," she spoke to try to change the subject before things turned ugly.

As of late when she felt nervous, she began to chew more gum to calm herself down.

"You want me to start shooting now?" V continued his conversation with Jin as he went into his pocket to hand Jennie his almost empty pack of gum.

"Oh, thanks Tae," she smiled, not expecting to get gum at all, and popped one in her mouth.

"Keep it. There's only two left in there," he responded and turned his attention back to Jin.

Okay, she got the gum but it seemed like these two were not going to stop this growing tension any time soon.

"Look, we're saying we should forget about this and just continue with the shoot," Jin answered him.

"I mean that you're all just making me feel horrible," V said with irritation growing in his voice.

"You lost your bag, why are you getting mad at us?"

"Do you want me to go home then!?" V abruptly raised his voice, making Jennie jump.

"Just go then,"

"I will,"

"Fine, get off,"

V got out of his seat and began storming off, causing Jennie to widen her eyes.

"Go,"

"Okay, have a nice trip,"

"Okay,"

"H-hey! Tae!" Jen called out, not expecting him to just storm off.

'Taehyung's mad...'

But then he suddenly walked back to the group with his bag.

"I'm back," he announced.

"Congratulations," Jin replied as they all cracked up.

"I knew it as soon as V started talking like that!" J-Hope giggled.

"Wait he knew we were pranking him? How?" Jennie asked.

'When did he figure it out...?'

Ten minutes ago, V left to go talk to one of the crew members. 

"Everyone's being really obvious. Is this a hidden camera thing? I know. It's really hard to act serious. My eyes aren't big for no reason. I can see everything they're doing. Namjoon started overreacting. The only two who weren't acting strange were Jennie and J-Hope."

Back to reality, V laughed at them.

"You guys are so bad at acting," he giggled.

"And this is why he's in a drama because his acting skills are off the charts," Jen praised.

"I almost believed you, Jennie, when you asked for the gum to ease your nerves. You weren't acting so strange as the rest,"

"It was fine until you started with the English," J-Hope pointed out to Rapmon.

"I knew that you were all acting," V said.

"So, you knew to begin with?" Jimin asked.

"Yeah, I knew. You and Ennie were the best," V told J-Hope. "You were just sitting still while Jennie was trying to calm things down like she normally does,"

"Every time I saw him, I wanted to laugh,"

"Namjoon and Yoongi...Yoongi was staring outside and laughing,"

"Who was the worst actor?"

"HIM. He was the worst actor," V pointed at Rapmon as everyone laughed. "The more you talk, the more your face cracks."

'Today's lesson: don't lose your passport'

'Second lesson: Just sit still'

'Third lesson: Try to calm things down'

---------------

Once they got off the train, they were greeted by a wonderful view of a waterfall.

"Should we take a group photo?" J-Hope suggested.

"YES! Gather around guys!" Jennie excitedly said.

"Do you know BTS?" Jin asked in English, making her laugh softly.

"1, 2, 3!" J-Hope counted down as Jennie posed with a big smile and a peace sign behind Rapmon.

Back inside the train, Jin and Jennie spent some time together and began to tell each other jokes.

"Do you know what a war between cows is called?" Jin asked. "War-mae~!"

Jennie liked his dad jokes and laughed with him.

"Ooh, I got one. Okay, okay. Listen to this. It's one of my favorites. What's Forrest Gump's password? One Forrest one," she laughed.

It took a few seconds for Jin to get the joke, remembering the famous "Run Forrest Run!" line in the movie. After figuring it out, he laughed with her.

"Ah, clever yet so cheesy,"

Back in the rooms, Jen chilled on the couch with Rapmon and V, on their phones. The rest of the members were setting up for dinner.

"Let me ask Ennie..." she heard Jimin say from the kitchen. He grabbed his Jimin cam and strolled over to her. "Ennie~!"

"Yes~?" she responded in the same tone, looking up from her phone.

"We don't know how to cook this rice. Can you cook it for us?"

"Yeah, sure," she got off the couch and walked over to the dining room table. She took a seat with him and they checked out the box. "Leave this to me. You guys did enough, I'll cook the rice,"

"You sure, Jennie?" J-Hope asked. "I can always make it,"

"Yeah, no worries," she took the box and went over to the kitchen.

Pulling up the translations for English, she found out the directions. She washed her hands and went to work, filling the pot with water and adding a spoonful of salt. Turning on the stove, she placed the pot on it and waited for it to boil. She played a few games on her phone until the water began to boil. Then, she proceeded to add the rice and began stirring.

Feeling a chin on her shoulder, she smiled softly and turned her head to see Jungkook behind her. He then kissed her nose and pulled away.

After cooking, BTS sat down to enjoy meat, gochujang stew, and rice to get a taste of Korea.

The next morning, they packed up and made their way to the airport.

"I'm not so sure I packed everything," Yoongi said, which made Jen stop walking to look at him, annoyed. He laughed nervously and stopped to turn back at her. "I don't have my iPad with me right now,"

Like the episode of The Office, Jennie looked at the camera that was filming them, unamused, and shook her head, so done with the fact that everybody kept losing everything. She was about to be at her limit. 

Jimin laughed while Jungkook said, "He keeps losing so many valuable things abroad,"

"You mean to frickin' tell me you forgot your iPad of all things? Do you know how large that thing is? You were just using it," Jennie exclaimed. "Check your bag,"

"Yeah, check it,"

Once Suga looked through his bag, it was not there and Jennie rubbed her temples, trying not to freak out.

"I remember leaving it out so I could carry it with my hands," Suga mentioned to them as he thought about what he did in the morning.

"BRUH!" Jennie stared at him in disbelief.

"You forgot it? Really?" Jin questioned.

"We can't go back. There's no way to get back," Jungkook said.

"I'll just go without it then," Suga said calmly.

"It's an iPad!" Jennie shouted, looking at him like he was crazy as he giggled at her reaction.

"Where did you leave it?" the staff asked. "At our hotel?"

"On top of the table," the rapper answered.

"How can he stay so calm when he lost something?" Jin wondered.

"I'd be freaking out. Imagine if I lost my phone," Jen shook her head.

"Ta-da~!" Jungkook revealed his iPad, making everyone laugh.

'He got me'

"Why are you tricking your members? You almost gave me a heart attack!" Jin scolded while Jungkook was cracking up, stomping around.

"I always have faith that I'll find my things somehow," Suga said and was given back his iPad.

"First it was Jimin then Rap Monster, then V, and now Suga. Let's see how far we can go," Jin anticipated who would lose something next.

------

After a 2 hour flight, almost all of the members arrived in Stockholm, Sweden. They arrived earlier than scheduled while V had to take a different plane. Bangtan decided to wait for him but it didn't seem like he was coming anytime soon due to his flight getting delayed. With Taehyung, he was exhausted as he waited.

"The other members are probably waiting for me, right? Are they waiting for me? They're worrying about me, right? They're probably like, 'Where's V? When is he coming?'. They can't do anything without me. So I have to go help them have fun." V rambled on.

'Believe what you want'

'Stretching his imagination'

After waiting an hour and 30 minutes, Bangtan decided that they wanted to go ahead. Jennie frowned at the idea and had a gut feeling that perhaps he should at least have one member waiting for him.

"I'll still wait for him. I don't feel comfortable just leaving him. You guys go on ahead, okay?" she said.

"Sweetheart, you don't have to wait, you know. He'll be fine. Let's just go," Jin gestured for her to follow them.

"Yeah, he's handsome and friendly. People will be nice to him when he arrives," Rapmon agreed with him.

She sighed and grabbed her phone to text him.

Jen: The guys want to just go to the hotel after waiting over an hour. I don't mind staying at the airport to wait for you.

V: It's OK Ennie. Go on ahead with the others. It's all right.

Jen: :(

V: :)

Jen: Are you sure?? I can stay

V: Go on ahead, Ennie :)

Jen: fineeee but plez lemme know when you arrive

V: I will!

"All right...I'll come with," she said after some hesitation.

The camera followed Jennie as she looked at it, "V, Please get here safely. I hope the flight will be smooth sailing. Ugh...I don't like when a member is left behind. I get anxious. I need some more gum to chew,"

When the members arrived in Sweden's capital city, Stockholm, the staff told them that there were three ways to get to the hotel from the airport. The airport bus, Arlanda Express, and public transportation. They were given an allowance for transportation and food and were told to split into teams of two while one team would be a mix of three. After playing Rock, Paper, Scissors, Jungkook, J-Hope, and Jennie were a team.

"Yes!" Jungkook said with more excitement than anticipated while Jennie let out a cute squeal and bounced happily when she saw she'll be with Jungkook and J-Hope.

Jungkook almost reached out for her but refrained due to the camera and the dreaded teasing from the guys. While this happened, the guys chuckled amongst themselves and gave the young couple a knowing look.

"They're so happy," Jimin smirked.

"You're going to be third-wheeling," Suga laughed loudly at J-Hope.

"Oh my gosh, noooo." Jennie waved her hands, shaking her head. "It won't be like that. And you know that,"

Jungkook chuckled bashfully and smiled shyly.

J-Hope giggled. "We just like teasing you guys. I'm glad Jennie is with us. She's good at finding where to go. If it was just Jungkook and me, who knows when we'll make it there,"

The other teams consisted of Jin & Jimin, and Suga & Rap Monster. J-Hope picked the option for them to take the airport bus to where they will be staying.

"We can do it," J-Hope high fived Jennie and Jungkook.

"Here give it here so I can find the bus on my phone," Jen requested and was handed the paper. It wasn't too long until they found it. "There we go,"

"Can you ask if it's the right bus?" J-Hope asked.

"Your English has improved, Hobi. You can do it," she encouraged.

Nodding to himself, he approached the driver as JenKook followed him.

"Excuse me," Hobi said in English. "Only card?"

"Yeah, we accept only cards," the driver said as Jennie watched J-Hope proudly.

"We don't have card," Jungkook added in English.

"Only money,"

"If you have only cash, you can pay inside to get tickets at the convenience store," the driver informed them.

"Awesome, thank you," Jen smiled.

"Ah, okay, okay, okay," J-Hope said as the three began to rush over to 7/11 to get their tickets.

After taking the bus, the trio made their way to the hotel. When they found the building, they spotted Rap Monster and Suga walking ahead of them.

"They're coming behind us!" Suga laughed and started running to the hotel with Rapmon. He even outran the cameraman.

"There's no prize with who gets there first, right? J-Hope asked. "Why is he running?"

The trio washed up in their hotel and put their things away. Once situated, they walked around to get something to eat. Making it to the subway station, they checked the signs to make sure they were going in the right direction.

"We're going to get off here at the central station," J-Hope said, looking at the map.

"Also, I have a map app that shows where to get off, too. We'll be fine," Jen said confidently.

"It's here. Do we really have to go to the mall?"

"Yes! I want to shop, too,"

"Yes, hyung," Jungkook smacked him on the back, making him laugh.

After getting off the subway, Jennie got a phone call from Jimin, "Yes~?"

"Ennie! Finally! Someone picked up. Where are you?" Jimin asked.

"I'm with J-Hope and Jungkook. We're headed to the mall,"

"Ah...Jin doesn't want to go out so I'm stuck here by myself,"

"You want to meet us at the mall? I can give you the address,"

"Send it. For now, I think I'll check out the city alone for a bit,"

"Okay, well text me if you're meeting us,"

"Okay. And Ennie, thanks for answering the phone,"

"Always~!"

After Jimin hung up, he let out a happy sigh and looked at the camera with a smile. "Ah...Jennie always answers her phone when I call. I should just call her first from now on. She's the sweetest, yeah? There was one time it was late at night and she still answered me when no one else did. She makes me feel important. I really appreciate her kindness,"

'Lesson of the day, call Miss Bangtan First'

Back to the trio, Jungkook pointed out the bus that they were supposed to take. All of a sudden, J-Hope began yelling and ran to the bus with Jungkook, leaving Jennie behind as she was cracking up.

"Bruh...they really just ran," she said to the camera.

Once they made it to the mall, they finally got the meatballs that they had been craving.

'Mission to find the shopping mall and eat meatballs, clear!'

Back with Jimin, he found an outlet store and went to the baby shoe section that had baby Timberlands and Nikes displayed.

"Is this how I'll feel when I get a baby? I bet Jungkook and Jennie will style their kids with Nike and Timberlands," he laughed to himself.

-------

Back with the trio, J-Hope and Jungkook were trying to look for an exit at the mall while Jen was on her phone texting Jimin after he told her he met up with Rapmon and Suga.

Jimin: I saw baby Timberlands and Nikes at a store. I bet you and Jungkook will dress your future babies in those

His bold message made her flustered as she quickly typed back.

Jen: JIMIN OMFG STOP

Jimin: KEKEKEKEKE

"There's an emergency exit," Jungkook pointed out and started walking to it. "Are we allowed to use that exit?"

That made Jen's ears perk up and snap her head up in his direction in alarm. "Emergency-wait Jungkook don't go through that door!"

"Excuse me, no no no!" a worker at the mall tried to warn but then the loud alarm went off.

Jungkook's doe eyes widened in fear as he quickly turned around, startled.

'What is this...I'm scared...'

'I'm in trouble'

"Oh my God, for crying out loud," she laughed and rushed up to him to pull him away from the door. "That's the emergency exit. That's not the exit to leave the mall. That is only for emergencies like a fire or something serious,"

Both J-Hope and Jungkook looked frightened while Jennie went up to the employee who was trying to restore order with the door.

"I'm so sorry," she apologized in English, "It's our first time here. They were trying to find the exit,"

"It's all right, the exit is that way," he pointed in the direction while the boys apologized in English.

As they went out, Jennie started laughing at Jungkook. "Your face though...that was priceless,"

"Not funny," Jungkook playfully glared at her.

"It was! You were like," she acted out his Jungshooked facial expression that made Hobi giggle loudly.

Poking the inside of his cheek, Jungkook mentally plotted for revenge. She was going to get it.

"It looks like we learned a lot today," J-Hope said as they crossed the street. They proceeded to act silly in public by dancing around. Birds were heard chirping loudly and he acknowledged it to Jungkook. "The birds seem to know you,"

"They do seem to recognize you Jeon Seagull," she added.

"Oh man, even the birds?" Jungkook played along, looking around to watch them fly.

"AHHHHHH!" Hobi yelled.

The boys played Rock, Paper, Scissors to see who would ask for directions. Jungkook won while Hobi let out one of his trademark noises in response.

"Hey, as many times as you guys would make me speak in Korean and ask for directions when I was still learning the language since our trainee days. It won't be that bad," Jennie mentioned. If anything, it helped her learn more.

Finding someone nice, Hobi asked a man in English. "Excuse me. Where is the Stockholm center station?"

"You're on the right way," the man replied kindly and pointed out the directions.

"Turn right and left?" Jungkook asked as they walked on.

"I didn't understand him," J-Hope admitted.

"Why didn't you get it?" Jungkook exclaimed, hitting him a few times.

"I don't know. Jennie, you heard him right? What did he say?"

"Goodness gracious..follow me. He said we need to go this way," she stated.

"Munchkin, I'm glad you're here,"

"Uh-huh. Shut it," she playfully glared at him while he giggled with Jungkook.

--------

Back at the hotel, the members were told that V got lost and hadn't arrived yet. The look of distress was shown on Jennie's face as she was on the phone with Jimin who let her know that V got lost.

"I knew I should have stayed and waited for him," she said with regret. "Is he okay? Do they know exactly where he is?"

"It seems like our managers are still calling him to ask for his location. Let me call him and we can be on a three-way call," Jimin said.

After a few rings, V answered.

"V!" she sighed. "Are you okay!?"

She heard him giggle, "Yes, I am fine. It's nice out here,"

She ended up laughing at his optimistic nature. Typical V. As long as he was all right.

"V, can you hear me?" Jimin asked.

"Yes, I can hear you and Jennie well,"

"Where are you? Do you know where you are?"

"No, I'm not sure," he answered. "Somewhere where there's nice scenery. Somewhere that seems like the perfect place to take our next album jacket photo,"

"Why are you so calm for someone who's lost?"

"Great question. I'm over here freaking out because of you," Jen added.

"Sorry to worry you. I can forgive everything because the scenery's so nice," V replied.

"That's a relief. We were worried you'd be depressed," Jimin assumed.

"This is awesome. It looks like goats are going to come out any second,"

The camera showed the screen split into three to show the three on the phone. Jimin and Jennie were laughing at his statement, happy that he seemed to be fine. Once off the phone, Jimin and Jennie let their respective groups know what's going on.

All the members regrouped to prepare for dinner. Once V walked in, he was greeted warmly by the members while Jen rushed up to hug him, making him stumble as he chuckled and embraced her. With her arms wrapped around his neck, she hugged him tightly.

"I'm okay, Ennie," he reassured.

"Thank goodness! Don't scare me like that. I'm so happy you're finally here," she said and pulled away.

"Something serious happened," Jungkook told him. "Namjoon lost his passport. What a mess,"

"Let's never go on a backpacking trip ever again," Suga said.

Once morning hit Stockholm, the group's plans for the day were to go to Gamla Stan. Unfortunately for Rapmon who couldn't find his passport, he had to make a trip to the Korean Embassy for travel documents. While it is an easy bus ride there, Jimin assumed his ticket wouldn't work because it was folded in half.

"Do I really have to walk if this ticket doesn't work?" Jimin asked.

"You need to walk. That's a matter of fact. Do we have to walk with you?" J-Hope asked.

"No,"

"Take a camera and find your own way,"

"Walking isn't a problem. But how do I get to Gamla Stan?"

"I can walk with you," Jennie offered.

"See Ennie is so kind. I don't want to be by myself," Jimin admitted.

"Let's still try your card first though. Even if it's folded, it should work,"

Thankfully it did and they made it in no time. The site brought back pleasant memories of the old photoshoots that they did. Jen stuck with Jin, J-Hope, and Jimin for more sightseeing and got ice cream on the way.

"You look happy now," the cameraman said.

"I'm feeling great!" Hobi made another silly sound and started dancing around.

Jin followed his movements as they 'powered up with ice cream' making Jimin and Jennie laugh.

"Jimin, Jennie, why don't you join us," Jin said.

Joining in, she made a silly sound and danced around, acting extra just like Jin and Hobi who joined her.

"Your turn," she gestured to Jimin, who did a toned-down version.

Finished with exploring, the group decided to go back to the restaurant they ate at back during their shoot for BTS NOW.

"Make sure you don't get anything with pineapple this time," J-Hope reached over to grab Jennie's hand.

"I'll be careful," she smiled.

The last time they were here, she ate pizza with pineapple and it ended up giving her a severe allergic reaction. If it wasn't for J-Hope noticing, who knows what would have happened? Since that day, pineapples were a big no no.

While sitting and waiting for Rapmon to arrive, Jennie watched Jungkook and Jimin arm wrestle. As soon as they began, Jungkook slammed his hand down effortlessly. The way Jimin looked, he had to sit there for a moment and contemplate life. It was hilarious.

"Now me," Jin offered.

"Just one loss per day, please," Jimin replied, feeling defeated.

"I'll take you on," Jennie offered and grabbed his hand.

"3...2...1, start!" Jin announced as they gripped hands and tried to place it down.

It was a slow start as Jen's hand was slowly getting lower. But then she fought back and Jin found his hand getting closer to the table.

"I win!" she cheered.

"Ah, you and Jungkook are too strong. What has he been teaching you? Your arm is getting muscular," Jin wondered while Jungkook high fived her.

"A lot of great things," she proudly said.

"Are they safe for work?" Jimin teased.

Jungkook pretended not to hear his response while Jennie looked at him in alarm.

"PARK FRICKIN JIMIN!" she kicked him, making him giggle.

--------

After eating and meeting up with Namjoon, the members split up again. This time, Jennie went by herself with a cameraman to check out some women's clothing shops while the guys were more interested in shopping for men's clothes.

"Are you getting flustered? Sorry," she grinned sheepishly when the camera guy awkwardly filmed while she was in the bra section of a women's clothing store.

Following her browsing, she went on to purchase a pair of earrings and went on to walk outside. She had noticed that while she was walking, a small crowd began to follow her. She heard giggling and hushed conversations. Curious, she turned around.

Oh, what do you know? Sasaengs...

"Jennie! We finally found you!" one of them called out loudly, making her flinch. The booming sound of her name made her blood run cold.

'Why me?' she thought and she proceeded to walk while the cameraman stopped filming.

"Hey! Why are you ignoring us!? Turn around and say hi!"

Rolling her eyes, she turned back around, trying to keep her annoyance in check. "Can you please stop following me?"

They laughed and replied no, which made her irritated.

"Jennie, we need to leave this area quickly," the cameraman advised and began to speedwalk with her.

The sasaengs continued following them while one was on the phone, "She's here on this street,"

That made her nervous. Who were they talking to? How many were they?

The staff told her to just run and she followed his advice, dashing away with her bags. She heard screaming and shouting of her name along with loud footsteps running after her. Never in her life had she been chased like this. This was not cool. At all.

'All I wanted was to shop...' she thought.

If they approached her differently, that would be fine but to follow her everywhere and shout her name was too much.

"Damn. My phone died! I can't take a video!" a sasaeng said as he put the dead phone back in his pocket.

"Come on, we can't let her get away!"

Turning a corner, Jennie rushed up the sidewalk but ended up tripping and dropping her bags. Falling on the ground, she landed on her right wrist and yelled out in pain.

"Shit!" she hissed, gripping her wrist. "That didn't feel right,"

"Are you okay!?" a local exclaimed and rushed over to her.

"Yeah...yeah..." she grunted and sat up.

She took a look at her wrist and it was in intense pain with the way she fell on it. At least it wasn't broken. But the ground scraped her skin and it was bleeding.

"Do you need to go to the hospital?"

"Jennie!" the cameraman found her and looked in alarm at what had happened.

She quickly explained the situation and told them that her wrist was hurting. She just hoped and prayed it wasn't sprained. The sasaengs had found the trio and continued to record. They must have been some of those rich sasaengs that bought information on their flights and followed her here. Jen wondered if the others were stalked.

"Oh, she's hurt," one of them said with fake concern.

"Did Jennie learn her lesson not to ignore us? Maybe if you paid attention to us this wouldn't have happened,"

That struck a nerve as anger boiled through her veins, getting ready to cuss them out. She began to shake and got up to her feet while the local sensed something was wrong and threatened to call the police if the sasaengs didn't leave. That scared them off and made them run away. 

After thanking the local for helping, Jennie's wrist was checked out while the staff informed the rest of the team about what had happened. 

Thankfully it wasn't sprained. Her ligaments weren't torn or pulled, but the wrist was still hurt, and she was told to put ice on it. Jen became upset when she was informed that the others were chased, too.

So long peaceful days...

"This is why we can't have nice things...watch this ruin fan interaction," she rolled her eyes and placed the bag of ice on her wrist. "Man, this hurts..."

Back at the hotel, she walked in, displeased as the boys looked alarmed at the sight. Her clothes were a little dirty from falling on the ground and there was ice on her wrist.

"A-Are you okay!?" Jungkook rushed up to her. "What's wrong!? Why do you have ice on your wrist!?"

"What the hell happened, Jennifer?" Yoongi demanded as the rest rushed over to her.

The staff sat everyone down with the cameras off and explained the events that transpired. The mood in the room went south and Jennie felt thick tension coming from Yoongi, Taehyung, and Jungkook.

Pissed, Yoongi stood up and stormed off to take a walk. He needed some air. If not, he was going to throw something. He was infuriated that she had gotten hurt.

"Y-Yoongi!" Jennie exclaimed as a few staff members went after him to make sure he didn't do anything rash.

"Why did they have to go so far..." Taehyung growled, clenching his fists.

When it came to her, everyone gathered into the Jennie protection squad. It killed them to see her like this and never wanted to experience this again. 

Jungkook held her in his arms protectively on the couch, still upset that she had gotten hurt. Holding her tight, he blinked the frustrated tears away as he thought about how helpless he felt about this.

"I'm so sick of this...this shouldn't have happened..." Jungkook grumbled, feeling angry about the situation.

Rapmon felt guilty and began to blame himself for what happened. But Jennie had reassured them all that things were okay and they shouldn't blame themselves or cry about it. Jimin's expression after he saw her hurt was scary. He was furious. The intense glare he had while looking at the floor, made her stomach drop.

"Is it sprained?" Hobi asked in a serious tone. Happy voice gone, she heard the fear and concern in his voice instead.

"No, just sore. I landed on it harshly. It hurts but as long as I place ice on it, I should be fine," she answered.

"Should we just end the trip?" Jimin pondered, trying to keep his temper in check.

"They went too far..." Jin shook his head. "How could they...to my daughter? This is unforgivable,"

"Hey, no. I don't want this trip to go south because of what happened," she reassured. "Let's continue. I'm going to be fine,"

"Are you sure?" Rapmon asked.

"Yes. I appreciate you guys,"

Once Yoongi returned with a cool head, he asked where Jennie was when the guys were making dinner. Walking into the room she was in, he found her resting on her bed and his eyes softened.

'This kid...' he sighed.

Hearing him come in, she opened her eyes and sat up.

"There you are. I was worried," she spoke as he sat on her bed.

"Sorry that I stormed off like that..." he murmured.

"It's all right,"

"Are you sure you are all right?"

"I'm okay," she calmly responded. "And don't say you should have come with me or something. Everybody got chased. I'm just the only one that lost their footing,"

Yoongi lifted his hand and gave her a gentle head pat. He rested his palm on top of her hair and looked into her eyes. What he did felt comforting and she let his hand stay there on her hair.

Once dinner was ready, Yoongi insisted on feeding her.

"I can feed myself y'know. My left hand is fine," she chuckled.

"Just eat, smartie,"

Amused, she took a bite of meat he picked up for her and let him feed her for the night.

------

The next morning, Jen's wrist was feeling a little better from yesterday as the members were all in a better mood, moving on from yesterday's unfortunate events. Jin and Hobi tended her wrist and held her bags as they went on to take a cruise to Helsinki.

"Is this your first time on a cruise?" the camera guy asked her.

"Nah, I've been on a few before. My family likes going on cruises during the summer. I'm super excited to be on one with the guys. It's been years!" she said excitedly.

As the group walked inside, they looked around, astonished at how nice the cruise looked. They gathered inside the elevator, admiring how huge the place was. While waiting in the packed elevator, Jungkook leaned against the wall.

"I'm hot," he said.

"I know," Jennie replied, feeling the humidity.

The couple locked eyes after her statement. He grinned and raised an eyebrow in a teasing manner.

"So, I make you hot?"

'Now he knows damn well I didn't mean it like THAT.' Jennie thought as she tried to think of how to get out of him trying to tease her.

"I meant I feel hot, too," she tried to explain herself.

"By me?"

"The elevator,"

"Because I'm here,"

She sighed loudly while he let out a giggle.

"You didn't deny it," he went on.

She playfully smacked his arm, "You play too much,"

"It's okay, I would be hot for me too if I were you," he added while she covered her face.

"You're annoying~!"

Jennie, Yoongi, Jimin, and Taehyung were in one room while Jungkook, Namjoon, Jin, and Hobi were in the other. After unpacking, they headed over to the deck to take more pictures, enjoying the deep blue ocean and scenery.

The director went to buy beer for them, which got them excited. But although Jen was the legal drinking age in Korea, she didn't want to drink alcohol yet.

"I can't drink beer," V said. "Can I have strawberry juice?"

"I'll take some juice, too." Jennie requested.

After dancing for the drinks, the director handed them their beverages.

"You're not drinking?" Jin asked her.

"Nah, I'm waiting until I'm 21 in America to drink,"

"Boo, party pooper,"

"You damn right, I am. No peer pressure in sight," she stuck her tongue out at him.

Gathering around, they made a toast.

"It's our first time ever on camera. For BTS' youth! For BTS' young forever. Young forever!" Rapmon announced.

"Cheers!"

"Oh look. It's you," Jennie pointed out the seagulls flying, making Jungkook laugh.

"They're flying low today, huh?" Jin said as she agreed.

After going inside, the staff called all the members in for an emergency meeting. Jennie sat in between Yoongi and Rapmon, awaiting the worst.

"We got you together during your rest because we have an urgent matter to discuss. Rap Monster, let's..."

"Me? Why are you scaring me?" Rapmon spoke up.

"Let's talk alone," the director told him.

"Did you lose something again?" Jin wondered.

After waiting for Rapmon to come back, he let them know about the bad news. He couldn't use his travel documents and would have to leave the boat.

"Why did I lose my passport?" he sighed, running a hand over his face.

The members tried to make him feel better by telling him it was bad for them too since it won't be the same.

"I'm bummed. I don't want you to leave," Jen frowned.

"This was supposed to be our trip," Tae added. "It doesn't mean anything if one of us isn't here. Let's curse!"

"Jennie curses the most. I volunteer her," Jimin called out.

"Jungkook will do that," Jin pointed to him and turned to the cameraman. "Edit it out for us."

"Ah...let's be careful," Jungkook laughed, not wanting to get in trouble.

"Smartie, you curse the most. If you could would you?" Suga asked her.

"No, I got scolded when I said fuck on camera," she replied and covered her mouth.

Once she blurted out the word, the group cackled loudly, clapping their hands.

"Good job," Jin laughed.

"Jennie..." the staff scolded playfully.

"I'm sorry. I'm sorry. It slipped," she covered her face, embarrassed.

"Ah...too bad," Jin said, thinking about the situation after the laughter died down.

"I can't blame anyone but me," Rapmon sighed.

"Yeah, it's your fault," Jungkook teased and Rapmon retaliated by standing up to playfully hit him.

"Say something Jungkook," J-Hope said.

"Oh man...our leader," the Golden Maknae began, making everyone laugh.

"I'm going to miss you," Jennie wrapped her arms around Rapmon and gave him a side hug. 

He wrapped his arm around her and hugged back, pulling her close.

"It'll be okay, Nini," he reassured her.

After suggesting to do a cheer, the members put their hands together and shouted, "BTS!"

----------

Filming stopped for the day and JenKook wanted to take advantage by having a mini date on the cruise.

"We'll be back," Jen stood up with Jungkook.

"Where are you two going?" Suga asked.

"Exploring,"

"Do I need to chaperone?" Jin offered.

"Noooooooo, you do not!" V quickly stopped Jin as they left.

Jungkook let out a breath of relief and stood with her outside the door. "Finally,"

"Where to first?" she smiled up at him.

"Let's walk around the ship and see what we like," he proceeded to walk with her, holding her hand.

A while later, Jungkook spotted an arcade and happily walked in with her to play a few games. There they saw Jin and Taehyung. Tae was on a racing game and Jungkook joined in while Jin played Pac Man with Jennie. Jin had beaten her high score and jumped around in excitement. He then proceeded to perform his traffic dance. But then once Jen beat his score, she did her own version of his traffic dance, making him laugh hard.

There was a cameraman with them to film some bonus content as they continued to game. As the night went on, Jennie touched her back pocket and noticed that her phone wasn't there anymore.

"Oh no..." she felt her life flash before her eyes and frantically checked all of her pockets.

"Sweetheart, what's wrong?" Jin asked with worry.

"I-I can't find my phone," she said with panic in her voice.

"Where was the last time you had it?" Jungkook asked.

"It was right in my pocket, what the heck?!" she looked around the arcade.

"Ah, it's just a phone. You shouldn't be having your face stuck in it all the time," Jin joked.

"Okay but important stuff is on that phone and if it ends up in the wrong hands and somebody gets in it and finds certain pictures, issa wrap!" she stressed. "That's my life right there, I want my phone back,"

"What kind of pictures are we talking about?" Jin followed her on her quest for her phone.

"My boyfriend!" she rubbed her temples, getting frustrated as she tried to keep her emotions in check. Exhaling sharply, she calmly said, "Please, just help me try to find it,"

"All right, all right,"

While those two scrambled to try to find her phone, Jungkook stood with the camera guy, laughing to himself. Taking out her phone from his pocket, he revealed it as a hidden camera prank.

"I wonder when I should tell her," the mischievous boy wondered.

'Why did Jungkook take her phone?'

The camera rewinded back to when Jennie had said, "I'd be freaking out. Imagine if I lost my phone," during the time Yoongi lost his iPad. Then fast forward to when she teased Jungkook by mocking his 'Jungshooked' facial expression after he accidentally went to the emergency exit at the mall with her and J-Hope. Jungkook had plotted revenge since.

'Miss Bangtan is getting angry...'

After 30 minutes, there was no phone and she had to calm herself down as frustration became noticeable on her face. Jungkook kept his poker face on by looking concerned and tried to help "find" her phone. They asked staff members but they couldn't find it. And then they asked the cruise ship members but there was no phone found.

"This is frickin' ridiculous! It was right in my pocket, what the heck?!" she complained, pacing around the arcade.

"You are overlooking. I'm sure it'll pop up," V reassured.

As time went by, she went on to search for the phone but with no luck until Jungkook strolled over to her watching Jin and V play air hockey, and revealed her phone in his hands.

"Is that my-YOU JERK!" she jumped on his back and wrapped her arms around his neck.

He laughed as she tried to put him in a headlock but he was stronger and pulled her arms away and dropped her down on the ground gently.

"You're annoying~! Why would you do that!?" she complained before getting lifted back up to her feet.

"That's for making fun of me being scared I went through the emergency exit," he smiled victoriously and gave her the phone.

"Woooooow! It's like that now?" she laughed.

"He is always messing with us. You're lucky she didn't kick you," Jin said, happy that her phone was in her hands.

V and Jin turned in for the night while JenKook resumed playing games, without any cameras. After another half hour, he walked her back to her room.

"Good night," he leaned down to kiss her forehead softly.

"Good night, Kookie," she watched as he smiled and walked to his room.

She sighed, feeling content on the evening she shared with him, and turned to the door about to take out her room key.

"Jagi,"

"Hm?" she turned from the door to see he had walked back to her.

He took a few long strides to her and cupped her face, pressing his lips against hers. As he smooched her, she found herself walking back until her back gently hit the door. His hands traveled down to her waist and pulled her close while she wrapped her arms around his neck, smiling into the kiss. She was so happy with this man. Nothing was going to ruin this moment.

Pulling away, he pressed his forehead against hers as they caught their breath.

"I love you," he said softly, making her heart flip.

"I love you, too,"

He pulled away and stepped back while holding one of her hands. Giving her a big smile that always made her swoon, he released her hand and began walking backward. 

"I'll see you tomorrow, baby girl,"

"Y-yeah, see you tomorrow," she bit her lower lip softly as her face felt flushed. 

When he turned around and walked in the direction of his room, she felt giddy and went inside her room.

"I guess you had a great time," V giggled as he saw her happy expression.

"You two were kissing, weren't you?" Jimin teased, smiling happily that they were able to get some alone time on the trip.

"N-no..." she climbed on top of her bed.

"They definitely were," Suga chuckled. 

"Good night!" she pulled the covers over her head as she heard them laugh wholeheartedly.

--------

The next day, they arrived in Finland, all packed and ready. They met up with Rapmon at the airport, still bummed that he was leaving. For Finland, they would be in a camping car and sleep at the campsites. The staff informed them that they would be spending three days and two nights in Finland. They would also be able to cook in the car. After giving the members handshakes, Rapmon pulled Jennie in for a tight hug.

"Be safe," she smiled sadly and left with the crew.

They got settled into the camping car and began their journey which will take around six hours to the campsite. To pass the time, the group played music and card games. During their break on the road, they were given 600 Euros to spend and made their way to the supermarket.

"Our puppy. Puppy Jungkook. Paw," J-Hope said and put out his hand.

Jungkook slapped it in response, pretending to be a puppy.

"Foot," Jin stated. Jungkook went on to lift his leg up to hit Jin's hand and they ended up laughing.

"Head,"

Jungkook leaned over and hit his hand with his head.

'Scary but cute...'

Jennie gave her boyfriend the side eye as she watched him act silly while walking into the market.

"Jungkook, paw," he was told again and did it

As the group continued to shop, Jungkook found some toys and wore his sunglasses over his nose.

"Jungkook's toy," V pointed out.

"Jungkook's toy," Jin repeated. "Here...JK. JK. Paw. JK, hand," he stuck out his hand while Jungkook touched it in response.

Jennie giggled. He looked cute acting like that. As the camera went over to Jimin and Suga searching for salmon, she put her hand in Jungkook's hair and ruffled it. After much consideration, she decided that she wanted to play along with this silly game.

"Jungkook, head," she said, putting out her hand for him.

Leaning down, he connected his head lightly to her hand. Acting like a puppy, he went on to nuzzle into her as she let out a soft laugh.

Arriving at the campsite, the members opened up the shade to cover themselves from the rain and Yoongi set the fire so they could prepare to make meat for dinner. It was a struggle to get the fire started but they ended up making it work. Being extra, Jungkook kneeled and began fanning the fire with a paper plate to get it to ignite.

'Jungkook is becoming a camping master'

"It's done! We did it," J-Hope announced as it looked like the fire was coming together.

"I think we're winning. Jungkook is good at fanning," Suga praised.

"It looks like fireworks,"

"I can start a fire, anywhere," Jungkook proudly said.

"Wow. I'm fully convinced that Jungkook is a fire bender from the fire nation," Jennie looked on, amazed. "Prince Zuko, I'm pleased to meet your acquaintance,"

"We're very much acquainted, Mai," he replied with a knowing look.

His reply made her laugh as they thought about Avatar while V jumped with excitement and said, "Hey, I understood that reference!"

During the night, Jungkook couldn't sleep as five members including himself were all in one bed. Perhaps that wasn't the smartest decision. Meanwhile, Jennie, couldn't sleep much either and grabbed her earbuds to watch an episode of Family Guy on her phone.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

JK: u awake?

Jen: yep. Can't sleep :(

JK: can i sleep with u?

Jen: please

After a moment, she felt the covers gently pulled off her and was met with warm body heat as Jungkook became a big spoon for her. She turned around and snuggled into him while he pulled her close. That night was easily the best they slept this entire trip.

In the morning, the members went for a quick trip to the beach. After getting back in the car, everyone was inside the car except for Jimin as the staff wanted to teach him a lesson for being tardy. They watched as Jimin ran after the car and Jen felt bad for him.

Once he was in front of the car, J-Hope asked, "Jimin, did you learn your lesson? Your habit of being tardy?"

"What do you mean habit? I went to the bathroom!" he laughed.

"Did you fix your habit or not?"

"I will move faster," he said and was finally let inside.

As the car ride went on, the Maknae line lay in bed together, reading on their phones. Then the camera showed them asleep. Jimin slept next to Jennie while she and V had their heads on Jungkook's chest. They made it to Rovaniemi, Finland, and were told to get a quick bite to eat and buy anything they needed so they could head back to the road.

As they walked, Jungkook and Jin held hands and at a rapid rate, swung their hands up and down. Then Jungkook grabbed onto Hobi's hand to try to do the same thing.

"I think it will feel strange to lock hands with another man," Hobi replied with a chuckle.

Poor V tried to get away from Jin wanting to hold hands. The oldest member then went over to Jennie who happily accepted and swung their hands up and down at a fast pace.

After making it back to camp, they put on biking helmets and were told they'd be riding their bikes over to the bridge. Jungkook was the leader of the bike trail and everyone had a 360 camera attached to their bikes.

When they made it to the spot, they met up with a tour guide who told them to ride over to the bridge. The area was beautiful as it was cloudy which showed bits of the blue sky.

Making it to an outside theater, Jimin and Jungkook went on to perform Jimin's part in Save Me. And Jungkook of course, being silly, dramatically went to the ground while performing his part, making everyone laugh. 

They went to the Angry Birds playground and Jennie watched Jimin, Jin, and V play against some Finland elementary school kids in a soccer game. She stood with the rest to watch.

"V..." she laughed, covering her mouth as he ran around, happy that he scored against an elementary school student. Turning to the camera, she said, "I usually let the kids win when I play games with them."

The game ended in a tie and she applauded everyone's performance. 

"Awesome job!" she high fived all the kids.

Since it rained too much, they returned their bikes and made plans to relax in a sauna.

'BTS' Traditional Finland Sauna Talk'

As the guys talked amongst themselves about the traditions of the sauna, Jin brought up Jennie.

"I wonder how Jennie is doing, right now," he said.

"Probably glad to get away from all of you," Suga replied as they laughed.

With Jennie, she was alone in her sauna with her Jennie cam. She sighed in contentment and stretched with her robe on securely.

"I'm aloneeeee," she laughed and twirled around. "Let me make it hotter in here," she grabbed some water and poured it as the steam came out.

"This is a good time to see if I can Facetime my friends. And then I'll take my phone out, I don't want it to get damaged from the heat," she went on to call Hayoon and put her on speaker while sweat began to look visible on her skin. "Let's see if she'll answer,"

"Jennie~!" a pleasant voice was heard from her phone.

"Yoonie! I miss you!"

"I miss you, too! How is your trip!? Where are you, now?"

"We're in Finland. I'm in a sauna. The guys are in another sauna. I have my own."

"Ah, so lucky. How is the weather there?"

"Cold. But it's beautiful here. Maybe G-Friend can visit here one day,"

"That would be nice,"

"Did you eat today?"

"I ate a lot. I'm so stuffed. I just had noodles not too long ago,"

"Take out?"

"Yes, it was at this noodle place I came across. I will take you there sometime,"

After the quick chat, she got out of the sauna, feeling refreshed.

She was informed by the guys that they were planning to go into the icy cold water of the lake since it was a tradition in Finland.

"Are we all going in together?" she asked.

"Groups. First up is Jimin and V," Suga told her.

"There are no crocodiles, right?" Jungkook asked.

"I sure hope not," Jennie widened her eyes.

Jimin and V changed into shorts and a T-shirt. They held hands, preparing to walk in the lake. 

"Let me just dip my foot in," Jimin said, checking the temperature. As soon as he did, he yelled automatically from the chilling water.

"Go up to your chest and then dunk your head in," Suga said while the director got in the water to film them.

"I'm okay with it now because the director went in," V said.

"I hope our friendship lasts forever. BTS, let's make it big!" Jimin cheered and began to walk in the water with him.

Once they dunked their heads in, they quickly rose, soaked.

'First round success with the 95 bros'

They quickly rushed into the hot tub and got in to warm up.

"It's decent. You should all go in," Jimin told them.

"Ooooo. I want to do it!" Jennie said on camera with a black shirt and shorts on.

"Since Smartie is willing to go in, let her pick who she wants to go in with," Suga proposed.

"That's fair," J-Hope nodded in agreement.

"Oh, man. Who's it gonna be?" Jimin looked on with anticipation.

She studied each of them and suddenly remembered how they still wanted her to call them oppa once in a while. Knowing it would make them happy, she decided that she'd say it for this moment.

'Okay. I can do it.' she said to herself, knowing exactly who she wanted to choose.

Smiling brightly, she turned her attention to J-Hope.

"I want to go in with Hobi oppa," she said, feeling her cheeks warm up from saying the word.

All they heard was 'Hobi oppa' as the boys started to yell and scream in excitement. Jimin and Jin grabbed onto J-Hope and began to shake him. The group's sunshine couldn't stop smiling and placed a hand over his heart.

"Come on, you can't say no to that!" Suga laughed.

"He's so happy, look at him!" Jungkook giggled, patting J-Hope on the back.

The genuine happiness was radiating off the members as she felt her heart soar at how joyful they felt. While celebrating, J-Hope screamed in happiness and jumped around.

"I'm so happy she said it again," V clapped.

J-Hope pulled away from the boys and ran up to pick Jennie up in his arms for a hug. He spun her around as she laughed.

"Of course, I will go in with you, munchkin! Let's go!" he beamed and set her down. 

Holding onto her hand, they slowly made their way to the lake.

Exhaling, she said, "Okay. Let us continue to be happy and positive,"

"We will continue to protect each other and dance our hearts out," he added.

"And let's always dance together and create dance covers for ARMY,"

"And one day rap together," he smiled down at her.

"Yes. Sounds like a plan. All right. Let's just rush in. Three...two...one...go!"

They ran into the icy water and J-Hope started screaming at how cold it was. The lake was colder than Jen expected but she fought through it. The rest watched from the balcony, laughing hysterically.

"It's okay!" she laughed as his whoops and hollers got louder once they got deeper into the water. She grabbed his hands and held them as they faced each other while shivering. 

"We'll do it quickly. Ready?" she asked and got a nod in response.

They went underwater for a moment and rose up to the surface as his screaming continued. Grabbing her hand, he rushed out of the lake. He made a big splash as he hopped into the hot tub and she quickly followed, feeling the warm water relax her.

"We did it!" she high fived him.

After playing another round of the game, Jimin and Suga went in while everyone else watched from the balcony.

"Let me get a preview," Suga dipped his foot in and quickly went out, making Jimin laugh. He was shocked at the temperature and exclaimed, "You said it was okay! Are you crazy? This isn't right!"

"Say something before you go in!" Jennie shouted out.

"Park Jimin! I'm going to kill you~!" he shouted and marched right into the water. 

He dragged Jimin in with him, making him fall in the water.

After they got out, Jin asked, "How is it?"

"The water makes you humble," Suga answered and ran to the hot tub.

"Who didn't go in?" Jimin asked.

"Jin and Jungkook," Jennie pointed out.

The last two headed over to the lake, dressed in black shirts and swim shorts. They shouted, "BTS, fighting!" and began walking in the lake.

Jennie started cracking up at how Jin was yelling loudly at the icy water. They both were freaking out and shaking. After they came back, everyone sat in the hot tub. For another punishment, the members played rock, paper, scissors to see who would swim in the lake. It was between Suga and J-Hope.

"One, two, three!"

Suga had rock while J-Hope had paper.

"AHHHHHH~!" they both yelled as J-Hope proudly raised his palm, indicating that he won, exploding into happiness.

Suga went down to the lake as steam radiated off his body from the hot tub while everyone watched. He ran in and swam, screaming from the cold.

"It's cold!" he shouted, swimming back.

'The last punishment: swimming in the cold lake- DONE'

After getting settled, the members sat together to be interviewed.

"You now have one day left in the third leg of your trip," the director spoke. 

They discussed how much of a bummer it was and how fast the trip went.

"It ended so quickly," Suga said.

"We had a lot of incidents." Jin brought up. "Jimin lost his bag,"

"It's such a bummer that Rap Monster isn't here," Jungkook added.

"Rap Monster sent you a video message," the director informed them and went to play it for them.

"Hi, guys. Bonjour," Rapmon waved in the video. "I don't feel all that great coming back here three days before you. I also want to eat more hot dogs in Northern Europe for three more days but now that I'm drinking an iced Americano after landing in Incheon, all of that is washing away,"

That made the members laugh.

"Without me, the sauna...camping car...seven beds...I almost became a loner but I'm glad," he went on.

"I'm really sad. My heart feels weird," Jungkook said.

"Enjoy it before you come back. Whenever you're awake or asleep. I'm not the one to say this but be careful with your passport,"

After watching the video, everyone felt sadder that he wasn't here with them.

"You came on this trip for your third anniversary. It wasn't luxurious. But it had the travel concept of young friends. And you enjoyed it so far. The staff members who helped you be in this place for the past three years wrote you letters by hand," the director announced as everyone was surprised. 

The director handed Bang Si Hyuk PD's letter to Suga and he read it to everyone.

But still, thank you. I won't say that I'm proud of you just yet. Because I am a very greedy person. Let's hold onto that until the day you become the best group in the world. On June 12 a year. 3 years later, on that day, I'll look each of you in the eye and tell you personally from my lips that I'm thankful that you stayed by me and for bringing me here and allowing me to dream. I write this on May 2016, a month before your 3rd Anniversary.

They applauded, deeply moved by his letter.

"Wow..." Jen shook her head, placing a hand over her heart.

They also got a letter from Manager Sejin and Jungkook read it, imitating his deep voice which amused the members.

Because I'm always stuck with you 24 hours every day I thought that I struggled the hardest in the world but widening my perspective, I felt that so many people work for you guys. Let's work to always be thankful and humble. If it's with you, the most beautiful moments of my life are yet to come. Let's be an even greater team.

"Diana had written a letter to you all as well," the Director informed them.

"Diana noona?" Jungkook asked as the director gave the letter to Jennie.

"My manager Diana wrote us a letter too?" she laughed, mentally preparing herself.

She wrote about how she had stood by Jennie through thick and thin all these years and was able to meet seven precious boys in the process. She called all eight of them her kids and promised to be there on their journey during the good and bad times. She thanked them for the special memories they have created so far and looked forward to the years to come.

We have been through thick and thin, haven't we? Any time you are in America, I will continue to do my best to support you and guide you. Next time you're back in the States, home cooked meals are on me. Love, Auntie Diana. Oh and Jennie, you're probably tearing up, so boys, hug her for me. I love you all, xoxo. 

That did it as the tears fell from Jennie's eyes and the guys got out of their seats for a group hug.

"I once again feel thankful towards the staff around us," J-Hope said as they all applauded and thanked the staff for a wonderful trip to Europe.

'Last day of the trip'

'A bright morning in Rovaniemi'

Before the rest of the members woke up, Jennie and Jungkook got up early to take photos of the sunrise. It was a beautiful view as the orange complimented the blue sky. Jennie sat and enjoyed the view after snapping photographs on her phone. She sighed in contentment, taking it all in before they would have to go back to Korea. It was bittersweet.

Jungkook sat behind her, having her in his arms as they looked through his footage together on his camera. He showed her the photos he snapped of the view and then showed her his favorite picture which was her in watching the sunrise.

"This is the best one," he said with a happy smile.

"Aw~! I love it. This is beautiful,"

----------

As the members cleaned up the car, Jimin accidentally bumped his head on his bed. He let out a yell in frustration, clutching the back of his head.

"Yikes, be careful," Jennie rubbed the back of his head, soothing the pain.

"We need to wash these dishes," Jungkook said.

"Jimin already did them yesterday," J-Hope said.

"Jimin!"

"Oh, Jimin!" Jin called out.

"Chim Chim!" Jungkook started saying the nickname like Tony and Nate used to do.

"Ah, Tony! Tony and Nate!" J-Hope reminisced.

"It's been almost two years," Jin said.

"Gosh...I miss those two," Jennie sighed at the AHL memories.

"I think we need to toss the bananas," Hobi said.

"Banana. Haven't eaten the bananas yet, how could you toss them? Whoa!" V rapped to the camera.

"Let me hear you say this shh is bananas. B-A-N-A-N-AS! This shh is bananas, B-A-N-A-N-A-S." Jennie sang, dancing with V on the camera while sitting in the RV.

After cleaning the RV, they arrived at Santa Park. The friendly elves waved hello to them and they went on a tour around the area. It was beyond adorable and made Jennie feel like a kid.

When they made it to Santa's office, they checked out the cute interior and went on to create Santa dolls.

"This is so cute," Jennie said as she created her doll.

The members showed off their Santa faces and Jimin began to feel left out because no one was praising his work.

"Let me see yours!" Jennie beamed and looked over his shoulder. Content and thankful for the attention he was getting, he gleefully showed her. "Wow~! This is so cute! I like how you did the eyebrows. This is the best one guys," she pointed out.

Jimin's heart soared at her praise and a light blush appeared on his cheeks. "Thanks, Ennie,"

"Wow~, Jimin!" the boys cheered on.

Lastly, they went to the post office and wrote letters that would be sent around Christmas. They all decided to write to everyone. Most were done while Jennie stayed with Jimin and V to finish up their letters. Once she finished her letter, she walked out to see J-Hope, Suga, Jungkook, and Jin shaking their bodies out after the elf staff member demonstrated.

She immediately walked back into the post office room and laughed, "Yeah, no."

After finishing up the letters, the group stood together to talk about how fun the trip was.

"It was really fun to be able to enjoy such a great place with all the members," J-Hope said.

"We went back to our childhoods here at Santa Park, too," Suga nodded.

"Express how you felt at 7 with your body," Jin said as J-Hope lowered down and acted like a seven-year-old, making them laugh.

"Taehyung took the longest to write his letter. How was it?" Jimin asked.

"I wrote to each of the members," V answered, proud of what he wrote.

They announced that they would be reading their letters on a V-Live for Christmas. The group then thanked everyone for giving them an unforgettable trip and gave a round of applause.

---------

"1...2...3!" Jennie clapped her hands for her final interview of the trip. "Yo~! It's my turn to be interviewed, huh? Okay." she bounced in her seat excitedly. "What a wild trip this was but I am happy I got to share it with the guys. Northern Europe is absolutely beautiful. I took so many pictures. I think the memory on my phone is full,"

She looked pleased as she rambled on, "We made a lot of pleasant memories and I hope that we can have more trips together. It's nice to be able to travel the world and it's even more fun when I get to do this with them,"

She smiled at the thought of the food, "The food was awesome, I tried so many different things. The meatballs were my absolute favorite. Wherever we go next, Jin and I want to go restaurant hopping. Oh, can we go somewhere nice and hot, next time?"

'Favorite Memory?'

"I think my favorite memory was the sauna," she laughed at how everyone freaked out with how cold the water was in the lake. "I enjoyed going in the water with J-Hope. It was a sweet moment. I just wished that Rapmon was here with us. But for our next trip, we need to make sure we stick together. No member left behind. And um...can we make sure not to lose our stuff next time? Let's be more careful. It was a wonderful opportunity to travel and learn about how other countries work. I'm glad I had my phone with me to navigate. Honestly, it's good to get out there and experience the world. I hope everyone can have a chance to do it. Thank you for this trip. Let's travel again, soon!"

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 86- WINGS 8

Chapter Summary: After 3 years, Jennie finally dyes her hair for a BTS comeback and films her WINGS 8 Concept video.

Words: 9,000+

Author's Note: Some smol angst regarding Jimin's diet during the BST era. And mentions of anxiety. I apologize in advance :(

I'm going to create a smol chapter when it's around that time for the love yourself videos. I'd like to put my spin on it, not going too much into the crazy theories. I'm hoping to write more of Jen's story for it. And I wonder if I made it obvious who found Jennie for her WINGS video at the end of the chapter. I'll write about all that when it's around 2017 in the story. Some ideas sparked in my head when those videos were released years ago and I kept them in my old documents. I gotta revisit them and check out everything. 

 I had thought of this idea for her concept video and decided to just stick with it and have fun with it instead of stressing about making her fit "perfectly" in this comeback. Supernatural type of shiz. And I did some research on using a Damien quote from the book to add to it. I think it fits quite well imo.

I lost count of how many times I changed Jennie's WINGS song. It's getting ridiculous at this point. But for this, I decided to go a different route. Jennie has said that she wants to be a versatile artist, especially as she looked up to Rihanna as an inspiration for that, singing in different genres. 

I LOVE PVRIS! One of my favorite groups. I'm not too big on their new music and the direction they're going musically these days but am always vibing to their old stuff. I truly miss their old sound tbh.

I decided to choose a song called I Don't Wanna Do This Anymore from PVRIS' latest album, for Jen's song. I really like the vibe as it would showcase her skills on the launchpad and I love the lyrics. I'll probably switch it up a little bit. I wanted her song for WINGS to be blunt and a bit sad. Like literally she is telling people she does not want to do this anymore. She does not want to perform, she does not want to be famous, she wants out, which was how she felt during the situation of her sister's play and getting mobbed by all those people. So, she'll express those negative feelings in the song. And I thought of her changing the lyrics to be more optimistic as the song goes on. Maybe for the chorus. I even thought of the fan chant ARMY would do. She would sing negatively, and they'd respond positively. For instance, when RM sang "I wish I could love myself." for Reflection and ARMY shouted, "WE LOVE YOU!"

So yeah, I think that's it. I'm rambling but I'm not going to overthink it too much when it comes to her song for this album. I had a vision for her WINGS video and I kind of hope it makes sense. So I'm just going to go with the flow :) Happy reading!!

--------

Jennie made it back to America safely and Facetimed the boys to let them know. She was lying on her bed, feeling the jetlag as the boys expressed how much they were already missing her. After speaking to them, she finally had one on one time with Yoongi.

"And thanks again for the cookies. I tried to make them stretch but it was too good," he said. "Now I have to impatiently wait for you to return to make me some more,"

She giggled at that. "Sounds like a plan. I'm happy the mixtape is being well received,"

"Me too. So many streams on SoundCloud. Thank you again for your help,"

"Always. I knew it would do well,"

Once July 31/August 1 hit, How's This was finally released and Jennie got to watch the two Music Videos as well as the jacket shooting. She and Hyuna looked fun and the visuals were astounding. Now, of course, there were those kinds of fans that would complain that Jennie was acting 'too grown'. She already saw tweets about it with fans babying her and saying that she shouldn't act too sexy. But she chose to ignore it and just enjoy what she and Hyuna created.

She thought about the filming as she watched the jacket shooting video.

-------

Dressed in one of many outfits for the video, Jennie and Hyuna awaited instructions while they stood on the set that resembled a club different from the first music video.

"I'm getting more comfortable with this sexy vibe because of you. Doing this with you, I feel at ease. So, I am so stoked to be here with you today," Jennie told her with a smile.

Hyuna looked relieved. "I'm happy. I was a little nervous asking you if you wanted to do this. I sighed out of relief when I got confirmation that this collab was a go,"

When they saw that Cube wanted to film a documentary on this music video, they waved at the camera.

"Today Jennie is with me to film! I am so happy that she is a part of this fun song," Hyuna said, clapping her hands.

"Hi~!" Jennie hugged her from behind, waving to the camera. "We are ready to shoot~!"

"This is going to be fun! Stay tuned!"

Jennie let go of her and cheered, "Fighting!"

"Fighting!" she high fived her.

Jennie was filmed first and they started with shots of her being sexy and having fun inside the club while lip-syncing the song. Walking through the club, she met up with Hyuna who danced along with her. For How's This with the version with Jennie in it, the choreography was different and looked more fluid instead of all the body shaking. In Jen's opinion, this choreography fit better for the song after working on new moves with Hyuna. They performed the choreography in the crowd and then did some twerking shots.

As the crew prepared for the next take, the camera showed Jen and Hyuna talking again.

"How was the first music video shoot?" Jennie asked.

"It was fun! It went well. I kissed one of the guys on camera," Hyuna felt flustered about the mature kiss.

"OOP!" Jen covered her mouth, making her giggle and hold onto her. She turned to the camera and repeated herself, "OOP!"

For another shot, after an outfit change, Hyuna and Jennie danced together behind a background. It reminded them of a honeycomb as they lip-synced.

Before Jen knew it, she was in the area she wanted to film at the most. The DJ booth.

"My happy place. Look at it. I am in love," she pointed over to the DJ booth. "Errbody throw yo hands up, we getting' hot, hot, hot, hotter!" she sang her verse from fire cutely before giggling.

When filming commenced, she approached the DJ and asked if she could take over. Winking at him, she placed the headset on and began mixing for the party while dancing around. The party got more lively once she began to DJ while Hyuna joined her as they lip-synced the chorus.

eottae igeon eottae

eottae chumchuja

Up dwae igeon Up dwae

Up dwae chumchuja

Jen was filmed all over the place for her shots. Hyuna had a lot of shots already from the previous music video and Cube just needed more Jen and then her together with Hyuna. Shots consisted of her lying across a table while lip-syncing, dancing on the table, then filmed against the wall as she flipped her hair and swayed her hips around.

"Is this too much?" Jen giggled as she watched her shots with Hyuna.

'As if looks could kill. Her piercing gaze against the screen flusters Jennie'

"Oh no, I bit my lip," she laughed. "I didn't even notice. Pure instinct. We look good, though,"

The last shot consisted of a dance battle. Jennie had a group of black dancers with her against Hyuna and her dancers.

----------

Jennie smiled at the memory and was excited to perform it live near award season. After watching the videos, she scrolled through Twitter and saw what was going on. BlackPink had recently debuted and she loved their debut music videos. Although she was still hurt about 2NE1, she loved seeing new groups debut.

But because one of the BlackPink members was also named Jennie, it started some fan wars, which made no sense at all.

'Netizens compare BTS' Jennie to BlackPink's Jennie. Who is better?' read the latest controversial ALLKPOP article.

It didn't sit right with BlackPink and BTS fans as the comment section was filled with mixed reactions. It was drama waiting to explode.

'So we have a Black Jennie and a Korean Jennie'

'There can only be ONE Jennie and I choose BTS' Jennie'

'BP's Jennie is what BTS' Jennie wishes she was'

'Ugh STOP already'

'I think BTS' Jennie is better.'

'BP's Jennie has more charisma. BTS' Jennie still hasn't shown what she is all about. Her part in fire was cute but I wish she did more. I kinda gave up on her as my bias and moved on to Jimin'

'LOL I bet BTS' Jennie is threatened by BP's Jennie'

'BlackPink's Jennie showed more effort and energy in her debut than BTS' Jennie. Just stating facts. I'd take BlackPink's debut over BTS' any day'

'Jennie and Jennie. I love it. I hope they meet'

'Are you serious?!'

'Ew wtf is this article?'

'BlackPink's Jennie is still a rookie. She has a long way to go before getting up to BTS' Jennie's level'

'Can you not? This is disrespectful to both girls. They both are doing great'

'I'm tired of people comparing groups. Just love and support both'

'I hope they become friends'

'Eh...BP's Jennie is better and prettier. She wears better outfits too. BTS' Jennie has been looking rough for a while. She gained a few pounds too. I miss her debut look'

'Who cares? They both flop'

'BlackPink's Jennie ain't even all that.'

'The difference is BlackPink's Jennie knows how to rap. BTS' Jennie's little Full Moon cover wasn't that great. She annoying af'

'BTS' Jennie just doesn't have that IT factor like BP's Jennie does.'

'I like Blackpink's Jennie more'

''Stop pitting women against women. It's disgusting'

'Delete this article. They're both great'

Jennie frowned and rolled her eyes at the name of the article and scrolled past to look at something more positive. It seemed like they were trying to get her to reply and react but she refused. First, they did this with Alex Reid, and now BlackPink's Jennie. It needed to stop. She was not going to be the "mean girl" that the media wanted her to be and make people think that she hated or was jealous of other female idols like Alex and Jennie Kim.

The last thing she was going to do was let the media try to make her think negatively about someone whom she hadn't met. She refused to be sucked into this jealous and petty scenario with BlackPink's Jennie. She was excited about what BlackPink would be doing and wished the best for them.

Suddenly she received a notification from V-Live about Hobi going live and began to watch it.

"Oh, that's right. Bangtan is in Japan for their concerts," she murmured.

"We had our concert, tonight. It didn't feel the same without Munchkin with us. Jennie, if you are watching, I hope you are doing well," Hobi said on camera in his hotel room.

"Doing good, missing you guys," she sighed.

But then something weird happened on the live. The comments started bringing up other members. Fans then began to ask for Jungkook, V, Jimin, and Yoongi.

"No, they didn't..." Jennie looked on in disbelief at the comments.

All Hobi wanted was to spend time with Armies and now this happened. It made her upset and then she watched as he went to Jimin's room and then left abruptly after a few minutes. Jimin was also stunned because it was Hobi's phone on the live so what in the world?

Unable to keep her thoughts to herself, she went to Twitter to tweet about it.

'Are you KIDDING me? Did you REALLY just ask for other members while J-Hope was trying to talk to you? #Jen'

'No, like really the amount of disrespect is completely unacceptable. The hell is wrong with some of y'all? #Jen'

'You got me ALL the way f'ed up! Don't ever do that to Hobi #Jen'

'We take time out of our day to talk to you one on one but you ask for the others? You need to consider our feelings and how bad it makes us feel. #Jen'

Her tweets blew up and spread like wildfire as fans were commenting sorry and tweeted sad emojis. A lot agreed with her tweets while some others began to complain that she was overreacting.

'I know right!? Like how dare them?!'

'Ennie, we're sorry'

'These fans are so disrespectful. Please don't think all ARMY are like this.'

'I am so bothered by them doing that crap.'

'omg shut up,'

'You must be one of them asking for other members if you're telling her to shut up. YOU shut up! Jennie is speaking facts!'

'What are you so extra for? Calm down,'

'Here she goes always sticking her nose in everyone's business. All the way in America. Just stay in America and go away,'

'I cannot believe they did that. Ugh'

'GO OFF SIS! This infuriates me! Hobi don't deserve this'

'I'm so sad...'

'We don't deserve him'

'I cannot believe this. And they call themselves an Army?'

'Yeah...my heart is broken'

'IM SOOOOO MAD!'

'The sweetest sunshine ever and gets treated like this. I want to cry'

Jen then tweeted one final tweet before going on a social media break.

'ARMY, don't apologize to me. Apologize to Hobi...#Jen'

Later that evening after Jimin ended the live that was supposed to be him and Hobi, she facetimed him after he got his phone back.

"Hey, Jennie," J-Hope greeted with a fake smile but she saw right through it.

"Nah uh. Don't do that. Screw them for making you feel like that,"

"It's okay. Don't worry about it," he shook his head. "They just want to see the other members,"

"No. I will worry about it. You're upset and bummed out. I understand. I wish I was there to take you out and treat you to food or something. That was so rude of them and they are so ungrateful. Those aren't real fans. Don't let them get to you, okay? You have real fans who love and appreciate you. Love and respect you. Love and support you," she went on as he listened.

"Hobi, they can call me annoying or whatever for my tweets, I don't care. What just happened was wrong and unfair," she declared. "And if you don't want to be vocal about it, then I will because I refuse to sit here and let people do this to you. You don't deserve that. You should get just as much love and affection as the rest of us. I love and cherish you. Always. Don't ever forget that. I'm going to always have your back,"

Hobi broke out into a huge smile at her words and began to feel better. "Thank you, Jennie. I appreciate you cheering me up,"

--------

While being home, Jen spent the majority of her time in her room which was also her mini studio. Although she wasn't physically there with the group to work on their upcoming album, she still did her part and sent in her vocals and instrumentals.

For the WINGS album, she was going to be more involved in the music. For now, everyone is focused on their solo songs. She was first involved in working on Jungkook's song, Begin. Since she had been home, Jungkook had sent her his vocals and asked if he sounded OK. Every time was better than the last which boosted his confidence as he recorded. Jennie's role in his song was to play the guitar.

With her headphones on her ears, she played the guitar smoothly under his angelic vocals. Begin was about his journey to Seoul and meeting Bangtan. It was beautiful. The lyrics did not mention her but talked more about the rest of the boys. His brothers. Jungkook kept apologizing to her about it and said he had something planned for her in the future. She was not bothered by it at all and understood. If anything, her curiosity towards what he had planned for her rose as she thought about what he was going to do.

After sending the music back to Big Hit, she got confirmation that it was great and continued working on the rest of her assigned songs. Next up was Jimin's song called Lie. She worked on the background vocals and guitar for his song. Out of every solo song by the guys, this one was her favorite and she was so proud of him for his efforts. She couldn't help but smile as she listened to the demo track after putting her recorded guitar chords in it.

Closing her eyes, she began to focus on the emotion of the song and pondered on her background vocals. This song was about lying and the conflict due to lies and temptation. So, she wanted to try to have some emotion and desperation in her vocals to fit the tone. She recorded her light breathy 'yeahs' in the beginning and sang 'Naega malhae' under his voice.

Be smooth like a like a snake

beoseonago sipeunde

Hearing an opening instrumental part after his voice, she hummed but shook her head, stopping the song.

"Nah...maybe it should be better. Humming is too common. I should do something different," she pondered, taking off her headphones.

She spent the next hour working on what would fit during that part. Her notebook with crossed out words and random lyrics was all over her papers as she worked on thinking what would work for his song. She wanted something to pop and to be memorable.

"Ah...woo...woo." she wrote down. 

She began to sing it out several times in diverse ways until she found a tone that fit with the song. 

"I should make it a little haunting when I edit it. A tad bit of autotune or something..."

Putting her headphones back on, she stood by her microphone and pressed record as it played Jimin's song. The first opening notes were clear enough to give listeners one hell of an eargasm. The producers that put the violin and other string instruments were geniuses.

"Yeah," she said in a high, breathy tone while looking at her notebook in her hands.

As soon as Jimin's voice filled her ears, she sang softly under his vocals, "Naege malhae..."

Neoui dalkomhan misoro naege

"Naege malhae..."

soksagideut nae gwitgae malhae

"Yeah. Don't be like a prey, be smooth like a like a snake,"

beoseonago sipeunde

Finding that inner strength in her voice, she belted out, "Ah woo woo~"

naegeseo tteona tteona tteonajwo

naegeseo tteona tteonajwo

"Ah woo woo~"

mworado nareul nareul guhaejwo

nareul guhaejwo

This song was such a bop as she swayed around to the song, focused.

gyesokdwae domangchyeobwado

geojit soge ppajyeoisseo

Caught in a lie!

"I'm drowning, I'm losing myself. I can't disobey, I can't break away..." she sang emotionally under his vocals.

nae useumeul dollyeonwajwo

Caught in a lie!

"This torment gets worse every day."

i gotongeseo heeonal su eobseo

beolbanneun nareul guhaejwo

After recording everything multiple times, she went on to edit and made sure her vocals fit nicely under his. Things were coming together as that bright smile appeared on her face. She was so satisfied with this. She hoped he and the producers like it when they did their final touches.

Her phone buzzed and she sat back in her seat to read a text from Jimin.

Jimin: Ennie, I know you're awake! Don't stress over it too much. Get some sleep, okay? We can work on the song tomorrow.

Jen: Facetime me. I just sent you what I created :D

It didn't take long for them to be on Facetime together as Jimin was thrilled to see her face.

"Ennie! What time is it over there?"

"Late but it's okay," she said and yawned.

"You should really go to bed. You look so sleepy," he looked concerned for her when he noticed her tired eyes.

"I know, I know. I will."

"I miss you," he pouted.

"And I miss you, too. Don't worry, I'll be back in Korea before you know it,"

"Well, I hope it's soon! It's not the same without you here," the 95 Liner shook his head. "The guys...I...we're kind of all over the place without our Bangtan Girl to keep us in order. We're a bit of a mess. It's weird without you. We just want you to come home,"

His words made her heart leap as she felt emotional, yet again. But then the word 'home' struck her. She was already 'home' in America. But the fact that he said 'home' as in living with them in Korea made tears appear in her eyes.

"Jimin..." she smiled sadly. "It won't be much longer, I hope. Being away from you and everyone else in Korea is a struggle. As soon as I come back, I will nap this jetlag off and we can all go out to eat,"

"I would like that very much, Ennie. So, you wanted me to call you?"

"Yes. Check the email. I sent my work for your song. I hope it sounds okay."

"Wait, you finished it?! All of it? Your background vocals and all?"

"Yeah! I just gotta finish up Stigma and the others,"

"You worked on it so quickly."

"Well, you are a priority," she smiled softly, earning an adorable eye smile from him.

Him a priority? That made his heart leap.

"I played around with it and I like how it sounds. Play it. If you like it, I will send it to the producers to see if they give it the OK. And if you want me to change something, let me know."

Opening up the file, Jimin played it for both of them. The look in his eyes when he heard her guitar was priceless.

"Oh-my-God," he blurted out in English, causing her to laugh. "They have to accept this! This is-this is so good! Thank you for doing this for me. I hope this version makes it on the album after they do their final touches. And if they reject it, let us release it on SoundCloud. Army should hear this,"

"Sounds like a plan,"

After shutting down her computer and ending her call, Jen sat on her bed and tuned in to Jin's Eat Jin V-Live on her laptop. There he was with Jungkook and Jimin rambling about various things. And they had her cracking up with their bickering when they playfully fought over snacks.

But once fans brought up Jennie in the comments, her heart ached as she realized how much she missed the guys. Especially Jungkook. She missed his hugs. How he would hold her firmly and gaze down at her with that adorable smile of his. This visa needed to hurry up and go through. She wanted to wrap her arms around her man again.

"How is Jennie?" Jin read the comment. "My sweetie is doing fine. She has been working very hard. Please look forward to her return. Jennie, you are missed dearly,"

She let out a chuckle, "I miss you, too..."

"I miss your baking, too," he added, making her laugh at the screen. "Bake for me when you come back. Just don't tell the others,"

"We're sitting right here, Hyung!" Jimin called out. "Bake for me, not him!"

"Hush!" Jin playfully smacked him while Jungkook laughed. Turning back to the camera like he knew she was watching, he continued. "The dorm doesn't smell that great without your bath and body works items. You know, the ones you always buy for us. Please return soon and get the visa straightened out. I look at your picture in my wallet every day," he showed Armies the photo of him and her back in 2015.

"He still has that picture?" Jen murmured as she smiled.

"Jungkookie misses her the most," Jimin teased, making the Golden Maknae blush and look down shyly.

"Of course, she's my best friend. I bet she misses me more than you two," Jungkook added.

"Lies! I am Jennie's favorite," Jin stated.

Laughing, Jennie went on to text Jungkook.

Jen: Awwww this live is too cute. I miss you guys, more. I'll be back soon. P.S: I miss you the most, Kookie. I love you. Can't wait to hug and kiss you again

Ding!

The sound of bells was heard as Jungkook looked down at his phone. He read her text with a big smile and looked up at the camera like he felt her looking back at him. It made her heart flip and her face warm up with the way he stared at the camera. Meanwhile, Armies were gushing over the loving gaze Jungkook was showing out of nowhere.

'Why tf is he staring so hard like that?! He looks so hot!'

'Omg Jungkook is showing so much boyfriend material right now.'

'That stare! He's making me blush!'

'Jungkook a warning would have been nice!'

"Who was that?" Jin asked.

"Jennie. She's watching the live," Jungkook smiled brightly.

"She texted YOU and not me!?" he complained.

"Hey, that ringtone sounded familiar. Like a bell. Why a bell?" Jimin teased.

"No reason, Hyung. I thought it sounded nice," Jungkook shrugged.

------

The next day, Jennie started to work on her solo song. Bangtan's solos were supposed to go by age. The plan was for her song to be the first but Big Hit switched it and made her song last. The boys had begun filming for their WINGS films while she hadn't yet. A lot of big things will be happening for this comeback. One of them was her hair was finally going to get dyed. She was nervous because everyone had anticipated her having a new hair color since debut and she wanted it to be worth the wait.

With her solo song, she thought the lyrics and instrumentals were fine. But every time she sent it to the producers, they told her something was missing and it frustrated her. How come everyone else's song was fine but her song was getting the most criticism? Her song was different. Experimental even. This wasn't a sound that is usually in BTS. She'd showcase her DJ skills on the launch pad and guitar.

"Do you feel like singing today?" Pdogg asked as she sat on a video call with him and Slow Rabbit.

Jennie furrowed her eyebrows. "Of course I do. Why wouldn't I?"

"Because to me, it seems like you don't feel like singing,"

She sighed sharply, trying to not let her annoyance get to her. "I'm doing the best I can,"

"It's missing something, Jennie. It's almost there but something is missing," Slow Rabbit added.

"Look, this is the best I can do," she exclaimed.

"No, it isn't," he shook his head. "I know you can do better to make this song even more enhanced. Shout it out. Scream it,"

"I'm trying to shout it,"

"Well, you aren't shouting it," Pdogg said. "You need to dig down deep and sing out what you're feeling for this song,"

"Here, take a break from working on your song, today. Work on the guitar for 2! 3! and Lost. Send it when you're finished," Slow Rabbit said.

"Fine," she nodded and ended the call. 

She sighed loudly out of annoyance and ran her hair back with her hands.

"Fuck my life..." she complained.

She didn't want to work on anything at this point, she was so bothered by what they told her. After a moment of getting herself together, she did what she was told, playing the guitar for Lost and 2! 3! 

After she sent it in, she was praised for her efforts and had the rest of the day off from working on music. But her song continued to be on her mind. How much better can she do for this song? What else did they want? What was missing? She did want to sing. She sang as passionately as she could.

"What do you want me to do...?" she complained softly.

She went back to the document for her song and stripped all her vocals to start over. She listened to the instrumental of her song and sighed, understanding what she had to do.

'You want me to go back to that dark place...' she thought.

She didn't want to. She didn't want to think about it. She even had second thoughts about picking this song for this album but it was way too late to change now. This song was to express how she felt the day she got mobbed during her sister's play. Sure, it happened last year but that anxiety she felt and the whole experience still traumatized her. All those hate comments, the pressure, the high expectations, and the growing fame, began to overwhelm her as she realized that she was not a normal teenager anymore.

She'd always appear to have a smile on her face but deep down she was scared and in the back of her mind would always wonder when this would all come crashing down. 

That dreaded day of Vienna's play made Jen want to stop performing entirely and just go back home and deal with school, no longer being in the spotlight. To try to grasp what normality she had left. But after the support from everyone after that incident, she wanted to try to face all that negativity and destroy it with positive thoughts once and for all. This would be a start to that. To sing about it and twist it to optimism.

As she sat by her desk, she put her headphones on.

"Okay...let's go back to that nightmare..."

---------

After crying, belting out high notes, and singing out her pain, she made the producers happy with her new and improved vocals and took a break from singing to dance.

Jen continued practicing the choreography for Blood, Sweat, and Tears, which will be BTS' comeback song in October. She was in the living room, performing a demo version of the song while Vienna and Alani were on their phones chilling nearby. Mr. Son and J-Hope sent her videos of where she will be and her choreography for the comeback.

It was...very sexy. This seemed like it was going to be a sexy comeback.

As she worked on perfecting her movements, she sent them recordings of her craft to get feedback.

After dancing for a few hours, she took a break and watched Family Guy with her sisters on the couch.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

A video from Jimin? What was he up to now? Since she left, the boys had sent her funny videos and photos. This was probably one of them.

"Ooo another video? Let's watch it! They crack me up!" Alani said.

"Yeah, why not?" Jennie pressed play while her sisters joined her in to watch.

The video showed Jimin, V, and Jungkook goofing around and practicing BST in the practice room.

"Jungkook! Imagine the floor is Jennie!" Jimin called out.

Out of nowhere, Jungkook did his signature handstand for the song, slowly lowering himself on the floor to grind against it.

"Jennie..." he said in a low voice, smirking at the camera.

"AHHHHHHH~!" her sisters screamed around her while Jen dropped her phone and shrieked.

"He did NOT just do that!" Alani shouted.

"And said your name like that! Are you two-"

"No!" Jen exclaimed, cutting Vienna off with her face flushed.

"You sure!?"

"Yes!"

"I dunno man, that sounded like that's not the first time he said your name like that~!" Alani added.

"Oh my God! Stop!" Jennie covered her face.

Vienna grabbed the phone and replayed it so they could watch the entire video. Her sisters continued to freak out around her from his floor grind.

Jennie was NOT expecting a video like this. She thought it would be meme faces. Not him grinding against the floor.

'Wow, I wish I was under him...' she thought before shaking the dirty thoughts away.

My gosh, what was he doing to her? Everything he was doing made her squirm.

After he finished grinding on the floor, Jin was heard yelling to stay professional while Jimin and V laughed.

Her sisters kept replaying the video, expressing how surprised they were.

"Is this really your boyfriend? Because whew, the duality...girl..." Vienna fanned herself.

"I'm a little nervous about how he can turn into such a cute boy to something like this," Alani added.

"Right? He is so adorable and then he ends up popping out like this. No wonder so many girls swoon over him. Jen, watch out for all them female idols after your man," she teased.

"You know, you were staring kind of hard at the screen," Alani called Jennie out.

"I was not!" Jennie exclaimed as she grabbed her phone.

"She's so flustered," Vienna laughed with Alani.

Alani snatched the phone from her hands and ran to their mom who walked out of the kitchen to see what the ruckus was about.

"Mom! Get a load of this!" Alani laughed.

"Stop it! Give it! Mom, it's not what it looks like! Get off me, V!" Jen shouted as Vienna held her down while Alani showed the video.

"Um...what is he doing to my youngest?" their mom asked, wondering what the heck was happening.

"Nothing! Nothing at all! He was just messing around!" Jen said and got let go.

"You think he was? He looked pretty serious," Vienna teased.

He was just joking...right?

Or perhaps he wasn't. Because her head began to go crazy with the way he said her name so low like that. It'll be something that wouldn't be out of her mind for a while as she plotted a way to get him back for making her so flustered in front of her family.

---------

With Jimin and V, they waited for her to reply. Curious as to why she had not responded yet, they looked back at the message and saw that she had read it. The two burst out into laughter.

"Jungkook, I think you killed your girlfriend," Jimin giggled.

"I did?" he asked, surprised. "What happened?"

"She hasn't responded to the video and left us on read this entire time," V laughed.

"I-I didn't make her uncomfortable, did I?" Jungkook asked with worry.

"Nah, don't worry, it's the other way around, Jungkookie! Hehe, you'll see. Just give her a moment to pull herself together. I'm sure she's quite flustered as we speak because of you," Jimin smiled confidently.

-------

Back with Jennie, she continued to pull herself together. This man may just be the death of her. She then thought about the time she and Jungkook performed the coming of age ceremony in the practice room and recorded themselves. Man, those lyrics...

Jen: Jimin wtf!?

Jen: Wtf is he grinding on the floor so hard for!?

Jimin: kekekeke it took you a while to reply. You liked it, didn't you!?

Yes. Yes, she did.

Very much actually. To the point, she wanted to be the floor.

Jen: Okay yes but he needs to calm tf down! He can't be doing stuff like that when I'm not there! I'm suffering here!

Jen: omfg wait don't tell him I said that!

Jimin: Tell Jungkook. Okay. Got it

Jen: Jimin! NO!

"She liked it," Jimin laughed and showed Jungkook the messages.

Jungkook laughed, feeling his cheeks warm up. A large part of him felt relieved that she liked it. 

Maybe they could make it a reality soon.

---------

As the days went by she continued to finish up working on the choreography, and went to Facetime with Jimin. Things were beginning to appear...off about him. And the sad part about it was that she knew.

She knew all too well what was going on.

She didn't want to believe it. She thought that her mind was playing tricks on her but his face was slimming down at a rapid rate and it began to worry her.

"Jimin?" she called out his name softly after he stopped laughing at his story about pranking Hobi.

"Yes, Ennie?"

"Did you eat today?"

Jimin's stomach dropped at her question. Of all days she had to be so observant. He would only eat once a day and tried not to eat a lot to lose as much weight as possible for their next comeback. It was an intense choice and he had already been feeling the side effects such as dizziness and fainting as he tried to work hard on his dancing.

"Yeah, why?" he lied, feeling his heart ache.

He hated lying to her. He knew she would do anything to get him to stop if she had known what he was doing in Korea.

Jennie narrowed her eyes slightly, watching his body language.

'You're lying to me...' she thought sadly.

"I dunno, to me you just look a little smaller in the face," she admitted.

"I'm eating, don't you worry, Ennie," he flashed her an eye smile

"I really hope you are..." she murmured. "Just take care of yourself, please. Promise me that?"

"...I promise."

"Okay...I have to go. I'll talk to you later,"

"A-all right. Bye Ennie,"

"Bye, Chim Chim," she ended the call and exhaled.

"I truly hope you're okay..." she murmured, fearing for the worst.

After her conversation with him, she scrolled on Twitter to check out what Armies had been saying about her while she was away. She was pleased to see how much she was missed.

'I'm so upset Jennie isn't in the ISAC this time because of her visa.'

That made her realize that today was the day everyone would be filming for ISAC. She was bummed she couldn't play volleyball this year. Instead, she would be cheering Bangtan on miles away whenever they sent her videos and photos.

'Whatever team she was supposed to be in volleyball would have won'

'ISAC probably made sure to schedule it when she couldn't attend since they know the other girl idols can't beat her in volleyball. Their loss'

'ISAC knows damn well Jennie will beat every single female idol in volleyball. They just don't want her to shine. They did that for The Boss Is Watching. We didn't forget!'

Snickering at the comment and agreeing, Jennie went on and liked it on BTS' Twitter which quickly got a reaction from fans.

'OMG I KNOW SHE WAS THE ONE THAT LIKED IT!'

'She liked!!'

'Who else would like it from their page? Jennie knows what's up!'

'Ooooo she's watching us'

'Lmaooooo she knows!'

'She soooo petty. The shade!'

'This confirms it!'

-----------

With Jungkook, after filming for the show, he went to visit Namjoon in his studio. He had a lot on his mind regarding his relationship with Jennie. And he felt like Namjoon was the best person to talk to.

"Hyung," Jungkook spoke up.

"Jungkook," he greeted with a smile and gestured for him to come in. "What brings you here?"

"I uh...can I talk to you? I figured you were the best one to talk to about something like this,"

"Yeah, of course. Shut the door and take a seat,"

As soon as Jungkook plopped down on the seat next to him, he sighed. "It's about Jennie,"

"Is everything all right between you two? I know you've been feeling down because of the distance,"

"I'm fine. And yeah, things are great. It's just that...well she...she's just...on my mind a lot lately and I can't stop thinking about her in that way."

Namjoon immediately knew what he meant and nodded. 

So, it was about that time, huh? 

He had a feeling this was going to be happening sooner or later with how touchy he's been with her, lately. And with that floor grinding video, it didn't just look like a simple video to mess with her.

"I had a feeling this was going to happen sooner or later. Have you told her any of this?"

"No, I...I want to but part of me chickens out,"

"You two talk about everything. Why do you think this conversation will be different?"

"I just don't want to turn her off or scare her away, I guess. Or make things awkward if she's not ready like I am,"

"Communication is key and Nini is extremely understanding. You're overthinking it. She loves you and is not going to be scared away that easily. When you feel ready, speak to her about this. And make sure you two are alone for this conversation. Not when the boys are around and acting loud,"

--------

After spinning around in her seat, Jennie played what she had worked on for Taehyung's solo song, Stigma. She helped with the background vocals with jazzy oohs and ahs. She smiled at how his voice sounded. His high note was astonishing to hear and she couldn't wait to hear it live when they go on tour.

For Suga's solo, First Love, she played the guitar for it and noticed the hidden melody of So Far Away which had gotten her emotional.

"Take a break!" a loud voice startled her. Jennie turned her head to see Alani by her door, arms crossed. "You've been on that thing all day. A break won't hurt. The album ain't going nowhere. And you finished everything so just chill for once,"

"Nooooo, I feel like there is still work to be done," Jen complained.

Alani simply rolled her eyes and left.

"Well, that was easy to get her to leave me alone," she murmured.

While she continued working, she suddenly heard music blasting which happened to be Rihanna's Pon De Replay. Before she knew it, Vienna and Alani came in with a large speaker, dancing.

Come, Mr. DJ, song pon de replay

Come, Mr. DJ, won't you turn the music up?

"Oh my God..." Jennie covered her face with her hands, laughing softly. "Really?"

"Come on~! Living room, let's go!" Alani said over the music, holding the speaker.

"Rihanna dance party! Take a break! No more album work, today!" Vienna grabbed Jennie and dragged her downstairs with them.

After Alani set the speaker on the floor, she continued to dance around Jennie with Vienna.

"No more thinking about work today. Loosen up and dance with us. It's Rihanna! Come on~!" Alani exclaimed, earning a sigh from her youngest sister. "If you ready to move say,'"

"Yeah, yeah!" Jen sang with a smile.

"One time for your mind say it,"

"Yeah, yeah!" her smile got wider and she joined in to dance with them. "Well, I'm ready for ya, come let me show ya. You want to groove, I'ma show you how to move. Come, come,"

"There you go~!" Vienna cheered.

It was good to take a break and Jen was thankful for her sisters. She did feel overwhelmed with this album dropping in October. There were high expectations and she wanted to make sure she did everything she could to make the songs great with the small role she was given.

Where Have You Been came on as Vienna tried to remember the choreography.

Where have you been?

'Cause I never see you out

Are you hiding from me, yeah?

Somewhere in the crowd

"I learned it in a dance class a while back. Hold on," Vienna began to think as she stood in the middle of her sisters.

Once the beat dropped, she executed the dance break with no errors while her sisters followed her.

"Oh~! I remember! From the music video!" Alani added.

"When Rihanna and the dancers did that pose that looked like an eye? Top tier!" Jen praised.

"Yeah, that was the coolest thing," Vienna beamed.

As songs like What's My Name, Hard, and Umbrella came on, the trio sang their hearts out while bouncing around the living room and on the couch. Once Breakin' Dishes blasted on the speaker, they became excited since it was one of their favorite Rihanna songs.

"I was waiting for this one!" Vienna yelled happily.

"Are we singing it like we usually do?" Jennie asked with anticipation.

"Let's switch it up!" Alani suggested.

"All right, I'll go," Vienna offered.

He been gone since 3:30

"3:30!" Jen shouted.

Been coming home lately at 3:30

"3:30!"

As the chorus came on, the trio danced around, pretending to be angry while shouting out the lyrics.

I'm breakin' dishes up in here, all night

I ain't gon' stop until I see police lights

"I'm still waiting, come through the door. I'm killing time, you know, bleaching your clothes!" Jennie sang the second verse like she was tired of a man's BS. "I'm roasting marshmallows on the fire. And what I'm burning is your attire. I'm getting restless,"

"Uh!" Alani shouted.

"I'm getting tested!"

"Let him know!"

"And I can't believe he's always out every night and never checks in!"

"He cheating?"

"Is he cheating? Man, I don't know. I'm looking 'round for something else to throw!" Jennie grabbed a pillow and threw it.

After spending the next hour partying to Rihanna's songs, Jennie went to plug in her music and pressed shuffle. Fall Out Boy's Irresistible came on which made her smile.

"Hey, didn't you make a cover of this song recently?" Vienna asked.

"Uh huh!" she beamed, thinking about the series of covers she had done and posted on BTS' SoundCloud for ARMY.

"Did Fall Out Boy notice you, yet?"

"Yeah! I met them! They're so cool! I hope we can collaborate, soon!"

---------

With Matt Rife, he continued to search on social media about Jennie, getting to understand who she was and what she did. He even checked out some fan accounts about her and thought she was even cuter than he anticipated. What surprised him the most was that she was taking self-defense classes. Her teacher had posted a recent video of her throwing him over her hip for a quick takedown after grappling him. Matt was astonished by how strong she was.

What a beauty.

He scrolled through the comments as fans geeked out that she was doing fine in America and raved about how strong she was.

'Omg she really did that!'

'I feel bad for the members if they try to mess with her now, lol'

'RIP Jin! She's preparing for their wrestling match!'

'Can she throw me like that on the ground?'

'If she throws me like that, I would say thank you'

'She can punch me in the face anytime!'

'MOM!'

'Wow, she's so strong'

'I love that she's taking self-defense classes. I want to take them now.'

Soon after, he couldn't help himself and wrote a comment too.

'@JJennie_JW you can throw me like that anytime ;)'

And of course, he was told by Armies to back off.

---------

For a while, ARMY began to notice a shift in Jungkook's demeanor. He did not seem as happy as he usually was and his jokes weren't common like they used to be. Sure he'd smile and laugh whenever he was with the members but the truth was that this distance between him and Jennie was difficult to adjust to. It did make him ponder about this being a preview for when he goes off to the military.

Twitter noticed his attitude change and made threads about him being unhappy. Along with that, people were asking about Jennie and her future with BTS because it seemed like she wasn't doing anything or being involved anymore.

'Okay WHERE is Jennie? Thread'

'Guys Jennie has not been active with BTS in a while. She has not been with them for their recent concerts or V-Lives and I am worried something bad happened'

The thread went on to come up with various theories on the matter while armies were quick to put in their two cents.

'I hope she isn't leaving BTS.'

'Yeah, where tf is she? And she hasn't posted anything in a while! That's unusual! BTS stay posting but there is nothing about her these days'

'They talk about her on vlive so that's a good sign things are fine, right?'

'You think she fought with a member or something?'

'Come to think of it, maybe that's why Jungkook has been looking off these days. They may have fought and aren't on speaking terms'

'Like you see the body language of Jungkook lately? They had a bad argument and aren't friends anymore'

'What? What kind of mess is that? That's a dumb theory'

'You guys are dumb. It's her VISA'

'A visa doesn't take that long to go through. She should be back by now'

'Come to think of it, yeah, you may be right. I'm sure things are finished by now and she could come back to Korea'

'I think her visa is taking longer than usual and that's why. Relax,'

'Maybe Big Hit is just letting her spend more time with her family like the perfect company they are!'

'Nah, Big Hit is sabotaging her. She should be back with Bangtan'

'No, they're probably letting her spend more time in America before coming back. They're a great company and allowing her to spend time with her family. Calm down'

'No, they're not a great company! They are ruining her! She needs to get out of there. I hate seeing her inactive'

'All y'all need to just trust that things with Jennie are going to be fine. Stop making everyone anxious about this. Jennie is still with BTS'

Since Jennie still couldn't go back to Korea yet, the staff decided to fly to America to film her Wings 8 video. They rented a big space to make sure they had all they needed for the short film. The company decided to have her video and song be the last ones out of the group. The solo videos were going to begin getting released around September 4th and her video was scheduled for September 19th before they changed plans and made her show up last.

Despite working on the album, Big Hit still wanted her to remain off social media. It had been hard since she wanted to engage with fans and shout out other idol groups for their comebacks like Monsta X and Got7 but she did what she was told.

'Short Film Making Story'

'#Evermore'

With the camera filming her getting ready, she happily waved to it and began to speak.

"Hey, it's your girl Jennie and today I am here to film my Wings short film! And look! My hair is finally dyed! Frickin red! Ahhh~!" she cutely jumped up and down and showed it off before letting the stylist continue their work. "Now y'all can stop asking me every single comeback! I mean look at this! Look! This hair is amazing! I look so good! I'm glad I went through with it. Red looks great on me! Rihanna vibes!"

"She cried," the stylist put her on blast.

'Miss Bangtan Is Put On Blast'

Jennie stared at the stylist, astounded. "I-I didn't cry!"

"Yes, you did. You were like, 'Oh God please let my hair be okay. Please don't let it fall out or get damaged,'" the stylist teased.

"Shut it!"

Jen went over to the set that looked similar to an airport as she wore jeans and a black and white hoodie with a messy bun.

"I have no idea what the guys are doing for their short films," she added. "But since I'm here in America, the staff came here so we can film. Even though I'm having some visa issues, that doesn't mean I'm stopping my bag. We're making this work. I want you to see a different side of me for this comeback. I hope you look forward to it and keep cheering me on,"

She was given a bag to carry as the stylists did the finishing touches to her hair and makeup. 

"I'm supposed to be playing three people today," she announced to the camera with a nervous expression. "My regular self as you see now and then my dark and good personas. Kind of like an angel and a devil on your shoulders. It's going to be cool how the video is going to be created."

"Action!" the director announced.

Jen went on with the role, walking through the airport, clutching her bag. She looked around frantically before rushing into the women's bathroom. 

After recording her walking a couple of times to get all the right angles, she was then filmed in front of a bathroom sink. She placed her palms on it with a troubled facial expression as she stared at herself in the mirror. Before she knew it, she backed away, startled, and began to look confused.

For the scene with her back in the home she was in for the I Need U MV, she did a costume change, wearing a black suit with a black lace bodysuit under it. This time she was playing her evil persona with her hair down.

"I lowkey always wanted to play an evil person. I wonder how long it'll take for me to get into character. My sister helped me practice for the role. I hope she likes my acting and doesn't roast me for it. My acting lessons will pay off too!" she laughed. "I'm supposed to be speaking to myself. It'll be weird speaking to air but in the video, it'll have all three of me in the shot. So, you'll see how it all develops,"

Once she heard action, Jennie leaned her back against the counter and glanced over nonchalantly at her dead ex who was on the floor.

"Welp..." she murmured coldly and turned to where her other self would be leaning over the counter. "Hey. Pull yourself together."

'Jennie channels her inner evil self with charisma'

"Come on, let me take over. I'm tired of this 50/50 fight," she said smugly like she was looking at the good persona of herself.

For the last shot, Jennie sat in the waiting room of the airport, playing some notes from her solo song on the guitar. While she played, someone walked over to her which caused her to stop and acknowledge the person. The camera remained on her, only showing the person's footsteps to keep viewers guessing who had found her.

Once the director announced that the shot was finished, everyone cheered while Jennie happily jumped out of her seat and bowed politely.

"Thank you! Woo! I'm done~! Yay! I can't wait for the video to drop! Look forward to it ARMY!" she waved goodbye to the camera.

-----

Wings 8: Evermore

"I wanted only to live in accord with the promptings which came from my true self. Why was that so very difficult?" Jennie narrated from Demain before the screen faded in to reveal her feet running through the airport.

It panned up to her back as footsteps and her heavy breathing were heard. She had been running and slowed down the pace to speed walk. There was hardly anyone in the airport as she looked around, clutching her bag tightly with her guitar on her back. She appeared troubled as several thoughts went through her mind like she did something regretful and thought someone was going to find her.

All that was on her mind was that she had to leave. Asap. She could not stay here. Not after what happened.

Finding the women's bathroom, she rushed into it and set her bag and guitar down against the wall. Jen exhaled sharply, and approached a sink, placing her palms on it. Slowly, she looked up to meet her reflection in the mirror.

"You're okay..." she whispered to herself.

She looked fine but on the inside, she felt like hell. Upon looking at herself, she was startled when a woman that looked exactly like her, stared at her from behind. Only not in a bun but with her hair down and black clothing.

This dark figure she stared at smirked softly, which caused Jennie to look confused.

What was going on? Why was she staring at herself wearing different clothes and hair? The dark figure even had the same white butterfly necklace in contrast with the dark clothes.

Jen tilted her head to the side and watched as the figure copied her movements. She then tilted her head to the other side and watched as the figure did the same. Swiftly turning around, she was met with nothing. The woman was gone.

She took a few steps forward. Okay, maybe she was imagining things.

But little did she know, the dark figure was behind her. When Jennie turned around, her face was cupped into the dark figure's hands, and her forehead pressed against hers, ending the shot as the screen went black.

For the next shot, Jennie was back at home where she was in for the I Need U MV. She had on the same white dress from the MV with the messy bun still intact.

She stood against the kitchen counter with her forearms on it. Her face remained emotionless as she thought about what had just happened.

The camera panned over to the feet on the floor that belonged to her ex. To ease her nerves, she tapped her shaky fingers against the glass of water she had in her hands. Her mind began to fog up with negative thoughts about her fate.

Abruptly, the dark persona of hers leaned her back against the counter, crossing her arms. She glanced at the body nonchalantly.

"Welp..." her dark persona spoke coldly. She had no remorse for the man. She turned to Jennie and watched as she was still in a state of shock. "Hey. Pull yourself together..."

A loud sigh was heard as Jennie's good persona stood on the other side, facing the counter. She wore a white suit and her red hair was straightened. A black butterfly necklace was placed around her neck as she stared at the body sympathetically. She placed a hand on Jennie's shoulder.

"Are you all right?" her good persona asked.

"Of course, she is. He got what he deserved," her dark persona answered, earning a frown in return.

"It was an accident,"

"An accident? Please...if he's dead, he deserved it," her dark persona bluntly replied.

"She is not a bad person," her good persona denied and removed her hand from Jennie.

"That's where you're wrong. There's a bit of evil in all of us and you know it," her dark persona turned to Jennie who continued to look forward. A wicked smile crept on her lips. "I bet that felt good...tempting..."

"It was a scary situation she was put in. It didn't feel good at all. She's full of remorse,"

"To you. She's more like me now and soon she will become all of me,"

"She will never become what you are. Not while I'm here,"

"Look around you," the dark persona gestured, briefly looking around. "Look at what happened. This is her true self,"

"This is not her,"

"Yes, it is. She won't be needing you, anymore. Come on, let me take over, I'm tired of this 50/50 fight,"

"She'll atone. I'm not giving up on her," 

"Well, it certainly wasn't you that she channeled to do what she did. You're too soft. Enough was enough."

The good persona ignored her and leaned toward Jennie's ear. "You are still a good person. You defended yourself. It was self defense."

Having enough, the dark persona grabbed Jen by the chin and turned her head slightly, speaking in her ear as she glared at his body. "Look at what you've done. Look at him suffer! He deserved every bit of it! This was what you wanted to do for a very long time. This was building for weeks!" she began to shout angrily. "These men think they can do whatever they want to us, say whatever they want, disrespect us, and hurt us?! No. They did it to the wrong one this time,"

Jennie seemed to have slowly gotten out of her shocked state when she heard a loud groan from the floor.

So he was still alive...

That calmed her nerves a bit as Jennie managed to walk across the counter to stand and look at his weakened state. He faintly called out her name in anger, uttering out curses.

"Huh. So, the piece of shit is still alive," her dark persona said with a scowl as she stood next to Jennie with her arms crossed.

"Good. There's still time," her good persona said, standing on her other side.

"No..." her dark persona turned to Jennie. "You know exactly what to do...end it,"

"No. Don't throw it all away. You're better than this. You are not alone and you know which route to take," her good persona said as the trio looked at the man on the floor.

Back to reality, Jennie had awakened in the waiting area of her flight thanks to her phone notifications going off. She also noticed that it was getting close to her flight arrival and more people were showing up at the airport.

Curious about the messages, she went through them and noticed it was all about whether she was all right which made her tear up. Everyone was asking for her whereabouts. But she had to ignore it and keep moving forward. She needed to leave.

Before she could turn her phone off, the person she wanted to avoid the most began to call. She hesitated to answer as she stared at the caller ID while the camera didn't show who was calling. 

Placing her phone back into her bag, she grabbed her guitar out of the case and began to play the opening notes of her song to distract herself.

The camera panned to the floor to show footsteps approaching her and they stopped near the row she sat at. As Jen stopped playing, the instrumental of her song continued to play in the background.

Feeling a hand on her shoulder, she let out a breath and acknowledged the hand. She then slowly turned her head to look up in the direction of the individual she predicted to find her as the screen faded to black.

"Looks like you found me..."

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 87- Wild N Out

Chapter Summary: Jennie guest stars on the show Wild N' Out with Angelina. Matt Rife tries to shoot his shot with Jennie while he has been in her DMs for weeks.

Words: 8,000+

Author's Note: Wild N Out is one of my favorite shows! If you aren't familiar with it, I highly recommend watching YouTube videos about the show. They have their own channel and have tons of videos for you to get an idea of the different games and banter they have.

This is one of my favorite chapters! It was so fun to write and edit!

If you are easily offended or aren't that into jokes, perhaps this show and chapter are not for you and you are welcome to skip it.

I used some of the lines from the Wild N Out YouTube videos I've been watching to add to the chapter. So I hope you like it! I liked the build up for this. It started tame and then got crazier.

-------- "Your hair~! Finally, she has dyed her hair! You give Justina Valentine a run for her money," Angelina giggled and pulled Jennie in for a tight embrace.

Jennie flew to LA to join Angelina and stay with her for a little while before they flew to Georgia for their Wild N Out recording.

"Haha, thanks sis! I still need to hide my hair from the public. So human hair wigs it is,"

"I'll help you put it on,"

"Jennie! You're here! I've missed you!" Angelina's little brother, Tyrone, pushed Angelina away and went to hug her.

"Rude!" Angelina complained.

Jen laughed. "I'm happy to see you. You're getting taller,"

"I know! I'll be taller than you one day," he grinned.

"I see it,"

"And for the record, she has a boyfriend. So stop drooling," Angelina called him out.

"Still? Aw, when are you gonna break up with him?" he whined, causing Jennie to giggle.

"Dummy, she is not breaking up with him! Nobody is ruining our OTP! Now if you don't mind, we need to catch up, so leave us be,"

"Can you play video games with me later, Jennie?" he ignored his sister who looked offended by that.

"Sure," she beamed. "I'll play some games with you, later on,"

"It's a date!"

"Oh Lord..." Angelina rolled her eyes and grabbed Jennie to drag her to her room.

She shut the door and locked it so her brother wouldn't barge in. Laying on the bed, Jennie joined her and they began to catch up.

"Soooooo, how are the boys? They surviving well without you?" Angelina asked.

"From what I heard, not really. They're struggling a bit," Jen laughed. "But they're doing all right. Just working on the comeback. With Yoongi, Agust D is a huge success. I'm so proud of him,"

"I heard! He has BARS! A to the G to the U to the STD! That song is hot! I heard you played the guitar for a couple of his songs,"

Jen stared at her in surprise. "You noticed?"

"You have a unique sound. It's easy to tell it's you because of how you play. I think it's amazing you're doing that. The boy always has such a soft spot for you. It's so cute,"

"That is true. Namjoon is working pretty hard on the album. A lot is on his plate,"

"Yeah, he told me and kept apologizing for not having much time to talk with me. But it's cool. I get that way when I'm working on new music,"

"To tell you the truth, he's pretty stressed. And so am I. I keep thinking about my song. I just don't think it's going to be well received. Part of me wants to change it but they're not going to do that, everything is set in stone,"

Angelina playfully nudged her shoulder. "I'm sure you'll be fine. You'll be singing your truth and how you feel. Don't even worry about it or pay attention to any negativity. Focus on performing it when you guys go on tour,"

"Speaking of our tour when it's announced, I hope we get to go to more American dates. Big Hit is underestimating how many people around the world want to see us. K-Pop is getting more attention as the years go by. We need a real-world tour this time. Not just Asia, a few places in Europe, and so on. I want to go everywhere and perform with BTS. So, how is life with you?"

"I've been just doing more shows on TV as a guest star and doing collaborations. Also working on the new music. Things are getting there."

"You excited for Wild N' Out, soon?"

"Oh, you know it! I am always~ on that show! Are you excited? You get to have a chance of getting a belt! I'll have you know I won the belt quite a few times,"

"I expect nothing less from you. And yeah, I am excited, too. I'm not much of a rapper although I'm still learning from Yoongi but I hope I can spit a few bars to win some points,"

"You'll do fine. It'll come naturally. I hope they don't roast you too much. Expect them to come after the boys, though,"

"Mentally preparing. I will defend Bangtan's honor. It'll be a fun experience,"

"I really wish I was a part of the cast," Angelina sighed at the idea.

She had been a fan for years and always felt like she could be a great cast member of the show. She nailed it when it came to the games with her quick wit.

"To be a part of the show, ugh that would be awesome. I love the show so much. I feel so...at home there," she went on.

"Have you thought about asking Nick?" Jennie asked as she pondered about Nick Cannon.

"What? No way. I feel like that'll be too...forward. I mean I like being a guest on the show, so it's all right. And like Justina, she is so damn good at what she does on the show. I feel like I can't compare."

"Angelina, you'd be a great addition. Talk to him,"

"Ah...you flatter me. It's all right, just forget about it, okay? Anyway, let's watch a movie. I'm feeling Waiting To Exhale. What do you think?"

"Yeah, let's watch it. I'll make the popcorn,"

Jennie made a mental note to talk with Nick. Maybe she can help her. Angelina was stubborn and too modest about these things. But Jen could give her that extra push.

As Jennie and Angelina watched the movie, they laughed at the awkward sex scene.

"Grr?" Jen laughed. "Oh my gosh..."

"I hate men who do that. It's so weird. Why you so extra with it?" Angelina cringed. "And what's even more embarrassing is that she ain't even enjoying it,"

"Have you had a bad lay?"

"Oh hell yeah! Oh my God, there's this one guy I met at an after-party of an award show, right? Way before Namjoon. He was flirting it up, saying all the right things. He was talking all this mad shit about him having girls not walk the next day, right? This man lasted like 30 seconds and fell asleep. I was so mad. I pushed him off the bed and cussed his ass out for tryna play me,"

"Yikes~! That's uh..."

"I know! I feel like the guys who don't talk much about their skills are the best ones because they know how to put it down. And a lot of these guys I've encountered like to brag about their size but don't know what the heck to do with it. All talk, no action. It's annoying,"

"Damn..."

"But don't you worry. You have nothing to worry about when it comes to that,"

"You have a favorite part when it comes to that?"

"If anything, I would say that pillow talk is the best part for me after everything is done. You'll love it." Angelina said enthusiastically. "I feel like you and Jungkook will just be vibing and enjoying each other's company after that special moment. Watch you two be talking about video games and then end up playing some video games afterward,"

"I mean, it could happen. I see it," she giggled.

"Is Jungkook a cuddler with you?"

"Yeah, all the time,"

"That'll be the best, having you in his arms. You'll see. I usually leave after doing it but with Namjoon, it's so different. I like listening to him. I can listen to him talk for hours. We go into some deep conversations, too. He's so smart,"

"That he is, sis,"

As they continued to watch the film, they watched as Angela Bassett's character put all of her husband's items on fire. Jen was shocked at how real the scene looked as her character yelled and cussed about him.

She shook her head. "He took all the money and left her with the kids. Ridiculous. Divorcing her for that white woman,"

"I know, ain't it screwed up? Men really ain't shit. Wasted all those years of marriage to end up like this? I'd be so mad." Angelina added.

"You and I both,"

And once the office scene between Angela's character and her husband came about, Jen continued to be speechless at how they shouted at each other.

"Man, I'm amazed at how much rage you can have when someone cheats on you,"

"Can you imagine?"

"I can't even imagine it. And I never want to."

As the movie went on, Angelina chuckled after thinking about Matt Rife, "So...Matt really all in your DMs?"

"Yes! Oh my gosh. And he comments on a lot of my stuff, too. I replied to tell him I wasn't interested but he's still trying to spit game and I've been ignoring the messages. Did you see he's following some of my fan accounts?"

"Wow~! How do you think it'll be on the show?"

"I'm hoping it won't be too bad and that he learned his mistakes from Zendaya,"

"We'll see, sis. He wants you bad,"

"I'll let him down gently,"

"Well, if he gets too much, then make sure you embarrass his ass on TV,"

When the movie was over, Jennie spoke, "Hey, you know how I have occasionally talked about wanting a tattoo? I want to get one before I go back to Korea. Big Hit gave me the okay. I want to get the friendship tattoos with you,"

"Oooh! Let's do it. You still have the idea you showed me on your phone, right?"

"Uh huh. We just need to figure out where we want to get the tats,"

Angelina took out her laptop. "Let's research!"

---------

For the Wild N' Out taping, Nick Cannon had excitedly opened up the show and shouted out DJ D-Wrek and the Wild N' Out girls.

"There are two teams battling head to head to see whose the funniest. And usually, it's my team cause I be cheating. I'm just gonna put it out there like that," Nick joked. "And I changed it up this season. We doing it bigger and better. I want y'all to make some noise for my new squad! It's the Gold squad!"

For this episode, the Gold Squad consisted of DC Young Fly, Becky Robinson, Darren Brand, Emmanuel, Karlous Miller, and Matt Rife.

"And we have a very special guest. She is the reoccurring champion here on Wild N' Out, one of the youngest and most successful up and coming rappers today, and can kick your ass if you cross her, give it up for my girl, Angelina~!"

Angelina walked out excitedly, wearing a Gold Squad hoodie, and gave Nick a big hug.

"How you feel!?" he asked.

"Elated man, elated! This my happy place, I love it here!" she beamed, earning loud cheers.

"It's good to have you back. You ready to get down, today?"

"Hell yeah, always,"

"All right, that's what I like to hear!" he replied as she went over to her team. "I can't even front, we got a little bit of competition this episode. It goes down. Y'all make some noise for the team with the dream, it's Platinum!"

The Platinum Squad walked out consisting of Timothy DeLaGhetto, Justina Valentine, Chico Bean, Hitman Holla, Conceited, and Charlie Chips. Nick then proceeded to announce Desiigner as one of the co-captains of the team. 

After shouting him out, he went to announce Jennie. "Now we have another special guest here to represent the Platinum Squad as the co-captain. Someone here to try to take my belt. Not only is she singing in Korean but she is also sticking to her roots and bringing it down in the K-Pop scene! Y'all make some noise for my girl Jennie~!"

Jennie walked out with a big smile, waving at the crowd as everyone cheered. She had on a curly human haired wig that resembled her natural hair to hide the comeback color. Along with ripped jeans, she wore a cropped Wild N' Out platinum hoodie.

"Jennie, today you get a chance to take my belt, how you feeling? You ready?" Nick asked after embracing her.

"Born ready. Let's do this!" she said happily.

"Confident! I like that! Let's get to it then! Platinum squad y'all make some noise for your team captains over here!"

As things settled down, Nick went on to announce the first game. "This is a classic game we like to call Let Me Holla. It's real simple. We bring a Wild N Out girl to the stage, and each cast member gets the opportunity to holla at her. Now if it's funny, it gets a bell. If it's not funny, it gets a buzzer. The team with the most bells wins. Y'all know how we do. Y'all ready? Let's wil' out,"

Once the Wild N Out girl arrived on the stage, Darren Brand suddenly made a dive over to her, sliding on the floor. He then got back to his feet.

"I just slid in yo' DMs," he said, making everyone laugh.

DING

Gold Team- 1 Point

Platinum Team- 0 Points

Next up was Conceited and Hitman Holla to represent the Platinum team as they approached the Wild N Out girl.

"'ight watch this. What's up, baby?" Hitman Holla greeted her with a charming smile, making her giggle. "You remind me of the 20 letters of the alphabet,"

"There's fuckin' 26 letters of the alphabet," Conceited called him out, making everyone laugh.

"Silly me. How could I forget that U, R, A, C, T," he flirted as everyone cheered.

"Okay, that was smooth," Jennie said, impressed with his game.

"No, no, hell no, that's only 25!" Conceited brought up to DJ D-Wrek. "He still missing one! He can't count!"

"I'm sorry! I'm sorry! Silly me," Hitman Holla apologized before moving in close to the girl. "You can get that D later,"

That statement caused the crowd to go wild along with the cast members who were shooked.

DING

Gold Team- 1 Point

Platinum Team- 1 Point

DC YoungFly strolled over to the girl next.

"Come here shawty," he called out but she didn't budge. "Oh, she tryna play hard to get. Come here shawty. Bring that ass here, girl!"

DING

Gold Team- 2 Points

Platinum Team- 1 Point

Chico Bean pretended that he was ordering something. "Let me get a number two...one three and the rest of them digits,"

The girl didn't seem too impressed and neither did the crowd and he was met with a buzzer.

Angelina casually wandered over to the girl with a smile. "What's up, baby?"

"What's up?" she smiled.

"Now, if I wasn't buying this drink, would you still check me out?" she revealed a can of lime-a-rita which made the girl laugh.

DING

Gold Team- 3 Points

Platinum Team- 1 Point

'Okay, I think I got one,' Jennie thought and stood up, walking over to the girl.

For this, she pretended to look disappointed. She let out a sigh and rubbed the back of her neck.

"Man...I'm so bummed," she said.

"Why is that?" the Wild N Out girl asked.

"I wish we could go to the movies together. But they don't allow snacks in," she replied as she was met with giggles and cheers from the crowd.

DING

Gold Team- 3 Points

Platinum Team- 2 Points

Matt Rife chuckled softly at her pickup line as he gazed at her.

'Man, you are cute...' he thought to himself.

Ever since she walked on the stage, his eyes were on her. He was definitely getting distracted.

With Jennie, she felt that someone was watching her and glanced over to catch Matt staring. He quickly looked away, trying not to make it obvious but she knew what he was doing.

And so it begins.

The question on her mind was, what was he going to do?

As the game progressed, the teams went on to give out the smoothest pickup lines, with Platinum and Gold being tied at five points. Matt Rife approached the stage and the crowd cheered for him, anticipating what he was going to say.

"Wow. You are beautiful," he complimented the girl. "Now, as much as I would like to shoot my shot at you, there is someone else in this room that I've had my eye on for a while now and I want to holla at her instead,"

The crowd and cast got hyped up, anticipating his plan once Matt turned around and put his attention on Jennie.

"Ohhh shit!" Desiigner yelled as Jen's stomach dropped.

"Oh, word!?" Nick shouted.

"Wait! Wait! This is against the rules!" Conceited complained. "It's supposed to be the Wild N' Out girl! Not our co-captain! Leave her alone!"

"Give him a chance!" DC Young Fly defended him.

"He gon' embarrass himself! Zendaya 2.0" Hitman Holla claimed as that made the crowd laugh more.

"No, he not!" Darren Brand spoke.

"Yeah, so chill! I want to see this!" Emmanuel replied, hushing everybody.

Matt had made it very clear ever since Jen was announced to be on the show, that he was quite fond of her and wanted to shoot his shot. He had to at least try to flirt with her. He also wanted to redeem himself from the whole Zendaya fiasco.

"Um, are you serious?" Angelina complained. "She is wayyy out of your league,"

"Aye! You're supposed to be on his side, we're a team," Nick pointed out.

"Here he go," Justina Valentine chuckled while Matt's team cheered him on.

Jen felt her face flush at the commotion. She wasn't expecting to be put on the spot this soon. It was only the first game!

After the commotion died down, Matt went up to Jennie and gently grabbed her hand. He watched as she stood up to face him. His gaze on her grew more intense as he gave her a charming smile.

Yeah, Matt is a handsome guy. But in Jennie's eyes, no one could compare to her man, Jungkook.

"Jennifer Walker...wow..." he checked her out. "Damn, you look so beautiful today,"

She smiled politely as he released her hand. "Thank you,"

"I watched American Hustle Life. I heard you're into older guys,"

Ah, he must have watched the clips of her gushing over Tony.

"I have said that, yes,"

"Now, I'm single and I'm a few years older than you so that's a check off your list. And I hear you have this thing called an ideal type...you talked about what you want in a man,"

"I have," she agreed, surprised at how much research he put into this.

"All your reasons are valid. And I fit the description. But I couldn't help but wonder about your ideal type in a more physical way. I bet you want a man that has experience. Somebody that knows exactly..." he leaned in close. "...what he's doing and how to take care of a queen like you. Somebody that can handle all that. I'm that man,"

His statement caused the crowd and both teams to go wild. So much commotion surrounded Jennie as she processed what he had said. She became amused at his bold statement and maintained eye contact. He was not going to fluster her. No way. 

Oh, how she wanted so badly to say she had a boyfriend on National Television. But she refrained and decided for this game to let Matt have his fun. She'll think of something to embarrass and shut him down in one of the next games. This won't be the last of the flirting.

'Ooooooo he about to die~,' Angelina thought with amusement, thinking about what Jungkook and the rest of Bangtan were going to think of this when this aired.

This was getting juicy. She thought about Jungkook's reaction, how Jennie was going to handle Matt during the show, and if Matt was going to flirt more later on. She decided to let nature take its course and not get involved. Since the Amity days, Angelina would always come to her aid in situations. But over the years, she has seen Jennie hold her own and was interested to see how she was going to handle this Matt situation during the recording. If she could have some popcorn to go with this entertainment, she would as she watched Jennie laugh softly and gently push Matt away since he got a little too close.

He took a few steps back from her light push and asked, "You don't have a boyfriend, do you?"

"And if I do?" Jennie replied smoothly.

"If you do?" he ran a hand through his hair, "Well, I can confidently say that he won't be your boyfriend for long,"

'HA! He is so thirsty! How delusional can you be!?' Angelina thought as she snorted at his response.

Jen couldn't help but chuckle at that. He really thought he had a chance? If he thought she was going to leave Jungkook for him, he was sadly mistaken.

"And what makes you so confident?" she asked.

"You may not hear a lot about the girls I've had and I may not have as many as some of these guys on stage but just know my satisfaction rate is higher. And you can find all that out later if you let me have your number," he offered with a soft smirk.

The crowd hollered at his words and a series of dings were heard.

"Yes! That is what I'm talking about!" Darren Brand praised with Nick.

Once Matt heard the bell for his team, he smiled victoriously and grabbed her hand to give it a soft kiss. Releasing her hand, he sent her a wink and went back to his team, high fiving Nick and some of the other cast members.

'Celebrate while you can Matt. This is far from over,' Angelina thought to herself as she anticipated what Jennie was going to do.

"DJ D-Wrek! Who won that?" Nick asked.

"Gold team got the most bells," he announced as the Gold team celebrated.

-------

"For this next one is a classic game I like to call talking spit. You know how it go. We gon' have some Wild N' Out girls bring out chairs, some water, and some buckets out here. Myself and Miss Jennie are gonna sit down in chairs, fill our mouths with water and each team member is going to get the opportunity to make us laugh so hard that we spit our water out. The team that makes you spit the most, wins the game! Real easy! Y'all ready? Jennie, come on up here, please,"

Jennie smiled and got up from sitting with her team. Taking a seat across Nick, she sipped some water, holding it in her mouth. All she had to do was try not to laugh that much. Hopefully, she can win for her team this time. She wanted that belt.

"Gold squad wil' out!" DJ D-Wrek announced.

Angelina decided to go first, smiling mischievously at her best friend. Jen knew what was up and narrowed her eyes.

"Yo, Jen, I ain't even gonna hold you...I may need to steal a few of them smart-"

Quickly spitting out her water, she shouted, "Hell no!" which made everyone laugh.

DING

"Ha-ha~! Works every time!" Angelina said victoriously.

"It's on sight after the show," Jen added and was answered by Angelina sticking her tongue out at her.

Gold team 1 Point

Platinum team 0 Points

Chico Bean stood behind Jennie and began to make an improv song, dancing while she joined in, dancing in her seat, "A wha-a wha-a wha-a wha. I said I'm chico bean, yeah you heard what I said. Me and Jennie both got some big ass heads!"

She chuckled as she threw her head back, keeping the water in.

"...yeah you know what it is. No, I ain't gonna stunt, mine big in the back, hers big in the front," he went on as Nick was struggling to keep the water in. "Hey, uh, water wet wet and when we put our shirt on we make the neck stretch. I say uh, hey, the water wet wet and when we put the shirt on we make the neck stretch!"

Once DC Young Fly jumped in to do the shoot dance, Nick couldn't help but spit out his water and laugh. Jennie high fived Chico Bean for getting the team the point.

DING

Gold team 1 Point

Platinum team 1 Point

Emmanuel stood behind Nick and waved at Jennie. She politely waved back and listened eagerly to what he had to say.

"I've been thinking about this. This is all curiosity. I've seen some photos and I want to know what you think," he went on as she watched him curiously at what he was getting at.

He took out a printed photo of the BTS members and their "coconut" haircuts. "I don't know how you do it, Jennie. Do you ever just stare at BTS and be like, damn! What is with them and that yee yee coconut ass haircuts they got on?" he said, causing her to immediately spit out her water, turning to the side.

Nick spat out his too while she covered her mouth, laughing wholeheartedly.

DING

"Why he do them like that?" Angelina asked, cracking up with the rest of the cast members.

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 2 Points

After wiping her mouth with a Wild N' Out towel, Jen put more water in her mouth as Tim DeLaGhetto went up to get Nick to laugh.

"Nick, when I listen to a Nick Cannon album it gives me a special feeling y'know," Tim began. "Like when you wake up feeling good, right? You get in the shower you all fresh, you feelin' nice. And then you gotta take a shit right after?"

The audience laughed while Nick spat out the water.

DING

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 3 Points

DC YoungFly walked up behind Nick and pointed at her.

"I will make you laugh, little girl!" he said, making her smile in amusement.

The two battled in a stare down for a moment as everyone watched in anticipation.

"FIRE~!" he suddenly shouted, making her widen her eyes. "FIRE~! FI-RRRRRRRREEEEEEEEE~!"

As she heard him sing Bangtan's song, she struggled to keep the water in her mouth.

"You didn't spit, yet? Man! That's the only lyric I know. It seemed to be working so FI-RRRRRRREEEEEEEEE~!"

Thinking on his feet, he thought of the other English that he heard from the song. "Everybody say LA-LA-LA-LA-LA! Say LA-LA-LA-LA-LA! I do-ont know the rest of thee-ee woor-oor-oor-ords!" he said on beat for Jimin's part.

Nick pointed at Jennie and it looked like she was about to spit as she covered her mouth, leaning forward. He stomped his feet at a rapid rate while pointing as he stood up. But in the end, they both kept the water in their mouths.

Charlie Chips stood behind her next.

"Keep the water in your mouth if you think Angelina is real..." he said to Nick as Nick nodded and kept the water in his mouth. "Keep the water in your mouth if you think Justina is real...Okay, come over here," he asked for the Wild N' Out girl, Teresa Top Notch, to join him on stage.

"Keep the water in your mouth if you think everything about this is real." he went on, gesturing to Teresa, as Nick continued to do so.

Jennie watched as Teresa spun around and posed, looking as beautiful as ever.

"You see Nick? This is my whole thing," Charlie ended up snatching the wig off Teresa once she began walking away.

She was left in her wig cap which caused Nick to spit out his water and run out of his seat while loud laughter and screams surrounded Jennie.

DING

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 4 Points

Jennie covered her mouth, laughing while Teresa started to playfully hit Charlie. Miss Bangtan was glad she didn't get her wig snatched off. That would have been disastrous since she was trying to hide her new hair color for the comeback.

"You shut up! Sit down! It ain't funny!" Teresa laughed and pointed at Nick to get back in his seat.

"Wow...I was not expecting that," Nick said on the mic once he got back in his seat.

As the game continued, both teams were tied up yet again, and this time with Gold catching up to the Platinum team, 4 to 4. 

Matt Rife took the stage and stood behind Nick. Everybody was wondering what he was going to do after the stunt he pulled on Let Me Holla. Anything could happen.

"Now this is a win/win situation for me. So, it's all up to you on how you want to do this, baby girl," he announced, making her confused.

PAUSE!

One, did he call her the nickname Jungkook likes to call her?

And two, what the hell did he mean by win/win situation?

Jennie raised an eyebrow while Angelina began freaking out in her head that Matt called her baby girl.

"If you want me to kiss you, keep that water in your mouth," Matt requested.

Jennie snorted in amusement while making an effort to keep the water in her mouth. Meanwhile, the audience and cast were shooked at his boldness and started freaking out.

"Kiss who?!" Conceited shouted.

"Kiss where!?" Chico Bean added.

"Not this again!" Karlous Miller laughed.

"Matt really got some balls today, huh?" Desiigner laughed.

"She has a choice! If she keeps the water in her mouth, that'll let me know she wants me to kiss her and I'll kiss her," Matt explained. "Spit it out, well then that's one extra point for my team. Like I said. Win. Win,"

Angelina covered her mouth. She mentally saw Matt's grave get dug deeper. She already thought about Jungkook wanting to beat his ass when he watches this episode. Oh gosh, Jungkook. When this episode dropped, she wanted to get all the tea on Bangtan's reactions.

Jennie continued to process what was happening. She felt like Matt was bluffing. There was no way in the world. Not after Zendaya. Another thing was she wanted to win. She did not want to lose this game. Her eyes were on that belt. To take it back to Big Hit and place it in her studio. 

She watched him as he began to walk over to her while the crowd was cheering in anticipation.

"Jennie, spit out that water!" DC Young Fly shouted. "Spit it out, now!"

"Spit it out!" Becky Robinson joined in.

"No~! Hold that water in! We need the point!" Charlie Chips said.

"Hold that water in! Hold it! We need the point! We need the point! Take one for the team!" Tim yelled.

"You sure you want to kiss him, baby?" Justina asked her.

The constant yelling of the teams made the pressure in the situation rise as she continued to keep her water in.

"Don't do it! Resist!" Hitman Holla shouted. "This white boy is not going to win this game! Keep it in the mouth!"

Matt kneeled in front of Jennie. "Make a move, quickly. You gonna accept my kiss or spit that water out?" he teased, raising an eyebrow.

'So, this the game you playing? Bring it. Come closer...I dare you,' Jen thought, narrowing her eyes.

Angelina bit her lip in anxiousness as she watched the scene unfold.

'Girl, what are you about to do?' she thought.

As Matt inched closer to her face, puckering his lips, Jennie ended up slapping him in the face to block his advances. That caused Nick to spit out his water and laugh with the rest of the studio. 

When he got slapped, Matt stumbled to the floor and held his cheek in surprise.

"GIRL!" Angelina laughed out loud, holding her stomach. 

Miss Bangtan never ceased to surprise her. This was hilarious and a perfect reaction.

DING DING DING DING

"REJECTED~!" Platinum squad hollered and jumped up and down in excitement and laughter.

"Damn, can you slap me again? That was hot. Playing hard to get, I see," Matt laughed and got back up on his feet, rubbing the side of his face. 

Jennie looked taken aback by his reaction.

He...liked the slap?

She swallowed the water and spoke in Korean with a smile, saying that he was an idiot for trying that cheap stunt and she was going to punch him if he ever did that again.

"I dunno what she just said but it was hot," he replied with a chuckle.

"Y'all make some noise for our girl, Jennie! Thanks for being such a good sport!" Nick praised and went to high five her once the Platinum team won the game.

------

"Y'all ready for the next game? It's a fun one, it's called Now You Wild Out. We gon' drop the beat, we gon' bring both teams up and DJ D-Wrek is gon' give us some topics and we wild out and improv about it right on the spot. The team with the most bells wins the game. Y'all ready? Gold team step up. Platinum step up. DJ D-Wrek drop the beat!" Nick announced as an instrumental of 50 Cent's In Da Club came on. "Uh! Come on y'all, uh! Now you wild out!"

"Your topic is going to court," DJ D-Wrek announced.

"Now you wild out!" everyone chanted.

In a whiny voice, Nick started, "I don't wanna go to jail, I don't wanna go to jail, I don't wanna go to jail, now you wild out!"

Pretending to get handcuffed, Chico Bean shouted, "You goin' to jail! You goin to jail! You goin' to jail! Now you wild out!"

"My lawyer's white! My lawyer's white! My lawyer's white! Now you wild out!"

"You bout to be in the cell! You bout to be in the cell! You bout to be in the cell! Now you wild out!"

Scared by his statement, Nick covered his butt and shouted, "Not with you! Not with you! Not with you! Now you wild out!"

"Pause! I'm going out!" Chico Bean quickly walked away, making everyone laugh. 

DING!

Gold Team 1 Point

Platinum Team 0 Points

"Your topic is the zoo!" DJ D-Wrek announced as Emmanuel and Hitman Holla went at it.

Playing the part, Emmanuel began to act like the animal as he announced, "I'm a monkey with it, I'm a monkey with it, I'm a monkey with it, now you wild out!"

"Well I'm a bird with it," Hitman Holla flapped his arms like they were wings. "I'm a bird with it, I'm a bird with it, now you wild out!"

"I'm a lion! I'm a lion! I'm a lion! Now you wild out!"

Hitman hesitated and that allowed the Gold team to get another point.

DING!

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 0 Points

"Your topic is the club," DJ D-Wrek announced as Angelina and Justina Valentine went up.

"I'm in VIP, I'm in VIP, I'm in VIP, now you wild out!" Justina said.

"I'm gettin' free drinks, gettin' free drinks, gettin' free drinks, now you wild out!" Angelina replied, pretending to be given drinks.

"I'm dancing on yo' man!" Justina got close to her, twerking. "...dancin' on your man, dancin' on your man, now you wild out!"

Thinking about Namjoon, Angelina replied, "And I'm beatin' your ass, beatin' your ass, beatin' your ass, now you wild out!"

Her statement made everyone laugh and she got the point for her team.

DING!

Gold Team 3 Points

Platinum Team 0 Points

"Your topic is being rich!" DJ D-Wrek announced as Tim and Darren went at it.

Kicking his feet up, Tim shouted, "Shine my shoes, bitch! Shine my shoes, bitch! Shine my shoes, bitch! Now you wild out!"

"You want a latte? You want a latte?" Darren pretended like he giving out drinks, "You want a latte? Now you wild out!"

"I'm Nick Cannon! I'm Nick Cannon! I'm Nick Cannon! Now you wild out!"

"I own this! I own this! I own this! Now you wild out!"

Tim fumbled his words and Gold received another point.

DING!

Gold Team 4 points

Platinum Team 0 Points

The Gold team was truly kicking some tail with their quick wit. Wanting to try to get a point, Jennie stepped up.

"Oh, Jennie? You want a shot at this?" Nick looked surprised as the crowd cheered.

"Yeah! I'll go!" she answered with a smile and danced to the beat.

"Oh, then it's my turn, now!" Matt stepped up.

"Oh, here he goes, about to get embarrassed again," Hitman Holla said, making everyone laugh. 

"I got this. I got this," Matt reassured everyone.

"Would you leave my girl, alone? She's not interested!" Angelina called out.

"Chill~. Don't be a cockblock,"

"She don't want you, dumbass,"

"Your topic is relationships," DJ D-Wrek announced.

"Now you wild out," the audience said while both teams danced to the beat again. "Now you wild out!"

Matt looked directly at Jennie with a flirty smile. "You into white boys? You into white boys? You into white boys? Now you wild out!"

Shrugging, Jen waved him away. "I am but not you, I am but not you, I am but not you, now you wild out!"

Her comment made everyone laugh wholeheartedly while Matt continued to remain persistent.

"Give me a chance!" he replied while his team backed him up by looking like they were begging her to say yes. "...give me a chance, give me a chance, now you wild out!"

Dancing to the beat, she remained unbothered. "No way, no way, no way, now you wild out!"

"You know you want this," he flexed his arms. "...you know you want this, you know you want this, now you wild out!"

Looking around confused with her team, she stated, "Who lied!? Who lied!? Who lied!? Now you wild out!" she pointed at him.

"I still smashed," he shrugged and jumped to the beat, causing the Gold team to look at him in surprise and get hyped. "...I still smashed, I still smashed, now you wild out!"

Thinking quickly on her feet, determined to not stutter, Jennie dropped it down low, balancing nicely as she moved her hips, knees, and ass up and down to the beat of the song, distracting him as both teams yelled. Laughter around the studio rose in volume when she spoke. "Was it in though? Was it in though? Was it in though? Now you wild out!"

"HEYYYYY, MISS WALKER!" Angelina shouted, loving her performance as she watched Jennie get back up, awaiting Matt's response.

Almost fumbling with his words, Matt managed to say, "M-my dick can definitely hit it right! And my tongue is better, my tongue is better, my tongue is better, now you wild out!"

Putting him out of his misery, Jennie grabbed onto Desiigner, letting him wrap an arm around her while she rocked to the beat with him. With Jungkook on her mind, she replied, "I've had better head, I've had better head, I've had better head, now you wild out!" 

As soon as she pulled that stunt, everyone freaked out, while Matt couldn't think of a comeback for it.

Angelina smiled proudly at her. 'That's my girl!'

DING!

Gold Team 4 Points

Platinum Team 1 Point

"Man! We had that!" Nick complained.

"So, I really can't get your number or something?" Matt whined to her.

"No, dumbass!" Angelina smacked him upside his head as the crowd laughed.

Desiigner high fived Jennie. "That was good! Good shit, good shit!"

Desiigner went on ahead to represent the team while DC Young Fly went up.

"Your topic is graduation," DJ D-Wrek announced as the energy in the room heightened with them both dancing.

"I fucked my teacher today!" Desiigner jumped on beat with his team following his movements. "I fucked my teacher today! I fucked my teacher today! Now you wild out!"

"You didn't make it!" DC pointed at him with his team. "You didn't make it! You didn't make it! Now you wild out!"

"I put my grrrrr on the desk! I slap my grrrrr on the desk! I slap my grrrrr on the desk, I slap my grrrr on the desk!"

Yelling and moving his body wildly, DC answered, "A KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA! A KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA! A KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA-KA! Now you wild out!"

Jennie laughed along with the entire studio. What the hell was going on?

Getting hyped like he was in the studio when making music, Desiigner began to do his one of signature adlibs with his team backing him up.

"EEEEEEYAAAA! KI KI AH! EEEEEEYAAAA! Now you wild out!"

Jennie loved that no one questioned it and went along with what those two were doing.

Moving his body vigorously with his team following him, DC shouted, "BOOP-BOP-BOP-BOP! BOOP-BOP-BOP-BOP! BOOP-BOP-BOP-BOP! Now you wild out!"

Determined, Desiigner crossed his arms. DC was speaking his language and he was not having it. He was going to win this battle.

Moving in rhythm, he responded, "Whoop-de-scoop, whoop-de-scoop, whoop-de-boop! Now you wild out!"

"You stupid! You stupid!" DC walked away, allowing the Platinum team to get the point although Gold had won the game.

-----

Their time on Wild N Out began to come to an end as they went on to the final round. Wildstyle. Jen had a blast and hoped that one day she could come back with better rhymes and play different games.

"We got Jennie and Desiigner holding it down for the Platinum squad while we got Angelina on the Gold squad, give it up! It's time for the bonus round and it's called the?" Nick announced.

"Wild-Style!" the audience shouted.

"Yep. Freestyle rapping here at Wild N' Out. We focus on them jokes so each punchline is one point added to your total score. So, the game can go either way. It's anybody's game, right now. Gold squad step up. Platinum squad step up. DJ D-Wrek, drop the beat!"

Once the beat started with both teams on stage, everyone moved to the beat while Nick encouraged the crowd to clap their hands.

"Uh. Clap your hands, y'all. Clap your hands, y'all. Yo, Miss Jennifer Walker, you a real big talker. After you left Amity, we forgot who you are. But don't worry, I'm sure Angelina can still make you a star,"

DING

Gold Team 1 Point

Platinum Team 0 Points

The crowd ooohed at his statement while Jennie kept her composure and let out a chuckle. When Angelina heard what he said, she widened her eyes.

He was not holding back today.

Nick continued. "You left one group so when you leavin' the other one? You tend to do that when you not having any fun."

DING!

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 0 Points

Speaking her mind, Jennie went off. "Coming for me you must have a death wish. Bangtan is charting, where you at on the charts, bitch?"

Loud hollers were heard around the studio while Nick was taken aback that she had that energy in her. The way she put emphasis on 'bitch' threw him off.

'Suga is creating a monster,' Angelina thought as she dropped her jaw, impressed by how she fought back.

DING!

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 1 Point

"I left for better opportunities, ones that SongStress couldn't give me," she went on. "I auditioned for something I love and Big Hit chose me,"

DING!

Gold Team 2 Points

Platinum Team 2 Points

"That's my girl! Tell em!" Justina praised with the rest of the Platinum squad.

"'ight. 'ight, excuse me, Miss Walker," Nick backed off and turned his attention to Desiigner, who stood next to her. "Yo Desiigner, you my man you know that what. But why every time you rap you sound like you bustin' a nut?"

DING!

Gold Team 3 Points

Platinum Team 2 Points

"I got the 44 hangin' from the baseline. Beat you like the iPhone 4 with no facetime," Desiigner dissed.

DING!

Gold Team 3 Points

Platinum Team 3 Points

Angelina stepped up. "Ayo Desiigner let me talk to you real quick. Look, your energy is great, it's really unrivaled but every song you sing need to come with subtitles. I mean I'm glad that you came to play but no one understands what the fuck you say,"

DING!

Gold Team 4 Points

Platinum Team 3 Points

Next up was Chico Bean and he called out Nick. "Ayo, this what y'all do not know. Nick makes three hundred thousand an episode. When he get the bread, he go and buy some clothes and spend the rest of the money on Amber Rose!"

DING!

Gold Team 4 Points

Platinum Team 4 Points

"Hey!" DC called Chico out after the laughter died down. "What you talkin' 'bout Nick! I don't like hearing that shit!"

"Yo head look like a microphone! I can't believe you got a scar on your face. You still live at yo' momma's place. And you ain't got no house of your own. Nick keep spendin' yo money on phones,"

"You talkin' bout owning a house. Listen that's funky! I know somethin' bout you! You stay with yo' aunties!"

DING!

Gold Team 5 Points

Platinum Team 4 Points

"Yeah, I stay with my auntie, fool! What you think I'm supposed to do!? Nick ain't paying us no damn cash! I'm out here on my ass!"

DING!

Gold Team 5 Points

Platinum Team 5 Points

"Karlous, how you doin?" Justina called him out. "You look like old dirty bastard. A little bit dirtier, less of a good rapper. They said you fly? Well, I don't wanna lie. You look like chlamydia personified,"

DING!

Gold Team 5 Points

Platinum Team 6 Points

"Hol' up. You betta get the white girl cause she already dead," Karlous responded. "She got the red hair but what about the head? Is it fly? Do you know?" he turned to one of his teammates.

"I don't know," Emmanuel answered.

"Is she freaky?" Karlous went on.

"I don't know,"

"Is she a hoe?"

"Maybe so!"

"Well, then you will never fuckin' know," Justina answered as the audience went wild.

Jennie laughed out loud and high fived Justina. She aspired to be so quick to turn the tables like that. She had some thick skin.

DING!

Gold Team 5 Points

Platinum Team 7 Points

Becky Robinson stepped up to represent the Gold team. "Jennie, sweetheart, get over here. Let me talk to you," she gestured to her as Jennie went back in front of her team. "Little miss high and mighty, the one that likes Nike. You say you can rap but I doubt that's likely."

DING!

Gold Team 6 Points

Platinum Team 7 Points

Jennie grabbed the mic and spoke, "Correction, it's Miss Bangtan and yeah I'm the girl that loves Nike. I'm rapping right now and the chance of you winning ain't likely,"

DING!

Gold Team 6 Points

Platinum Team 8 Points

"BTS, BTS, go back to them weird Asian boys. How the heck you go from Amity to trashier noise?" she questioned.

DING!

Gold Team 7 Points

Platinum Team 8 Points

"Whew~!" Nick spoke up, thinking that was the end of the face off while the crowd responded in surprise that she went there to talk about her group.

"Weird?! Weird Asian boys!? BITCH!" Tim called out, ready to get involved in the freestyle. "Jennie, you got this or do you want me to go?"

Jennie turned to Tim and smiled in reassurance, telling him she got this, and turned back to Becky. "Bitch, I'll go back to my amazing Asian boys after I win this belt. You got three seconds to get the hell out of my face before you get a welt. Trashier noise? Girl, be for real. Compared to you, our music brings more appeal. You wouldn't last a day in Bangtan's shoes, let's make that clear. Bangtan is selling out venues faster than your career."

Everyone cheered loudly at her response while Becky broke out in laughter and nodded. Jennie high fived Tim as he cheered her on.

DING!

Gold Team 7 Points

Platinum Team 9 Points

Now Jen had some unfinished business and turned her attention to Matt who was standing behind the Gold team, quiet as ever.

"Matt. Get over here," she called him out.

"Uh oh! Uh oh!" Nick hyped up the confrontation. "This gon' be good!"

Matt laughed and stood in front of her.

"Matt, your game is tired like Advil PM. I know I am desired but do me a favor and stop sliding in my DMs," she announced.

DING!

Matt nodded and spoke up, "Okay, I slid in your DMs but stop with the front. Stop being in denial with this reject Matt publicity stunt. I guarantee that after the show you'll be calling my phone. I meant what I said on Let Me Holla, so let me make your mind blown,"

DING!

Jen rolled her eyes. "Face it, just face it. You brainless, you brainless. You said your tongue is better but I think that's outrageous,"

"Outrageous? You know you want a demonstration! After that, you'll be asking for a bae-cation," he smiled confidently.

DING

"Cute. DJ D-Wrek, can you cut the beat, real quick?" she requested as a series of oohs were heard. 

Angelina placed a hand over her heart, in surprise. "Nani!?" she exclaimed.

Oh, he was done for. Jennie was getting mad. She could tell by the annoyance on her face.

"Hm. Okay..." Jen prepared her thoughts and looked directly at him. "Matt, get it through your thick skull that I don't want you. I am not Zendaya from Disney, I can punch the shit out of you," 

Angelina continued to have her hand placed over her heart as she stared at her best friend in astonishment. She had leaned back as her reaction was priceless and was about to become a new meme.

Out of nowhere, Jennie began to speak in Korean, which made Matt look at her in confusion. She had talked about what a joke he was and turned to the camera to give Bangtan a shoutout and that she would be back in Korea soon.

Switching back to her native tongue, she put him out of his misery once and for all. "You ain't the first, you ain't the last but just know you will not be the one to smash. You might as well give up just like the others. All hot and bothered cause you can't get me under the covers. You only think with your second head so think of a new plan. But let's face it, Jennie don't want you, one minute man,"

After she finished, she dropped the mic. The studio was filled with loud hollers and laughter while Matt's face became flushed as he chuckled.

DJ D-Wrek repeatedly pressed the bell, indicating that it was all over.

DING DING DING DING DING DING DING

Angelina had cheered with the cast and she ended up falling dramatically on the floor during the commotion. Meanwhile, Desiigner got excited and patted Jennie on the back, praising her.

"Yo! DJ D-Wrek! Who won that!?" Nick shouted after everyone calmed down a bit and Angelina got back on her feet.

"I got to give it to the platinum squad! Make some noise for the platinum squad, yo!" he announced over everyone's cheers.

"Woo!" Jennie jumped up and down, excitedly as she celebrated with her team.

A Wild N Out girl came on stage with the belt and presented it to Jennie after she went to hug Nick.

"She came through and took my comedy championship!" Nick announced as she happily accepted the belt and raised it up in the air in victory. He then shouted out Desiigner and Angelina.

Jen let out a content sigh. This was awesome. She was glad she was able to do this, today. And now she got to take this title home. Another award for BTS.

"What do you want to say?" Nick asked her as he gave her the mic.

"This has been such a fun experience, thank you so much for having me! And shout out to BTS and BTS ARMY, I love y'all! Thank you!" she said.

She then switched to saying thank you in Korean for the boys and reiterated that she missed them and would be back very soon. After bowing, she was then hugged by Angelina and had her hand raised in victory.

"That's what we talkin' about! Everybody on they feet! And make some noise for Desiigner~!" Nick announced as he closed the show with a performance.

-----------

After recording, Jennie hung out with the cast to take pictures and discuss the show. The vibe was full of high energy as they laughed about their favorite moments and roasted Matt for being rejected. What Jen loved about it was that there were no hard feelings and people didn't take any of the disses seriously. If only more people could vibe like this.

"You did well! Great job, today!" Nick Cannon praised her.

"Aw, thank you! It's harder than it looks to think quickly on your feet. You guys got that," Jen grinned.

"It is but you held your own. Especially on wild style," he laughed at the memory of her calling Matt a one minute man. 

That was the utmost disrespect and a huge blow to his ego.

"Ha! Had to hit him where it hurts. Can we take a selfie?"

"Yeah, let's do it,"

Taking out her phone, she gave it to him so he could raise it in the air for a quick photo of them smiling happily. She'll make sure to post it after her little social media break is over.

"Thanks so much for having me. This was a fun time," she beamed.

"Anytime! We hope to see you and Angelina back on the show sometime,"

"Most definitely. And speaking of Angelina, she really is in her element on your show, huh?"

"Got that right. In the last episode, she was in she went off on everybody. It was one of the highest-rated episodes to date. She a real gem,"

"That's Ang for you. One of the best. Have you thought about adding her as a cast member? She'd be a great addition!" she suggested excitedly.

She watched as Nick smiled at the idea and he discussed how well she would hold her own in the games with clever clapbacks and rhymes.

"She really would be a great addition, wouldn't she? I'ma talk to her. You think she'll want to?" 

"Absolutely! She will accept with no hesitation,"

Jen felt pleased that it seemed like he was highly considering having Angelina join the cast. She hoped it went well when he talked with her. She knew how much it would mean to her if she got to be a permanent cast member.

Following some photos and mingling with other cast members, Jen went to hang out with Desiigner who still had a large grin on his face. What she loved the most about him was how positive he was and how happy he looked. His energy was infectious.

"Mama, you funny as shit. You a savage,"

She laughed. "Thanks. It was so fun teaming with you,"

"Likewise, mama,"

"I also think it is so dope and inspiring with what you accomplished. We're nearly the same age and you out here making moves ever since Panda dropped. I hope I can make an impact like that with my music,"

"I 'preciate that. It's all about the music and what we love to do. We both young and hungry in this industry. We gon' make it big,"

"Got that right. Heck, we could even make a few songs together,"

"Oh, hell yeah. For sure,"

The two took photos together and then with Angelina. Desiigner then took out his phone to take an Instagram video.

"Yoooo! With my girls! Beautiful black queens! Jennie and Angelina! You know what time it is! Wild N Out! Stay tuned, it's comin' out real soon! Ya-a-a!" he laughed.

"Platinum squad~! All day!" Jennie stuck her tongue out.

"Err-day!"

"Gold squad!" Angelina repped her team.

"Boooooo!" Jennie and Desiigner playfully said before they all laughed.

"Y'all some haters," Angelina playfully rolled her eyes and walked away from them as the video ended.

Once Desiigner went off to goof around with DC Young Fly, Matt approached her with a nervous smile.

"All right, I got the hint. I apologize for coming all over you like that," he chuckled nervously.

He did look pretty apologetic with his face looking a little pink.

"It's okay," she responded.

"B-but just know I'll still wait for you if you ever change your mind,"

She laughed. "Well, you'll have to wait forever,"

"Damn..." he sighed in defeat and nodded.

"I have a boyfriend, that's why," she proudly told him. "After rejecting you quite a few times as well as in the DMs, I thought you'd got the hint,"

"Wishful thinking,"

"Regarding my man and I, we're keeping things private until we are ready to announce it,"

"Okay, I respect it. Damn, whoever he is he's lucky,"

"Nah, I'm the lucky one," she smiled as she thought of how much she missed Jungkook.

"Man...your boys, especially your boyfriend and fanbase gon' kill me, huh?" he chuckled nervously at the thought, rubbing the back of his neck.

"Yeaaaaah, they are."

What is Next for The Bangtan Gal!? Upcoming Chapters Part 2!

Damn, I'm really back writing this story with new chapters. It's weird yet exciting. Please bear with me with slow updates. I will try my best not to take forever to upload. You are welcome to skip this if you do not want to be spoiled on what I plan to write next for this story. 

Here is what I plan to work on. Some of these chapter titles may be placeholders and not everything is revealed in the summary as I'm still planning to get the gist of what's happening. As well as when I'll put smut and suggestive content in it. So stay tuned! But here is the first set of what I plan to write.

--------

Blood, Sweat, and Tears- Jennie and Jimin fight over his extreme diet. BTS film BST with Jennie and Taehyung filming a sexy scene together. Jennie spends time with GOT7. (This will be the last time I write about his diet. There is angst in this but it will end fluffy with them making up. I apologize in advance for the angst :( )

Idol Parents?- BTS anticipates the release of WINGS. Jennie and Jungkook are assigned to take care of a robot baby for a parenting class at school. (A reader gave me the robot baby idea years ago and I ran with it, lol. I used to have parenting classes back in high school but could never take them because it was always full smfh. Weenies I tell ya. Always taking up spots for the classes I was interested in. College was WORSE OMFG I was pissed that I had to wait days while others got first dibs.)

Big Enough For Two- BTS promote BST as viewers and fans freak out and wonder what is going on between Jennie and Taehyung due to what they saw in the MV. Jennie suffers a wardrobe malfunction during a show. Jennie and Jungkook become stressed trying to juggle school and promotions. Pissed about having to take an exam the next morning, Jungkook's angry emotions are shown while performing late at night for a show and Jennie helps him calm down back at the dorm.

Thank You- Jennie finally tells Jungkook that she is ready for the next step. BTS continues to promote BST. JenKook plans with Bangtan and Big Hit on how they want to reveal their relationship. BTS film their Halloween dance practice

Our First Time (Jungkook smut)- Jennie celebrates her birthday in Japan and Jungkook makes it a memorable one.

BTS 3rd Muster

First Daesang!- BTS wins their first Daesang! Jennie excitedly shares on social media about her preparations to collab with Hyuna at the MAMA Awards. But less than a week before the show, Mnet claims Jennie is not ready for a vocal solo performance and it is too early in her story to perform solo. The collab gets scrapped and Hyuna plans to perform by herself which pisses off Armies with the blindslide. (That'll be the end of the Hyuna stuff. They will no longer be friends after this and I will be done writing about her. For Mnet telling Jen she is not ready, I got inspiration from Victoria Monet being told she was not ready by MTV. But best believe MAMA Awards 2017 with Big Hit making sure she gets her time to shine without dealing with another Idol like Hyuna, she will SLAY. It will suck having Jennie spend long hours every day preparing for her solo before collabing with Hyuna. She planned to release a new song too. The song I thought of was Victoria Monet's Alright. Without the cussing since it would be on TV and also without the Jaguar roaring at the end of the song. That song is a banger! Omg. The plan was to have her perform that song for the first time while DJing and then dance and stuff before Hyuna met with her on stage. She will have the chance to perform it at one of the end of the year shows instead. G-Dragon will give Jen a pep talk on everything too and show support. I hope you like the vision when I write it.)

Mama Awards 2016- Jennie and Taehyung prepare for a stage kiss at the award show and BTS wins Best Artist. Jennie still makes sure to have a little solo dance for Fire when Bangtan performs, proving that she is ready for a solo.

BREAKING!! BTS' Jennie & Jungkook dating!?- Jennie supports Taehyung during his press conference for his drama. JenKook reveal their relationship in their own unique way, catching Dispatch and the world offguard. Big Hit and Bangtan show their support for the couple

BTS GAYO Episodes 10-15

BTS RUN Episodes 10-19

Going Public- With their relationship out, Jennie and Jungkook happily enjoy being a couple without having to be private. BTS attends ISAC 

You Never Walk Alone- Jennie and Jungkook graduate high school. BTS promote their new album with Jennie getting called Storm for dyeing her hair white/grey for the new comeback.

Black Panther- BTS begins their WINGS tour. Black Panther's director reaches out to Big Hit, wanting Jennie to have a small role in the film, and makes a character for her. Excited and honored, Jennie films with the Black Panther cast in Busan for the casino/chase scene, doing her own stunts. (I have been having this idea for years! It'll be a step closer for Jennie and Jungkook to meet Chris Evans and Robert Downey Jr. I got major ideas for the future after this Marvel themed chapter! I hope you enjoy the vision when I write it! It's going to be so fun!)

Billboard Awards 2017- Jennie Media trains BTS for America as they prepare to attend the Billboard Awards. Jennie runs into Trinity from Amity. (Best believe she will make sure to let Namjoon know what a heart throb is lol. I still remember that. Lots of Jennie and Namjoon fluff. She is going to have his back)

BTS Festa 2017

BTS Bon Voyage Season 2

Love Yourself: Her- BTS perform at Seo Taiji's 25th anniversary concert. BTS promote their new album

BTS Run Episodes 20-29

BT21- BTS creates their characters for BT21. Jennie creates a cute Hamster character called JW.

American Music Awards 2017- Suffering a broken ankle, Jennie documents her recovery, trying to stay positive as she promotes with BTS in America injured.

Mic Drop Remix- BTS release the Mic Drop Remix. Jennie and Desiigner snap on his version of Mic Drop. Recovered from her injury, Jennie makes a statement with a vocal and dance solo stage during Bangtan's performance after getting her solo scrapped at last year's MAMA Awards.

New Year's Rockin' Eve

Black Panther Premiere & Press Tour In Seoul- BTS attend the Black Panther Premiere to support Jennie. Jennie attends the Press Tour of Black Panther in Korea. Hobi releases his mixtape

Burn The Stage

Complete The Square- After Hobi's mixtape is out, ARMY trends for wanting Jennie, the last of the rap line for BTS, to finally release the music she has been working on for years. (Since there will be 4 people in the rap line of BTS, RM, Suga, Hobi, and Jennie, I thought it would be cool to say complete the square since she's the last one to release solo music)

Jennie X NIKE- Jennie films commercials for her Nike endorsement with celebs like Lebron James and Kevin Hart. Jennie proves that her getting chosen to endorse Nike was one of the best business decisions as her endorsement with the brand is released and sells out immediately, creating high demand. Jennie goes on press tours to promote the brand. (I'm highkey considering her Nike collab to be like Beyonce's IVY Park. Having various collections each time. I am still brainstorming.)

Love Yourself: Tear- BTS promote their new album. BTS attends the Billboard Awards 2018. BTS goes on Ellen and the Late Late Show with James Corden. (Jennie is not a fan of Ellen and will think of the negative experience she had during the Amity days with her.)

BTS Festa 2018

The Square Is Complete- Jennie finally releases her solo music

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 90- Idol Parents?

Chapter Summary: BTS anticipates the release of WINGS. Jennie and Jungkook are assigned to take care of a robot baby for a parenting class at school.

Words: 6,000+

Author's Note: Anotha one! Enjoy! Big Jungkook fluff!

------

Once September 25th hit, Hobi's Boy Meets Evil concept video was released and the members praised him for his outstanding performance. Jennie filmed the group watching the video with Hobi as they were hyped and excited about how good it looked. That grin on Hobi's face as he gushed over how much praise he got from the group made Jennie's heart feel full.

"Oh my gosh~!" Jimin exclaimed, loving the video as the other members whooped and hollered.

"Yasssss, Hobi!" Jen yelled.

After they watched the video, Jennie went to give him a big hug and multiple kisses on the cheek. "I'm SO proud of you! I remember you sending me all those progress videos of practicing the dance and you nailed it! You're exceptional, Hobi!,"

"Munchkin...thank you," he pulled her in for another hug.

"You're going to blow everyone away when you perform this live, I hope you know that," she continued to cheer.

The next evening, Jennie couldn't sleep as she found herself anticipating the comeback that was just a couple of days away. As their comeback got closer and closer, more information and photos of their comeback were released as fans continued to freak out about her hair and how good the group looked. It excited her to see how passionate fans and locals were about their comeback. She had a strong feeling this was going to be the start of something huge.

Looking at the time, it was past 1am and she decided that eating a snack would suffice.

Getting out of bed, she stretched. Walking out of the room, she regarded the smell of pizza rolls and the sound of a microwave running. Looks like someone else was awake too. As she inched closer to the kitchen she was met by Jungkook's bare back to her, playing a game on his phone while waiting for his pizza rolls to finish cooking.

'That back...' she thought as she found herself staring.

He remained unaware of her presence, focused on his game as he let out some curses and a frustrated low growl when he was losing. For a while, she felt ready for that next step. Maybe this was a good time to tell him that she was ready. Or maybe she should wait until they were all alone and not with the rest of the members in the dorm, sleeping.

Decisions, decisions.

With her emotions taking over her and thinking about how good he looked, her mind went to a more suggestive place, as she thought about where in the kitchen and living room he'd pin her against. Her heart raced and her body felt flushed at the fantasy. Shaking her head, she pushed the passionate thoughts aside.

'Calm yourself, sis,' she thought.

After pulling herself together, she made her presence known as she greeted him and went to the freezer to grab some ice cream and a spoon.

"Can't sleep either, honey?" his cheerful voice filled her ears. 

It seemed like his mood brightened when she walked in, making him forget that he was losing his game.

Oh gosh...she wanted him so bad, right now.

"Looks that way," she answered sweetly. "It's one of them nights. I guess you could say I'm excited about the comeback and can't wait for it to release,"

Placing the ice cream on the counter, she took the top off and leaned up against it with her elbows. Jungkook leaned his back against the counter as he stood next to her and watched her with a smile. Her silk scarf that was protecting her hair was still intact along with her Captain American pajama shorts and shirt. She looked cute. He paused his game and placed his phone on the counter.

"Yeaaaaah, it is," he stretched as she tried to ignore the way his muscles flexed.

Why did he have to look this good when they weren't even officially alone?

Scooping up a big chunk of chocolate ice cream, she ate it eagerly, welcoming the cold treat with delight.

Beep. Beep. Beep. Beep.

"Ah, finally they're done," he promptly removed the pizza rolls from the microwave and placed them on the counter next to her.

"Don't you want to wait until they cool down?" she exclaimed as she watched him pop one in his mouth with ease, ignoring the heat.

"I'll live," he giggled and ate a few more.

"Wow, you must love pain," she sarcastically said after eating a few more spoonfuls of ice cream while he giggled again at her response. "Just be careful with your tongue, please,"

"A kiss would cool it down since you're eating that ice cream," he suggested playfully after swallowing his food.

"You like to find clever ways to kiss me, huh?"

"From the way you were looking at me, it looked like you want to kiss me more than I want to kiss you," he raised an eyebrow and stepped in close to her, standing in front of her. 

His movement made her drop the spoon in the tub of ice cream and place her back against the counter. He then laid his hands on each side of her on the counter, getting closer to her face.

"Am I right?" he teased.

"I wasn't staring..."

"You make it pretty obvious, Jennie," he acknowledged as her face began to heat up.

She needed to work on being more subtle.

"Okay. I admit it. You're right. But you're not getting a kiss that easily,"

"Why not?" he tried to go for a smooch but she playfully evaded it and placed her cold lips on his cheek instead. "Lips, not cheek,"

"Hmm. I'll think about it,"

He tilted his head to the side a little, deciding to take up the challenge. As he went for another kiss, he met her cheek instead. Going for it again, she turned her head the other way and felt him kiss her other cheek. The way he kept trying to kiss her started to make her giggle which turned into soft laughter as her hands were placed on his chest, light-heartedly attempting to push him away. Anticipating that he was going to kiss her left cheek again, she moved her head but he was too quick and managed to press his lips against hers this time. His kiss deepened instantly and she sighed into the kiss, enjoying how his kisses made her happy.

He pulled away too soon but only to softly say with a grin, "Got you," and leaned back in to kiss her.

As her cold tongue met his hot tongue from the pizza rolls, Jungkook set his hands under her thighs to lift and place her on top of the kitchen counter.

Pulling away for air, she rested her arms around his neck.

"Pepperoni Totino's pizza rolls?" she guessed from the taste.

That caused Jungkook to laugh lightly and nod. "Correct,"

"Elite," she laughed with him and ran her fingers through his hair. 

His hair was now light brown for the comeback. The Stylists knew how to make her man look irresistible. Wanting more kisses, she pulled him back in for a needy smooch. But then he reluctantly pulled away.

"Jennie, I'll get carried away if we continue like this. I know you want to wait,"

"It's okay. It's okay, really," she removed her arms from him.

"I know but still. I don't want to pressure you," he took a step back as she stepped down from the counter.

"Kookie?" she grabbed one of his hands and looked up at him.

"Yeah?"

"There's something I've been wanting to tell you,"

"What do you want to tell me?"

"I'm actually-"

"Is that pizza rolls I smell!? Can I have some?" Hobi's cheerful voice filled the kitchen, making the couple slowly break away from each other.

'Of course, I get interrupted when I'm about to tell him I'm ready.' Jen thought with a sigh.

"Sure hyung!" Jungkook was feeling kind enough to share since he made the whole bag.

"Midnight snack, huh? One of them nights?"

Jen chuckled lightly. "Yeah, one of them nights,"

"Oh Jagi, what did you want to tell me?" Jungkook smiled as he ate another pizza roll.

She shook her head. "Lost my train of thought,"

"Ah, I hate when that happens. Let me know when you remember, all right?"

"Yeah," she murmured and ate another spoonful of ice cream.

After the trio ate, she spoke up to tell Jungkook that she remembered what she wanted to tell him.

"Oh great. What was it?" he asked.

Dismissing the idea to tell him she was ready, instead, she thought of something else. "Since we're awake, do you want to do a live stream for a little bit on Twitch?"

His eyes lit up. "Yeah! Let's do it! Hyung, you want to join?"

"Sure!" Hobi agreed.

"Great! Meet us in my room when you're ready!" Jen told him and went to her room to set up the stream. 

Jungkook put on a shirt and met up with her after. In Jennie's room, Hobi sat in the middle of them, happily anticipating the show.

'We can't sleep so Golden Duo is back at it again in a few minutes! Check us out on Twitch~! #Jen' she tweeted with the link.

Once they were ready to go, Jungkook waved to the camera and began to speak as a large audience popped on the stream. "Hi ARMY! Jungkook here!"

"And what up? I'm Jennie!"

"And we are The Golden Duo! We have a special guest with us today. Hyung?"

"Hi! I'm your Hope! J-Hope~!" Hobi waved. "I love you, ARMY!"

"J-Hope is here with us~! Yay!" Jen cheered.

"Today we are here to play another game," Jungkook announced.

"A game I'm kind of dreading because I have no idea how to play," she cringed.

Jungkook giggled evilly. "We are playing overwatch today,"

"Yay..." she said unenthusiastically, making him laugh loudly with Hobi. "Jungkook insisted I play this for some crazy reason,"

Her boyfriend smiled slyly. He wanted to watch her struggle tonight since she was still not quite familiar with the game controls.

"Jungkook is so evil for this. Good luck, Munchkin," Hobi said.

"Yeah, I'll need it," she chuckled and turned back to the camera, "We're going to mix it up today. Jungkook and I agreed on having a punishment for this stream. If I can get ten kills within a set of three games, he has to drink of mixture of condiments mixed with water. If I am unable to get ten kills, I have to drink a glass of eggs. Raw eggs."

"You're going to drink the eggs," Jungkook guaranteed.

She scoffed. "The fact that you have no confidence in me for this game, is astonishing,"

"Because you suck at the game. So, I automatically win. You might as well drink the eggs now,"

She narrowed her eyes at him while he smiled sweetly. Hobi continued to giggle in the background and commented on how funny they were bickering.

In response, Jungkook was about to say "I love you, honey," but refrained as he realized this was live.

"Let's get started before I end up smacking you," she replied.

It didn't take too long to find an online match and she chose to use Tracer. Once she began to play, she was immediately shot down.

"That should be a record. The game just started!" Hobi exclaimed while Jennie stared at the screen in disbelief.

"Okay, that was a trial run," she said and went back to run around the map.

"Do you know what you're doing?" Jungkook asked with amusement.

"No. I don't but I'm a quick learner," she answered confidently but she kept missing shots. "This is bullshit. Bullshit..." 

"Munchkin, language," Hobi lightly warned. "Wow, she's really getting angry, huh?"

"Because she knows she sucks," Jungkook laughed with him.

"Jungkook shut up," she rolled her eyes and continued to play.

"You are doing an amazing job. Wow," her boyfriend said sarcastically, being a smart ass.

"Shut up!" she whined.

Fans began to comment with laughing emojis:

'LMAOOOOO she is going to kill him after the stream'

'He is so wrong for this haha'

'Poor Ennie! This is hilarious'

'OMG JUNGKOOK SKSJSEJK'

"ARE YOU FU-UGH!" Jen screamed, stomping her foot down aggressively. 

Her face twisted up in frustration after getting killed again. Meanwhile, Jungkook was having the time of his life watching her stress out while Hobi occasionally shrieked at her anger. Her character got hit and suddenly Sleep is written on the screen.

"Oh my God! I'm asleep!? No!" she yelled and watched as she fell in the water and died.

'lmfaooooo Jennie is about to tap out. She mad as hell right now'

'I think she's about to rage quit'

'MOOOOOOOD LMAOOOO'

"This is some bullshit. I'm done for today. I don't want to play no more," she decided to rage quit.

"Wow, already?" Hobi asked.

"Told you, hyung. All right, Ms. Walker, let me show you how it's done," Jungkook took the controller from her hands and started a new game. As she watched him play, she claimed he was cheating. "And how am I cheating Ms. Walker? Elaborate," 

"You picked an easy stage," she claimed.

"No, I didn't."

"Nah, this is flat out cheating!"

"How so?"

"You know you are! This is not cool how you are easily killing everybody like this,"

"I am better than you at this game,"

She rolled her eyes. "Corny,"

"I want to play after you, Jungkook. Let me try it out," J-Hope spoke up after watching for a while.

"Sure, hyung. You'll probably do better than Ms. Jennifer Rage Quitter," Jungkook continued to roast her.

"A-are you serious!?" her face began to heat up and she retaliated by kicking Jungkook in the leg.

After he won his game, he gave the controller to Hobi and watched him play. Hobi seemed to have gotten the hang of things while occasionally shrieking when he saw players shooting at him.

"Oh, make sure you do this, to help your team," Jungkook pointed out.

She stared in disbelief that Jungkook started helping him. "Uh uh! You didn't give me advice when I was playing! And you're giving him advice?!"

Hobi and Jungkook burst out in laughter from her freakout. Their laughter was enough to get Tony to join the party and jump on Jennie's lap to try to get her to calm down.

"Hi, Tony. Tony is the only person that never lets me down. Y'all on the other hand. Disrespectful,"

Tony barked happily and she rewarded him by rubbing him and giving him kisses.

"Say hi to ARMY, Tony! It's been a while!" she beamed and made Tony wave his paw to the camera.

'Tony~!'

'He's getting so big!'

'Awwww JenKook's son!'

After J-Hope managed to win his game thanks to Jungkook giving him pointers, Jungkook turned to his girlfriend.

"And like I predicted, you lose, Jennie. Let me go get the eggs," he announced happily and left the room.

She groaned and covered her face in her hands while Tony jumped on Hobi's lap to play with him.

"Why~!?" she whined. Uncovering her face, she went to see the comments. "I tried my best, guys. Overwatch is just not my thing. I'll just have to keep practicing,"

'It's okayyyy'

'Lolll enjoy the eggs'

'Hahaha it's nice to see I'm not the only one who sucks at Overwatch'

'Practice makes perfect'

'Wow u really have to drink eggs?? RIP'

Jungkook walked back into the room and sat back down to place a glass of three raw eggs for her to drink.

"Here you are. Enjoy. And drink every single one. Not just one egg or a sip. All of it," he demanded.

"Whoa. He said it with such authority," Hobi looked surprised.

"For real like do y'all hear him?" she exclaimed as she looked at the camera, taken aback by his statement but secretly liking it. "You so demanding, like damn. Okay, Mister Jeon," she said sarcastically, making him laugh.

Taking a deep breath, she grabbed the glass and examined it. 

'Gosh, why couldn't it just be one egg?' she complained in her head.

Going for it, she gulped all of it and slammed the cup down. It tasted bland but it was tolerable to handle as a punishment.

"That was...interesting. Tasted super weird but I did it," she sighed out of relief and went to down a bottle of apple juice to get rid of the aftertaste.

"Yay~!" Hobi cheered.

"Wow, your reaction was not what I was expecting. I wanted you to suffer," Jungkook said with disappointment.

"Wow! I get no love, I swear. Anyway, thank you, Army for tuning in! Until next time! Hopefully, when we play Overwatch again, I'll be a little better," Jen promised.

"That's a lie. I guarantee she won't," he snorted.

"You know what!?" she reached for a nearby pillow and began to attack him with it. "I am so tired of your shit tonight, you smartass!" she exclaimed over her boyfriend's laughter while Hobi tried to break it up.

--------

Once October 9th hit, BTS hosted the WINGS preview show on the V-Live app. As the first stream appeared, Armies broke the app with over 60 million hearts and 1 million views before the show started. 

When the group found out, everyone was shooked and Jen laughed out loud and grabbed her phone to tweet, 'LMFAOOOOOO, Y'all really crashed the app. #Jen'

Once they got the technical difficulties out of the way, they went on with the broadcast as Jin was the host. Jennie sat in between J-Hope and Rapmon for the show.

'BTS News'

"Hello, V viewers. This is Jin, anchor for Oct. 9 countdown BTS News," he announced. "It's been delayed because of an unexpectedly high level of interest. Let me start again. Here's the news for today. BTS is going to release their second official album. Let me talk with Suga, who is on-site,"

The group laughed as they watched the banter.

"Hello, this is Suga on site!" Suga acted out as a dramatic news broadcaster. "The second official album of BTS is said to be released right now!"

"Have you heard of the songs?"

"Yes, I've just heard them!"

"What do you think of the songs?"

Suga placed his fingers on his ear like he was trying to listen in on an earpiece. He then began to make sound effects to portray that the signal was bad. "It's getting a fervent response! I think the album will be a big hit!"

After the group laughed and clapped, Jin continued, "It seems that the album is awesome. Here's the news that just came in. It's an amazing one. Let me give you 8 exclusive news on BTS members. Suga dyes his hair black in three years since the debut song. No More Dream Black sugar is back!"

"How handsome," V noted.

"Rap Monster destroyed the floor while dancing with the group. What is the truth behind his destructive power?"

Jennie snickered at the memory. "He was like BAM!"

"It's not true," Rapmon tried to defend himself and covered his face.

"The lovely Jennie FINALLY dyes her hair for a BTS comeback! And what color to make a bold statement than red! Jennie had red hair!" Jin announced.

The sound of the members whooping and hollering at her new hair color made her grin and she posed cutely for the camera.

"J-Hope exposes his body in a trailer. Was it intentional?"

"Exposure~!" J-Hope shimmied his shoulders.

"Wouldn't it be intentional?" Suga asked.

"Jimin's cheeks have hollowed out. Would we ever see them again?" Jin asked as Jimin made his cheeks look big. "V. V's eyebrows are back. Everyone in the world is amazed," 

"The whole world is shouting for joy!" Suga added over the cheers for V.

"Jungkook almost split his legs while doing wire action. It's not certain whether he has recovered or not," Jin declared while Jungkook looked down at his legs in surprise.

"What's next?" Rapmon asked.

"Jin is getting handsomer day by day. When will he stop getting handsome?" he gave the viewers a flying kiss.

After the group did their greeting, the broadcast discussed the second album before it was released. A whole preview show for WINGS. Jin brought up the group to give explanations about their news and told Jungkook to start first.

"It wasn't my legs. My back hurt," he explained.

"V next,"

"I did it because fans loved it!"

"Jimin!"

"My cheeks will come back if you want,"

"It wasn't intentional. It's part of the dance," J-Hope explained.

"It's over five seconds," Suga pointed out

"Really?"

"Jennie!" Jin called her out.

"Because every single comeback I've been asked when am I dyeing my hair and this was the perfect comeback to do it for," she explained.

"My shoes were expensive!" Rapmon explained.

"Do I have to explain why I dyed my hair black?" Suga wondered. "It's fun,"

"I'm handsome because of Army's love," Jin explained and sent another flying kiss.

As the broadcast went on, the group went to give some background information on WINGS. Jennie listened most of the time, occasionally laughing with the group.

"How was it working on this album while you were away from us, Jennie?" Jin asked.

"It was interesting and a bit weird since I'm always used to being at Big Hit to work on new music. For this comeback, I chose to not be that involved in singing in songs but instead, you will see me in the album credits for a lot of background work. I played the guitar for a handful of songs and did a bunch of background vocals. It was a fun experience and I am grateful that I was able to help with the album while I was back home," she beamed.

"She stayed up late nights. Keep in mind we are in different time zones. She worked very hard and sacrificed a lot for this album. Please listen out for her vocals and her guitar sound. She did a wonderful job," Rapmon praised.

"Awww, my heart. Thank you," she gave him a side hug, making him smile.

The group introduced the tracklist and how it included a solo song from each member. Something that fans are anticipating the most. They went down the line to explain the tracklist.

"Our solo song starts from the third track. The third track, Begin. Whose song is it?" Suga asked.

"It's my solo," Jungkook raised his hand. "Begin is about how I came to Seoul and met the BTS members. It's about emotions that I felt in the process. It sounds very dreamy. It might be difficult to grasp when you hear it, but I've worked hard on it and recorded it,"

"What's the lyrics like?" he was asked.

"It's embarrassing to explain," he grinned. "I've changed thanks to all of you,"

After his answer, V shoved him, making everyone laugh. The members went on to talk about how much the song meant to them and that it made them cry.

"My first solo song. It's about lying," Jimin went over Lie. "It's about the conflict due to lies and temptation. It was difficult because the song is in a very high pitch. Just don't expect me to sing it live,"

"Why? You're good!" J-Hope exclaimed.

"He says this now, but he will sing well," Rapmon added.

"This is a lie," V pushed him, making Jimin laugh.

"See? You're good at lying. Professional liar," J-Hope pointed out.

"Stigma is mine. It's a song of neo-soul genre. I personally think that it's the most sophisticated song in this album," V said confidently, surprising the boys with his statement.

"Are you confident?" Jungkook asked him.

"I am!" he answered with a grin. "Usually we recorded altogether. It was my first time recording alone, and it was bitter because I was recording alone. The staff helped me out but..."

"Do you mean that you were lonely? Not bitter?" Suga asked.

"Lonely," Taehyung nodded.

"Let's move onto the sixth track. First Love. It's my solo song," Suga revealed. "Since the title is called First Love, many people thought that it's about first love,"

"Can you figure it out if you listen to it?" Jimin asked.

"Yes, it's in the first bar. I cried while recording," Suga admitted. "I cried a bit. Next song. Reflection,"

"It's my song," Rapmon proclaimed. "I go to Ttukseom Island when I have a lot in mind or when I have a hard time. I wrote this song sitting down in Ttukseom. You can hear the sound of the surroundings that I've recorded in Ttukseom at the time. And I can dare promise you that it's the best song to hear outside in this weather. I've produced it myself,"

"Really? You've produced it yourself?" J-Hope asked as the group was amazed.

"The best song to listen to in October, Reflection will be out at midnight. Please listen to it," Suga said. "Next, the eighth track. Mama,"

"It's my song," Hobi spoke up. "Can't you guess what it's about right from the title? That's right. It's about my mom. It's about emotions that I felt about Mom since childhood. I think this will be an unforgettable song in my life as a singer. Please look forward to Mama,"

"A lot of people are waiting for Mama. They are looking forward to it a lot," Jimin praised.

"Please look forward to it. It's good,"

"The most anticipated song in October, Mama, will be out at midnight," Suga replied. "Our next solo song, Awake,"

"We don't need a word to describe this," Jimin pointed out.

"Awake is my solo song," Jin said. "I've composed for the first time. It's much more difficult to write a song than I thought. I'm happy that a decent song is out. Not only writing but also singing was difficult because many parts were in high pitch. It was higher than I thought. I will work hard. Please listen to it,"

"It's the first time that Jin participated in composition. Please look forward to awake," Rapmon said.

"Last but not least is Jennie's solo song! Evermore. Jennie, explain your solo song," Suga pointed out.

"Ah...okay. This song is kind of sad and filled with a lot of doubt. It goes back to how I felt anxiously when I got mobbed at my sister's play. And I felt like I wanted to just stop performing. Feeling the fear of getting more famous. But as you listen to the lyrics, you'll see more of a positive shift that I can do this and I will overcome this. This song is very experimental and showcases my DJ skills. I want to show more of a versatile version of myself so you'll get a taste with this. I hope you like it. I was very nervous about it. The song is very blunt and straightforward. I am very nervous about performing this song live, one day. But we'll see how things go, yeah? If we can do more solos, I'll try to make a more upbeat song. So, I apologize in advance if you feel the waterworks when you listen. Trust me, I am ok. I hope to perform the song in a more positive light and have fun with it,"

"Did you cry when recording?"

"Yes. It took me days to properly try to sing it after I got my emotions in check. I feel much better now. Please look forward to it," she smiled nervously as she tried to keep her hands from getting shaky.

"Ennie, you'll perform it well. I have no doubt," Jimin reassured.

"Yes, indeed. Let us move on. The next song is Lost," Rapmon revealed. "Us rappers did the Cypher all the time. But this time it's the song of vocalists. I've written the lyrics. Please look forward to the unit song of vocalists,"

"Just an FYI I'm not in the song but I provided instrumentals!" Jennie waved.

"Yes, Jennie's guitar compliments the song nicely. She did an excellent job," Jin recognized.

Jennie grinned. "Thank you~!"

"The next one is BTS Cypher 4. I'm sure that a lot of you waited for this." Rapmon said.

"I'm sure that Taehyung and the fans waited for this," Hobi laughed as Taehyung started bouncing around.

The rapline had to calm him down before he started to reveal any lyrics of the song.

"It's a Cypher made by a very famous American producer. Next, Am I wrong? It's a song that you will love," Rapmon went on. "It's a song similar to Crow Tit or Dope. Next, 21st Century Girl is like what we did in the beginning. It'd be nice if you remember our old albums. The next track is Two! Three! And there's a sub-title, Hope there are better days. I think you can guess from the title. It's our first official fan song!"

The group whooped and applauded.

"Army fans will cry," Hobi whined.

"It'd be amazing if we could sing it with all our fans at the concert. Please look forward to it. Two! Three! is super nice. Last song. Interlude: Wings. It's like the title of our album. It's a genre called hip house, which we've never tried before. It's a very new song. I'm sure that it will captivate many fans as well. That concludes the track list of our second official album, Wings,"

As the broadcast went on, the group took a nap while they showed the jacket shooting of WINGS. A highlight that got fans laughing was Jennie falling down the steps.

-------

She took photos lying down on a pair of red steps.

"Never did I think I would be taking photos on steps. This is a first. I like it," she said as she gave the photographer her undivided attention.

Once she got the OK that she was done with photos, she cheered and excitedly got up.

"Yay! Thank you!" she took a step down but then lost her footing and fell hard on her butt, all the way down to the end of the steps. 

The staff was startled but relaxed when they heard her laugh.

Rubbing her butt, she groaned. "My ass...I'm okay!"

-------

After the showing was over, the camera showed the members sleeping and Taehyung sneezing loudly which made Jimin giggle and Jen wake up immediately.

"Good Grief, Tae." she chuckled as her heart rate calmed down after being startled by him.

Standing in front of the camera, Rapmon talked about waking up the group and starting the next part of the show.

"Everyone, get up! Stop sleeping!" he called out. 

Beyonce's Crazy in Love came on and so did the lights to get everyone moving.

"What is this?" Hobi got up and walked up to him.

"Show yourselves," he exclaimed.

Hobi started dancing around and Suga joined in.

"What in the world...?" Jennie got up and watched the boys dance around.

Once the song changed, Jin and Jimin danced in front of the camera, showing off their sexy side.

"It's really dirty," Hobi laughed while Jin blew a kiss to the viewers.

"V, Jungkook, are you ready?" Rapmon asked when the song changed to C & C music factory's Gonna Make You Sweat (Everybody dance now).

The two stood there as the song played but suddenly made funny faces and danced, making everyone crack up.

"Jennie, you and I together!" Rapmon called her out as 'Never Gonna Give You Up' by Rick Astley came on.

"This song," she laughed as she watched Rapmon dance around her. She joined in, dancing like Rick in the music video.

After the rest of the broadcast and the clock turned 12am, the album and music video dropped.

-------

Jennie couldn't sleep as she wondered what the public would think of BTS' new work. Being nervous about the reactions, she chose to avoid social media, not quite ready for the feedback. With the curiosity getting the better of her, Jennie went on Twitter to see that everybody was in a frenzy, praising Bangtan for the bops and visuals of the comeback. Thanks to the undeniable chemistry of Taehyung and Jen, #Taennie trended worldwide as everyone talked about their scenes together and came up with theories. Jennie was proud that her acting lessons and taking her sister's advice were paying off and she had a blast filming with her best friend.

'WHAT THE HELL is going on between V and Jennie!?'

'That didn't look like acting, wtf is happeninggg!?'

'Taennie shippers we WON! This music video is about them!'

'HOW can she be so calm when he's doing all THAT to her!? I'D MELT!'

'They should've kissed'

'Evermore made me cry. Omg I felt that. The chorus is a MOOD!'

'Okay, puberty hit Jennie like a truck. She looks so mature for this comeback. Like she's about to be 19 and looking this fine af?!'

As she read more tweets, she noticed that quite a few fans were bummed that she was not in Lost and chose to tweet about it even though she explained she wasn't involved vocally during the live.

'Please don't be upset about Lost. I did more things behind the scenes this time. Just trust me and enjoy the new music. Everything is A-OK :) #Jen'

That seemed to ease their frustrations. But then she saw that others were questioning Jungkook's Begin because he only mentioned brothers and not sister.

'I'm bummed Jennie isn't mentioned in Begin. Jungkook said brothers. You have a sister too, y'know!'

'Why did you forget about Jennie, Jungkook?'

'I hope they don't hate each other'

'It's official, he hates her. That's why he didn't write about her'

She laughed at the ridiculous accusations.

Jeesh, people like to panic about the little things. It was clear that things were taken out of context and some bad seeds in the fandom were thinking negatively about him not adding her to the song. They were making it bigger than what it was.

On Instagram, she went to her comments after posting a celebration photo of the release of WINGS and typed:

'Lol, why does everyone think I'm upset that Jungkook didn't sing about me in Begin? It's okay! Relax, please. We are working on a song together. We'll release it soon! Please, do not be angry at Jungkook. Give him love and enjoy his solo song. He worked very hard, '

And again, she managed to ease everyone's frustrations as they quickly moved on to more positive things about the comeback. 

Blood, Sweat & Tears had become extremely successful. It started to break YouTube records for a K-Pop group and it became the most liked video on the V-app. They even got an ALL KILL on the music charts. Bangtan was beyond grateful for their achievements so far and was excited about performing at music shows.

Later on the day, BTS was getting ready to be filmed for a Bangtan bomb as they were going to watch the release of Blood, Sweat & Tears.

"I have no idea how I look in the music video but we're going to find out today," Jennie said.

"I still think it should've been me instead of Taehyung," Jungkook complained playfully after mentioning that he saw how much of a hot topic Taennie was for the music video. "Everyone was talking about it,"

Taehyung giggled. "I'm sorry, Jungkook."

"Jungkook, you know that wouldn't have worked. It's about storytelling," Suga pointed out.

Jennie didn't know how much of her scenes with Taehyung were put in the music video but it was clear to be enough for the music video's rating to be at 15 instead of 12. Sitting in between Jin and Suga, she watched as Jimin pressed play and turned up the volume.

After the beginning, it showed Jennie running down the hallway as the boys pointed out how beautiful she looked with her hair flowing. And when she opened the door, it revealed the boys on the couch. As they watched, the group praised Jin for his facial expressions. And once the song started, everyone raved about how good Jimin looked.

"Ooo, okay Jimin!" Jennie cheered as she watched him start the song.

"Whoa, Jimin Hyung is sexy," Jungkook added.

When it showed Suga seated on the chair, rapping and then walking around, Jennie said, "Look at Suga, looking cool,"

"He does, doesn't he? Woah and look at Rap Monster," Jin pointed.

"Rapmon has changed quite a bit this time, hasn't he?" Hobi mentioned. "His gestures and facial expressions,"

"V! That's a bit sexy, aye?" Rapmon asked when the music video showed V's solo scenes.

After the chorus, Jennie was shown with V and she covered her mouth.

"AHHHHHH!" the boys yell, shooked at what they did on camera.

"Jennifer Walker!?" Rapmon shouted.

"Jennie and V! What is happening here? What is this?" Hobi exclaimed.

"I told them that I felt like I was interrupting something when we filmed at the table. They have good chemistry," Jin mentioned with a laugh.

"Very good chemistry," Suga nodded.

The boys started screaming when they saw they were about to kiss and then the scene transitioned to one of her solo shots in the garden.

"This is what happened when we left early that day!?" Rapmon looked on in disbelief.

"I didn't think a lot of that would be in the music video," she grinned sheepishly.

"It was really easy to film with Ennie," V mentioned and glanced her way as they smiled at one another.

"Agreed,"

As they watched J-Hope in the video, Rapmon enthused about how much energy he had.

"Jennie has definitely changed a lot for this comeback. The new hair color, and everything. She is doing so well!" Suga shouted proudly and shook her, making her laugh.

"Whew! That gaze she did," Hobi was impressed.

"That's one of my favorite parts! How smooth you were with it," Jennie told Suga once the part of him pretending to lift a drink was on the screen.

"One shot!" Jungkook shouted while the rest talked about how cool he looked.

When it showed Jimin exposing his shoulder, everyone yelled and hyped him up. Jimin tried to explain that it was an accident but it just seemed a little too convenient for Bangtan to believe. As they got to the part with V covering Jin's eyes, they brought up how it was supposed to be Suga doing that.